FIRST GREEK BOOK; 



ON THE PLAN OF THE 



FIRST LATIN BOOK. 



BY THOMAS KERCHEYER ARNOLD, M.A. 

RECTOR ©F LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. 



CAREFULLY REVISED AND IMPROVED 

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, M. A. 

FEOFESSOR OF LATIN AND ORIENTAL LANGUAGES 
IN BURLINGTON COLLEGE, N. J. 



NEW YORK : 
D. APPLETOIT & CO., 443 & 445 BROADWAY. 

1863. 



Enteiied. according to Act oi Congress, in tr.e year IbbO, oy 
D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 
in the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New-York. 



PREFACE. 



In presenting a new and improved edition of the First 
Greek Book, the American Editor takes great pleasure in 
acknowledging the very gratifying success of the " Arnold 
Series," as issued under his supervision. He has not spared 
labor on his part, nor have the Publishers expense on their's, 
to render the various volumes of the series even still more 
worthy of the confidence and support of the public ; and he 
ventures to express the opinion that the present " First Greek 
Book" will be found to be admirably adapted to the ground- 
ing of the young student in the fundamental principles of 
the noble language of Greece, as well as a very considerable 
improvement on former editions of the same book. 

In this, as in the " First Latin Book," Mr. Arnold has 
prepared with great care, in both Greek and English, such 
Exercises as serve to illustrate those portions of the Gram- 
mar which are needful at the outset. Grammatical apparatus 
is supplied according as it is wanted ; difficulties are eluci- 
dated ; peculiarities of the Greek language are pointed out ; 
differences of idiom between the two languages are specially 
noted ; and, in accordance with the plan pursued by Ollen- 



iv PREFACE. 

dorff in his excellent works on education, frequent repetition 
of principles learned, and of things already acquired, im- 
presses them upon the memory with surprising distinctness 
and force. 

It may not be deemed amiss here to say, that the educa- 
tional works of Mr. Arnold require activity and energy on 
the part of the teacher as well as the scholar. They are not 
meant to supersede the necessity of a competent and faithful 
instructor, who can take occasion to enlarge upon, render 
more full (as boys now and then need), and impress upon his 
classes, the admirably arranged and clearly and logically 
drawn out course of instruction contained in these volumes. 
On the contrary, the teacher must be active and hard-work- 
ing as well as his boys : if he be so, it is really surprising 
how rapid and yet how solid is their progress ; if he be not, 
this as well as every other good school-book will be of com- 
paratively little seryice in carrying forward the student to- 
ward the goal of his wishes and his efforts. It ought not to 
be necessary, in these days, to remind any one that there is 
no royal road to learning, and that the best of books and 
best of systems will not make thorough scholars, without 
good teachers, and studious, hard-working pupils. 

The American Editor has endeavored to do all in his 
power to improve the present volume : he has amplified the 
earlier Lessons and Exercises ; added simple and clear expla- 
nations where they seemed to be needed ; inserted " Ques- 



PREFACE. 7 

fcions," rather as suggestive of what may be. than as express- 
ive of all that should be, asked ; has referred frequently to 
Kuhner's valuable Grammar for fuller elucidation of diffi- 
culties or peculiarities, &c. He hopes, ere long, to be able 
to go still further, and in a " Second Greek Book" to carry 
the pupil through the Verb in /u (which is not fully treated 
of in this volume), the Irregular Verbs, and the principal 
rules of the Syntax. In that event, the apparatus supplied 
would be full and complete in all respects ; and by a faithful 
use of these works, the foundation would be laid, broad and 
deep, of sound classical scholarship in our country. 

J. A. 8. 

Burlington College, 
Sept 20th, 1850. 



t 



CONTENTS. 



LESSONS AND EXERCISES. 

LESSON. PAGE. 

i. The Alphabet ....... 1 



n. The Sounds of the Letters 



2 



in. The Diphthongs. Breathings .... 4 

rv. Classification of the Consonants .... 7 

v. Syllables. Quantity 9 

vi. Accents. Enclitics, &c. ..... 12 

vn. Parts of Speech. Inflection, &c 16 

vm. The Verb. Present and Future Active . . 19 

ix. The Verb (continued) . .... . .22 

x. The Article 24 

XI. First Declension of Nouns 26 

xn. Contracts. Masculines of the First Declension . 30 

xm. Second Declension of Nouns 34 

xrv. Contracts of Second Declension. Imperfect Tense. 

Augment 38 

xv. Adjectives 41 

xvi. Adjectives (continued). Future from Verbs in £a>, ea>, 

aco, oco 44 

xvn. First Aorist Active ...... 47 

xviji. Attic Second Declension. Present Indicative of Depo- 
nent Verbs 50 

xrx, Third Declension of Nouns 53 

xx. Present and Future of Verbs in dco. Present Participle 57 

xxi. Third Declension. Adjectives in as, eis . . . 59 
xxn. lias, arras. Participle of the Aorist . . . 61 
xxni. Nouns that suffer Syncope 64 

xxiv. Adjectives of two Terminations. Kepa?, &c. . 67 

xxv. Substantives in rjs, os. Adjectives in t)s . . .70 



/ 



Viii CONTENTS. 

LESSON. FAGE. 

XXVI. 'HpaKkrjs, &C 72 

xxvn. Substantives in evs. Participle of the Future . . 74 

xxviii. Substantives in is, i,vs,v 77 

XXIX. 'H^o), atdas ........ 79 



xxx. Imperative. Adjectives in vs . . . 81 

xxxi. Subjunctive of the Present and Aorist Active . . 84 
xxxn. First Future and Aorist of Liquid Verbs. Ov fi7j with 

Future and Subjunctive of the Aorist ... 88 
xxxm. The Tenses. The Subjunctive after Iva, onccs, ©s. 

The Present Imperative and the Aorist Subjunctive 92 
xxxrv. Subjunctive and Optative of Present and Aorist . 94 

xxxv. Some of the Passive Tenses. Characteristics of Verbs. 

Augment of Verbs compounded with a Preposition 98 

xxxvi. Middle Voice 103 

xxxvn. *Av with Imperfect and Aorist of the Indicative . 107 
Xxxvni. Moods of Present Passive and Middle. First Aor. 



Middle. (On the Optative.) . . . .110 

xxxix. Moods of Aorist Passive and Future Passive. (On the 

Subjunctive and Optative.) . . . .112 
xl. Perfect and Pluperfect Active . . . . 117 



xli. Perfect and Pluperfect Active (continued). Sentences 

introduced by on, &s 121 

xlh. Perfect and Pluperfect Passive . . . .124 
xlii.* Persons and Moods of Perfect Passive . . 128 
xlhl Contracted Verbs in dec. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive 132 

xliv. Contracted Verbs in e<o. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive . 135 

xlv. Contracted Verbs in 6<o. Present and Imperfect Act- 
ive. (On the Infinitive of the Aorist.) . . 137 
xl vi. Verbs in do>. Passive and Middle. (Aorist Infinitive.) 140 
XLvrr. Verbs in ea>. Passive and Middle . . . 142 
XLvm. Verbs in 6co. Passive and Middle . . . .144 
xlix. Tempora Secunda. Second Aorist . . . 145 
L. Second Perfect. Futurum Atticum . . .149 
Li. Comparative and Superlative . . . . 153 

m. Verbs in Ti'Sty/u (Act.) 155 

LEI. "lo-rrjfii (Act.) 157 



CONTENTS, IX 
WESSON. PAGE. 

liy AiBcojii (Act.). Accus. from Impure Nouns in is . 159 
lv. Verbs in vpi. AsUvvfxi (Act.). . . 161 

lyi. TferjfjLi, Pass, and Mid. . . . . .163 

Lvn. lor^/xt, Pass, and Mid. ... .165 
lyql AlS&fu, Pass, and Mid 166 

LIX. AeLKvvfxai ...... . 168 

lx. The Verbs wyju, ei/x^ and ei/xt . .169 

NOTES. 

1. On the Division of Syllables 173 

2. Accentuation of Verbs . . . . • . . ib. 

3. Quantity of a, G. as . ib. 

4. Quantity of a in Adjectives and Participles . . 174 

5. A short Vowel before a muia cum liquidd . . ib. 

6. Usual Contractions ib. 

7. Words, Cases, and Moods to be distinguished . . .175 

8. Euphonic Rules ib. 

9. Irregular Substantives 178 

10. On the place of gp 180 

11. Crasis . ib. 

12. Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs . . . . 181 

13. Irregular Comparisor 182 

PARADIGMS, &c. 

1. The Article .185 

2. Terminations of the Three Declensions ... ib. 

3. First Declension .186 

4. Second Declension ...... ib. 

5. Adjectives in 09 . ib. 

6. Contraction of the Second Declension . 187 
7 Adjectives in (cor, 00$-, =) ovs . . « • *k 



s 



CONTENTS. 







FAGS. 


U. xxllll, l kJCbUilU^ XyCUltJllolUll • • • 


• * 


lo / 


V, XiUJtJollVt; 111 €(0$, (OV {lA€GOSj . • • • 


• • 


1 QQ 


1 I'mrn Tlppi'Oncinn 

xv. xilllU JL/oUiv->llbiUIl • • • • • 


• • 


ID. 




JLOi7 


12. Comparative in oav . 




ib. 


If} M/Xnc 14- "Knnieic 1/5 TTrrc 




\h 

1U. 


16 Partirinlp of Prpspnt Aptivp 






IT T-'q i r»i r» 1 o r\T T-riT*c!'f Arwiof 1 A/^fitTa 

If. x al UOljJlU Ul JCllbl ixUllbl XiCLlvtJ • • • 


• • 


ID. 


1R 1 1 nA 7 j c TVIV'V/70 

liu/vuj j me yitj •••••• 




ib. 


1 Q TT/7TJ1D iiTiTnn >"\/nTY) n nvnn 

X *J • iiu 1 / / 17 j Ul / 1 II LJ . rJ u yu l II L/ 5 \XV II LI . . » * 




ib. 


*iv« XVt/JCtij ts.jJbU.±) ju i • X UllJ Uil$ j TclVUi • • 




X o x 


ixuJcUllVo ill Tyff •»%«•• 




ID. 








9fi Adipffivps in 7tc» 

4U> iiUJCV;UVCo 1x1 l/^ 




ib. 






1U. 


30 ITonrfc 31 *FvvAwc 32 Ofc 

tiUi XXL/1J4 15) <-> 1 • Xvy Vt/vl/i) O • Vyti . . • 




193 


QQ l-J«J f f 1 PI Y"»l O T-TlVaf A of - T-'Q cot. \TQ 

OO. XdlULlUlt; Ui JFllbl xxUIlbl JTabSlvt; . • 


* 


1U. 


Q A Po vf i m tVI /~iT SJoprvnn Arwiof* T-'a eciTm 

04b. X al LlL/lUltJ Ul OcCUllU. xxUllbl JTolbblVU • • 




ib 

1U, 


35. Participle of Perfect Active 




194 


Q£ T'ho -first -frmr TVnmprnl<3 

OO. J. lie lllbt 1UUL L\ UlxitJI alb • • • • 




ih 
iu. 


Ol. LLS j I llltUl lUy . y OO. xty ^UlUcl.y Oc/. vyfTtyj 




. iu. 


4.1 '"P™ 42 S?'; 43 r/ T 

*±i. JCi^CUj rr^i. *^Uj *±U. X • • • • • 




195 


Azl T? priPYlTT'P Pr(inniiri5 f cum irnii rrcm \Trt?) Sj O 1 
*±'±. Xl/tJllt/Al V C JTiUllUHllo I fc IXU.UT UUj Crctll/TUl/j VSi^O.^ 




ib. 


*±D. xvtJCipi ULal JTIU11UUI1 yuAATJACOV J • • • 




ID* 


flO. JJcIIlUIlbLraLlvt; irruIlULlIlb . UOcj *± i . VJl^TOyj ftO. 


A.VT0S 




4c7. xveiauve jrionouiis . ou. usrty • . 




Lb. 


51. AXXoyj €K€LV0S •••••• 




iu. 


52. Toorouroy, roioi)roy 






53. Terminations of the Tenses of a Verb in the 


first person 




blllMUlal Ul UlfcJ lIltllLttllVt; liJLUUU . • • 




ID. 


54. Terminations of the Moods and Participles . 


• • 


1 QQ 

lyes 


55. Conspectus of the Moods of a Barytone Verb . 






56. Terminations of the Active Voice . • 




200 


57. Terminations of the Passive and Middle Voices 




202 


58. Regular Verb in co 




204 


Accentuation of Verbs . . . 




206 


59. Table of Contracted Verbs 




210 


60. Verbs in /xt (Ti3r;/xt, &c.). Active 




212 



CONTEXTS. 



XI 



PAGE. 

61. Verbs in /u (T&ty/u, &c). Passive and Middle . 215 

62. Verbs in fit (TtSty/u, &c). Future, i^orist, Perfect, and 

Pluperfect 217 

63. Verbs with Second Aorist like Verbs in fu . . .218 

64. Additional Examples 219 

65. Syncopated Perfect (eo-r^Ka) ib. 

66. Other Syncopated Perfects ib. 

67. "irjjJLit — d[XL and e?/zi. — <prjfj.i . . . . • .221 

68. Ei/xt, elfii ......... 222 

69. ^TjfjiL . . . . 224 

70. OtSa .... .... 225 

71. Kei/xai. rjfiaL 226 

72. Anomalous Verbs . 227 

73. Futura Media of Regular Verbs ib. 

74. Deponents Passive (i. e. that have a Passive Aorist) . 228 

List of Numerals 235 

Differences of Idiom, GfwAjdiatical Hints, &c. 

A. Prepositions . . ... . 237 

B. Miscellaneous ...... 244 

IWDEX. 

L Greek and English ..... 249 
II. English and Greek 277 



NOTANDA. 

! , The small numerical references above the line of words refor 
to the Differences of Idiom, &c, at the end of the work (p. 237). 

2. The pupil should be constantly practised in the Paradigms 
given at the end of the work. 

3. He should be required from the beginning (X e. from the sixth 
Exercise) to accentuate his Greek. The rules for changing the ac- 
cents in the declensions are given after each declension. Those for 
the Verbs will be found at p. 206. 

4. The references to Kuhner are to the " Grammar for High 
Schools and Colleges," translated by Messrs. Edwards ana Taylor : 
Andover, 1844. 8vo. 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



LESSON I. 
The Alphabet. 



1. The Greek Alphabet consists of twenty-four let- 
ters : seven of these are vowels 3 and seventeen con- 



sonants. 


j Forms, 


Roman 
Letters. 


Names. 


Numeral 
Power. 


A 


a 


n ('ah, 
d I all » 


Alpha 


"A\<fia 


1 
1 


E 


13 


b 


Beta 


Br/ra 

TajJLfJLCL 


o 


T 


7 


g (hard) 


Gamma 


6 


A 


a 


d 


Delta 


Aekra 


A 

4 


E 


6 


p ( ^hoTt^ 


Epsilon 







Z 


K 


z 


Zeta 


Zryra 


7 


H 


V 


e (long) 


Eta 


*Hra 


8 





% e 


th 


Theta 


6r)ra 


9 


I 


i 


i (ev) 


Iota 


'I cor a 


10 


K 


K 


k 


Kappa 


K (17777 a 


20 


A 


X 


1 


Lambda 


Adfi(38a 


30 


M 




m 


Mu 


Mv 


40 


N 


V 


n 


Nu 


Nv 


50 


H 


% 


X 


Xi 




60 








o (short) 


Omicron 


*0 [UKpOV 

m 


70 


n 


7T 


P 


Pi 


80 


p 


P 


r 


Rho 


c Pco 


100 






s 


Sigma 


Soy fia 
Tav 


200 


T 


T 


t 


Tau 


300 


r 




u 


Upsilon 




400 






ph 


Phi 


$1 


500 


X 


% 


ch 


Chi 


XI 


600 






ps 


Psi 




700 


n 


CO 


6 (long) 


Omega 


9 /2 fxeya 


800 



1 



2 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[2—10 



LESSON II. 
The Soimds of the Letters. 

2. The Greek being a dead or unspoken language, 
we cannot determine how the ancients pronounced their 
words ; hence modem nations adopt a system of pro- 
nunciation suited to their own peculiarities. In Eng- 
lish, we usually give the vowels and consonants the 
following sounds : 

3. a* has the sound of a in far, or like a in hat. 

4. e " " e in met. 

5. rj " u a in the words same, fame, 

&c, as /jirjv (inane) ; others 
give it the sound of ee in 
meet. 

6. i " Cfc i in machine, or like i in bit. 

7. o " " o in nctf, e/o£, &c. 

8. u " " w in crude, &e. 

9. a) " " o in Aope, note, devote, &c. 

Rem. "E-psilon, TJ-psilo?i : ^lXov means simple, that is, unaspirated 
(c or ^) : the character H having been also used originally to 
mark the rough breathing (our A) ; and T to mark another 
breathing, that of the Digamma, or Latin Van. 

O-micron, O-mega : fuitpSs, iwcpSv, little ; jxiyas, fiiya, great. 

10. Sigma (a) at the end of a word takes the form 
of 9, as creLo-/jLQ$, irpos, &c. 

This form is now sometimes used in the middle of compound 
words, when the first word in the compound ends in o-, as 7rpos- 
(pepo*. for 7rpo(r(j)€pa). This is contrary to ancient authority. 

* In classifying the vowels, note that two of them are always short ; 
two always long ; and three doubtful, being sometimes long, sometimes 
short : 

short vowels, e, o. 

long " 7), a>. 

doubtful " a. i, v. 



11—16.] 



SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 



3 



11. <y before a vowel is sounded like g hard, as yi) 
(ge, like the English gay) ; when before another y and 
also before k, % it is sounded like ng in ring. Thus 
a<yye\o$ must be pronounced ang-gelos (Latin ange- 
lus) ; avyK07T7], sung-ktipe ; '^4 7^/0-779, Ang-chises ; \d- 
pvy%, larungx ; &c. 

12. £ has the sound of dz (nearly), as in the Eng- 
lish adze ; as £ea), dzeo ; fiekifo, ?nelid-zo. 

13. has the sharp sound of th in thin, thick ; never 
the sound of th in this, as S-eoXoy/a, theology* 

14. t always retains its proper sound of t and is 
never pronounced like sh, as in some English words 
(propitiation, condition^ &c.) ; thus, KptTias, Krit-i-as 
(not Krish-i-as) ; atria, ait-i-a ; &c. So, too, a never 
has the sound of sh, as *A<rLa, As-i-a (not Ash-i-a). 

15. ^; has the hard, guttural sound, as ch, in cAera- 
chaos, loch, &c. 

Exercise 1. 

16. Give the names and sounds of the following 
letters : 



a 


*7 


8 


£ 


P 




a> 


t 


1 






X 


4> 






V 


77 


K 


y 


ar 


P 


y 




V 


X 


P 


X 


8 








cr 


y 


+ 






6 


y 


a 


T 


r 




CO 


r 


1* 




V 


V 




7T 


X 


P 


V 




V 


P 


7 


* 


3 




X 







3 


A 


H 


A 


Z 


P 








I 


B 




A 


<£ 


M 


z 


N 


n 


K 


r 


2 


P 


r 


N 


Y 


X 


P 


A 


A 


Z 


H 


A 


2 


r 


* 


2 


M 


E 


r 


A 


T 


T 


H 


a 


T 


N 


z 


Y 


N 




n 


X 


P 


Y 




H 


P 


r 




e 


N 


X 







e 



4 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[17—10. 



17. Write the names of the letters in Greek : also 

write in Greek capitals these words, Xenophon, Pau- 

los, Matthaios. 

18. Questions. — How many letters are there in the Greek alpha- 
bet 1 How many and which are vowels 1 How many and which 
consonants 1 What do you mean by e-psilon ? u-psllon ? Which is 
short or little 6 ? Which long or great 6 ? When does y have the 
sound of ng ? Give an example. Do yon ever give <r or t the sound 
of sk ? Does the same rule apply to the English % 



LESSON III. 

The Diphthongs —Breathings. 

19. There are twelve diphthongs in Greek ; six of 
these are termed proper, six improper diphthongs. 
1) Proper diphthongs are : 



at pronounced like 


ai 


in aisle, 


e. g. a?f 


av " 


ou 


sound, 


vavs 


ei " 


ei 


height, 


8eiv6$ 


€V " 


eu 


neuter, 


Zevs 


01 " 


oi 


boil, 


KOIVOS 


ov " 


ou 


youth, 


ovpavbs 



Some prefer to sound av as au in laud, and ov as ou in sound. 

2) Improper diphthongs are : 

a pronounced like the simple vowel a. 
V " " V- 

(p " "I. a. 

yv " eu in feudal, or like the 

diphthong eu. 
vi " whee in wheel, 

(ov " the diphthong ov* 

* The following examples will show how the Romans sounded 



20 25 . ] DIPHTHONGS. — BREATHING S. 



5 



Rem. a, 7?, <$> have the second vowel (t) of the diphthong written 
underneath. This is called Iota sabscriptum, and is generally 
so written after a, 77, co. But when capital letters are used the 
£ is still written as a letter ; thus AE2IIOTHI = Becnrorr}, 'A'iBtjs 
== a?)7)s : Tlitir) = (fd^j. Iota is then said to be adscribed. 

20. Every word in Greek that begins with a vowel 
or diphthong, has a mark over this initial vowel or 
diphthong termed a breathing- : it is placed over the 
second vowel of a diphthong ; as e^<w, cu£, &c. 

21. The rough breathing or aspirate (spiritus as- 
per) is a comma turned the wrong way, and is sounded 
like an h before a vowel ; as, 6, ho ; ot, hoi ; ''E/crcop, 
Hector; evpta/cco, heurisko. 

22. The smooth breathing (spiritus lenis) is a com- 
ma 1 and has no effect on the pronunciation; thus, 
avrjp is pronounced aner, opos, oros, &c. 

23. Every word that begins with v has, in Attic 
Greek, the rough breathing, as virkp, huper ; v(f>ev, 
huphen (hyphen). 

24. The consonant p has also the rough breathing 
over it, when it stands at the beginning of a word, as 
'Pea, Rhea. 

25. In the middle of a word a single p has no 
breathing over it : of two p's, the first has the smooth, 
the second the rough breathing: eppcoao ! (In some 
modern editions the breathings over pp are omitted.) 

these diphthongs, and how they are represented in English : a. *s ex- 
pressed by the diphthong ce, ei by I and e, v by y, 01 by a, ov by ix * 
4>a?Spos, Phaedrus, Movcra, Musa, 

TKuvkos, Glaucus, Eltefovia, Ilithyia, 

< NelAos, Nllus, ©paxes, Thraces, 

( AvKe7oy 1 Lyceum, Gprjo-o-a, Thressa, 

Evposy Eurus, rpayepdos, tragoedus. 

Bouorla, Boeotia, 



6 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[26, 27 



Exercise 2. 

26. Write (with the proper breathings) the follow- 
ing words in Greek characters. 



IU Note that e, 6 stand for 77, co : e, 6 for e, o : also that the li 
represents the rough breathing. 



hen 


homoios rhabdos 


rhinos 


arrhabon 


hois 


hon 


hikanoi 


adunatos 


esti 


ego 


hos 


agathos 


houtoi 


echousin 


en 


aneu 


hosper 


hedu 


hoti 


hun 


an 


hegemona 


rheuma 


rhachos 


aner 


anggelos rhipto 


ho 


rhetor 


hagia hoste 


ombros 


tode 


arrhetos 


he 


hon 


hebe 


alopex 


echo 


echo 


autos 


heauton 


ero 


haima 


huios aurion 


angkura 


hen 


hos 


ho 


he to 


to ta to 




hoi 


hai ta 


ton 


tes ton 


toin tain toin 


ton 




toi 


tei toi* 






tois 


tais tois 


ton 


ten to 






tous 


tas ta 


27. Read (and write down 


in 


English characters) 



the following words : 

OUT09. CLVTO?. Ti$. 7T0T6. 7TC07TOT6. TV7TT61. %T]V. 
€%€l. ^X 00 ' 'EcTTLV. aVTOV. CLVTOV. ptficjxi. fiXecfxi' 

pov. acofMa. ^etpe?. tvtttovctl. <yL<yavres. hopv. \afi- 
j3av€iv. Nvv. 7]fjuepa. vv%. XeL/uicov. vefyehr}. ero?. 
Tap. iviavTOS. d^covv. (jyacSpo?. ^Iryjcf) tafia, /mepo^. 
Kara. <£t\o9. crocfros. Mcov. 6. r Pov$. tovtcov. to- 
o~ovto$. <&ev. Ilcfcev. iraXaio^. yepas. ovSe7rcoiroT€. 

[CT This exercise should be lengthened and varied according to 
circumstances, till the pupil is thoroughly acquainted with the breath- 
ings and their proper places. 



* The iota is here to be subscript, [see 19. 2) Rem.] 



28—30.] 



CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS. 



7 



28. Questions. — How many diphthongs are there in Greek 1 How 
do you distinguish them 1 Name the proper diphthongs, and give 
their pronunciation. Name also the improper diphthongs with their 
sounds. What do you call the little straight mark under a, 77, 1 
"Why ] "When is iota written by the side of the preceding letter 1 
What do you call it then 1 Which words in Greek take a breathing ? 
Where is it placed when the word begins with a diphthong ] What 
is the rough breathing 1 What is its equivalent in English 1 What 
effect does the smooth breathing have on the pronunciation 7 What 
do words that begin with v always take 1 When does p have the 
rough breathing 1 When not 1 How is it when two p's come toge- 
ther 1 



LESSON IV. 

Classification of the Consonants. 

29. The consonants are divided into semi-vowels 
and mutes. 

1) Semivowels V H ^ ids ^ 

t sibilant a. 

2) Mutes 7r, ft, </> : k, 7. % : r, S ? Sr. 

3) Double Letters £ £ ? ^. 

30. The mutes are divided, 

a) according to their fundamental sound : 

1) 7r, /3, P-mutes. 

2) /c, 7, % K-mutes. 

3) t, S 3 Sr, T-mutes. 

b) according to the breathing or aspiration with 

which they are pronounced : 

1) 7T, k : t, smooth. 

2) A 7, S, middle. 

3) (£, ^, asjnrate. 

Rem. The P-sounds are termed labials, because the lips {labium, 
lip) are principally concerned in uttering them ; the K-sounds 
are termed 'palatals or gutturals, because formed by the palate 
or throat {palatum, guttur, palate, throat) ; and the T-sounds 



8 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[31—34. 



are termed Unguals, because formed by the tongue (lingua^ 
tongue). 

31. In the following table the mutes correspond, 
both when taken horizontally r , and when taken per- 
pendicularly. 

Smooth. Middle. Aspirates. 

P-sounds ...7r..../3...<]E> 
K-sounds . . . k . . . y . . . % 
T-sounds ... 7- ... 8 ... 3 

32. The three double letters arise from the blending 
of the mute consonants with a : — 

f = S9 (or crS). 

£ = any k sound with <x ( = kg, jg, or %g). 
i/r = cmy p sound " <r ( = ttg, /3g, or <£<r). 

33. A pure Greek word can end only in one of the three liquids, 
v, cr, p. It will be remembered that yjs = ttct. /3a-, or <£cr, and £ = ko~, 
ycr, or ^o-, and so fall under the rule. The two words, ov#c 3 not, and 
€K, out of form only an apparent exception, since they incline so much 
f x> the following word as to become, as it were, a part of it. (See 54.) 

This law of euphony (says Runner, ] 25. 5) occasions either the 
omission of all other consonants, or it changes them into one of the 
three liquids just mentioned ; hence, crcofxa (gen. crvpciT-os) instead of 
cra)fJLcn\yd\a (gen. yaXaKT-os) instead of ydXaKT. Xecov (gen. Xeovr-os) 
instead of Xeovr. ijBovXevov, instead of efiovXevoirr : repas (gen. repar- 
os) instead of repar. Kepas (gen. Kepar-os) instead of /cepar, peXi (gen. 
aeXtr-oy) instead of /xeXtr. 

Hence it follows that we find Greek words always ending in a 
vowel or one of the semi-vowels, v, p. cr. 

Exercise 3. 

34. 1) Name and distinguish the vowels, diphthongs, 
semivowels and mutes, in the Greek words following. 

2) In the case of the mutes distinguish them accord- 
ing to what you have learnt in 30, 31. 

3) Point out the double letters and show how they 
arise. 



35—37.] 



SYLLABLES. QUANTITY. 



9 



L §peve$ aycfeaL 2. evcoSta teal pivpov ywjrlv elatv 
air la ^ravdrov. 3. to £i'<j&09. 4. £0)9)9 apxV- $ m ^ v T V 
Xdpva/a Aavaw? zeal Hepaeo)<;. 6. fiovXevco. 7. 6 \6y09 

TOU dv^pOlTTOV. 8. ?) (f)X6^. 9. So9 7TOl3 <7T0), /Oil TOP 
fCOCT/uLOV KLVrj<7(0, 

Questions. — How many consonants are there 1 How are they 
divided ? Name the semivowels ; the mutes ; the double letters. 
How are the mutes divided 1 (Arts. In two ways, according to their 
fundamental sound, and according to the aspiration with which they 
are pronounced,) Xame them according to the former way ; accord- 
ing to the latter. "Which are the labials ?- Why so called 1 Which 
the palatals or gutturals 1 "Why so called 2 Which the Unguals 1 
Why so called ] TThich are the double consonants 1 What does ( 
arise from ?- What | ] What $ 1 What letters do Greek words 
always end in'? (Ans. Towels, and the liquids v. p. o\) What two 
words are exceptions to this rule % 



LESSON V. 
Syllables. — Quantity. 

35. A vowel, when uttered by itself, or in connec- 
tion with one or more consonants, is termed a syllable ; 
as, 77, 877, 77^69. dpX 7 'h & c - 

36. A word is composed of one or more syllables. 
No syllable or monosyllabic word contains more than 
six or seven consonants ; as. in arpdy^. A word of one 
syllable is termed a monosyllable ; of two, a dissyllable ; 
of three, a trisyllable, of more than three, a polysyl- 
lable ; as. iirjv, ttoXl?. (3pay^lcov. irpocSexpfiai. 

37. The last syllable of a word is called the ulti- 
ma ; the one next to the last, the penultima / the one 
preceding the penult (or the last but two) the ante- 
penultima ; thus in the word Karoirrpov, irrpov is the 
ultima, to the penultima. Ka the antepenultima. 

1* 



10 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[38—43 



38. Division of Syllables.* — The fundamental rule is that syl- 
lables end with a vowel and begin with a consonant. When, there* 
fore, a consonant stands between two vowels, it belongs to the 
following syllable ; as, 7ro~Ta-p,6s, o-yjro-jjLai, e-(r\oi/, e-/3Aa-\|/*a. 

Exception. — A compound word is best divided according to tho 
elements of the compound ; as, avv-cK-cjioovrfcrLs. irpo-crTa-Tns, irpoa-' 

39. In the case of a consonant doubled (tttt, XX, yy, &c.) a smooth 
and aspirate mute (71-$, k^, t ^> see 31) and a liquid before one or more 
consonants (the combination p.v excepted), the first consonant ends a 
syllable, the second begins one ; as. Tar-rco, av-Zpa-iros, Bazoos, a'X- 
yos, ep-yov, 'i-pivos. In all other cases, of course the general rule 
applies ; as Kke-irrns, Kd-dfios. &c.f 

40. By quantity is meant the time which is taken 
to utter a syllable. Syllables are either long or short ; 
the long are regarded as having double the time of the 
short, 

41. A syllable is short by nature when it contains 
a short vowel (e, o, a, v) followed by a vowel or sim- 
ple consonant ; as, ^evoixtcra, j 67tv^6to. (See 3, note *.) 

42. A syllable is long by nature when it contains 
either a simple long vowel (77, co. a. z, v), or a diph- 
thong : as, ( 7]p(d?, fcpivoo, ye<f)vpa, la^vpov^, iralievrj^. 
Hence those syllables are always long, in which two 
vowels are contracted into one ; as, "d/ccov (from aexcov), 
Bbrpvs (from ftorpvas). 

43. A syllable with a short vowel becomes long by 
position, (i. e. by the place of the vowel) if two or more 
consonants, or a double consonant (£ f, i/r) follow the 

* See Note 1. (The " Notes" are to be found immediately after 
the Lessons and Exercises.) 

f A more important distinction, however, is that which is made 
between the stem-syllables and the syllables of inflection or derivation. 
The stem-syllables express the essential idea of the word, the syllables 
of inflection or derivation, the relations of the idea. Thus, e. g. in 



44, 45.] 



SYLLABLES. QUANTITY. 



il 



short vowel ; as, ^ItcareKkoy, TvtyavreS) /copal; (/copa/co?) 
rpdire^a. 

Rem. The position of a mute with a liquid generally leaves a short 
vowel short; as, &t<ekvos, &7TGir\os, '(zk/jlti, fiorpvs, didpuxpos, ye- 
re&A77, &c. Note, however, that in compounds, and when 
middle mutes (£, y, 8) stand before A, /j., v, the general rule 
holds good in respect to the lengthening of a short vowel by 
position ; as, 3 eKvejj,(o, fiifiAos, tvodfxos, TriirAty pat. 

[^Cr 3 The pupil may omit, for the present, from 40 
to 43 inclusive.] 

Exercise 4. 

44. 1) Divide the following Greek words into syl- 
lables (38, 39.) 

2) Name each word according to the number of 
syllables of which it is composed. 

1. nrriyrj. 2. iariv. 3. dva/ji(f)L(T^7]T7]TO^. 4. irpdaaco. 
5. Xair^xD. 6. eyco. 7. E7TiSa/jLvo^. 8. 'Ar'&fc. 9. aw- 
Tpkyjs. 10. ittttos. 11. vavtcpapos. 12. cltttci). 13. fiol- 
pa. 14. iraXijKOTO^. 15. crvvefjiftdWcD. 16. irdy^p ter- 
ror. 17. TrcfarjTLicos. 18. Me\eaypo$. 19. y^apdSpa. 

20. T6KVOV 21. 7TOTyL60?. 22. pLapyLTT)?. 23. OTTTO/jLCII. 

24. avve^co. 25. cu£. 26. 77-0S69. 27. 7rp6?. 28. z>e<z- 

45. Questions. — What is a syllable 1 What do you call a word of 
one syllable 1 Of two ? Of £Aree ? Of more than three 1 What name 
do you give to the last syllable of a word 1 The last but one 1 The 
last but two 1 What do you call a letter or syllable at the beginning 
of a word 1 (Ans. An initial letter or syllable.) What at the end of 
a word 1 (Ans. A final letter, &c.) What in the body of a word 1 
(Ans. A medial letter, &c.) Give the fundamental rule for the divi- 
sion of syllables. How do you divide the words TzSra^os, e&\a$a, 
iaxov 1 State the exception to the rule. What is the rule in 89 1 



y4~ypa<p-a, the middle syllable is the stem-syllable, the two others 
syllables of inflection ; in Trpuy-fia, the first is the stem-syllable, the 
last the syllable of derivation. See K tinner's Gr. Gram. §26. 2. 



12 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[46—50. 



How do you divide into syllables 'Unos. afivos, 'Aral's. Ka5.no *. i\yos 1 
What is the more important distinction quoted from Kiihner in the 
note* 



LESSON VI. 
Accents. Enclitics. §*c. 

46. a) The Greek accents are the acute (') and the 
circumflex Q. 

5) The acute stands on one of the 7fls£ fftree syllables. It cannot, 
however, stand on the antepenult (last but two), unless the final is 
short; as TTOLncrcc. edcotce. apXli avZpaTros. 

c) The circumflex can stand on either of the last two syllables : 
but it stands only over long vowels and diphthongs, and not over the 
penult (last but one), unless the final is short ; as. fjfias. ravra. 

47. In comparison with the sharply accented syllable, the other 
syllables of a word have a depressed tone, which used to be called the 
grave accent, and marked by a stroke drawn to the right: Qeodcbpos, 
i. e. Qeod&pos. 

48. From the acute and the grave (' N ) arose the 
circumflex. Thus a from da] & from 6a: ?; from 
ea j &C. 

But ad. bd. (the acute being on the second vowel or diphthong) 
would be contracted into d. do, with the acute. 

49. When the penult is the tone-syllable.* and has a long vowel 
or diphthong, then, if the final is short, the accent is the circumflex: 
(ffcvyar but (peiye. 

50. When a tone-syllable has also a breathing, the acute and grave 
are placed after the breathing, the circumflex above it. They stand 
over the vowel (fj. o) ; being, however, for convenience, placed a 
little before a capital (*H, T Q). For a (proper) diphthong their place 
is over the second vowel (Ovre, Ovv, ovre, ovv) : but an improper one, 
even when it is a capital, and. as sucl , takes its i into the line of the 
etters. is treated as a single vowel: "Aibr^s = adr)?. (19. Rem.) In 



i. e. the accented syllable. 



51—54.] 



ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 



13 



diaeresis.* the acute accent stands between, and the circumflex above 
the points ; as : didios. K.\rj'idi. 

51. Words receive the following appellations according to the ac- 
centuation of the final syllables : — 

Oxytonesy acute on the last syllable ; as, t€tv$cos, kcikos, %rjp. 

Par-oxytones " 44 last syllable but one ; as, tvtttcd, dv- 

Pro-par-oxytones li " last syllable but two ; as, aV~pco7roy, 

TVTTTOfieVOS. 

Peri-spdmena, circumflex u last syllable ; as, kcikus, iXZelv. 
Pro-peri-spdmena ;; " last syllable but one ; as, irpdypa, <fii- 

Xovcra, 

52. IT A non-o xytone is called a barytone^ because it has, not 
the acute, but the supposed grave accent (47) on its final syllable ; 
as. \vco. rrpdypa. rrpdypara. 

53. An oxycone is written as a barytone (i. e. the 
acute of an oxytone is written as the grave) when the 
word is in a sentence, except when it is the last word 
of a sentence, or immediately precedes a stop ; as. el /x?) 
fjL7]TpvL7] rrepLKaXkrj^ 'Hepl/Sota rjv. fievov^ev avrovs. 6 
fievKvpos eirepaae rbv irorafiov. oi Se 7ro\epuoL a7re(f)vyov. 

Rem. The accent thus written over oxytones in connected dis- 
course is generally termed the softened acute. 

54. A few small words are without an accent : these 

are called atonies, from a. which means not, and two?, 

i tone J or ■' accent. 

Obs. The atonies (or proclitics) are the following : 6. r] : ol at : a>, 
els (es). etc (e|) : as } el : ov (ovk. ovx)- 

The word ov = -not] takes the acute, when it 
stands as the last word of a sentence. 

* When two vowels, which regularly form a diphthong, are to be 
pronounced separately, two points (called puncta diczresis, ' points of 
separation'- [dLaipe<ns]) are placed over the second vowel (*, u), as : e'i, 
oi. av. 

t '0£us. acutus : TrepLcnraixevos. circiunflexus : Bapvs. gravis : roVoi, 
accentus. 



14 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [55, 5& 

55. Certain other small words (of one or two sylla 
bles) are called enclitics. They are so closely joined 
with the preceding word, that their accent is generally 
placed upon it, they themselves being pronounced with- 
out any tone ; as. <£/\o? ™? (pronounced as if written 

(f)tkO(TTi<$). 

2e, 'thee? 'you} (sing.), is one of these enclitics. 
Me, c me? is another : but the longer form for ' me* (e/xe) is not 
enclitic. 

'E<mV. 6 is? is another enclitic* 

56. 1) When an enclitic follows a proparoxytone 
or properispomenon (51), the enclitic loses its accent, 
which is written over the last syllable of the preceding 
word. 

KpvTTTovdl ere, lliey hide you. \ (piXovo-i fie, they love me. 

2) When an enclitic follows a paroxytone, 
a monosyllable enclitic loses 
a dissyllable enclitic retains 

Kpvjrre fie, hide me. \ (f)[\o? e<rr\v, lie is friendly. 

3) When an enclitic follows a perispomenon, it 
*oses its accent, whether it is a monosyllable or a dis- 
syllable. 

<£i\el jie, he loves me. \ dnXovs Iq-tlv, he is simple. 

4) When an enclitic follows an oxytone, the enclitic 
loses its accent, but the acute of the oxytone is then not 
written as the grave. 

KaXos eanv, he is beautiful. 
%r)p ris, (t\s, 1 a certain? is an enclitic.) 
Rem. As the correct pronunciation of the Greek language is un- 
known (see 2), we are not able to determine the precise use 

* The other enclitics are mostly contained in the following list : 
the pres. indie, of elfil and (prjfiL (except el and <pys) ; the personal pro- 
nouns, fiov, /Mai, <rov, trot, ou, &c. ; the indef. pron. tIs, t\ ; the indef. 
adverbs, Trdbs. irS, ttt], trod, irore, &C. ; the particles, re, roi, ye, vvv, &C 



its accent. 



57, 58. | 



ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 



15 



of the accents : their principal value to us is in their serving 
to distinguish words ; thus vo/jlos, law ; uo t u6s y pasture-ground, 
filos, life ; jSios. bow. Sfj^os, people ; dy/ios, fat. tls. who ? t\s } 
some one. etal, they are ; elcri, he goes. &oAos, a dome ; &o\6s, 
mud. &/J.OS, shoulder ; lv/jlos, cruel; &c. 

57. Beside the accents, the Greeks have several 
other marks to assist the reader, some of which refer to 
words alone and others to the members of the sentence 
only. These are 

a) The apostrophe, which marks the cutting off 
(elision) of a vowel at the end of a word when the fol- 
lowing word begins with a vowel ; as, dir aXXcov for 
dirb aWcoV) tear ifie for /card e^e, d<j> iavrov for diro 
eavrov, &c. 

The coronis, which marks the blending (crasis) of 
two words, one ending the other beginning with a 
vowel, into one word ; as, rovvofia for to ovopua, raycfea 
for rd dyd&d, ravrd for ret avrd, Sec. 

The diceresis which marks a division between two 
vowels ; as, dicrcru), o'£s } &c. 

b) The punctuation marks— 

The comma [,] as in English ; tovto, k. t. X. 

The colon (and semicolon) [•] a point above the line ; ^ • 

The interrogation [;] like the English semicolon ; tls ; 

The period [.] as in English ; rrpayfia. 

Exercise 5. 

58. Name the accents in the following sentences ; 
show whether they are placed according to the rules 
above given ; and point out the enclitics and atonies. 

1. f O SetXo? icrrt rrjs irarpihos irpohorrj^. 2. "Oprv- 
ye<? elcriv rjSvcpcovot Kal jma^TLfcol opvfee^. 3. O7ro>? 8e 
etSw fidXtara, oirolo^ rfc iari rrjv o^tv ; 4. ( PaStov ev- 
pelv diro ye tovtcov. 5. to re rcov Tpcrcovcov yevos. 



16 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[59—62 



6, dXXa SceXi puov rrjv /cecfraXrjv e? Svo Karevey/ccov. 

7. tg3 iXec^avrt earl Spdfcovros bppothia. <S fcafcoSaluov 
vie rod fca/coSaLpiovos Tlpidp,ov. 8. Tvtpcbv viro Zrjvos 
i/coXda^rrj. 9. Xap^avdiraXos, iv fiacnXeioLS /cara/ce- 
fcXeicr/jLevoS) ovSev ctXXo iSico/cev rj rjSovrjv. 

59. Are the accents rightly or wrongly placed in 
the examples following? if wrongly, then make the 
correction required. 

1. fiXaTrret tqv ijfopbv. (46, c; 53.) 2. rrjv rod 
yeco/ierpov o-ocplav ^avpua^opbev. (46, 6.) 3. rjXetc^e^ tqv 
hkairoT7]v. 4. eire^se tou? feVou?. 5. iretaopbev ere. 
6. e^pos ear iv. 7. piirrei tqv Slctkov. 8. (j)tXel ere. 
9. kclXos iartv. 10. j3Xd7TTOvcrt ere. 

03" This exercise may profitably be lengthened according to the 
necessities of the learner, until he is thoroughly acquainted with the 
accents, their right places, the enclitics, &c. 



LESSON VII. 
Parts of speech. Inflection, fyc. 

60. The parts of speech in Greek are, — -the article, 
the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the ad- 
verb, the preposition and the conjunction. The inter- 
jection is commonly ranked among the adverbs. 

61. The first five of these (viz., article, noun, adjec- 
tive, pronoun, verb) are susceptible of variation or 
modification in order to indicate their different rela- 
tions. This is properly termed inflection. 

62. The inflection of the article, nouns, adjectives 
and pronouns is termed declension; the inflection of 
the verb conjugation. 



63 67.] PARTS OF SPEECH. INFLECTIONS. 



63. The other parts of speech (viz.. adverbs, pre- 
positions and conjunctions) do not admit of inflection. 

64. The Greek, like our own language, has three 
genders, viz., the masculine, the feminine and the 
neuter ; as, 6 av^payiros, the man ; rj pb^rrjp, the mother; 
to gvkov, the fig.* 

Obs. To mark the genders of substantives in Greek, the different 
forms of the article are employed ; as 6 for the masculine, -n for the 
feminine, to for the neuter, &c. (See 89.) 

Some nouns are both masculine and feminine, and are said to be 
of the common gender ; as 6, q beos. god or goddess ; 6. r\ rpocpos, nurse ; 
d, rj av&pooiros, human being ; &c. 

65. The Greek has three numbers, the singular, 
the plural, and the dual which denotes two, or a pair. 

66. It has also five cases, viz., the nominative, the 
genitive, the dative, the accusative and the vocative. 

Obs. 1. There is no ablative, the place of that case being supplied 
mostly by the dative, sometimes by the genitive. 

Obs. 2. The nominative, accusative, and vocative neuter have the 
same form in all numbers, and in the plural they always end in a. 
The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are alike ; the genitive 
and dative dual are also alike. The nominative and vocative plural 
are always alike. The dative singular always ends in i, but in the 
first two declensions it is subscript [see 19. 2) Eem.] 

67. There are three Declensions in Greek, the First, 
Second, and Third. 

* The gender of nouns is determined partly by their meaning ; the 
following general rules may be noted to advantage : 

1) Karnes of males, of nations, winds, months, mountains, and most 
nvers, are masculine. 

2) Karnes of females, of countries, islands, most cities, most trees 
and plants, are feminine. 

3) The names of the letters and fruits, infinitives, diminutives in -op 
(except the proper names of females, e. g. r) Keovnov), all indeclinable 
words, and finally every word considered as simply that word (e. g. 
Th/x-fiTvp, 'the word mother'), are neuter. 



id 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[68 



General Table of the Declensions. 



in. 



Sing. 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Plural. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Dual. 

N. A.' V. 
G. D. 



Jyjs, as, masc. 
rj, a, a, fern. 

ov, rjs, or as, 

Z7i or «> 
771^5 or av, 
17, or a, 



ai, 

cop. 

ais. 

as, 

ci, 



os, m. etf. 
ov, neul. 



« 3 
ov, 

e, ov, neut. 



oi, a, neat. 

GOV, 
OLS, 

ovs, a, neut. 
ot. a, neul. 



'a, 1, v, neut. 
o,fem. 
& P? <r, ty, of all 
genders, 
os (as), increases 
in gen. 

a, or v, 

various; neut. as 
nom. 

es, a, neul. 

(OV, 

o~i (criv), 
as, a, neut, 
es, a, neut. 



OLV. 



1 Contracted from deep, and therefore circumflexed (48). 
repeating the table, let the pupil say " wv circumflexed." 



In 



68. Questions. — Name the parts of speech in Greek. How many 
and which admit of inflection % What do you mean by inflection 1 
What term is applied to the inflection of nouns, adjectives, &c. 1 
What to that of the verb 1 What parts of speech do not admit of 
inflection 1 How many genders are there in Greek 1 How are they 
generally marked 1 What is the common gender 1 How many num- 
bers are there in Greek 1 What does the dual denote 1 How many 
cases 1 Is there any ablative 1 Name the cases which are alike. 
Repeat the table of declensions .? What are the terminations of the 
nominative of the first declension ? What of the second 1 Of the 
third 1 What of the genitive of the first 1 Of the second % Of the 
third 1 (And so on, through all the table.) 



69—73.] 



THE VERB. 



19 



LESSON VIII. 
The Verb. Present and Future Active. 

69. Greek Verbs are of two kinds, those ending in 
ro and those in fu* 

70. There are three Voices, the Active, the Passive 
and the Middle ; as. tvtttco, I strike (act.) ; TvirTOfxai, 
T am struck (pass.) ; Tv-Trro/iac, I strike myself. 

Rem. For the present we use only verbs in ta in the active voice. 

71. The Moods of Greek Verbs are. the Indicative, 
the Imperative, the Subjunctive, the Optativg and the 
Infinitive. 

72. The Tenses are, 1) Principal Tenses, the 
Present, the Perfect, the Future; 2) Historical 
Tenses, the Imperfect, the Pluperfect, the Aorist. 

73. The Mutes, as Ave have seen (30, 31), are divi- 
ded into three sets of three : — 

Smooth. Middle 
_p-sounds 7r . /3 

^-sounds k . y 

^-sounds t • S 

1) For cmy p-sound with g (ttg, (3g, (pa), you must 
write -^r. 

2) For any £-sound with g [kg, jg, %a\ you must 
write f. 

3) For any f-sound with a- (to-, So-. S-o-), you must 
write o- only : 

That is. the £-sound is thrown arc ay. 

4) Also for ttt-g you must write -^r : for «r-9 3 f. 



Aspirate. 



* They are so called from the ending of the first person singular 
of the Present Indie, as ypdtpa> : \eyco. exo>. &c. (verbs in a), and 
rifrrjui, fyrqiu, &c. (verbs in pi). 



20 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74—79. 



74. Thus : 1) /3\e7r-? 


becomes 






u 


r T 




u 




TU7TT-? 


11 


T 


] rr— "\ eiS-O 
(yd J ii /VC/V ^ 


a 


li /vCC 




a 


Xe£ 


ap % -9 


a 




3) 7re^-9 


u 


7T6t? 


<77reuS-9 


« 





75. The Infinitive (of the Pres. Act.) ends in eiv ; 
as, \eyetv, /3\e7retv, &c. 

76. The root of the Present (Active) is got, 

a) By throwing away the eiv of the Pres. Infin. j 
a^. TV7TT6LV) root, tvitt. apyeiv, root, apx- 

b) By throwing away the co of the first sing, of the 
Present ; as, ap%co, ap%. (3\e7roo, /3\e7r. 

77. The root of the Future is got from the root of 
the Present (or Infinitive) by sigmating it ; that is, by 
adding 9 ; thus, /3\€7r, add 9, /3\e7T9= ySXe-v/r. 

78. The Greek language (see 65) has a form called 
the Dual, to denote two. The Active Voice has no 
dual form for the first person. 

79. In the Indicative, both the Present and the 
Future of the Active Voice end in co, and the termina- 
tions of the Persons are : 



EXAMPLE.* 

Present. 

S. TV7TTCO TV7TT€l$ TV7TT€l 

P. TV7TTOfJL€V TV7TT€T€ TV7TTOVCTL 

D. TVTTT€TOV TV7TT€TOV 

Future. 

8. TV\j/CO TV\jf€LS TV\j/€l 

P. TV^\rO\XZV TV\jA€T€ TV\j/OV(Tl 

D. TVyj/€TOV TVyjfCTOV. 

* See Note 2. 



L 

S. CO 

P ofxev 
D. 



2. 3. 

€T€ OVCTL 
€TOV €TOV 



80 82.] THE VERB. 21 

SO. The second person sing, of the Imperative ends 
in e added to the root of the Present (or Infinitive), 
rpdcfr-co, I write. Tpdcj^-e, write (thou). 

81. Vocabulary 1. 



To write, ypdcp-eiv 
To look, fi\e7r-eiv 
To rub, Tptft~€iv 
To strike, tvttt-€iv 
To anoint, a\et<£-eti> 
To weave, nXeK-eiv 



To say, to tell, Xey-ai> 
To rule, apx-eiv (governs 
gen.) 

To persuade, ireti-eiv 

To cheat, ) , 

> yevb-eiv. 
ale, i 



To beguile, 

Exercise 6. 

L*2. a) Read and translate into English. 

I You, in what follows, is to be considered sing, unless fl. is 

1. rpd^CD. 2. Fpd(j)€TOV. 3. B\€7TO/JL€V. 4. TpL- 

povac. 5, TptyovcrL. 6. Aeyere. 7. Aeye. 8. Tvirrei. 
9. "Apfa. 10. Udaovai. 11. Wevaeis. 12. BXefcc. 

13. 'A\eL<p€c$. 14. ^AXei^ovcri. 15. Aiyets. 16. Ae- 
yo^ev. 17. nefeere. 18. Ue»e. 19. TJefeerov. 20. Akr 
%erov. 21. U\e£*>. 22. Tplfieis. 23. Tptyerov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1 You* anoint. 2. He anoints. 3. We will anoint. 
4. You (pZ.) anoint. 5. You (fttw) will say. 6. He 
will tell. 7. He will look. 8. You will beat. 9. They 
look. 10. You (pi.) look. 11. You (pi) will cheat. 
12. They will persuade. 13. He will persuade. 

14. Persuade. 15. Tell. 16. Look. 17. They (two) 
look. 18. They will rub. 19. You (two) will weave. 
20. You will persuade. 

* As in Latin, the nom. of the personal pronouns is not exprt^sed. 
except for the sake of distinction or emphasis. They are to be ioft 
untranslated hers. 



22 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[83—85. 



The pupil ought to write out, plainly and distinctly, hit 
translations from Greek into English, and from English into 
Greek. In the latter case, too. he should accentuate the 
Greek words, bringing to bear, as far as he is able, the rules 
for accentuation, 46, &c. 



LESSON IX. 



The Verb, continued. 
S3. If a root ends in e 3 the terminations of the Pre- 
sent (79) will be contracted thus (see 48) : 



& 


e-co 


€-€LS 


€-€L 


CO 


el? 


el 


p. 


€-OfJL€V 


€-6T€ 






eTre 


OVCTL 


D. 




€-€TOV 






flTOV 


elrov 



84. When a root ending in e is sigmated (i. e. is 
increased by an added sigma, 77), the e is changed 
into rj. Thus, 

^ iXe " ? I becomes \ **** 

TroiecD) I make ; itoi^gcd. I iv ill make. 
cpiXeco. I love : <^\?;o-a>, 1 id ill love. 

85. The pupil will recollect that — 

1) A verb agrees with its nominative case in num- 
ber and person ;* as. 

Kvpo? TV7TT6L. Cyrus strikes. 

rd %coa rpe-^ei. The animals run. 

rjfjLels ere cbiXov/iev, We love you. 

2) A transitive verb is followed by the accusative ; 

as, 

Kvve<? tou9 i)ftpov$ Sd/cvovcrcvj Dogs bite their 
enemies. 



* But a dual nominative is often joined with a plural verb ; and a 
neuter plural generally takes a singular verb. 



86, 87.] 



THE VERB. 



23 



Avkos a/ivov eciajKev. A wolf was jmrsuing a 
lamb. 

Tvvi) tl$ opviv elye. A icoman had a hen. 
86. Vocabulary 2. 

To lore, ((pike-eiv =) (piXeli/ | To hide, Kpv~T-eiv. 
To make, (jroie-ELv = ) ttoleIv I 
Nom. I, eya>. Thou, crv. }Ye, ?//xeis\ You, vpeis. 

Acc. Me, ijii or fie. Thee, ere. Us, rjfias. You, vfias* 

Him, airov. Them, airovs. 

This (neui. sing.), roiro. These things, ravra. 
Not, ov, (with the imperative. firj.) 

IT Mep — 6V' are indeed — hut. The pip is. however, mostly -not 
translated in English. They cannot stand as the first word of 
a sentence or clause. 

Exercise 7. 

ST. a) Translate into English. 

1. $l\ovglv airov. 2. <&l\j](tov(7c. 3. <f> Cket 4- IIol- 
oven ravra. 5. Hotels. 6. Tloi-qcrei^. 7. KpvirreLs. 
8. Kpv\jro/iev. 9. 'Eyco* fxev /cpvrrrco ravra. crv 6e dv 
Kpvrrreis. 10. ( H[iel^ ftev cptXov^ev airov. ifieU Be ov 
(ptXelre. 11. Xv /iev ^Irevcret? airov. eyoo Be oi ^evcrco. 
12. ( H/ici$ [lev rrelcreL^. airov Be ov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

(Words to which are prefixed are not to be translated.) 
1. You love him. 2. I indeed love him, but you 
do not love (°him). 3. You 4l t will love him. but I 
°shall not. 4. They will love them. 5. You love him. 
6. You [pL) love him. 7. They are doing these 
things. S. He is doing this. 9. We 41 are doing these 

* See note * on p. 21. 

t These numerals refer to the Table of i; Difference of Idioms, 11 
&c. immediately preceding the Indexes. 



24 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[88, 89. 



things, but you (pi) are not doing °them. 10. I will 
do this. 11. I will do this, but you shall not do °it 
12. We will hide this. 13. Ye shall weave. 

88, Questions. — What accent has <pi\ovcriv1 [48.] What hence 
called 1 [51.] "Why is avrov written as an oxytone ? [53.] Why are 
iycb, fxlv, crb, 5e written thus, and not iyco, pip, crv, 5e ? Why has oi 
no accent in several places, bnt has the acute in the last sentence 
above ? [54, Obs.] What case is ravra 1 By what rule ? [85. 2.] 
What cases are iyw, crv and ^ueTs 7 Give the rule for the agreement 
of a verb with its nominative case. [85, 1.] How is avrov governed ? 
What case is ^uas ? Why 1 Parse the verb \pevcnzis (thus : tyevosis is 
the fut. act. 2d pers. sing, from tyevdco, root tyevd : the root of the fut. 
is got from the root of the pres. by adding s, which makes if/evds : but 
by 73, 3, for any £-sound with s you must write s only, which makes 
ij/evy, root of the fut.) What is the root of voiels 1 [84, 77.] If the 
root. of 7roie?s is TroLe, why do you write iroLrjcreis in the fut. 1 [84.] 
What is the place of fiev and 8e in Greek sentences 1 Do you trans- 
late fieu in the sentences above 1 In translating the English into 
Greek, do you insert the fxev, or not, in 2, 3, 9, 11 1 {Obs. Imitate the 
order of the words in the Greek sentences.) 



LESSON X. 
The Article. 

89. The Article in Greek is prefixed to nouns in 

order to ascertain or define them ; as, 6 tto^t^?, " the 

poet f rj fcopr], " the maiden to jovv, " the knee." 

Rem. The Greeks have no indefinite article, answering to our u a" 
or " any 

PARADIGM OF THE ARTICLE. 



o, rj, to, "the" 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


m. f. n. 

N. 6 f) to 

G. TOV TTjS TOV 
D. TCO Tjj TCO 

A. tov rrjv to 


m. f. n. 
ol at Tci 

TCOV TCOV TCOV 

roi? rats toIs 

TOVS TO.S TO. 


m. f. n. 

N. 1 , , , 

^ >TO) ra TCO 

G. > ~ - „ 

jy > TOLV TaiV TOLV 



90—93.] 



THE ARTICLE 



25 



90. The pupil will observe that 6, r}, oi, ai are atonic 
(54) ; the genitives and datives perispomena (51) ; and 
the other cases oxytone (51). 

Rem. In the dual the feminine is = more commonly tw, to7v, than 
rd, raw. Ta (as fern, dual) is very uncommon. 

91. The Article is often equivalent to a weakened 
possessive ; and is translated by my, your, his, her, 
their ; as ; Kvves tou? iffipovs Sdtcvovcnv, iyco oe to?)? <f>l- 
\ol>9j iva crcoaa), " Dogs bite their enemies, but I my 
friends, that I may save them" 

Rem. " The chief employment of the definite article is to distin- 
guish the subject from the predicate ; for, from the nature of 
the case, the subject is considered to be something definite, 
of which something general is predicated or denied." (Don- 
aldson.) 

92. Vocabulary 3. 

Poet, TroirjTTjs, 6 (acc. iroirjrqv). 

Letter, epistle, ema-Tokrj, fj (acc. iTrLcrroXrjv). 

Young man, youth, veavlas, 6 (acc. veavlav). 

Tent, crKrjvr], 77 (acc. a-Krjvrjv), 

Sea, %d\ao~<ra, rj (acc. %d\ao~o~av). 

Exercise 8. 

93. a) Translate into English. 

1. c O 7T0L7)Tr)<; rrjv eir LCTToXrjv ypdyfrei. 2. Tbv veavlav 
^>CKjov[iev. 3. Mr) ypdfye liTiGTo\r]v. 4. ^H/ueis fiev ire'ir 
a-ojiiev avrovs, vfiei? Se ov ireicreTe, 5. YIoirjcreTe aKr)vr\v. 
6. 6 veavlas \e%et, ravra. 7. Eya> \i\v ov (f>iXea) rrjv 6d\- 
aaaav, crv Se <$>Ckei$. 8. Kpvtyec rrjv e7Ti(JTo\rjv. 9. A~ 
Xelcpofiev rbv veavlav. 10. Houryrrj?. 11. f O iroLrjrrj^. 
12. c Tfiecs fie (piXelre. 13. Tavra avrovs weurei. 
14, A e^erov tovto. 15. Xicr]V7]v irocec. 16. Heicroybiv 
<re. 17. e O veavia? \e%ec rrjv iTriGToXrjv. 18. 5e fJLev 
2 



26 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



* [94, 95 



ireiaovcnv* ifie he ov. 19. Kvpo? ypdfaiv eincrToX^v 

6 N Translate into Greek. 

I-. The young man will persuade the poet. 2. He 
will hide the letter. 3. Do not strike the poet. 4. He 
loves us. 5. They are doing these things. 6. We 
will love them, but you will not love ( them). 7. The 
young man weaves. 8. These things beguile the poet. 
9. Do not persuade the youth to love the sea. 1 0. He 
loves a youth. 11. We will make a tent. 12. The 
poet does not love the sea. 13. Write your letters. 

94. Questions. — What is the use of the article in Greek 1 Is 
there any thing answering to our indefinite article % Which portions 
of the article are atonic ? Which peristome ? Which oxytone ? Which 
are the most usual forms in the dual 1 What is the article often 
equivalent to 1 Give the Greek for "Dogs bite their enemies." In 
the Exercise (sentence 3, Greek), how do you translate iiricToXT}!/, 
without the article % 4. Account for the acute on abrovs. 10 ; 11. Point 
out the difference. 12. What is ^ 1 13. What rule applies 1 [85, 1.] 
14. Parse 16. Account for the two accents on TretVo^eV. 18. 

What do you call the v in irzicrovaiv 1 To what words is it added ? 
In sentence 3 (English), do you use ^77 or ob 7 8. Is the verb singu- 
lar or plural 1 13. How do you translate " your" 1 



LESSON XI. 
First Declension of Nouns. 
95. As we have seen above (67), there are in Greek 
three different ways of inflecting substantives, distin- 
guished as the^rs^, second, and third declensions. 

* The third singular and the third plural of verbs in 07, e, or i, 
have sometimes an v added, when a word beginning with a vowel fol- 
lows. This v is also added to the dative plur. in ai, and to some 
adverbs of place, &c. It is called v efyzXKvariKov. But in reality, the 
v which is thus said to be added belonged to the original form of the 
word. 



96, 97.] 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



27 



96. Nouns of the first declension end in a and 
feminine ; as and 779, masculine. 

TERMINATIONS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


N. 




a or 7] 


as 


or rjs 


at 


a 


G. 


rjs 


as rjs 


ov 


ov 


Sv 


aiv 


D. 


V 


a 7] 


a 


V 


ais 


aiv 


A. 


dv 


dv rjv 


dv 


T]V 


as 


a 


V. 


d 


a r t 


a 


r n d 


at 


a 



Rem. The gen. ay and dat. a belong to nouns that end in pa, or in 
a preceded by a vowel (a pure), together with aAaAa, and some 
proper names in a : 'Av8po}x4Ba, 5a, &c. The rest in a take 
?}s, 77. The termination a, gen. tjs, is always short ; a, gen. as, 
is mostly long* 

PARADIGMS OF FEMININE NOUNS. 



Sing. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Muse. 
r) Movcra 
rrjs Movcrr]s 
rrj Movoy} 
rr)v Movadv 
Moved 



Shadow. 
o~Kid (a) 
aKids 
o~Kia 

o~Kidv (d) 
crKid (a) 



Country. 

Xyd 

X ya 

X&pav 

X&pd 



Honor. 

Tlrf 

Ti}xr)s 
rifif) 
rijxrjV 
Tifirj 



Justice. 

dlKT] 
dlK7]S 

dlKTjV 
d'lKT] 



Plur. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



ai Movcrai 

TCOV MoVCTCOV 

rals Movcrais 
rds Movcras 
Movcrai 



crKiai 

CTKICDV 
CTKIOIS 

crKids (d) 
crKiai 



X^pai 

Xcopcov 

X&pais 

X&pas 

X&pai 



rijxai 

TL/JLCQV 

rij-ials 
Tifids 
rifjiai 



oiKai 

dlKCOV 

t)l<ais 

ftiKas 

t)LKai 



Dual. N.A.V. 
G. D. 



rd Movcra 
tcliv Movcraiv 



CTKld (d) 

crKialv 



Xcopa 
X&paiv 



Tifxa 
rip.au 



t)iKa 
SiKaiv 



97. On the accentuation.'] The accent remains, as long as the 
general rules (46, b, c) will let it, on the same syllable ; with the 
exception of the gen. plural, which in this declension is always peri- 
spOmenon. 

1) If the accent is on the last syllable, it remains indeed on that 
syllable, but is changed into the circumflex in the gen. and dat. of all 
numbers. Thus, rifir], ti/xtJs, rifirj, rificov, rijials, rijxalv. 

2) In the nom. plural, at is considered short with respect to accen- 
tuation : hence if the penult has a diphthong or long vowel, an acute 



* See Note 3. 



28 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[98, 99. 



on that syllable is changed into the circumflex. For instance, yi/w/iTj 
has nom. plural yvcofiai, x^P 5 nas nom. plural ^copac. 

3) When the final syllable becomes long, the circumflex cannot 
stand on the penult (46, c) : o-<fiaipa cannot have o-<ficupas. Hence 
the accent must be the acute, since that accent can stand on the 
penult, whatever the quantity of the final may be : o-cpatpa, gen. 
cxfcaipas, Movcra, gen. Tslovorrjs. 

4) If the word be proparoxytone (which it cannot be, unless the 
final a is short), no accent can stand on the antepenult when the final 
becomes long. It is necessary therefore to move the acute one place 
to the right : e^iSi/a, gen. ixtivrjs. 

98. The pupil will observe that — 

1) Abstract substantives (e. g. the names of virtues, 
vices, &c.) often take the article, which is not to be 
translated into English. 

2) Proper names often take the article when they 
have been lately mentioned; or when they are the 
names of icell known persons or places. 

EXAMPLES. 

(ptXovfiev tt]v cro(j)iav : ice love wisdom, 
r) fie^r] [Aifcpa jjuavia iarLv, drunkenness is a brief 
madness. 

(3>XaTrTov<TL TTjv 'Eperpiav, they are injuring Eretria. 
6 ^coKparrj^ (j)L\6<TO(j)o$, Socrates was a philoso- 
pher. 

Kvpov fier aire [Air erai ■ avafiaivet ovv 6 Kvpo$, He 
sends for Cyrus ; Cyrus thereupon goes up. 



99. Vocabulary 4. 

Eretria, 'Eperpia, as. 
Philosophy, <pi\ocro<fi[a, as. 
The soul, the mind, yjrvx^ rjs. 
Virtue, dperr), rjs. 
Benefit, profit; a blessing, axfie- 
Xeta, ay. 



Pleasure, r)§ovr), rjs. 
Wisdom, crofyla, as. 
Slavery, dovXeld, as. 
Ignorance (brutish), dpta^ la, ay. 
Madness, pavla, as. 
Calamity, o-vp<popd, as. 



100.] 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



29 



Loss, injury, penalty; a cala- 
mity, fyfjiLa. as (damnum). 
Hurt, fiXa-pr], rj s. 
Fate, fiolpa, as. 
Injustice, ddcKLa, as. 
Justice (as habit). dLKaiocrvvrj.rjs. 



Necessity, compulsion 

yiaji rjs. 
Damsel. Koprj, vs. 
Force, violence, fBla, as* 
Anger, opyrj, t)s. 
Ball, acpalpa, as. 



To yield, e'U-eiv, (governs the da* 

live.) 

To tJirOW, pi7TT-€LV. 

Is. earl (ecrrtV) ; are, elcri, (dcrlvs) 



To hurt, injure, iSXarrr-ecv. 

To flee or fly from, shun, (fievy- 

To pursue, btcoK-eiv. 

Both — and, kql — kcu; re Kai (re is enclitic, 55), or re . . . tcai 
('with a word or words between). Te koi often — 6 and" only. 
Himself, eavrov or avrov. Who J rls ] 

Toicards, irpos (with accusative). 

Obs. 1) avrov (with smooth breathing) = him. 

avrov (with rough breathing) = himself. 
2) Tls; l who T retains its acute accent even in a sentence. 



Exercise 9. 
100. a) Translate into English. 

1. Mr] f3\cLTTT6 T7]V 'EpeTptaV. 2. Ov f3\€7T€L 77/50? 

<f)i\ocro<f)Lav. 3. *Apx e t?}? ^. ^ <*P €T V °v 

/3X€-^66 7rpo9 oj^eXecav. 5. *Pty(D rrjv crcpaipvv. 6. H 
fiolpa ^PX 6 ^ /3X^/3?79 7£ teal ox^ekeias. 7. ^evyerrjv dSc- 
Kiav. 8. Trjv fiev dSifclav (f)evye, ty}v Se ScjcaLoavvrjV 
ol(ok€. 9. Elice rf) /3la. 10. Mrj el/ce rciis TjSovals. 
11. <&evy€ rip ron 7]Sovcov dovketav. 12. Tfj fiev aofpla 
etfee. tt) Se rjhovfj firf elfce. 13. *H fiev aperi] ccxfila eariv^ 
rj Se aSi/cla dfia^fia re Kai fiavia* 14. Tats crv fid) o pat? 
e'LKOfiev. 15. Mr] ^Xdirre rd (or too) Kopa. 16. ( H 8i- 
Kaioavvi] dpeTTj Igti. 17. 2lojfcpdT7]^ avTov <^Ckel^ efil 
he ov. 18. T/y ttjv crKTjvrjv nron^aei ; 19. ( EavTCV fcpv« 
yfret. 20. Zrffxia eo~TLV. (See 56, 2.) 



30 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



fioi, 10a 



b) Translate into Greek, 

L We yield to force and necessity. 2. Pursue 
virtue. 3. You will look to profit. 4. Pursue both 
justice and virtue. 5. We will yield to necessity, but 
not to force. 6. Rule over your (say 'the') anger. 

7. We will yield to the compulsion of calamities, 

8. Do not yield to the slavery of pleasure. 9. Who 
will hide me? 10. He loves himself. 11. Who is 
looking towards the young man ? 12. They are throw- 
ing the ball. 13. It is a ball. 14. Virtue and justice 
are wisdom. 15. This is a loss to the poet. 

101. Questions. — How many declensions are there in Greek? 
What are the terminations of the first declension 7 Which are femi- 
nine ? "Which masculine ? Which norms have gen. as, dat. a ? What 
is the quantity of a, gen. t]s ? Of a. gen. a? ? Go through with 
Movara, aKid. x^P a - Stay. What is the general statement as to 
the accent 1 How is the gen. pi. always accented 1 If a noun is oxy- 
t-one in the norm, what is the accent of the gen. and dat. 1 What is 
the quantity of ai with respect to accentuation 1 Suppose then the 
penult have a diphthong or long vowel, with an acute on it, what is 
that acute changed into when the termination becomes cu ? Can the 
circumflex stand on the penult when the last syllable becomes long 1 
If the final of a proparoxytone becomes long, what accent do you give 
it 1 Give the rules for the use of the article in 98. In the Exercise 
(sentence 8. Greek) account for the genit. [81. 99.] 7, 8. 9, &-c, ac- 
count for the article. [98. 1.] 15. Which is better, rd or tw Kopa? 
[90, Rem.] Sentence 9 (English), what is the Greek for who ? Does 
it retain its accent in a sentence 1 10. Give the Greek for himself. 
13. How do you express " it is" &c. in Greek 1 (By itrtly simply.) 



LESSON XII. 

Contracts. Masculines of the First Declension. 

102. Some feminines of the first end in ?}, a con- 
tracted from ea : da. They are declined regularly as if 
from tj, a ; but every case is a perispomenon. (Svxia 



103 — 106.] SECOND DECLENSION. 31 

= ) crvfcr), (tvk-t\^ ) crvK-r), &c. : [fivda = ) fjbvd. /jlvccs, fjbva, 
&c. 



PARADIGMS OF MASCULINE NOUNS. 



Sing. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


Citizen. Perses. Youth. Fowler. 
6 ttoKlttis TLepdrjs veavias opvi^o^rjpas 
tov ttoXltov Hepcrov veavlov opvito^rjpd 
tc5 7to\lt7j Uepo-T] veaviq opvL^o^rjpg. 
tov ttoXltt]V Uepo-r/v veavlav 6pvi%o%r)pav 

ttoKltS. ILepcrrj vtavla 6pvC^o^r t pa 


Plur. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


oi ttoXltcll veavlai 6pvi~o%rjpai 
Tu>v ttoXltcdv veavL&v 6pvL~o~rjpcbp 
toTs ttoXltciis veavLdis 6pv&o%r]paL£ 
tovs ttoXltcls veavlas opvCZo^rjpas 
ttoXItcli veavlai 6pvL%o%?jpai 


Dual. N. A. V. 
G. D. 


too ttoXitcl veavla opvL^o^ripd 

Tolv 77oXLTa.LV V€CLv'lCLLV OpVL^O^T] pCLLV 



103. Masculine nouns in rjs have the vocative in 17, except the 
following, which have d : 

1) Those in trjs. 

2) Those compounded of a substantive and a verb, that simply 
append rjs to the verbal root; as yc&fierp^s, geometer; apr&ir&kq^ 
breadseller, baker. 

3) National names ; as Uepo-rjs, a Persian, voc. Tlepcra, — but 
Tlepcrr]?, Perses, voc. He par}. 

104. The rules of accentuation are the same as for feminines 
(97). — AecnroTrjs irregularly throws back its accent in vocat. (o> 
o~ttotcl) 5 and xpWttjs, usurer, has gen. pi. xPWtcdv.* 

105. Some nouns in ?}?, contracted from ea?, are 
declined regularly, but every case is perispojnenon. 

(Ep/JL€CL$ == ) *Ep{jLr)$ } OV, ?7j TjV, &C. 

106. Several masculines in as have the Doric gen. in a : viz. 7ra- 
TpaXolas t a parricide, jirjTpaXolas, a matricide, opvi^o^rjpas, a fowler 
or bird-catcher ; also several proper names ; as SvXXas, gen. 2vXXa, 
and contracts in as, Boppas (from Bopeas), gen. Boppa. 

* Three other nouns of the first declen. are paroxytone in the gen. 
pi,; as y,cpv7], anchovy; £Trj<riai, Etesian winds; x^ovvrjs, wild boar; 
which have gen. pi. a<£tW, £tt}(tIccv, x^ovvow. 



32 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[107—110, 



107. A few proper names have the Ionic genit. in eco, even in the 
Attic dialect ; as Trjprjs, QdXns, Trjpeco, QaXeco. (Note the irregular 
accent.) 

108. Vocabulary 5. 

Persian, ILipcrns. 
Perses (proper name), Ut perns. 
Land, earth, yrj. 
Domestic, oiKirrjs. 
Baker, apTOTr&kns. 
Bookseller, /3i/3Aio7ro)A?7ff. 
Geometer, yecofierp-qs. 
Master, decnroT^s (see 104). 
Laborer, cultivator, ipyarns. 
Desire, eVtSv/xi'a. 
Disciple, pupil, p,a%r)Tr)9. 
Citizen, Trokirns. 
Sailor, vavT-qs. 

Minerva, 'AStyva (a — da, 

Athene). 
Mercury, 'Epprjs (Hermes). 
Boreas, the north wind, Bop pas 

(106). 

The Gelas, (a river in Sicily,) 
Tekds, a (106). 



Poet, 7TOL7]TrjS. 

Mina, (a coin,) piva (= uvad). 

Weasel, yaXrj (== yaXerj). 

Fig-tree, crvKr) (rj = ea). 

To chastise, Ko\d£eiv. 

To have, *x* lv (takes rough 

breathing in the future.) 
To plant, <j)VT€V€iv. 
To hunt, %rjpev€iv. 
To admire, Savfxd&Lv. 
One ought ; we ought, xPl 

( = oportet.) 
Hail! x°~ L P e (imperat. of ^atpa)). 
" By," in swearing by a deity, vrj 

(with accus.) 
Not even, ovde (ne . . . quidem). 

Five, 7T€VT€. 

Was, rjv : were, fja-av. 
To speak ill (or evil) of, KaKcos 
Xeyeiv, (with acc. of person.) 



109. The Infinitive Mood with the article answers to 
our participial substantive : to Xeyetv, to say, or (the) 
saying ; rov Xeyetv, of saying ; rm \eyeiv, by saying, 
or (with governed case interposed) ™ ravra Xeyetv, by 
saying these things. It maybe governed by pre- 
positions, &c, just like any other substantive : airo rod 
\e<yeiv rfj rov \iyecv pco/^j], &c. 

Exercise 10. 

110. a) Translate into English. 

1. c O Ueparj^ ap^ei* rrjs re yrjs /cal Trjs ^a\da(rr}$. 
2. OuS' ol/ceras %prj opyfj KokaCpiv. 3. f O apro7rco\7]^ 



111.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



33 



'Trhre fxvas e^ei. 4. c O IIpojjLrj^evs 1 Kkiirrei 'A^rjvas 

tt]V croc]) lav. 5. ^fl Hepar]^ [xtj el/ce rfj rod apyeiv ejn- 

^VfJiia. 6. ^euye, & Hepaa. 7. f O ipydrr}? Gvicas <fiv- 

rev€L. 8. 01 Hepaat yrjs ipydrcu elcriv. 9. @r}pevcro[Jbev 

ra<$ <yaka<$. 10. Trjv rod yeco/Jberpov ao$Lav ^avfid^opbev. 

11. Nrj TTjV ^A^rjvav iTOirjaco ravra. 12. Xaipe, & Se- 

airora. 13. Xalpe fcal cry, co fiiftXioirodka. 14. To 6V0- 

(ia z rjv dirb rod TeXd. 15. Trjv rov 6pvt^o^n]pa d re^yrjv 

^ay/JLa^o/xev. 16. Ovhe heairoras XPV fca/c&^ Xeyeuv. 

a 81. . b Prometheus. (98, 2.) c to 6uoy.a, a name ; a-nb, 

from, (with gen.) d 106. 

6) Translate into Greek. 

1. The disciples of the geometer have five minse. 
2. The Persians are masters of the sea. 3. The labor- 
ers are planting a fig-tree. 4. O laborer, plant the fig- 
tree. 5. By Hermes, I will not do this. 6. They yield 
to the desire of having disciples. 7. The geometers 
have pupils. 8. O Geometer, do not yield to the desire 
of talking. 9. Do not speak-evil-of the citizens. 
10. Hail ! O baker. 11. By Athene, I will have the 
sphere. 12. By Hermes, I will plant the fig-trees. 
13. One-ought not to plant even a fig-tree. 

111. Questions. — How are femin. contracts declined 1 Go through 
with -ko\Itt]S; Uepcrvs, veavias, opvi&o&ripas. TVhat is the vocat. of masc. 
nouns in ys 1 ISTanie the exceptions. What are the rules of accentu- 
ation 1 Give the vocat. of decriroT^s and gen. pi. of xp^cm}?. How 
are nouns in r\s declined 1 What peculiarity have several masculines 
in as 1 "What is the genit. of such nouns as Tripes, QaArjs, &c. 1 How 
is the infin. mood with the article used 1 In the Exercise (sentence 
1, Greek), why has re no accent 1 2. Why is opyrj perispomenon 1 
[97, 1.] 8. Why is yrjs without the article 1 (Common nouns omit 
the article under certain circumstances, as here, 77} being used of the 
particular country of the Uepo-at.) "Why does dtriv retain its accent 
after ipydrcu 1 [56, 2.] 10. What is the order of the words ? Is it to 
be imitated % 13. What is the quantity of the a in /3iP\ioTra>\a 1 Sen* 
2* 



34 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[112—114 



tence 1 (English), how do you translate "have'?" Give the rule 
[85, 1]. 2. What case do you put "masters" ml (The nom. after 
the verb.) 6. "What case does eiicew govern 1 9. What case do you 
put " citizens" inl 



LESSON XIII. 

Second Declension of Nouns. 

112. Nouns of this declension end in o? 5 masculine, 

often feminine, and ov neuter. 

Rem. Fern, diminutive proper nouns in ov are an exception, e. g. 
7] TAvKepiov. (See 64, note *.) 

TERMINATIONS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


N. 


OS OV 


OL 




a 


CO 


G. 


OV 




cov 




01V 


D. 


CO 




ois 




OLV 


A. 


OV 


ovs 




a 


CO 


V. 


os, e ov 


01 




a 


CO 



PARADIGMS. 



Sing. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Word. 
6 Xoyos 
tov Xoyov 
rco \6ycp 
tov \6yov 
Xoye 



Disease. 
f) vocros 
tt]s vocrov 
rrj vocrco 
TYJV vocrov 

VO(T€ 



God. 

rod %eov 
rco 

tov *%eov 

%€OS 



Fig. 

TO 0~VKOV 
TOV 0~VKOV 
TCp CTVKCp 

to ctvkov 
ctvkov 



Plur. N. 

G. 
D. 
A 
V. 


ol Xoyoi al vocroi ol Seot ra crvKa 

TCOV XoyCOV TCOV VOCTCOV TCOV %€COV TCOV (TVKCOV 

toIs Xoyois tois vocrois toIs ^eo7s toIs 0~VK01S 
tovs Xoyovs tc\s vocrovs tovs Seovs to. crvKa 
Xoyoi vocroi Sfeoi tru/ca 


Dual. N.A.V. 
G. D. 


rob Xoyco to. vocrco too %eco too ctvkco 
to7v Xoyoiv Talv vocroiv toIv SeotV toiv ctvkoiv 



113. The vocative of words in os (as will be observed) sometimes 
ends in os : as&j cplXe and co cplXos : always co %eos. 

114. On the accentuation.'] — The accent remains on the syllable 
which is accented in the nominative, as long as it can : except in the 
/ocative abeXcfie, from ddeXcpos, a brother. The termination oi in the 



115, 116.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



35 



plural, like at in the first declension, is considered short with refer 
ence to accentuation. The change of the accent is like that in the 
first declension (97), excepL that it is only orytones (not all words, 
as in the first declension) that become perispomena in the genitive 
plural (iarpos* larpav). The rest are paroocytones. 

115. Vocabulary 6. 

Lecyt.hus, ArjKv^os, r) (a fortress 

in Macedonia near Torone). 
A temple, Upov, to, (prop. neut. 

adj. from iepos, holy.) 
A gift, dcbpov, to* 
God, 3€oy, 6. 

Word, speech, reason, \6yos, 6. 
Judge, juror, biKauTr)s, 6, 
Work, action, epyov, to. 
Man, human being, avJspomos, 6. 
Stranger, host, guest, %£vos, 6. 
Physician, larpos, 6. 
Sorrow, Xvirr), rj. 
Plain, TreSlov, to, 
Targeteer, TTikTao~Tr)s, 6. 
An enemy, TroXe/uos (prop, adj., 

hostile) ; iyfipos* 6. 
Way, road, odos, 77. 
Army, o-Tparla, 77. 
Running, race-course, §popos, 6. 
To run, %fiv ( = 3eeti>.) Apopco 

3eTz> is stronger ; to run at full 

speed ; to run to the charge (of 

soldiers). 
Quoit, discus, Slo-kos, 6. 
Slave, dovXos, 6. 

116. When a substantive with the article has a dependent geni- 
tive, the genitive usually either (1) stands between the article and 
its substantive, or (2) follows the substantive with a second article : 
thus, 

1. f) tcdv 7r a\a 1 co v o~o(j)La. I to t rj s aperrjs koXXos*. 

2. fj o~o(f)[a 77 Tap 77 a\a l co v. 1 to kclXXos to t rj s a p e ttj f, 



Drug, poison, (pdppaKov, to. 
Tale, legend, fivZos, 6. 
Garland, o~Tl(pavos, 6. 
Stadium, o-rabiov, ( = 60 6| 

English feet) pi. oraStot 01 

G~Tadta. 
Rock, TreTpa, 77. 
Stone, Xfaos, 6. 
Silver, apyvpos, 6. 
Gold, xpv&QSi o. 
Mere talk, mere sttjf, nonsense, 

Xrjpos, o. 

Fear, <pol3os, 6. 
Horse, Ittttos, 6. 
Ass, ovos, 6. 

To care for, cbpovTi^tv, (governs 

the gen.) 
To lead forward ; to march for- 

ward ; to advance (trans.) 7rpo- 

dyeiv. 

TO SOW, 0~77€Lp€LV* 

To restrain, KciTex* lv * 
Ten, Beta. 

As (as it were = ) about, coy. 
That, otl. 



36 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



a) 111 the first order (f) rcov TraXaicov crocpla) neither notion has any 
preponderance of emphasis over the other ; the order with the re- 
peated article (fj cro<pla f] rcov TrciXaicov), is used, when the speaker 
wishes to dwell upon the notions separately. The reason may be, to 
add an ironical or contemptuous meaning to one of them. — /3) The 
following are rarer orders : — 3. *H crocpla rcov Trakaicov. 4. TW 7ra- 
\aicov rj crocpla. 

117. Words that modify a substantive are interposed, in Greek, 
between it and the article ; or follow it with the article repeated. 
English. Greek. 



The guards from the city. 



The guards summoned to at- 
tend the kinp;. 



1. ol cirro rr\s nokecos cpvXaK.es. 

2. oi <pv\a.K€s ol ano rrjs Trokeoos. 

1. ol too /SaaiXel aKoXovSetv na- 
paK€K\r)fX€VOl <fiv\aK€s* 

2. oi <pv\aK€s oi tco fiacriXei cxko- 
Xov'Selv 7rapaK€K\rj[xePOL. 

OCT Let the pupil note carefully and imitate the Greek order 
in the Exercises following. 

Exercise 11. 

118. a) Translate into English. 

1. "Eo-tlv* iv rfj ArjKv^cp ^A^7]vd^ lepov. 2. A do pa 
'Sreou? ire'feei*. 3. UeLcreL toZ? \6yois tovs htKaard^. 
4. AlcD/ce ttjv aperrjv re teal crocpiav. 5. Ol ^reol rcov av- 

^fpGJTTCOV CppOVTl%OVGlV. 6. XdUpG. CO %€V6. 7. Av7T7]$ 

larpos zcttlv dv^rpdoTTOLS Xoyo?. 8. Ol iic rov 7re$Lov ireX 
racrral 8 popup ^eovaLV, ol 8e iroXeficoi ol eirl rfj 68$ 
cpevyovai. 9. Tlpodye^ 6 Xeiptcjocpos rrjv arpanav cos 
Be/ca crraSiovs Trpo? TrdXepuiovs. 10. Eh irerpas re /cat 
\foovs 25 pur] aireipe. 11. Mrj eke rfj rov xpvtrov re tcai 
dpyvpov eTrfevpula. 12. Aeyopuev epyois, on Xrjpo? 7T/}o? 2s 
Xpverov re /cat dpyvpov eanv rj dperrj. 13. IlXe^o/xev 
TOU9 trreepdvovs. 14. T<k eirfevpulas ov Xoycp Kare^eh 
aXX dvdyfcrj teal <j>6/3(p. 15. BXairrei rov e^rpov. 
16. IlXe^ovcTL top arecpavov. 17. f O SovXo? rpl^eu to 



119.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



37 



(pdpjuafcov. 18. Tov pep Slct/cov ptyco, rrjv 8e acpaipav 
ov. 19. Aov\6s icrTiv. 20. f O tarpon rcov rod Trekra- 

CTOV ScOpCOV OV (bpOVTL&C. 

a There is. In this sense ianv (at the head of a sentence) keeps 
its accent. t> Neuter plurals usually take a sing. verb. See 85. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The horse is pursuing the ass. 2. Do not yield 
to the enemy. 3. Restrain the desires of the soul by 
reason. 4. The citizens do not care-for the strangers. 

5. We will march- the army -forward about five stadia. 

6. The enemy fly through fear. d 7. Yield not to the 
fear of the enemy. 8. In our words e pleasure is mere- 
nonsense to f virtue, but by our actions we declare that 
virtue is mere-nonsense to pleasure. 9. Gifts persuade 
the souls of men. 10. The young-man will anoint 
himself. 11. Who is weaving the garland? 12. It is 
a discus. 13. They will throw the ball, but not the 
discus. 41 14. There are ten men ins the temple of 
Minerva. 15. O Persian, restrain the desire of speak- 
ing evil of man. 

c These hyphens mean that march-forward is translated by one 
word. d Use the dative of the noun. e Dative of the 

noun, as in 12 (Greek) above. f "To" (= compared with). See 

29, ' : Diff. of Idiom." s |* with dat. 

119. Questions. — What are the terminations of the second de- 
clens. 1 Go through with the table. Decline \6yos, voo-os. ktjitos, 
freos, avKov. What is the vocat. of nouns in as ? What the rules with 
respect to accentuation 1 What is the order of the words when a 
noun with the article has a dependent genit. 1 Discriminate the 
meaning, according to the order of the words. What are rarer orders 1 
Where do you place words that modify a substantive 1 Give the Greek 
(both ways) for i: the guards from the city ; -' the guards summoned to 
attend the ling;' Can you point out any illustrations in the Greek 
sentences following?- Sentence 14, (English) will the verb in the 
sense of u there are." be accented or not ? (It retains its accent when 
it stands at the beginning of a sentence.) • 



33 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[120—123. 



LESSON XIV. 

Contracts of Second Declension. Imperfect Tense. 
Augment. 

120. Some few nouns in eo?, oo?, eov, oov are con- 
tracted throughout. 

PARADIGMS. 



SIN&. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


Mind. 
6 voos vovs 

TOV VOOV VOV 
TcZ VOCp VCO 
TOV VOOV vovv 
VO€ VOX! 


Circumnavigation. 
6 TrepLirkoos Trepirrkovs 
tov 7repL7r\6ov TreptTrKov 

TCp 7T€pL7r\6cO 7T€pL7r\cp 
TOV 7T6pL7rXoOV 7TepL7r\oVV 
7T€pL7rXo€ 7T€pL7r\0V 


Bone. 
TO 6o~T€OV 6o~tovv 
TOV 0CTT60V OCTTOV 
TCp 6o~T€Cp OCTTCp 
TO 00~T€OV OCTTOVV 
OCTT€OV OCTTOVV 


PLXJR. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


01 VOOL Vol 
TCOV vocov VOOV 
Tols VOOLS Vols 
TOVS voovs VOVS 
VOOL VOL 


ol irep'nikooL rrep'nrkoL 
tcov rrepLTrXocov irep'nrXcov 

Tols 7T€pL7r\6oLS TTtpiTTkoLS 

tovs irepLTrkoovs Trep'nrkovs 
7TepLir\ooL 7T€p ltt\ol 


TO. OCTTea OCTTCL 
TCOV OCTT€COV OCTTCOV 
TO IS OCTTeOLS OCTTols 

TCL 00~T€a O0~TU 

6o~T€a oarTa 


DUAL 

N.A.V. 
G. D. 


TO) VOCO VCO 
Tolv VOOLV Volv 


TCO 7T€pL7rk6cO 7T€pL7r\co 
Tolv 7T€pLTrk00LV 7T€pLTrXoLV 


TCO OQ-TeCO OCTTCO 
Tolv OCTT€OLV OCTTolv 



121. Obs. 1) The dual do is (irregularly) oxytone. Neuters con- 
tract ea into a (not rj) to preserve the distinctive a of a neuter plural. 
The gen. pi. from eov is generally open ; ocrreW (not octtwvj The 
substantive km eov is accented kwovv (though regularly it should be 

KQLVOVV). 

2) The compounds of vovs, irXovs are paroxytone throughout. 

122. The Imperfect tense is formed from the root of 
the Present by adding ov and prefixing the augment ; 
as, Xey (root of pres.) Xey-ov (by adding ov), e-Xey-ov (by 
prefixing the augment) ; rv 7tt, tvitt-ov, e-rvirr-ov ; &c. 

123. If the verb begins with a consonant, the aug- 
ment is e prefixed ; this is called the syllabic augment, 
because it forms a syllable. Av-co, Imperf. e~Xv-ov. 
Tvttt-cD) Imperf. e-rvirr-ov. 

Rem. The Imperfect, besides its usual meaning, expresses con- 
tinued or repeated actions, taking place in past time ; as, " I was wri- 



*24 126.] SECOND DECLENSION. CONTRACTS. 



39 



ting" (at some time past and while something else was goingon) : iv $ 
<rb e7rai£es, ey& eypacpov, " while you were playing, I was writing." 

124. If the verb begins with a vowel, this vowel is 
changed (the changed vowel being called the temporal 
augment) ; 

1] e, a. o, are changed into the corresponding long 
vowels 7], rj, co.* 

2) The diphthongs av, at, oi become rjv, rj ) co ; a 
becomes rj. 

3) I, v, are lengthened into i : v. 

4) €L, ev, ov, and the long vowels ?, v, rj, co, are 
unaugmented ; t P is doubled after the augment; as, 

piTTTOO) eppLTTTOV. 

125. The terminations of the persons are : 

EXAMPLE. 

OV) 6?j 6 S. €-TV7TT-OV, e-TVTTT-eS, €-TV7TT-€ 

P. OJLL€P) €T6j OV P. i-TV7TT-OlJLeV,i-TV7rT-€Te, %-TVTTT-OV 

D. €TOVj €T7]V D. i-TVTTT-erov.i-TVTTT-eT-qv. 



126. Vocabulary 7. 

Voyage, rfkovs. 

Stream, povs. 

Mind, reason, vovs. 

A passage (across), §ia.7r\ovs 

(121, 2.) 
4 sailing round, a voyage round, 

7T€pL7r\0VS. 

Grandson, vidovs. 

Entrance (into a. porfy/dcnrkovs. 

Athens, 'ASrjmi, cov, 

Cenceum, K-qvaiov. 

Eubaza, Evj3oia. 



A Lacedaemonian, AaKedaipovios. 
The Nile, NeZW, 6. 
Egypt, Klyvrrros, 77. 
Munychia, Movvvxta (a poet at 

Athens). 
Mob ; crowd, o^Xo?, 6. 
Love, ay 07777. 
Country, ^copa. 

To reign ; to be king, Pao-iXevew, 

(takes the gen.) 
To be distant from, drrex^iv (with 

gen.) 



* There are eleven verbs which change e into e* instead of 77 : as, 

j* Sometimes, however, ev is augmented into tjv, and ei is some- 
times augmented in ei/cafco, Imperf. (sometimes) yKa(ov. 



40 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[127 



jEetes, Al7]Tt]s. 

The Phasiani, QacnayoL. 

Sicily, 2i/ceXta. 



To bar (a passage), e/x(/>parreu>, 
To colonize, oIkl&lv. 
Eight, oktq) (indeclin.). 



Exercise 12. 

127. a) Translate into English. 

L \E£ 'A^rjvcov /3pa^u9 a icrcv 6 SiaTrXov? 7rpo? to 
Krjvaiov tt?5 Evftoias. 2. Alrjrov vlSovs £(3aal~keve h tS)v 
$>acriavu)V. 3. Xucekias irepfafkovs iarlv c£>? o/cto) 
pcoz^ c . 4. C JT Movvv^ta ov tcop 'ASrqv&v aire^ec. 5. c O 
@eo? aydirrj icrrtv. 6. c iJ ^6yi/7TTO? Scopov icrrc rov 
Netkov. 7. 01 AatcehaifJbovLOl rjpyop d rov e? "NLovvvyjav 
eanfkov. 8. 06 AafceSai/xoPLoo ev pep eypvai tou? e? tt)i> 
Movvvvcav exnrXovs ifufipdrretp. 9. "Eppcirre top S/- 
gtcoz\ 10. 'Eirefee tou? %epov$. 11. Ervirrere tov$ 
oltceras. 12. 0£ EeXcopol &KvCpv ttjv yapav. 13. *'H\ec- 
$6$ top hecnroTrjV. 14. f O TLeparj^ oykop fyCkel, ovtc eyei 
8e povp. 15. Toz/ to?3 po£> StdirXovp oi veavLat eiroLOW. 
16. c O toO larpov S0OX09 Scop<z i^iXet. 17. c O Sl/ccccttt] 1 ? 
top tov irekraarov <j)6/3ov tcaTziyep*. 18. c iT d/xa^ria rj 
tcov dv^rpoj7rcov" Aljvtttop 6f3\aiTT€v h . 19. 0/ Hepcrai 
rrjs XifceXlas direyovau 20. "E{3\€ttop rrpb? tj]p ^dXacr- 
crav. 

a >S/W£ (inasc. adj.) b See Kiihner, 275. 1. c The genit. is 
used of the time within viiiich anything happens or has not happened. 
K. 274, 3, b. a See 124, 1) : from &p%e»>. e Impf. from iroielv. 
f From Karex,€w. For augment, see 124, 1) note.* It is taken between 
the preposition- and the verb. s See 115, a. t On the added v, 
see 93, note.* 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. We are barring the entrance into the Munychia. 
2. He was telling the legend. 3. We shall be masters 
of the entrance. 4. You (pi) were masters of the 
entrances into the Munychia. 5. Ye will hurl the 



128, 129.] 



ADJECTIVES. 



41 



quoits. 6. The two-young-men were hurling quoits. 
7. You (pi.) were looking towards profit. 8. We will 
not yield to the desire of looking after (777309) profit. 
9. You ( pi.) were reigning over the Persians. 10. You 
(pi.) were colonizing the country of the Geloni. 11. I 
was admiring the temple of Minerva. 12. The gods 
of the Egyptians rule over the country. 13. By 
Hermes, I will chastise the Phasiani. 14. They re- 
strained the desire of speaking ill of (the city of) 
Athens. 15. O stranger, the slave had ten minse. 
16. The domestic was caring-for the horses and the 
asses of his master. 17. O brother, march- the army 
-forward about eight stadia. 18. The young-men were 
hunting weasels. 19. The targeteers were running (at 
full speed) towards the plain. 20. The physician's 
grandson loves gold and silver. 21. Do not yield to 
the desire for gold. 22. There is in Sicily a temple of 
Mercury. 



LESSON XY. 
Adjectives. 

128. Adjectives are words which describe a property 
supposed to belong already to the object spoken of (as, 
" a red rose or distinctly assert such property to be- 
long to the object (as, " the rose is red "). 

129. Adjectives agree with substantives in gender, 
number and case : they are declined like substantive? 
and are of three declensions. 

1) The first comprises adjectives of three termina 
tions. 

Rem. Most of the adjectives belong to this class. 



\ 



42 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[130, 131, 



2) The second^ those of tivo terminations. 

3) The thirds those of one termination. 

130. Adjectives of three terminations in o?, tj, ov, 
and o?, a, ov are declined in the masc. and neat, like 
nouns of the second declension, and in the femin. like 
a noun of the first declension. Other adjectives of three 
terminations are declined like nouns of the third de- 
clension.* 

PARADIGMS. 



dya^os, r), ov, "good." 


agios, a, ov, " worthy." 


Sing. N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


dya'S-os -r) -ov 
dya^-ov -ijs -ov 
dya^-co -fj -co 
dya%-6v -rjv -ov 
ayaS-e -rj -ov 


N. agi-os -a -ov 
G. dgi-ov -as -ov 
D. dgi-co -a -co 
A. agi-ov -av -ov 
V. agi-e -a -ov 


Plur. N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


dyaS-oi -ai -d 
dya^-cov -cov -cov 
dya^-ols -ais ~o?s 
dya^-ovs -as -a 
dya^-OL -ai -a 


N. a^L-oi -at -a 
G. dgi-cov -cov -cov 
D. dgi-ois -ais -ois 
A. dt-i-ovs -as -a 
V. a^L-oi -at -a 


Dual. N. A. V. 

G. D. 


dya^-co -a -co 
dya^-olv -atv -olv 


N. A. V. a|t-&j -a -a) 
G. D. dgl-OLV -aiv -oiv 



131. Obs. 1.) Adjectives in os have feminine a if the os follows a 
vowel or p : if not, the feminine is rj : e. g. 

*5*os, tSta, ffiiov. dijXos, 577A77, 5^Aoy. 

/epos, lepd } Upov. crocpos, crocpw, crocpov. 

a&pSos, a&p6a, a&poov. KaXos, KaXf], KaXov. 
2) But 00s. when not preceded by forms the femin. in tj, e. g. 

oyfioos, oydor], oySoov. airXoos, airXot], airXoov. 

* Tahle of the different terminations of Adjectives of three endings. 



1. 


C os 




ov } 


aya&-6s 


V 


ov 




1 OS 


a 


ov S 




a 


6v 


2. 


as 


aiva 


av 


/j.eX-as 


aiva 


av 


3. 


61S 


ecrcra 


ev 


Xapi-eis 


ecrcra 


€V 


4. 


f]V 


eiva 


ev 


T€p-7]V 


eiva 


€V 


5. 


vs 


€?a 


V 


yXvK-vs 


eta 




6. 


cav 


ovcra 


6v 


€K-(VV 


over a 


6v 



132, 133.] 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



43 



132. Vocabulary 8. 

Base, disgraceful, alcrxpos. 
Wise, clever, crocpos. 
Friendly, dear, <fi[\os. 
Empty, Ktvos. 
Strong, IvxvpoS' 
Long, [xaKpos- 
Bad, kcikqs. • 



Beautiful, koKqs- 
Worthy, agios. 
Good, aycfcos. 
Sacred, iepos. 
Plain, evident, drjXos* 
Human, av^pamvos. 
Divine, Seio?. 



Exercise 13. 

133. a) Translate into English. 

1. *H?)Gvr) /cater) ov/c ecrrc fiaKpd. 2. 01 TroXirac rjcrav 
crocpol, /ecu kclKt] tjv r) %c£/aa. 3. Ka\a* Swpa tt)<z cro(£/<z?. 
4. H rod TroirjTOV rod dyc&ov cro<fila nretcrei rov d^tov 
j€co(Jberp7]v. 5. ( Xoyo? icrrlv alcvy/pos. 6. "Ecrrc iepov h 
tcaXov ev 'A^ijvais. 7. Mrj StWe ra alay^pd c . 8. Tcb 
veavla irpc/3eT7]v to ^dpfiaicov. 9. IlpofirjOevs ov/c rjv 
c6/Xo9 rot? ^eo£?. 10. 'H ay air r] rod Qeov TretcreL dv- 
^pcoTrovs. 11. Xcup€) & heairora, [irj elice rfj rov dpyeiv 
Kevy iTTL^vfila. 12. Arfkov icrrcv on 6 \6yos la^vpos 
re teal fjua/cpos- 13. 'Icr^( / vpbv d cr^Xo? iarcv, oi/c eyei Se 
vovv. 14. TV? too Kopa e jSXd-^rei ; 15. Al tcaXal /copai 

TOV GO<$OV IdTpbv 1T€lO'OUO~L. 16. 'O 0~T€(baVO<Z 6 TOV IT 017}- 

tov icrrtv lepo^. 17. Tr3 f ravra Xeyeiv, e^revSov avrov. 

18. *H a ocf) la ecTTiv /caXrj /cal ^reia. 

a The copula ia-rt is often omitted. b a temple. G base (things). 
d nom. sing. neut. (after the verb). e See 90, Rem. f See 66, Obs. 

h) Translate into Greek. 

1. Look, O Persian, towards the beautiful sea. 
2. Empty wisdom will persuade the citizens. 3. The 
poet was admiring the two-wise-geometers. 4. O 
young man, do not yield to base pleasures. 5. Who 
will hide base (things) ? 6. Sicily is beautiful and deai 



44 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[134 — 136, 



to its citizens. 7. The two young men were telling 
the legend. 8. Bad men admire bad (things). They 
do not love good (things). 9. The clever geometer 
will anoint himself. 10. They were weaving garlands 
in the garden of the good laborer. 11. We ought to 
admire the strong mind of iEetes : s grandson. 12. Who 
is colonizing the country of the Geloni? 13. The 
Lacedaemonians were looking towards profit by barring 
the entrance into the Munychias. 14. The way is long 
and not good. 15. The long legend of the poet is 
empty and mere nonsense. 16. The good (man) is 
dear to God. 



LESSON XVI. 

Adjectives (continued). Future from verbs in £g> 3 eeo, 

aco, goo. 

134. In the case of adjectives in eo? 3 ea, eov, and oo?, 
GTj, oov, contraction takes place, which in some instan- 
ces deviates from the general rules (see Note 6), the 
distinctive terminations (as a in th^ neut. plur.. a? in 
the accus., and at$ in the dat. plur.) being always left 
unchanged in contraction. From xpvaeos the con- 
tracted forms are (irregularly) perispomena ; except 
(probably) co of the dual (as in oarco). 

135. If another vowel or p precedes eos, the feminine is con- 
tracted, not into 77, but into a ; e.g. 

(epeeos ==) ipeovs? epea. ipeovv. woollen 
(dpyvpeos =) dpyvpovs, dpyvpd. dpyvpovv, silver. 

136. Such compound adjectives in (00?) ovs as are formed from 
contracted substantives of the second declension (vovs, ttXovs), are 
accented throughout on the penult [evvovs. evvov, &c. ; nom. pi. m. 
%vvol\ undergo no contraction in the three similar cases of the neut. 



137—139.] 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



45 



plur. ; e. g. avoa (from avovs), 077X00 (from arrXovs, not seaworthy) ; 
but a7rXa, from drrXovs {simplex). 

PARADIGMS 



Xpvcre-os, xP V(T ^' a '.'XP^ (T€ ' 0V ^ golden. 


a-\u-os.a7T\6-rj.a7r\6 


■ov, simple 




M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 




XpV(T€-OS 


Xpvcre-a 


Xpvcre-ov 


drrXo-os 


077X0-77 


drrXo-ov 


SING. 


contracted into 




contracted into 


N. 


Xpvo-ovs 


Xpvo-r) 


Xpvtrovv 


077X01? 


drrXr) 


dirXovv 


G. 


Xpvo~ov 


XPvo-r^s 


Xpvo-ov 


drrXov 


077X779 


drrXov 


D. 


Xpvo-w 


Xpvcrrj 


XpVJCO 


077X03 


077X77 


drrXco 


A. 


Xpwovv 


Xpvo-rjV 


Xpvcrovv 


drrXotv 


drrXrjv 


drrXovv 


PLUR. 














N. 
G. 


Xpvcrol 


Xpvcrai 


Xpvo-a 


077X0! 


aVXoi 


drrXa 


Xpvcr&v 


XpVO~G)V 


Xpvcrcov 


drrXcop 


drrXcbv 


drrXoov 


D. 


Xpvcrois 


Xpvo-ais 


Xpvcrots 


drrXo7s 


aTrXoLS 


drrXdls 


A. 


Xpvcrovs 


Xpvcrds 


Xpvcrd 


drrXovs 


d~Xds 


077X0 


DUAL 














N. A. V. 


Xpycrco 


Xpvcra 


Xpvcrco 


drrXcc 


drrXd 


drrXco 


G.D. 


Xpvo-oiv 


Xpwaiv 


Xpvcrolv 


drrXolv 


drrXalv 


drrXoiv 



137. From verbs whose root ends in £ the sigmated 
root is generally formed by changing £ into ? : as ^av- 

Rem. From verbs in afa, the futures aacc. icrcc have the penult 
short. 

138. For verbs whose roots end in e. a, 0, these 
vowels are lengthened into r\. 7], co. before ? is added 
(84). A root ending in a doubtful vowel usually has it 
long in the fut. : Xv-co, Xv-aco. 



Simple Root. Sigmated Root. 
(f>tXe- (f)LXrj-cr 

TlfJLCL- TC/jLTJ-CT 

o^ypo- hyypoi-cr 
139. Vocabulary 9. 

Simple, 077X009. aTrXovs. 

Double, SlttXoos. ~ois. 

Golden ; of gold, xpvo-eo?, -ov?. 



Present. 
(fiiXeoj 

TL/jidcO 

6)/vp6co 



Future. 
(ficXijcrcD 

TifJL7]CrCO 

o^ypcocjco* 



Brazen, {of) brass or bronze, 

XaXzeos, -ovs. 
{Of) iron, o-Lftfjpeos, -ovs. 



4e 



FIPvST GREEK BOOK. 



(Of) silver, dpyvpeos, -ovs. 
Bowl ; {shallow) cup, (pLaXrj (== 

patera) . 
Cup, goblet, Kv-rreXkov. 
Barbarian, pdpfiapos ( a term 

used of all who were not 

Greeks). 
L^ar, %vpa. 
Truth, akrfieia. 
Gate, ttvKt). 
Bolt, bar, Kkel^pov. 
Ring, daKTvkios, 6. 
Hoof, 077X77 
Prick, goad, nivrpov. 



Death, Savaros, 6. 

House ; small house, oiKibiov. 

Hollow, koTKos, 77. ov. 

Senseless, avoos, avovs. 

Well disposed (towards) ; well 

affected (towards), evvoos, ev* 

vovs. 

Ill disposed, ill affected, bvcrvoos^ 

Svorvovs. 
To honor, ripdeiv (= ripxiv). 
To love, (friXeeiv (= (piXelv). 
To make-fast, oxvpoeiv (= o^- 

povv). 
To kick (at). XaK-i^eiv. 



Exercise 14. 

140. a) Translate into English. 

1. *AirXov$ icTTiv 6 T7]$ aX^e/a? Xoyo$. 2. To KvireX- 

Xov ear tv dpyvpovv. 3. c O ^avaros XiyeTai* %aXfcov$ 

virvos, 4. $cdXa$ e^ei ^pvcras re /cal dpyvpds. 5. Ovk 

ijfcrpov? tou? OecraaXovs Sico/co/jiev a\X evvovs. 6. Tofc 

fjbev evvois rcbv /3ap/3dpcov Svavovs Tjjjia^ ttoiovgiv, to?? Se 

iroXepLLOis axpeXt/jLOvs. 7. c O vsavias e^avfjua^ev Xttttov 

yakKovv kolXov /cal yjpv<70vv haicTvXlov. 8. Ta? TrvXas 

cnSrjpoLS fcXefepOLS o^ypooao/jLev. 9. 01 'iiriroiXaicTi^ovcTiv 

dXXr)Xov$ b cnSrjpacs oirXai^. 10. Tol<$ * A^rr}vaLOL$ c ovre 

alcr^pol icr/jL€v d ovre Svcrvoc. 11. c O SoSAo? iXdfcrc^e 

7rpo? rd fcevrpa. 12. T^v rod /3i/3Xco7TO)Xov ^vpav XafcrL 

ao[iev. 13. AlttXovv eari to olklSlov. 14. 'Avod ean t 

rd Trachea. 15. Ti\jui]<iop,ev rou? c)£/<:a<7Ta?. 16. t&LXrjcrco 

to iraihlov. 17. f O SovXos Tpiftei to i^dpfiafcov. 18. ( H 

AtyvTTTos ecrTL <$iXrj toZ? f3apj3dpoi<;. 19. AiirXd dya^a 

icTTLV ■ Ta fiev dv&pcoTTLva. Ta Se ^ela. 

* ii called. b one another^ each other. e tlie Athenians 

* we are (first pi. pres. of thai). e see 85, 1, note. 



141, 142.] 



FIRST AORIST ACTIVE. 



47 



6) Translate into Greek. 

1. The bowl is silver. 2. The cup is of gold, but 
the bowl not. 3. He has both gold and silver cups, 

4. You shall make-fast the gate with an iron bar. 

5. The horse will kick the ass. 6. We are ill-affected 
towards f the Persians, but well-affected towards the 
Athenians. 7. They are not ill-affected either to the 
Athenians or the Lacedaemonians [Say : £ neither to 
the Athenians nor to the Lacedaemonians are they ill- 
affected '). 8. You will honor neither geometrician nor 
the judge. 9. O young man, admire the simple words 
of truth and justice. 10. By Minerva, I will march the 
army forward ten stadia. 11. There are eight golden 
goblets in the Nile. 12. The house of the poet has 
five doors. 13. O man, it is hards for thee h to kick 
against 1 the pricks. 

f say, to (dat.) £ ctkX^pov. h vol, dat. of pron. av. i itphs. 



LESSON XVII. 

First Aorist Active. 
141. The first Aorist of the Active is formed by 
adding a to the sigmated root * (or root of future), and 
prefixing the augment (123, 124) : 



Root. 


Sigmated Root. 


Aorist. 


plTTT- 




ep-piy\r-a 


(3\e7r- 


/3Xe^- 


e-fiXeyjs-a 


Xey- 








7T6tCT- (for TT€L?Ss) 


€-7T€Lcr-a 


dp X - 


dpg- 


fjpg-a 



142. The Aorist expresses actions, independently, 



* i. e. root with s added. See 77. 



43 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[143—145. 



as completed in past time : as. " the Greeks conquered 

{evUrjaav) the Persians." 

Rem. Thus the aorist is used of actions conceived as single and 
definite (often momentary) actions, without any reference to 
their duration. The aorist is a narrative ) the imperf. a de- 
scriptive tense. 





a 


as 


€ 


p. 




are 


dv 


D. 


arov 


ciT-qv 



144. The accent is as far back as possible. It will 
therefore be on the antepenult of hyperdissyllables. ex- 
cept in drrjv. 



145. Yo C ABULARY 10. 

Orestes, 'Opecmjg. 
Friendly; (as subst. a friend.) 

Marrow, pve\6s, 6. 
Some, %vioi, eviai, %via (pi.). 
A natural philosopher, (^vctikos, 

6 (physicus). 
War, TToXefxos, 6. 
Knemies, the enemy, rroXepLOL 

(hostes). 
Resident-alien, resident-foreigner, 

f-LeTOlKOSi 6. 

At all (after a negative), SXcos (omnino). 

Not only ... but also, ov fiovov . . . dXXa kcll (non solum . . . sed 
etiam) . 

The one . . . the other, 6 fiev ... 6 be. 
These . . . those ) 
Some . . . others 3 r 

The article 6 is here a pronoun, as it originally was in all cases. 
Avtos (ipse) : the oblique cases usually answer to his, him, their, 
them: avTov = ejus : iavrov (sui =) suus ipsius, or suits. 

* Hence the crypt of a church. 



General, cTparrjyos. 6. 

Soldier, arpaTLcoTrfs. 

Animal, £ooov, to. 

Head, K€<fia\r). 

Tongue, yX&o-cra. 

Queen, ficurikiaro-a. 

To pay attention to; to attend to, 

tov vovv TTpovkyjziv (with dat.) 

== animum applicare. 
To steal, kX€ttt-€lv. 
To whet, to sharpen, %rry-€iv. 
To hide, KpviTT-eiv.* 



146.J 



FIRST AORIST ACTIVE. 



49 



Exercise 15. 
146. a) Translate into English. 

1. Aeyere 7rpb<; avrbv tL (=what) ev vS e^ere, o>? (f>l- 
Xov re koX evvovv. 2. Ta rod "Opearov bcrra ifc Teyea? 
eKXeyjre. 3. Tojv hcrrwv ra [lev e^/eu fiveXov. ra Se ov/c 
ey^ei* evia he ^wa 1 ovhe eyeiv oXco? ^veXbv ev tols 6(ttoZ$ 
Xeyovcriv oi cfyucrcKoL 4. Q crrpaTqybs ov [ibvov to£? 
7To\e/jLLoc$ top vovv Trpoaeyec. dXXa koX tol$ eavrov crrpa- 
TLcorai^. 5. f if bpyrj e^7]^e ra$ ^}rv)/d$. 6. r O Ueparj^ 
etcpv^jre rrjv rod apyeiv eirfevpuav. 7. Oi crrpaTijyol ra? 
to)V err par coot cov -v/rir^a? eh iroXepbov e^rj^av. 8. 'H'keL- 
y^are rrjv rrjs flacnXLcrcrrjs tce^aXvv. 9. 01 Uepaat e/cpv- 
tyav ra ypvaa /cvrreXXa ev rS rod Xetpccr6<f>ov tcfyirto. 
10. 01 aycfool to /caXbv fyikovaiv. 11. 'O apT07rooXr}$ 
6 <xo</>o? irevre lttttovs ^X eL ' 

a Acc. c. Injiii. is used nearly as in Latin: though is usually 

followed by ori (that). 

Questions— 1. Why has re no accent ? 2. Why is e/cAc^e propa- 
roxytone 1 3. Why is the accent on the final of cpvaiKoi not written as 
the grave accent 1 7. Why is a-rparLcoroou perispomenon 1 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. You were throwing the quoit. 2. They threw 
the balls. 3. Anger sharpened his tongue. 4. This 
will sharpen the young-man's anger. 5. I injured Ere- 
tria, but I did not injure the country of the Geloni. 

6. The just judge did not look to 29 his own advantage. 

7. You said by your deeds, that justice °is idLe-talk 
to 29 profit ; but with your tongues you did not say this. 

8. They injured not only the resident-foreigners, but 
also the citizens. 9. You persuaded not only the 
resident-foreigners, but also the judges. 10. The two- 
maidens admired the silver goblets in the poet's little- 

3 



50 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[147, 148 



house. 11. Some (men) love good (things), others base 
(things). 12. Who planted the fig-trees in the baker's 
garden ? 13. We ought not to admire the citizen's bad 
desire of ruling. 14. O Persian, it is a base thing to 
strike a maiden. 



LESSON XVIII. 

Attic Second Declension. 
147. Several substantives have the endings o>s 
(masc. and fern.) and cov (neut.) instead of and ov ) 
and retain the co through all the cases instead of the re- 
gular vowels and diphthongs (112), subscribing 1 where 
the regular form has co or ol. 

PARADIGMS. 





People. 


Rope. 


Dining-Room. 


Sing. N. 

d! 


6 Xe-co? 
tov Xe-co 
rep Xe-cp 


77 /caX-co? 
r?5? KaX-co 
Trj AcaX-co 


r6 dvcoye-cov 
tov dvcoye-co 
rtp di/coye-a) 

to ducoye-cov 
dvayye-Gov 


A. 
V. 


tov Xe-oov 
Xe-co? 


rr/y KaX-co z> 
KaX-co? 


Plur. N. 
G. 


ol Xe-co 
tgjv Xe-co y 


al KaX-co 

TCOV KClX-COV 


ra dycoye-co 
rcoz> d^coye-coz/ 
roT? dz/coye-co? 

ra dvcoye-ca 
dvojye-oo 


D. 


rot? Xe-tp? 


reus KaX-cp? 


A. 
V. 


ro^? Xe-co? 
Xe-co 


ra? KaX-co? 
/caX-cp 


Dual. N.A.V. 
G. D. 


to) Xe-co 
roTy Xe-coV 


ra KaX-co 
ralv AcaX-wv 


too dvooye-co 
Tolv dvcoye-cov 



148. Some adjectives follow this declension, having 
09 masc. and fern., cov neut. Such are IXecos, propi- 
tious, e/jL7r\eco<;, full, &C. 



Obs. — Some of these substantives drop v in the acc. So the regu- 
lar acc. of ews (77). dawn, is tw. Aayco? (Aare) has more frequently 0$ 
than o)v , so y A&&>s, Kecos Kw?, Tews; the adjective aynpws has <yj/ or « 
In acc. masc. and /em. 



150, 151.] 



ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 



SI 



149. Accentuation. — Proparoxy tones in ecus, ccou retain the ac- 
cent upon the antepenultimate through all the cases of all the num- 
bers ; the two syllables coos, ecov, &c, being reckoned as one. 

Oxytones in <bs remain such, even in the genitive singular, as 
Xea> (against 97, 1). 



150. Vocabulary 11. 

Halo^AXcos, fj. 
Temple, veas, 6. 
Peacock, raws, 6. 
Hare, \ay&>s, 6, 
Minos, Mlpcos, 6. 
Androgens, 'Avdpoyeas, 6. 
Dawn, ecos, 77. 
Propitious, iXeas. 
Full, ejiTrkecos. 

Undying, (prop, not subject to 

old age,) dyrjpcos. 
Circle, kvkKos, 6> 
Sun, ffkios, 6. 
Moon, o" 6X771/77. 

Heavenly body ; star, aarpov, to. 
Praise, tiraivos, 6. 
Juno, "Hpa. 

Delphi, AeXc/xn, wv (pl.)« 
Egg, woV, TO. 
JEtolia, AlrcoXla. 
Roman, 'Fcopa'ios. 
Trojan, Tpco'tKos. 
Palladium, UaWddiov, to. 
Quirinus, Kvplvos. 
Son, vlos, 6. 
Eagle, dcTos, 6. 

151. QT Deponent* verbs.] 
Deponents, a passive form (with 



Sepulchre, tomb, tcl<\)os, 6. 
Vine, apirikos, 77. 
Tree, dtvdpov, to. 
Whole, o\os, 77, ov. 
Often, TtoWaKLs. 
Bright, \ap7Tpos, d, 6v. 
A little, oklyov. 

Of every kind, TravTohairos, 77, dV« 
To come in being, to become, 

ylyv-eo-^ai (fieri) 
To appear, to be seen, <j>a[v-€(r%ai. 
To set out, rropev-ea^aL (profl- 

cisci.) 

To plot against, lie in wait for, 

ivehpev-eiv (insidiari). 
To receive, \apfidv-eiv. 
To build (a house), olKodope-ew 

( = -A), 
To lay (of eggs), t'ikt-clv (pa- 

rere). 

To disembark, dnofialv-siv. 
To rob, o-vkd-ELv (=-av). 
To nourish, feed (of birds), to 

keep, Tpt<fi-€iv. 
To come, fjit-eiv. 

Some verbs have, like the Latin 
some exceptions, to be afterwards 



* In Greek grammar such verbs are said to belong to the Middle 
Voice. The explanation of this term will be given afterwards. (See 
269, &c. infra.) 



S2 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[152. 



explained) but active meaning. The Present Infinitive ends in eo-3cu. 
The terminations of the Present Indicative are, 



Sing. 
Plur. 


o/xat 

OfA&OV 


Xi (or ei) 


erai 




ovrai 


Dual. 


€(T%OV 





Exercise 16. 

152. a) Translate into English. 

1. Trj? aXco fyaiverai iroXXd/a? kvkXo$ 6\o9> teal ylyve- 
rai*- irepl rjXiov /cal aeXtfvrjv, /cal irepl ra Xa/jLTrpd tcov 
aorrpcov h . 2. ' A<ya/&i]8r]$ /cal Tpocjxovio? tov vecbv tov ev 
AeXtyols (pfcohojJLrjaav. 3. Tl/ctovcti ol rati) ooa /ca/cd. 
4. fr Afia rjj erp nropeverai e? rrjv AtTcoXlav. 5. Ol *A^r)~ 
valot irpb t?]$ eco oXljov dirofiaLv overt. 6. Ol ^PcofiatoL 
to Tpcoc/cbv IlaXXdStov fcard c <yr}<; e/epvtyav vtto d tg3 vew 
rod Kvptvov. 7. Tovs tcov ^ecov vecos eervXrjcrev. 8. *Av- 
hpoyecos rjv 6 tov Mlvco vlo$. 9. Ol deTol tov$ Xayoos 
eveSpevovcnv. 10. Ol ^sreol to?? dya^ols tXeco elerw. 
11. Ol iZdjiioi TTj f/ Hpa /caXovs Tacos Tpifyovaiv. 12. ^Hv e 
ev KtXi/cla ireSlov /caXov, eirlppvTOV* /cal SevSpcov iravTO- 
Saircov e/xTrXecov /cal dfiTreXcov. 13. Ovtol 5 tov dyrjpcov 
eiraivov Xa/i^dvovert Kal Ta^ov eiriarjfJLOTaTOV h . 14. \4- 
yrjpco evtcXeiav KaTaXelirovaiv. 15. Els tt)V eir cover av 
eco 1 rj^et 6 Ileparj^. 

» Fit — is formed, or forms itself b The partitive genitive : ' the 
bright ones of the stars' = the bright stars. c Kara, down from, down 
into (= in) with gen. It governs the accusative also. <* fab (with 
dat.) under. It governs the gen. and accus. also. e There was. 

(Well-watered. s These (persons). Most famous. i By the 

following morning. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. They will have the deathless life in heaven 35 . 
2. From the desire of the deathless life he cultivates 



153—156.] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



53 



both virtue and justice. 3. They set-out before the 
dawn. 4. The boy keeps hares and peacocks. 5. The 
barbarians will pillage the temple of Minerva. 6. The 
eagle is lying-in-wait-for the hare. 7. We have the 
god in Delphi propitious (°to us). 8. We pursue the 
undying honors. 9. The gods are propitious. 10. Not 
only the senseless but also the clever admire the base 
speech of the Persian. 11. By Minerva, I will plant 
fig-trees in my garden. 12. We were writing letters to 
iEetes. 13. He said that the barbarians were coloni- 
zing Egypt. 14. The physician's horses and asses are 
not far distant from the stream. 15. Hail. O Egypt, 
(thou) gift of the Nile. 16. We ought to make fast the 
gates and doors, for (yap) the citizens do not love the 
stranger. 17. O bookseller, you are becoming not only 
wise but worthy of praise. 



LESSON XIX. 

Third Declension of Nouns. 

153. Nouns of this declension end in a, c, v, neuter ; 
co. feminine ; and v, p, cr, i/r, of all genders ; that is, 
either masculine, feminine, or neuter. 

154. The oblique cases of nouns of this declension 
are longer by one syllable than the nominative, as ^rjp, 
^Tjpos, ^7]pl. &c. : and the genitive singular always ends 
in 09. 

155. As in the Latin third declension, the nom. of 
this declension seldom contains the unaltered root ; it 
may generally be got from the gen. by throwing off 09. 

156. By the laws of euphony^ the ^-sounds (r, 8, ^) 
and v are thrown away before au in the dative plurax ; 



54 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[157—159. 



ovtg-Cj evTGi, avrcri) vvtctl, become ovai^ eucr^ oat, vac. 
The P- and K- sounds with ? become £ respec- 
tively : 

For example : Xeovrcn becomes Xeovai (dat. pi. of Xecov, lion) ; 
\ei(j)%€VTcri becomes Xet<£3elcri (dat. pi. of 1 aor. pass. part, of XeiVcu) ; 
ylyavT(TL becomes ylyacn (dat. pi. of ylyas, giant) ; ^vyvvvrai be- 
comes £evyvvcri (dat. pi. of part, gevyvvs). Root XaiXcOT with s 
becomes XaZXa-^ ; Apa/3 with s becomes "Apay\r ; KarrjXicj) with s 
becomes KarrjXiyls ; KopaK with s becomes Kopai- ; Xapvyy with s 
becomes Xdpvyg, Sic. 

157. Terminations of the Third Declension. 



N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


S various, (a, t, v : 

o? (cos), 
h 

a or v, 

various, (neut. as nom.) 


es, a. 
coz>, 

crtv Or HI, 
as, a, 7261^. 
es, a, Tzewf. 


OtI>, 

*3 



158. Paradigms. 



Sing. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

y. 



Raven, 
o Kopat;* 

KopClK-OS 

KOpaK-L 

KOpCLK-CL 

Kopai; 



Child. 

6,7] 77CUS 

rraid-os 
Trcu8-a 

TTol 



Mouth. 

TO CTTOfia 

err 6 par-os 

CTTOpiaT-L 

crropa 
crropa 



Vein. 
(pXeyj/- 
(pXe[3-6s 
0Xf/3-i 
(pXt(3-a 
(f}Xe\lf 



Plur. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



KOpaK-€S 

KopaK-cov 
Kopa^L (v) 
KopaK-as 
KopaK-es 



naLO-es 

Trald-cov 

7raicTi(v) 

Trald-as 

rrald-es 



crropar-a 
crropdr-cov 
CTTopaui (v) 
crropar-a 
crropar-a 



Dual. \ t .A.Y. 
G.D. 



KopaK-e 

KOpCLK-OLV 



7raid-€ 
77 a td -o iv 



o~Top,ar-e 

CTTOpaT-OLV 



(j)Xe^-€s 

qbX€\j/[ (v) 
QbXefi-as 
JA€(3-es_ 

(fiXeft-oiv 



* Roots : KopaK. TraiB. crro/JLar, cpXefi. Cf. 156. 



159. Accentuation in Third Declension, 
a) The tone syllable remains unchanged, as long as the general 
rules allow it to be so ; as : to rrpaypa, an action, 7rpdyp,aros (but 
TrpaypaTcov) ; 6 rj ^eXlSo)^, a swallow, ^eXtSoi^o?. (The occasional 
exceptions will be given as they occur.) 



160—162,] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



55 



b) Monosyllables are accented on the last syllable in the genitive 
and dative of all numbers ; and the long syllables <ov and oiv are then 
circumflexed ; as : 6 Zrjp, a wild animal, Srjp-os, Zrjp-l, 2typ-ou/, Styp- 
&v, %r)p<ri 0) : but Srjpa, Z^pes, &C 

Exceptions, dadcov, dpvcov, Traidcov, %a>cov, ) So in G. D. dual (7rai- 
(j)cpdcov, <f)Q)T(0V, cjtcov, Tpa>a)f.* S dow, &c.) 

160. In addition to these may be mentioned the adjective nds, all, 
every, G. iravros, D. iravri, but navTotv, navi (v) ; 6 Ila^ G. LTai>6s, 
but rots ILaa-L (y). 

161. Vocabulary 12. 

Paid-laborer, %rjs, %r)T-6$, 6. 

OZi ma?i, yepcov, yepovT-os, 6. 

Boy, rrals, 7raid-6s, 6. 

A written character ; pi. (= lit- 
ers) a Ze/ter ; an epistle, ypdp- 
/xa, ypdppar-os, to. 

Elephant, i\e(j)as, i\e<pavT-os, 6. 

Honey, pe)u, peXiT-os, to. 

Talon; claw, qvv^, ovvx-os, 6. 

Fox, aXa)7T77|, aXa>7T6K-os, f). 

Chest; coffin, \dpva£, XdpuaK-os, r). 

Trunk (of an elephant), pvKrrjp, 

{JLVKTTjp-OS, 6. 

Hand, x €L P^ X €l P~° s > 9* 
Neck, avx^v, avx^v-os, 6. 
Statue, dvdpLas, dvdpidvr-os, 6. 
Fire, irvp, wvp-os, to. 



Hireling, mercenary, pio-^coros, o. 

Beginning; commencing point, 

Fodder, xopTos, 6. 
Kite, IktLvos, 6. 
Bull, Tavpos, 6. 
Wagon, apat-a. 
Twice, dls. 

More powerful, Kpelrrcov. 

Of cypress, Kviraplcro-lvos, n, ov. 

Willing (masc. adj., to be ren- 
dered willingly), ekwv, Ikovt-os. 

An insect, %vropov, to. 

I perform a service; minister^ 
v7rrjp€Te& (with dat.). 

To send, Kepir-civ. 

To dip, jSdirT-eiv. 



Exercise 17. 

162. a) Translate into English. 

1. *H icaphia early apyj] rcov (fikefi&v. 2. Oi piG- 
5-ft)Tol teal ^T6? iracnv virr\peTovaiv. 3. Tc3 vcp SI? lvalues 
oi ryepovres ytyvovrat^. 4. ( ^A\Kij3taBr]^ irkjxirei ypafjb- 

*From 7] das, a torch; b dpdbs, a slave; 6 7) ireus, a child; tj frds, a 
jackal; 7} (peps (G. (pepdos), a blister caused by burning ; rb <pws (G. 
<pa>r6s), light ; rb o3s (G. wt6s), the ear ; 6 r) Tpccs, a Trojan. 

t This word has x*p- for root in x € P-°w> an( ^ X^P" "** 



56 



FIRST GREEK BOOS. 



fiara e? rijv %d\xov. 5. Tov tov eXecfxxvro? ygprov eh 
fjiiXc efiayav. 6. Tov fcopatcos fcpetTTcov' earlv 6 l/cTivoq 

TO?? OVV%l c . 7. AvKOS OV(p KOI TCLVpCO Kelt d\c0776KL ?7o\e 

fj,co$ d . 8. Aapvaicas fcv7rapto-(TLvas ayovcriv a^a^ai, 
9. Tois e\i(pao-LV 6 piv/crhp avrl s y^eipoiv ■ tow o' ii'TO/ioji 1 
evict? avrl crTOfiaros rj yXojrra. 10. f O Tracs uafcpov 
e)(€L tov av^eva 36 . 11. *Avev rrvpos oir% otov r ?s ecrrix ! 
dvSpidvra yjpvaovv f epydaao^at =. 12. ToZ? yipovccv 
kfcovres etKoiiev. 

a become. b comparatives gOA-ern the £T7i. which, of course, is to 
be rendered by than. c See 66, Obs. 1. <* Supply Irsi e avri, 
prep, with gen. = instead of; hence as good, zivai avrl x* l p&v (to be for 
hands = ) • to serve for hands.' f xf> v <?°vs. s Inf. aor. to work ; 
to make. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. You [pi-) did not honor even the old-men. 
2. Yield to old men s7 . but not to boys s: . 3. The boys 
wondered-at the elephant's trunk. 4. Elephants 37 
have long trunks. 5. The boy wonders-at both the 
eagle's talons and the lion's mane, and especially' 3 
the elephant's trunk. 6. Camels 37 have long necks. 
7. The Persians threw the quoit. S. They were in- 
juring the good resident-foreigners by their speeches *. 
9. Who will say that* one ought not to minister to old 
men? 10. Boys love hone}'. 11. By Hermes. Andro- 
gens, the son of Minos, is willingly an enemy to me. 
12. Restrain. O general, the desires of (your) soldiers 
by reason. 13. Not only the son of the baker but 
Orestes also was looking towards the sea. 14, By Mi- 
nerva. O boy. the paid-laborers and the hirelings do 
not perform-service-for the old man. 

Kai . . . 5e. with a word between. i Use the dot See also 91, 
k frri. See 146 a) note a. 



163—168.] 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 



57 



LESSON XX. 

Present and Future of Verbs in dco. Present Par- 
ticiple. 

163. The Infinitive Present Active of verbs in dxo 
is contracted thus : d-eiv = av. The terminations of 
the Present Indicative are : 



a-co a-€Ls a-€L 

d-ofiev d-ere d-ovai 
d-erov d-erov 



co as a 

cbfi€v are cocri 
drov arov 



(Observe the i subscript where the uncontr acted form has et. 



164. In the sigmated root, the a is mostly changed 
into 7]. Hence Fut. not rc/idcr-co, but Tifitfa-a). Aor. 
iTifi7]cra. 

165. The Present Participle of the Act. Yoice ends 
in m. cov, f. ovaa, n. ov. The masc. and ?ieut. have 
Gen. ovr-os, and are declined regularly after the third. 
The Fern, is declined regularly after the frst. 

166. Thus, from tvttt-co the root of Present Partici- 
ple is TV7TT0VT- for masc. and neut. : the nominatives 
being masc. tvtttwv (compare Xecov, \£ovt-o$), and neut. 

TV1TTOV. 

167. tCf 3 With the article the participle is usually 
translated by a relative clause with lie, they, &c. f O 
irpdrrccv = he icho does ; rod TrpdrrovTos, of him icho 
does, &c. — c O ravra rrpdrrcov =he who does this. Oi 
ravra rrpdrrovre^ = those icho do these things. 



168. Vocabulary 13. 

To leap-down, KaTa-Trrjftqv ( = 
-dtiv). 

To end, to die. rekevrav ( = 
-deiv). 

To honor, ri\iav ( = -deiv). 
Phalanx, <fia\ay£, cpdXayy-os, rj. 

3* 



To praise, iiTaiveiv ( = -eew). 
To be separated by an interval, 

to be distant (from), Sie^-etv. 
To sing the Pee an (the Greek war 

song), iraiavl^-eiv. 
When, rjvLKa. 



58 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[169. 



Chariot, app.a, dpfiar-os, to. 

Not yet, not still, no longer, now* 

not, OVK6TL. 

Ether, afaqp, al%€p-os, 6. 
Herald, Krjpvt- (or Krjpvtj), ktjpvk- 
os, 6. 

A truce, (prop, libations), a peace 
(because ratified with libations, 
arirevbeiv), crirovbai, pi. 

Attempt, €7TlX€LpT]pLa, eTTL^lpTJ* 

fxar-os, to. 
Stroke, Trkvyrj. 

Wound, Tpavpa, TpavpLar-os, to 



To cast into (literally), e/xj3aXA- 

eiv ; to charge, iji^aXkeiv els 

( = ip,[3aXk€iv to CTTpaTevpa 

ets . . . to cast his men into == 

lo charge.) 
To offer, make an offer of, vtto- 

cfrepeiv. 

To belong to, to be the due of, 

irpocrr]K.-€LV. 
Goat, ai£, aly-6s, rj. 
Coin, money, vopicpa, vop,io~paT' 

OS, TO. 

Greek, ^EXkvv^EW^v-os, 6. 
Other, aWos, 77, o. 

Exercise 18. 

169. a) Translate into English. 

1. To vo/jLLct/jlcl to tcov Uepaojv 6 aTpaTrjybs i<f>ikei. 
2. C H Sifcacocrvvr) apery icmv. 3. c O Kvpo? Kara7rr]Sa 
airo rov apfjLaros. 4. Ov/cert rpca* rj rerrapa* crrdSca 
Sc€%ovgiv too (f)d\ayye air aXKrfKcov^ rjvUa irataviCpvcriv 
ol r/ E\\7]ve$. 5. ( crTpaTrjybs efc ttjv tcov AIjvtttlgov 
<f>akayya i^dWet. 6. Tbv ovpavbv ol iroirfTaX afoepa 
hvojiaCpvaiv. 7. Ol ^Apyeloi eTrefju-fyav hvo /ajpv/ca$ b vtto- 
fiepovTas cr77wSa?. 8. Alyas alyoov apypvTas c ov itoiov- 
(jLev. 9. To T?}? yrfi dpyovai ttjv irpoarjKovcrav tc/jltjv 
d7roSlSo/jL€v d . 10. f O tov y€co/j,6Tpov \6yo$ ovtco TeXevTa. 

* Paradigms 36. b Observe that the dual is not necessarily used 
when two are meant. For §vo see Paradigm 36. e rulers : properly 
participle, ruling. we give or pay. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The Persians leap-down from their chariots. 
2. You (pi.) honor those who rule the land. 3. We 
honor him who rules the land with the honor that 
belongs to him. 4. We praise and honor him who 
rules well and justly. 5. The attempts of the Scy- 
thians will end in 19 this. 6. One ought to yieid to 



170, 171.] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



59 



those who rule. 7. He calls the attendant who is 
pounding 6 the poison. 8. The assistants honor him. 

e Use pres. partic. of TpiJ3-eiv. 



LESSON XXI. 



Third Declension. Adjectives in a?, a?. 

170. PARADIGMS. 



STNG. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

V. 


Xenophon. 
6 Eepofficop 

A€VO(f)(2)VT-OS 
A€PO(f)(jOVT-L 
A€PO(j)00PT-a 
A€l>0(f)<£v 


Lion. 
6 Xeojv 

XeOPT-QS 

Xeopr-i 
XeoPT-a 
Xeov 


Bait. 
to dfXeap 
deXeaT-os 
deXeaT-i 
deXeap 
deXeap 


Nectar. 
to veKTap 
peKTap-os 

P£KTap-l 

veKTap 
veKTap 


PLUR. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


&*€PO(fi(2pT-€S 
E €PO(p G>PT-0QP 
A€PO(j)o3-(TL 

EepocpooPT-as 

A*€VO(f)CDPT-€S 


XeopT-es 
XeovT-oop 
Xeov-o~i 
XeoPT-as 

XeOPT-€S 


SeXeaT-a 

deXeaT-cop 

$eXea-(ri 

deXeaT-a 

deXeaT-a 


veKTap-a 

veKTap-cDP 

veKTap-on 

veKTap-a 

veKTap-a 


DUAL 

N.A.V. 
G. D. 


A€PO<j)QdPT-€ 
%€PO(fi(j)PT-OlP 


XeoPT-e 

XeOPT-OLP 


deXeaT-e 
SeXeaT-oiP 


veKTap-e 

V€KTap-OLV 



171. PARADIGMS. 



p,eXas, fxeXaLpa. piXap, black. 


XapUis. x a pL*o~o~a, x a p' l * v > lovely. 


SINGULAR. 

N. peXa? peXaipa peXap 
G. fxeXaPOS peXalprjs peXapos 
D. peXapi peXaiprj peXapi 
A. peXapa peXaipap peXap 
V. peXas fxeXaipa peXap 


SINGULAR. 

Xapieis x a P^ €(Tcra X a P L€V 
XaplepTos xp.pieo-cn]s x a P L€VT0S 
XaplepTL x a P l zo~viil X a P i€VTL 
XaplePTa x a P L€(T(Tav X a P L€V 
Xaplep x a p' l€(T(Ta X a P L€v 


PLURAL. 

N. peXapes peXaipai plXapa 
G. p,eXdpcop peXaivcop fxeXdpcop 
D. fxeXao-L peXaipais peXacri 
A. fxeXavas peXalpas peXapa 
V. fjceXapes peXaipai peXapa 


PLURAL. 

XaplePTes x a P l€(T(Tat ' X a P l€VTa 
Xapieprcop x a p i€ o~o~cbp x a P L * VTC0V 
XapleaL x a P l *°~ craLS X a p' Le(rL 
XaplepTas x a P L *°' ~as x a P l€VTa 
XaplePTes x a P^ €<Tcral ' X a P L€VTa 


DUAL. 

N. A.V. peXave peXalva peXave 
G. D. peXdpoiP peXalpaiv peXaPoiv 


DUAL. 

XaplepTe x a P L ^ (T(Ta X a P l€VT€ 
XaplepTOLP x a p l ^°' (jaiV X a P l * VTOlv 



60 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[172, 173 



172. Vocabulary 14, 

Bad, wicked, KaK-6s, t), 6v. 
Demagogue, Sv pay coy 6s, 6 (§?}- 

pos, people, ay-a>, lead). 
People, drjfios, 6. 
Flatterer, Ko\a£, koXok-os; 6. 
Orator, prjTcop, prjTop-os, 6. 
Nightingale, arjb&v, drjdov-os., rj. 
Swallow, ^eXZScoz;, ^eXtSoV-os'j rj. 
Day, fjfxepa. 

Night, vv£, vvK.T-6s.rj (nox). 
Vulture, yvyfr, yvir-os, 6. 

CucliOO, KOKKvtj, KOK.Kvy-OS } 6. 

Color, xpcQfjLa, xp^H-aT-os, to. 

Foot, 770VS, 7T0d-0S,* 6. 
Rock, TTtTpa. 

Difference, (of colors.) a shade, 

dia(fiopd. 
Poor man, Trevns, TrevrjT-os, 6. 



Continuously, ivithout ceasing \ 
(rvvexcbs (o~vv & e^co). 

Even (opposed to odd), of an 
even number, apTios, a, op 
(par). 

The aspalathus, (a prickly shrub,) 

acTTTakcftos, 6. 
White, \cvk6s, T], OP. 
Black, fjieXas, pekaiva, /xe'Xav. 

(to fieXav, black; to Xcvkov, 

white ; used as substant.) 
Opposite, contrary (to), ivavTios, 

a, op. 

To sing, qb-eiv (== deideiv), 
To change, /zera/3aXX-eii/. 
To hatch (its) young, to breed, 
to build its nest, v€ott€v-€lv. 



Exercise 19. 

173. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 KatcoL, tt]V r)8ov7]v co? SeXeap e^oz/re?, ^rjpevov- 
criv tj/jLoov 3 - ra? ^u^a?. 2. c O Srjp,aycoy6$ iarc rov hrjfiov 
k6\cl%. 3. Toz)? crocfiovs re /cat aycfeovs pr)ropa<; eiraiv- 
ovfiev koX Tt/bLoojuiev. 4. e H dr/Scbv aSeo fxev cwe^a)? rjfie- 
pa<$ koX vvKTa^ S€fca7rivT€ th /nera Se ravra aSet fiev, avv- 
e^co? S' ov/cerc. 5. M€raj3dXXec /cal c 6 kokkv^ to ^pcojxa. 

6. 01 7T€V7)T€S TToXkafCLS TCH9 7TeV7](TL VTT7]peT0VaLV. 

7. Tldvra ra %coa aprlovs eyovai tou? TrSSas 36 . 8. *0 
acnr&Xcfeos [lekacvav e^et rrjv pifav 36 . 9. To puekav 
^poo/nd ecrTL* Kai rov jjuekavo? irdXXaX^ Sta<popaL 10. f O 
yv-^r veoTTeveL eirl Trerpais air poa (Sorrow * 11. Mrj avoa 
%ey€j 6) %€PO<f>£)v. 12. Tk \e%ei rov Ilepcrrjv tcpvTrreiv 

* Grimm's law shows this to be the same word as the Gothic fot, 
English foot ; ir ov p being changed into the cognate/; 5 (d) into i. 



174—178.] 



AOFwIST PARTICIPLE. 



61 



TTjV rod apye.iv lirfevyLiav ; 13. f Q ravra Trpdrrcov eV- 

rlv cl^los rod eiralvov. 

a (of us ==) our. b fifteen (indeclinable). Acc. denotes duration 
of time. c also (i. e. as well as some other birds). d many, fern, 
pi. from iroXvs: supply the verb eltrlp (there are). ■ e inaccessible (adj. 
of two terminations). 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Vultures 37 lay two eggs 39 . 2. One [fiia) swal- 
low does not make a spring. 3. We admire the swal- 
low's young-ones. 4. We call demagogues flatterers 
of the people. 5. Virtue renders life happy. 6. White 
[° is) opposite to black. 7. I will tell you f the wholes 
truth. 8. He rules-over all sensual pleasures 11 . 
9. The gods rule-over all things*. 

f ipa> vixtv. s Put the proper case of iras before the article. 

^ Say: { all the pleasures about the body' (jrao-ai at irepl rb aoiixa TjBovai). 
Verbs of ruling, &c. take genit. i all things are Ttavra. 



LESSON XXII. 
ITS?, carets. Aorist Participle. 

174. 27a? = quisque, unusquisque (every). 

175. Ua9 6 — ; 6 7ra? = totus (the whole : 6 7ra? 
adds emphasis to the whole as opposed to its constituent 
parts). 

176. Havre? • iravre? ol — • = omnes (the latter 
especially when there is reference). 

177. Ol iravres = (1) omnes simul [all together, 
altogether) ; (2) in universum (in all). 

178. Tlacra ttoXlsj every city: rracra rj ttoXls, rj -ttoXls rracra, the 
whole city (also rj iraa-a ttoXls, the whole city together) : iravra ayaSa • 
iravra to, dyaSd (the article is usually expressed, when a definite 



62 



FIRST GP.EEK BOOK. 



[179—182, 



class of things is meant) ; rrdcrai al KaXal rrpdtjeis • ra rravra fJieprj, 
all the parts (together) • rots rracriv hpyi^erai' ra rravra e^Kocri 

(in u n i vers u m viginti), twenty in all. 

179. Arras = every (in the Sing.)* is without the article; but in 
the sense of the whole, arras (= dua rras) and trvfaras or (vfiwas ( = 
all together), universus, are naturally more frequently without the 
article than rras is in the sense of whole. Sometimes, too. avfmavrcs 
= in all is without the article [^{urravres irrraKocrioi orrXlrai, Th.]. 

ISO. PARADIGM. 



rras. rrdcra. rrav, every, all. 







sing. 






FLXTR. 






DUAL. 




m, 


£ 


n. 


m. 


t 


n. 


m. 


f. a. 


N. 


















77a? 


rraa-a 


rrdv 


rrdvres 


rrdcrai 


rravra 


rrdvre 


rrdcra rrdvre 


G. 


rravros 


rrdcn]s 
rrdcrr] 


rravros 


rravrcov 


rracrcbv 


rravrcov 


rrdvroiv 


rrdcraiv rrdvroiv 


p. 


rravri 


rravri 


rracri(v] 


rrdcrats 


rracn[v] 


rrdvroLv 


rrdcraiv rrdvroiv 


A. 


rravra 


rrdcrav 


rrdv 


rrdvras 


rrdcras 


rravra 


rrdvre 


rrdcra rrdvre 


V. 


rras 


rrdcra 


rrav 


rrdvres 


rrdcraL 


rravra 


rrdvre 


rrdcra rrdvre 



151. The participle of the Aorist Active appends a? 
to the sigmated root (\vcr-a?. rtfy-as). 

N. ay, dcra. av 

G. avros. etc?]?, clvto?. &C. 

(See Paradigm 17.) It is Englished by having — ed. 
But for verbs signifying emotions or states of mind, it 
is often Englished by pres. participle, the emotion hav- 
ing been felt and continuing to be felt : e. g. Tnareva-cK 
(= confisus). trusting, relying on. 

152. Vocabulary 15, 

Zeal, earnestness. eagerness. 

crrrovdr). 
Life, i3ios, 6. 

Leader, rjyejiccv, rjyeu6v'Os> 6. fj. 

Temperance, sobriety of mind, 
(Tcocfipocrvvr)- 

Absence of government, anar- 
chy, licentiousness, dvapyfa. 

To groic old, yrjpdcTK-eiv. 



Lawlessness, dvofiicu 

River, rrorauos, ov, 6. 

Li nocence^ d3\d$eia. 

Danger, Kivuivos. 6. 

Low estate, rarreivorns, rarrewo* 

rrjr-os, 7. 
Extreme, ecryaros, 17, ov. 
Obscurity, ddo£ia. 
To trusty mcrrev-eiv (dat.). 



183.] 



AORIST PARTICIPLE. 



63 



Hoplite (heavy -armed soldier). 
67r\LTrjS y 6. 

To be the slave of to serve, §ov- 

\eu-etj> (dat.). 
To complete, diareXelv (= eeiv). 
To bid, order, tell (to do any 

tiling). Ke\€v-€iv. 



To do, TTpaTT-eiv (fut. 7rpa£-co), 
to commit a murder, Trpdrrciv 
(povov. 

J am come,rj<co (=veni). 

To dissolve, to dismiss (an as- 
sembly), break (a treaty, &c.), 
repeal (a law), \v-civ. 



Exercise 20. 

183. a) Translate into English. 

1. XTrovhr) iraaa carat, (= erit) Sia rravrbs rov /3lov. 
2. "HBicttov 3 - rrdvrcov ecrrlv akv rrcos ScareXelv rbv /3lov 
drravra. 3. A el fiXjhreiv rrpbs rip tt}? avfiirdcrr]^ rjyepL- 
bva aperifi croocppocnjvvv. 4. 9 Ev irourg dvapyjia fcal dvo- 
/jbia, SiareXel rbv (3lov. 5. Ildvra dv^pcorrov %pi] cpev- 
yeiv to cr<f>6Spa cpcXelv avrov. 6. f O NelXo? yXv/curaro^ b 
ecrri irdvrwv roov rrora/xcov. 7. 'Haav ol rrdvres eirraKO- 
aioi birXlrau S. O ScDKpdrrjs marevGa^ ry avrov* 
d/3Xaj3eia ifavSvvevae rbv eoyarov kivZvvov^. 9. Avo 

CTTpaTLCDTat. TCL ald^pCL 7rpd%aVT€$, (j)€VyOV(TlV. 10. "HfCCD 

Sevpo crvv T069 rroXiracs T0Z9 dydirol?. 11. Tou? VOpLOV? 

rov? e? to rrapbv 6 fdXdrrrovra^ vfxas eXvaare. 12. Ko- 

Xdcroptev tow ti\v elprjvrjv Xvcavras. 13. Ildv Ktoov 

dvaytcalov* dpriov? eyeiv tou9 iroSas. 

a most pleasant ' ; superl. of f,Bvs. b sweetest ; snperl. ofyXvicvs. 
■ (of himself =) his. d /az/5uj/€ueii/ Kivduvov = to incur (risk, expose 

oneself to) a danger, K. 278. 2. * for the present ; at the present. 

f Supply ecrri. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The man is growing-old in extreme (say -'all') 
obscurity and low-estate. 2. Every man ought to fly - 
from being - the - slave - of anger. 3. Through the 
whole of life Ave ought to pursue virtue. 4. Vs'e are- 
pursuing virtue with all eagerness. 5. From 18 being- 



64 



FIRST 



GREEK BOOK. 



[184, 



the-slave of sensual [173. b. note pleasures he will 
be a slave for his Y\ r hole life. 6. The wagons °\vere 
in all seven-hundred. 7. We are angry with those 
who are breaking the peace. S. We are enraged 
against e those who have broken the truce. 9. The 
geometer places himself before b all the Greeks. 

S To be enraged against — . b> opyfj ex* LV ( acc - °f person), 
k To place oneself before, irporacra^Lv avrbv np6 (with gen,). 



184 To this class belong the following substantives 
in rip : iran) p. father, pur\Tr\p. mother, ^vyarjjp. daugh- 
ter, i] yaartfp, the belli/. Arj/jLi'j-rjp. Ceres, and dvijp. 
man ; which have this peculiarity, that they omit e in 
the gen. and dat. sing, and dot. plural. They have 
voc. ep (avrjp. iraTrjp throwing back the accent), and in- 
sert a {cum acuto) before crc in dat. plur. 'Avrjp, a man 
(root avep\ drops the e in all its cases except the voc. 
sing., but inserts a S to soften the pronunciation. 



LESSOX XXIII. 



Nouns that suffer Syncope* 



PARADIGMS. 



Sing. N. 



9 WW 

pqrpL 
fiTjTepa 



Mother. 



Man. 
6 av?]p 
dv-8-pos 
av-O-pi 
ap-d-pa 
civep 



Father. 

6 TTClTrjp 



G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 




Plur. X. 



prjrepes 
fJLrjrepcov 

pLT]Tpd<Tl 

fATjrepas 




G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Dual. X. A.V. 

G. D. 



fJJJTCpC 

p-qrepoiv 



* Synccpc = the taking away of one or more letters from the boiy 
of a word. Cf. Paradigm 19. 



185—189.] 



SYNCOPATED NOUNS. 



65 



185. Words of this class have several peculiarities of accent. 
(1) The dat. pi. and the forms that retain the e, are always paroxy- 
tone : (2) the forms that reject the e have all the accent on the last 
syllable, with (3) the exception of voc. sing, in which the tone-sylla- 
ble is thrown as far back as possible. (Arjprjrnp (see 186) is an 
exception to these rules.) 

186. c O do-TTjp, epos, a star, has its dative plural aarrpacri, but is 
not syncopated in any other case. Anprjrrjp (Demeler or Ceres) has 
a varying accentuation, viz. Arj p,r)Tpos } ArjfXTjTpt, Voc. Arjfxrjrep, 
but Acc. Anpnrepa. 

187. Obs. For * many great merC the Greeks usually said ' many and 
great men:' and so in similar combinations of two adjectives. 



1SS. Vocabulary 16. 

Bad, worthless, (pavkos, n, op. 

Happiness, evhaipLOvla. 

Most disgraceful, basest, aitrxi- 

o~ros, TJ, op. 
Worthy, agios, a, ov (with gen.). 
Liberty, iXevZepla. 
Insolent, vfipLcrTiK6s> rj, op. 
(Small) tunic, yiro&piop, to. 
Three, rpeis, neat, rpia (Pdm. 

36). 

Nurse, rpo<p6s, r). 

(Native) country, iraTpis, jrarptS- 

09, Tj. 

Slaughter, qbopos, 6. 
Dice, ktvttos, 6. 



Arms, oVXa, ra (arma). 
Absolute prince, tyrant, rvpav 
vos, 6. 

To measure, perpelp ( — -ieiv). 
To love, o~T€py-eip. 

To exclude, to keep away from, 
elpy-eip. 

To desire, im^vpidp ( = -eeiv) 
with gen. 

To follow, attend (of a conse- 
quence). z7T€o-%ai, with dat. 

To kill, to put to death, airo-KTelv- 

€LP. 

To drag away from, airoo-Trav 

( = -6.€LP). 



Exercise 21. 

189. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 (pavXoc rfj yaaTpl [lerpovai teal rots alaylcrTOis 
TTjV evSai/xovLav. 2. "AvSpes elcnv ayaf&ol kcli a^ioc rr)s 
iXev^repLas. 3. e O veos : tou? rod irajph^ v[3picrTLtcov$ kcli /at] 
cro(fx)v<z Xoyou? cikovcov, yyjrvXocppoJv 3 - re ecrrat (= erit) zeal 
(friXoTi/jLOS* avrjp. 4. "Eariv vlov ye 43 rj ^vyarpbs 6 Trarrjp 



66 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



Trarrjp. 5. Tat? KefirjTos ^fvyarpdcrt yvr&via Scocro) c (=a 

dabo) rpla. 6. Elat [xol rpel? ^vydrepes. 7. Tr]v yrjv 

dvSpcbv [xrjTepa re koX Tpofyhv ovofjudfyfiev. 8. Ol dycfeol 

ioairep v7T€p [7 /ATjrpbs virep tt}? iraTpihos Kivhvvevovaiv, 

9. Tfj Arj[irjTpt iroKkol /cat kcCKoX vecp rjcrav. 10. V2 

^vyarep. arepye ttjp ^repa* 11. 9 J2 avSpes r, EXXr)ve^ 

vofiL^co aoyovs re zeal alloys ttjs ev$cu/jLOVLa$ vfjicis elvai. 

12. Ol (SdpfiapoL ret aicryjpd (^Ckovaiv. 13. Toy airoySr) 

^co/cpdroy? d^la airavros Toy eiralvoy. 14. V2 Uepcra^ 

n? Tadra Xi^et UevoifioovTL ; 15. '.Ez; tg5 tou aya^oO 

KTjircp eaTiv oIkl&lov. 

a /w^A minded. b (fond of honor = ) ambitious. « / ^iw, 
* See 91. 

6) Translate into Greek. 

1. Fathers 37 keep-away their sons from bad men. 
2. There was much e slaughter of men ? and (SI) much 
din of arms. 3. The enemy's camp °was unoccupied 
{say : < void of men '). 4. Man differs from the other 
animals in desiring honor. 5. Love (pi.) your father 
and your mother. 6. Be- not -the-slave-of the belly. 
7. Great honor attends good men 37 . 8. Cyrus puts-to- 
death his mother's father. 9. Tyrants 37 drag children 
from their fathers and mothers. 10. The man will 
spend his life in great glory. 11. The men are per- 
forming many great 52 ° actions. 12. The many f 
will measure happiness by gain. 13. Bad (men) love 
anarchy and lawlessness. 14. Who will say that great 
honor does not attend good men? 15. There is a tem- 
ple of Ceres in Cilicia. 16. Many great men love not 
only the Greeks but also the Persians. 

e TTOXVS. f OL TTOWOL. 



190, 191.] 



ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 



67 



LESSON XXIV. 

Adjectives of two terminations* Kipa$. &c. 
190. Adjectives of two terminations have only one 
form for the masculine and feminine, as 6> ?] eVSofb?, 
to evSogov. They are declined like nouns of the third 
declension (except o?, 09, ov, which is like the second 
declension). 

191. PARADIGMS. 



<ra(f)r}s, craves, clear. | evdalfxcov. evdaiftov, happy. 


SING, 
m. f. n. 

N. (ra(p7]s cra<fies 
q ^ cracpe-os 
' ( cra(f)ovs 

D. < 

f (racpei 

a S o-acbe-a ) . / 
A. < V- > (Tames 
( cra(p7], ) r 

V. cra<p€s (ra(f)€s 


SING . 
m. f. n. 

N. evdalficou eu&at/xov 
G. cvdaifiov-os 

D. evda[[iov-i 

A. evdalfJLov-a evbaifiov 
V. evdaLfxov evdaifiov 


PLTJR. 
^ cra(f>e-€s J ara(f)e-a 

q S cra(jje-<DV 

' ( o-cxpcov 
D. tra<j)€(ri(y) 

S crcxpi-as S ora<f>e-a 

' ) (racbels ( o~a(f)r} 
y ^ (ra(be-€s S cra<fie-a 


PLTJR. 

N. evdalfjLoves evbalyiova 

G. evSaijJLovcDV 

D, evdalfio(ri(p) 

A. evda.LiJ.ovos evbalpLOva 

V. evdaifxoves evbalixova 


DUAL. 

N.A.V. i "^ 

) O-CKpolv 


DUAL. 
N. A. V. evdalijLove 

G. D. evbciLfiovoiv 
. . 1 



* Table 


of Adjectives of Two Endings. 




m. f. 


n. 


m. f. 




1. 


OS 


01/ 


KOfflXlOS 


Koafiiov 


2. 


coy 






7T67roy 


3. 


7)S 


es 




aAq&es (the most usual form) 


4. 


77V 




ap 0-771/ 


cipcre*/ (the only adj. of this form) 


5. 


IS 


i 


?opiS 


1- 



68 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[192—194 



192. The nominative plural of repas usually drops 
the t. and is contracted into repa, G. repcov. To yepas, 
reward, to yrjpas, old age, to xpea$ : flesh, and to /cepa?, 
horn, omit the r in all the numbers, and suffer con- 
traction in the genitive and dative singular, and 
throughout the dual and plural (except the dative 
plural) : in /cepa?, however, the regular forms with the 
t are found as well as the contracted. 

193. PARADIGMS. 



to Kepas, the horn. 


rb Kpeas, the flesh. 


SINGULAR. 

N. K€pCL9 

G. KtpCLT-OS K€pa-OS KepCOS 

D. Kepar-L Kepa-e Kepa 
A. Kepas 
V. Kepas 


SINGULAR. 

Kpeas 

Kpear-os Kpea-cs Kpecos 
Kpear-c Kpea-'i K P* a 
Kpeas 
Kpeas 


PLURAL. 

N. Kepar-a Kepa-a Kepa 
G. Kepdr-cov Kepd-cov Kepccv 
D. Kepa-(Ti{v) 
A. Kepar-a Kepa-a Kepa 
V. Kepar-a Kepa-a Kepa 


PLURAL. 

Kpear-a Kpea-a Kpea 
Kpedr-ozv Kped-cov Kpecov 
Kpeao-t(v) 

Kpear-a Kpea-a Kpea 
Kpear-a Kpea-a Kpea 


DUAL. 

N. A.V. Kepar-e Kepa-e Kepa 
G. D. Kepdr-oiv Kepd-oiv Kepcov 


DUAL. 

Kpear-e Kpea-e Kpea 
Kpedr-oiv Kpea-oiv Kpecdv 



194. Vocabulary 17. 

Horn, icing of an army, Kepas, 
Ke par-os, to. 

Honorary privilege, yepas, ye- 
par-os, to. 

Old age, yrjpas, yqpar-os, to. 

Prodigy, portentous-monster, re- 
pas, repar-os, to. 

Alone, only.p.b'vos. 77, ov. 

Stag, e^acpos, 6. 

The bonassus, wild ox, fiovao-- 

o~os, 6. 
Again, irakiv. 



On both sides, eKarepcoZev. 
Horse = cavalry, lttttos, rj. 
(Of) twenty thousand, dio-fivpios 

a, ov. 
Already, 77 §77. 
Fruit, Kapiros, o. 
Child, reKvov, to. 
Monument, fivrjpLelov, to. 
Weakness, dcr^eveia, 

Best, apLO-TOS, 7], ov. 

At once, ap.a. 

MoSt, 7r\€LCTT0S, Tj, OV. 



195.] 



ADJECTIVES. 



69 



Solid, aTepeos, d, 6v. 
Throughout, 8i6\ov. 
To put to flight, to rout, rpiir- 
eo-Sai. 

To cast away, to shed (horns), 
To bear, <f)€p-€iv. 



To put forth (some natural pro- 
duct, as horns, leaves, &c), 

To butt, KVplTT-eiV. 

Much divided, branching, tto\v- 



Exercise 22. 
195. a) Translate into English. 

1. To) dptarepco Kepdru TpeTrovrat rov? TrokepLLovs. 
2. ' ' AirofiaKkeL ra fee para pb6vo$ 6 eXatjbo? /car ero9 15 , koX 
irakiv <pvet. 3. 'EttI Kepcd<; 25 etcarepofeev rj Xitito^^ Stcr- 
(jLvpia ovcra*. 4. KvpLrrovcriP aW^Xof? crto-qpol^ tcepa- 
glv. 5. ( avrjp ev irvKai^ 7]St] yrfpeos ear [v. 6. Ovre 
yi) Kapirovs (pepet, ovre /x^repe? re/cva tl/ctovctlp, aXXa 
re par a. 7. 01 iiirep rrj^ irarpi&os 17 /caXcos Te\evTr\crav- 
T€9 b rdcj)cov re /cal rcov aXXcov fivrjfieuov fiey terra eyovai 
yepa. 

a ''Civ, ovcra, ov, pres. part, of et/u, I am. b reXevrijcravTes., first aor. 
part, of reXevrdco. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. °It is necessary to yield to the weakness of old- 
age. 2. The geometer died of 22 old-age. not {say : 
4 but not ') of disease. 3. This {rovro ye) is the best 
remedy for 17 old-age. 4. The bonassus has at once 
both a mane and two horns 39 . 5. With °our right 
wing we are conquering the enemy's hopiites. 
6. Most horns {say : 1 the most of horns 7 ) are hollow, 
and those {ra Be) of stags alone are solid throughout 
and branching a . 7. The citizens have honors and 
panegyrics from one another, and honorary-privileges. 



70 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. [196 199, 



LESSON XXV. 
196. Substantives in 779, 09. — Adjectives in 77?. 



SINGULAR. 

N. ?;y : os, (neut.) 

G. €OS, OVS 
D. 6i 3 €1 

Y. es' \ «•(«*•) 



N. ees, eiff : 

G. €COV, <DV 

D. eo-i(v) 

A. eay, ets* : 

V. eey, €ls : 



ea, 77, (neut.) 



ea, 77, (neut.) 
ea, rj, (neut.) 



DUAL. 

N. A. V. €€, 77. I G. D. koiv, olv. 



197. a) In Attic prose the open form occurs only in dual « 
from adjectives in rjs, and gen. pi. ecov from oy. 

b) Tpirjprjs (properly an adj.), with the adj. avrdpKrjs, and com- 
pound adjectives in 17^77^ (from rj%os) remain paroxytone in gen. 
pi. It is not certain whether we should write rpirjpes, Tpii)poiv ; 
or rpirjpes, TpLripolv. K. adopts the former ; see his Gramm. 59. 

(Learn Paradigm 21.) 

198. ttjr 3 Observe that most adjectives in 779 are 
oxytone ; avrdp/cT]^ eurj^T]?, o-vvrfbr}?, ifkrjprjs, are excep- 
tions. 



199. Vocabulary 18. 

One who pursues gain by base 
means, alo-xpoKepdrjs, es. 

Gain, Kepbos, KepSe-os, Kep- 
dovs, to. 

Reproach, oveiftos (-eos, ovs), to 

Character, disposition, r}%os (-eos, 
ovs), to (mores). 

Simple, evfarjs, es (ev and r}%os). 

Disobedient, arrets, es. 

Obedient, ev7reftr)s, is. 

Summer, %epos (-eos, ovs), to. 

Year, ctos (-eos, ovs), to. 

Multitude, 7r\r]?ios (-eos, ovs); 
hence = democratical consti- 
tution. 



Mountain, opos (-eos, ovs), to. 

Wall, T€LXOS (-€OS, OVS), TO. 

Kind, yevos (-cos, ovs), to. 

False, yjsevdrjs, es. 

True, dXrj^rjS, es. 

Dicer, Kv/BevTrjs, ov, 6. 

Footpad, (prop, a filcher of 

Clothes.) \(0TT0hvTY}S, ov, 6. 

Robber, Xtjo-ttjs, ov, 6. 
Gentleness, irpaoTTjs, TrpaorqT' 
os, r). 

Tameness, Tjfxeporns, "y/ifporTpr- 
os, r). 

Want of intelligence, stupidity , 
aroia, as, r). 



200.] 



NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN t]?. 



71 



Courage, avhpia, as, fj (avrjp) • 
Cowardice, SetXia, as, fj (beikos) . 
Sheep, 7rp6[3aTov, ov, to. 
Unintelligent, stupid, dponros, ov 

(d and voeco, vovs). 
Trireme 

Useless, a^prjo-ros, ov. 

I suppose, (opinor,) §r]7rov. 

Army, arpdrevfia, oTparev}iaT' 

OS, TO. 

Chase, hunting-expedition, %rjpa, 
as, f). 

Winter, xeifMuv, xew&v-os, 6. 

Alike, SjjLOLcos* 

To endure, vTrofiev-eLv. 

To differ, diaobep-eiv. 



To plot against, £iri$ovktv-civ 

(with dat.). 
To value before or above, to 

prefer, rrpoTifiav (= -deiv) with 

acc. and gen. 
To shoio sobriety or sense of 

mind, croo(f)pov-e'iv ( = -eeiy). 
Less, IX&TTCQV. 

Little, fiLKpos, d, ov : /iiKpcp, (by) 
a little (with comparative). 

Safety, o-coTrjpla, as, rj- 

Poetical, ttoltjtlkos, rj, ov. 

Of earth ; hence, of brick, yrj'i- 
vos, ov. 

More than, rather than> ixdWov r\. 



Exercise 23. 

200. a) Translate into English. 

1. c O Kvf3evrrj^ /cat oXcoiroBvrrj^ teal oXTjcrrr)^ atcrypo- 
/cepBets elcrt. 2. 01 tcvftevral /cepBov? eve/ca oveLBrj vtto- 
fievovcri. 3. Ta rfirr} rcov ^oocov Btafyepet (85, 1) Kara re 
Betktav teal Trpaorrjra /cat dvBplav teal rj/jteporrjTa /cat 
vovv re /cal avotav. 4. To rcov TrpojSdrcov TySro? eu^e? /cal 
avorjrov*. 5. 'Evrav^a 'A\/cL(3tdB7]s rjtcev etc rcov K\a- 
%ojJLevo)v crvv irevre rptrjpecrL. 6. "Ayprjcrrov Brjirov /cat 
ol/cerrjs /cal GTpcurevixa enrefeks. 7. ®r\pav irotovvrat* 
6/jLOIojs ^epov$ c real %€tfJLcovo$. 8. ( racbs aira% rod 
erov ? d tl/ct€l fxovov • tl/ct€C Be ooa BcoBe/ca rj /it/cpS eXdr- 
to) e . 9. ( Ilepcrrjs eirt(3ov\evet rep ifkrj^et rS vfierepq). 
10. 2 co (frpov overt t?]V aooTTjpiav rod icepBovs 7rpOTt/jLoovres 
(= Trportfidovre^). 11. c O fiovacraos ytyverat ev rfj 
Uatcovta, ev rep opet toj M ecro utt tqp. 12. Kara rbv 
7rotr)Ttfcbv \6yov, yak/ca /cal atBrjpa Bet etvat ra retyr) 
fiaXkov rj jrj'iva. 



72 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[201, 202. 



a Supply the copula ecrrlv. b ttoiovvtoli (= iroU-ovrai) frypav 

(lit. faciunt sibi venationein), go out a hunting ; hunt. c K. 273. 

4. b. d the partitive genitive stands with adverbs of time and 
place : e. g. thrice a day, rpls rrjs r,p.4pas. e For i\drroya, cf. Para- 
digm 12 (jjLei&ov). 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. There are two kinds of lions. 2. He conceals 
the truth by a false tale. 3. Do not trust (pi.) to walls 
and gates. 4. You (pi) trusted to the bravery of the 
citizens, and not (say : 4 but not'") to Avails and gates. 

5. The general of the Persians has well-disciplined 
soldiers 3S . 6. O boys, you are pursuing false pleas- 
ures, and not true ones. 7. The wicked for the most 
part f delight in 19 false pleasures, but good men 
(say : ^ the good of men ') in true ones. 



LESSON XXVI. 

201. When a vowel stands before the terminations 
rj$ 7 €?, and o?, the Attics contract ea of the acc. sing, 
and neut. plur.. not into rj. but a : e. g. fcXeos (glory), 
plur. Kkeea — tckka. 

202. Proper names in rcbAt]?, contr. /cXfjs, undergo 
(in Attic Greek) a double contraction in the dative 
siog. : e. g. e-el (= e-ec) = el. 

N. ('Hpa/cXe???) 'HpaKXrjs 

G. ('HpaKXeeo?) 'HpaKkeovs 

D. ('HpaKXeYt c HpaKXeet) 'HpaKXet 

A. (HpcLKXeea) 'HpcucXed [sometimes c Hpa«X^ *] 

V. ('Hpa/cXee?) 'HpaicXeis ( r/ Hpa*Xes. in exclamations.) 



* PZa*. PAml. 89. 



203. 204] 



WORDS IN 



73 



203. Vocabulary 19. 

Sophodes^o^oKXrjs (see note 5). 

Ameinbcles, 'AfieivoKkr}?. 

Eucles, "Evk\t)s. 

Euthycles, EvSviekfjs. 

Unwritten, aypdfyos, ov. 

Written, yey pa jifievos, n, ov. 

The Antigone (a play of Sopho- 
cles), r) 'Avriyovrj. 

Law, vopos, ov, 6. 

Accurate, dKpifBrjs, es>. 

Full, 7r\r]prjs, ey. 

Fair, reasonable, imeLKfjs, h. 

Expensive, costly, 7to\vt€Xt]s, e$. 

Human, natural to man, hence 
(of sins) venial, dv^pcomvos 

7), OV. 

A sin, a fault, dfxdpTtjfJLa, dpaprrj- 

fiar-os, to. 
Procession, 7rop7TT], rj. 
Sacrifice, ^va-la, fj. 
Strong, Icrxvpos, d, ov. 
Fifth, i7ep.7rTos, 7], ov. 
Straight, right, 6p%6$, r], ov 

(rectus). 

Rem. By 201. vyiia (from vyrfis, 
vytrj is also found in Plato. 



It befits, is becoming, irpeTrsi, 

(decet.) with dat. 
To think, oiWSai. 
Not to transgress, (lit. to remain 

within,) to observe (a law), 

ijjLfjLtv-tLv (with dat). 
It is fitting or expedient, o~vp.(j)e- 

p€L (= expedit), to crv^fpepov. 

( = id quod expedit, or utile 

est), the expedient. 
To pardon, crvyyiyvcoo-K-eiv (With 

dat). 

To accept, a^obeX'* '^ - 1, 

To court, to consult a thing, 
e. g. expediency, ^epairsv-eiv. 

To give in evidence, bear wit- 
ness, fxapTVp-elv ( = -Ulv). 

Test, proof mode of examination, 
(of a witness, e. g. by torture,) 
(CXzyxos, ov, 6. 

Judge, KpiT7]$, ov, 6. 

Healthy, sound, vyir}9, e$. 

(There) were, r}o~av, imp. 3d. pi. 
from elfil. 

vyie-os) is contracted into vyia. but 



Exercise 24. 

204. a) Translate into English. 

1. Tavra ovtc ocovrac 53 QeuiaroKKel irpeireiv. 2. Ol 
l^ep aypacfzoc vofioi ovSirrore /lera/SdXkovcrLv, ol Se ye- 
ypafifjuevoi 7roXXa/a?, Syanrep etprjraL* iv rfj rod ^0^0- 
kXIovs 'AvTiyovrj. 3. To 8ifcai6v b ecTiv akrf&es rt c /cal 
cvpL^spov. 4. BeXriovos av$pbs d to toZ? aypdcfrois v6[jloi$ 
fj toZ? yey papLpievo is i/Apievetv. 5. To rot? av^rpcoTTLVOLS 
a/jLaprrj fiacre crvyytyvcocrKeiv eir bench e . 6. Ol ^eol ovtc 



74 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[205 



arrrohkyovTai Ta? iroKvTekel^ Trofiiras re koX ^vaLas. 
7. ^Hcrav Kcofiac 7ro\\al nfkiipeis 7roWcov aycfo&v iv tg3 
ireBia tco irapa tov Tiyprjra irorafiov. 8. 01 Xvpcucov- 
gioi err pcLTTjyovs eypvaiv 'HpafekeiSqp koX Ev/cXea kclI 
TeWtav. 9. %TpaT7]ybs rjv Koptv^rlcov aevoKkeihr)? 6 
Eifev/ckeovS] irepbiTTos auTo? 42 . 10. TaXrf&h* (=to 
aX/rfbes) layypov io~TC. 11. 01 ttoWqI, tov 6p^ov h ov/c 
aXif&ek k pur at ovres, f to av/jic^epov pbaXXov ^repairevov- 

(TLV. 12. C HyOV/jLCLLZ TTCLVTCCTTUCT I y 6 4 3 okrf&fj 6LVCLC KCU 

vyia (or vytrj) kcl\ ttuttov tov av^rpcoTrov. 

a ( has been said.'' b 1 justice, right? See K. 244, 8. c 'some- 
thing? d the gen. with eo-Tt is construed as in Lat. : it is the part, 
duty, &c. of; it is characteristic of &c. e supply iari. t 6yret 

{elfJLi). 5 = rjyeofxai, I think. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. We praise those who speak the truth {say: 
'the true °things'). 2. You (pi.) all gave false 
witness (say : ' gave-in-evidence the false °things ? ). 

3. We will give-in-evidence what is true, not 46 what 
is false {say: 'the true things; J 'the false °things'). 

4. You see the faithlessness of Tissaphernes. 5. Their 
general is Dercyllidas, the (son) of Elides, with two 
others 42 . 6. Who avoids such {say : 'so') accurate 
method s-of-examination ? 7. I will give these things 
to Ameinocles the Samian. 



LESSON XXVII. 
Substantives in ei/?. (Paradigm 27.) 
205. The termination eu? {oxytone) takes co in the 
genitive sing. ; and in the dat. sing, and nom. and acc. 



206—210.] 



nouns in evg. 



75 



plur. admits of regular contraction. The voc. is ev 
(perispomenon) ; dat. pi. ev<ri(y). (Observe the accent.) 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



€VS 
€COS 

ei 

ka 

€V 



eis 

€G)Z> 

€VCTl(l>) 

eas (els) 
els' 



206. Besides ety the old Attic dialect possesses a collateral form 
in rjs (contracted from the Epic rjes) for the nom. and voc. plur. ; 
e. g. nXaTairjs for UXaraiels. 

207. Most substantives which have a vowel before the termina- 
tion cvs, contract ecos into cos, ea into a, ias (seldom) into as ; e. g. 
Evfioevs (an inhabitant of Eubcea), gen. Evj3oa)s, acc. Evj3oa, acc. 
plur. Evpoas. So sometimes G. plur. ; e. g. 'EperpL&v, Aoopicov. 

208. Future Participle.] The fut. participle is formed by adding 
cov to root of Future, ^Xdnrco, fut. pXdyj/co, participle (3\d^cov (-ovcra, 
-o*>). It is declined like a participle of the Present (Pdm. 1 6J) . 

209. The future participle is often used to denote a 
purpose 

(Eng.) I am come to do this. 

(Greek) I am come about-to-do this (t\kco tv oltj ct cov ravra) 
(Eng.) I sent a man to do this. 

(Greek) I sent (a man) about to do this (eVe/r^a n o ltj govt* 
ravra [or, tov 7roirjcrovTa~\)' 



210. Vocabulary 20. 

Interpreter, ipfinvevs, 6. 

King) fiaaCkevs, 6. 

Painter, ypaohevs, 6. 

Priest, Upevs, 6. 

Horseman, iTnrtvs, 6. 

Scribe, ypafifiarevs, 6. 

Parent, yovzvs, 6. 

Abundant, acp^ovos, ov, (a, not, 
<f)%6vos, envy, there being so 
much that none need envy 
another.) 



The Piraeus (port of Athens), 

Tleipaizvs, 6. 
Mart, custom-house (at Athens), 

ifJLTTOpLOV, OV, TO. 

Superintendent, inspector, eVi- 
fJLe\r}Tr]s, ov, 6 (iirifx. ifxitoplov 
= custom-house officer). 

Foot soldier, ire£6s, ov, 6 (pedes). 

Higher up, more inland, beyond, 
avco (adv. with gen.) . 

To dig down, Karao-Kanr-cut 



76 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[211, 



Twenty thousand, dio-pvpioi, 
cu, a. 

Together with (dat.), a/xa; apa 
rrj fjfJLepa, at day-break. 

To sacrifice, %v-ew. 

An offering, a sacrifice, SvfjLa, 
^Vjiar-os, to. 

To put into the hands, to hand 
over, eyx€ipl^-€Lv. 

Priestess, Upeia, fj. 

Holy, octlos, a. ov. 



To disobey, aneft-eiv ( = -eeiv), 

with dat. 
To make a likeness of, to copy, 

to draw, a-rreiKa^-eiv. 
To imitate, /ityie-e<r~at (jiifieZ- 

cr3at). 

Serious or earnest in character, 
good, worthy, awovbaios, a, ov. 

I am come, fjKco ( = veni, ad- 
sum). 

To go away, d7repX" eo "~ at ' 



Exercise 25. 

211. a) Translate into English. 

1. Zevocpoiv SieXeyero avrols* Sl eppLrjvew irepv 

(TTTOvhSlV. 2. Ou/C eCTTL ^p7]/iara ?7/X6z/ c . TO?? 7TO\€/jlIoL$ 

a<jfeova irapa (3aaCkeoo^. 3. Aa[if3dvei to dpyvpiov 6 
ypajifiarev^ 6 tov e\xiropLov einiiekrjTow Ev^uSrj/ios. 

4. v Ajjia rfj y/^epa opoo/iev LTrrrea^ 7roWov^. iretlpvs S' dvco 
tcov LTTirecov a)? Sicr/xvpLov^. 5. (/ Hkco ^vcrcov. 6. Qvaov- 
T£? 40 to?? lepevai re tcai [epelats eyyeipi'Cpixev ra ^rv/iara. 

7. Ov% ocnov tovto ye 43 to to?? yovevcnv a7refeelv. 

8. Ala^pov tou? [lev y panels aireiKa^eiv ra /ca\a rcov 

^ojojVj tou? Se iralho^ jurj fii/iela-^ai tou? crTrovSaiovs tcov 

yoveojv. 9. Ile/xTro/jLev /caracr/cd^ovra^ ra rei^rj. 

a 1 conversed with them? b like est {sunt) mihi = ^ 1 have 1 

in Latin. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. It is c the mark of a bad boy to disobey his 
parents. 2. The painter will draw the insects. 3. O 
dear boy. you ought to imitate your parents. 4. The 
clerks receive money from IS the Lacedaemonians. 

5. We are come to sacrifice 50 to Athene (= Minerva). 

6. The Persian, having handecUover his offering to the 



212, 213.] 



words ix ig, ij vg, v. 



77 



priest, is-going-away. 7. Many of the cavalry fly, 
8. Many of the men from the Piraeus are digging-down 
the wall. 9. Those from the city are coming to aid 51 
those in the Piraeus. 10. We admire not only the city 
but also the Piraeus. 



LESSON XXVIII, 
Words in l?. t. u?. v. 
212. A considerable number of words with the ter- 
minations ts, l. v. retain their proper vowel only in 
the acc. and roc. sing., substituting e for it in all the 
other cases. Words in is and take co in the genitive 
(i. e. o>9 for 09), which, however, in reference to the 
accent, is considered as short, like go in the gen. plur. 
of these words. The neuters in c and v form their 
genitive in the usual manner. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



X. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

X. V. 
G. 
D 
A. 

Dual. X. A. V, 
G. D. 



is 


vs 


V 




€COS 


€0S 


€L 


ei 


€L 


IV 


VP 




I 


V 




€LS 


€15 


V 


€COV 


€CQV 


60)1/ 






e (71(f) 


eis 


«S 




ee 


€£ 


€€ 


ZOLV 


koiv 


€OLP 



213. Vocabulary 21. 

Intelligence, crvvzcris, tj. 
Intellectual act. intellect. voncris, 77. 
Elbow, fore-arm. ttv^vs. 6 
Prophet, fiavTLs. 6. 
Insolence, {\3pis", fj ; v3p€cos vo- 



Articulatio'/i of a joint, joint, 

Hatchet, axe, TreXeKvs, 6. 

fios = the law of assault. 
Power, dvvanis, 77. 



78 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[214 



Gift, present, doo-Ls, rj. 

Nature, (j)vo~is, r). 

Seeing (the sense of sight), 

sight, oyjns, fj. 
Smelling (the sense of) smelh 

oa<j)pr]o~is, r). 
(The sense of) hearing, duor), r). 
Limb, fxiXos, /zeXe-os" (~ovs), to. 
Between, peTagv (adv. with gen.). 

Wrist, KCLpTTOS, OV, 6. 

Elbow, dyKtov, dyKtov-os, 6. 
Hunting-knife, cutlass, \idxaipa, 
as, r). 

Sword, £l<fios, glfa-os (-ovs), to. 
Axe, d^Lj/rj, rjs, r). 
House, olKia, as, rj. 
Saw,7rpLcov,7rpLov-os, 6. 



Low-bred, ignoble, dyewrjs, is. 

Tail, ovpd, as, r). 

Breadth, nXdros, rrXdre-os (-ovr), 

TO. 

Unbearable, dcpoprjTos, ov. (Com- 

parat. aqbop-qrorepos.) 
Prisoner of ivar, aixpaXtoTos, ov 

(alxMi cuspis, akio-Keiv, ca- 

pere). 

To CUt Off, aTiOKOTlT-tlV. 

To surpass or be superior, wep- 

e^-e£i/, (with gen.). 
To contemplate, behold, Secop-etv 

(-eeiv). 
To read, dvayiyvcoo-K-tiv. 
Low, base, Tairetvos, r), ov. 



Exercise 26. 

214. a) Translate into English, 

1. f O av^pcD7ros crvvecrei re virepe^ei tojv aXXcov fyacov 
teal Si icrjv /cat ^-eou? vopbl^ei 44 . 2. IloXXd 7roXXd/CL$ 
vorjcrei dXX! ov/c 48 ofJifiacnv ^reoipovfiev. 3. Ilrj^v^ Ka- 
XelraL a koX to avjJLirav /neXo^ oaov b icrrl jueratjv tt}? re 
Kara tcaprrov /cal rrj 9 /car 1 dy/ccova Scap^r pco- 
(7 6 0)9 *. 4. IloXXas fiev puayalpa^ eyovai, 'TroXXd Se 
%L(pr}, 7roXXov<? Se ireXeKet^ /cal d%iva$. 5. Av/covpyos 
i/ceXevs d ra$ ol/cias iroieiv dirb 7re\e/ceo>9 /cal irpiovo? 
\ibvov. 6. &evj6 e/cyovov v/Specos dhi/clav. 7. T0Z9 cro^)o?9 
wairep pbdvrecri iriGTevonev nat 51 . 8. 01 icoXaices (frvcriv 
dyevvrj /cal Taireivr]v eyovaw. 9. 01 ifcel e /cal oyjrei 49 
fcal atcofj /cal oatyprjcreL /cal iracn T0Z9 toiovtols f iroXv t&v 
iv^rdSe 2 Siacjiepovcriv. 10. 'Ev rfj %vpta rd 7rp6j3ara 
T<z9 ovpas 36 e%€L to irXaTO? 7r?7%ea>9 45 » 11. 01 e/tf 
rod acTTeos fyevyovon. 



215.] 



NOUNS IN to AND W£. 



79 



a l is called? ( = KaXe-erai). & ocro;/ (= quantum) : ffl^ mizcA (of it 
as'). c ^ /terra Kapnlv BLapfrpwo-is (the articulation at the wrist =) 

the wrist joint : so r\ koJ ay kwvu didp&pacris. sc. Ms Lacedemo- 

nians. e K. 244. 10. f Toiodros = talis : understand : things? 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The man takes-his-estimate-of e Alexander, not 
from 18 Alexander's own nature, but from his own 
cowardice. 2. Nothing is more unbearable than inso- 
lence. 3. Read me h the law of assault. 4. The 
power of the city is (K. 241. 2) great I! * 5. By his 
power of speaking he conquered his opponents. 6. We 
will aid the god with foot. hand, voice, and all our 
power °of every kind 47 . 7. Themistocles courted 
him with a present of money. S. The soldiers cut-off 
(pres.) the necks of their prisoners-of-war with an axe. 
9. The walls of the city are beautiful |. 10. Insolence, 
and pleasure, and all manner of senselessness, rules- 
over those (° who dwell) in cities II. 

■ Sevp-eiv ( = eW). i. e. to contemplate him. Alexander \ 'AXQav- 
dpos. h {JLOL. enclit. 



LESSON XXIX. 

215. The terminations of nouns in co and co? are as 
follows : 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


DUAL. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


CO cos 
(ooff), ovs 

(St), OL 

(oa), co 
oi 


ol. &c. as 2d 
Declension. 


a), &c. as 
2d Declension. 



Obs. Note the peculiar vocat. oZ 



* This mark ]| means that this notion is to stand first in the sen- 
tence. 



so 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[216,217 



216. Vocabulary 22. 

Shame, reverence, aiders, rj. 
Persuasion, obedience, n-e&o, 77. 
Goddess, Sea. as-, ij. 
Shanielessness, avalbzia, 77. 
The inspector of boys (at Sparta), 

77a.1dw6fj.os, 6. 
A taxiarch (the commander of a 

ra^ts- or division), ra^lap-^os, 6. 
Device, contrivance, iirlvoia, as. rj. 
Endurance, patience, Kaprepla. fj. 
Toil, labor, ttovos, ov, 6. 
Lover, ipao-rrjs, ov, 6. 



Opinion, glory, do£a, vs., 77. 

Maker, author, hence (im pro- 
pria) of a thing, the instru- 
ment, dnptovpyos, ov, 6. 

Oratory, prjTopiKT], 77, {jeyyr\, art, 
understood,) prop. fern. adj. 
oratorical. 

To receive, \ap[Sdv~€ii>. 

To take one's icork easily, to be 
lazy or idle, pafiiovpy-ew ( = 
-ieiv). 

To supply, to bestow, TrapexeaZai. 



Exercise 27. 

217. a) Translate into English, 

1. 01 Aa/ceSacfiovLOL ^eav ov ti]V 'AvalSecav aWa ryv 
AlSco vojjbl^ovai. 2. f O Ko\a% iroXka vpijpLara 7rapa [8 
' AfieivofcKeov^^ rrefeol Xa^fSdveL. 3. 'Ev AaKehaipLovu 6 
TracSovopLO? tou? Traloas rou? paSiov pyovvras (= paScovp- 
ye-ovra?) la^ypco^ fcoXd'^ei, &are TroWrjv piev alSco, TroXkrjv 
he rrefacb i/c£L avubirapeivaL* 4. ( Kvpos rod pkv tcl^l- 
ap%ov tt>v eTTLvoiav, rcov Se err par loot 6ov rrjv Trefecb eirat- 
veu 5. Ovtcd? y^prj real toXolttov* avhpas dydirovs elvat, 
yLyvGocrtcovras, gtl tcls {.teydXas d rjSovas teal ra dya^a ra 
pieydXa 1) 7re^cy fcal rj tcaprepla teal oi iv too fcai-pS ttovol 
teal KLvhvvoi irapexpvraL. 6. TtpLrj? ipaaraL elaiv piera 
<TCQ(f)pocrvvrj$ re fcal alSovs teal dXifotvrjS 80^79- 7. Tcyvco- 

CKCO OTL SrjpLlOVpyOS 6CTTIV 7) pTjTOpiKrj, 

a 'Ajueivo/cA?)?, 207. k = simul adesse, to be present there at the 

same time : wcrre. so that, with infin. (to be rendered by a finite verb). 
* = in posternm: for the future, henceforth : nal, also ; i. e. as you have 
hitherto been. d fiiyas. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Deem that Persuasion, not Force 46 , is a goddess. 
2. Hermes {= Mercury) conducts to 29 mankind Rever- 



218—220.] 



IMPERATIVE. 



81 



ence and Justice. 3. The bad call shame silliness. 
4. Tellias, the son of Eucles, called reverence and 
shame a divine fear. 5. We ought to surpass others 
in 19 justice and reverence. 6. Bad masters teach the 
young not by e persuasion, but by violence. 7. Nearly 1 
all will yield to persuasion, but very few to force. 

e vtto with gen. f ctx^6p ti. 



' LESSON XXX. 
Imperative. Adjectives in u?. 
218. The terminations of the Imperative are : 





PRESENT. 


AORIST. 


S. e 


€TCO 


S. op arco 


P. ere 


ircocrap, or (more 


P. are arco or ap 


D. eroi/ 


commonly) optcqp. 


or aprcop. 


6T<X>P 


D. arop cut cap 


219. EXAMPLES. 




PRESENT. 


AORIST. 


S. XO-e 


Xv-€T<j* 


S. Xvo--op Xvcr-drco 


P. Xv-€T€ Xv-ercoaap 


P. Xvcr-ars Xvcr-drcDorap 




or Xv-6ptcop. 


or Xvcr-dpTcop. 


D. Xv-erov Xv-ercop 


D. Xvo'-arop Xvcr-drcop 



220. a) The Imperative of the Present is used^ as 
in other languages, in requests, commands, exhoi lo- 
tions, permissions, and the like. 

It is used in general precepts, and when the action commanded or 
advised, against which we are warned, &c. is either considered as 
continuing (lasting, that is, for some time) or being repeated from time 
to time. 

b) The Imperative of the Aorist is used when the 
action commanded., advised, permitted, <fcc. is considered 
as a single, definite action (not as being continued for 
any length of time, or being repeated). Thus iravaov 
4* 



82 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[221—224 



top \6yov, end your speech (by a single effect of the 
will, &c). 

221. This distinction is often but small : and it disappears when 
the verb has only one of the forms in use. — The Aorist Imperative 
may be used of an action that really has (and must have) duration, 
but then it does not indicate this : it speaks of it simply as one, defi- 
nite action. 

222. The negative with an Imperative is pf), but the Aorist Impe- 
rative is hardly ever used with \xr\ (the Aorist Subjunctive being 
used, as we shall see) instead of it. 

223. Adjectives in vs are contracted in the dat. sing, and the 
nom. accus. and vocat. plural.* 

224. PARADIGMS. 



jXvkvs, yXvueia, yXvKv, sweet. 



N. yXvKvs 
G. yXvK€-os 

d. \ y}™: 1 1 

( yAvKei ^ 
A. yXvKvv 
V. yXvKv 



SINGULAR, 
f. 

yXvKe7a 
yXviceias 

yXvKeia 

yXvKeiav 
yXvKela 



n. 

yXvKv 

yXvKe-os 
\ yXvKe-'i ) 
\ yXvKei ) 

yXvKv 

yXvKv 



N 

G. 

D. 

A. 



m. 

yXvK€-es } 
yXvKels 5 
yXvK€cov 
yXvKeo"i(v) 
yXvKeas ) 
yXvfcels £ 
j \ yXvK€-€s ) 
( yXvKels S 



yXvKelai 

yXvKCicov 
yXvtcelais 

yXvKeias 
yXvKeiai 



yXvKea 

yXvKecov 
yXvKeo"i 

yXvKea 
yXvKea 



DUAL. 



N.A.V. yXvicee 

G. D. yXvK€OLV 



yXv 
yXv 



n. 

yXvKee 
yXvKeoiv 



Nor yAvK-ee, nor yAvK-ea, 
Not yAvK-ioiv contract you may: 
So yXvK-eos and yAvK-icov 
Contraction ever let alone. 



225, 226 J 



ADJECTIVES IN vq. 



83 



225. Vocabulary 23. 

Sweet, pleasurable, rjdvs. 

Quick (also mentally). 6£vs» 

Sloiv, /3paduj. 

Short, small, (3paxvs> 

Appetite, opegts, eco?, r}. 

Ready-witted, clever, shrewd, ay^t- 
vovs (see 136). 

Having a good memory, of a re- 
tentive memory, pvfjpcov, p,vf)p,- 
ovos (see 191). 

Prone (to) dgvppojros, ov (from 
6£vs and peireLv). 

Fond of gain, <fii\oK.ep$rjs, es. 

Part, popiov, ov, to. 

Again, 7rd\iv. 

Confession, opoXoyla, as, r\. 

Confidently, boldly, ^appwv, (par- 
tic, of Sapptiv : lit. " feeling 
confidence.") 

Sycophant, informer, o~vKo<fidvTr]s, 
ov, o. 



Otherwise, aAXco?. 

To commit injustice, ddiKeiv (= 

-€€LV.) 

To deliberate, to decide, fiovkeveiv. 
To hear, to listen to, aKov-ew (with 
gen.) 

To abide by, ippiv-eiv (with dat.) 
To wail, piveiv. 

To make to cease, put a stop to, 
rrav-etv : iravtiv nvd rrjs dpxrjs, 
to stop a man from his govern- 
ment or magistracy = to de- 
prive him of his magistracy. 

To define, 6pi£-€iv. (Hence the 
horizon = the boundary-line of 
earth and sky.) 

To test, prove, §oiapd£-eiv. 

To examine, if-era^-civ. 

Participation, Kowcovia, as-, rj. 

To snatch at, to seize, dpird^-uv 
(rapere). 



Exercise 28. 

226. a) Translate into English* 

1. *H hrfevfjiia rod rjSeos icrrlv ope^cs. 2. 01 o£e?9 
teal dyyLvoi zeal pLvrj/xoves a>? tcl iroWa ical 7rpo9 Ta? 
bpyas d^vppoTTol elcrtv. 3. 01 (piko/cepSel? evetca zcepSovs 
|S/^x^eo? aStfcovcri. 4. *Ev ftpayei jJiopiop rj/xepa? irepl 
TroKkwv (rcofidrcov zeal ^prj/jbdrcov zeal iroXecov kcli S6^rj<; 
fiovXevopLev. 5. Upo? tou? 'A^rjvaiovs nrepLTrere Trepl* 
IIoTiSaLas. 6. A eye tov v6[aov (JEsch.). 7. rr Ori 
akrf&r) Xeyco* ate over are rcov ^rrj^tcrfjidTo^v (JEsch.). 
8. A eye Srj irakiv o (= quod) Arjpioa^evr^ rcard Arj/xo- 
cfaevovs eypa^jre' it pocr e^ere, cb avSpe?. 9. Mr) Xeye- 
r<o rb ovopba aX\a to irpaypia. 10. Tr)v fidyr)v pioi, ecfyrj 



84 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



L 227 



6 KvpoS) Xe^ov eica<TT(DV) f\TL<; eerr/. c 11. B oTj^^crare 
jioLy teal /jut] hihaencere tov$ av/co<pdvras pel^ov vjjlcov 
avrayp Svvacr^ra i. d 12. Oappcov i /jl fieverco ry 

f)la. 13. 'EfjLfjLeVOVTCOV* TCH? OpKOL?. 

a ' on the subject of: 1 lit. about. t> a sentence with 1 that' (Sri) 

often depends on a suppressed notion j such as, to see, to convince your- 
selves, &c. c the iion's^ implies definite statement. Ae£ov /toi 
rV fxax> *Kd(TTccv yris iarri = rjris £<tt\v t] fidx*] eKacrrwy. The acc. is 
here placed as the object of X€|oy, instead of as the subject (nom. case) 
to ia-ri titis is fern, of ocrris (qute, qualis) i what, of what kind. 
d p.e7£op ZvvacrSai ( === plus posse or valere), to have more power ', to be 
stronger. e see 218. 

h) Translate into Greek. 

1. Stay, and do not do otherwise. 2. Of ooys, some 
are quick, and others slow. 3. Hear, O Athenians, the 
decrees against iEschines. 4. Remove him from 18 his 
command. 5. Define for me (^o/, enclit.) up to f how 
many years we ought to consider men young. 
6. Prove your friends by their participating °with 
you in danger. 7. Bring them hither^, and ex- 
amine what h they say. 8. Do not snatch-at the hon- 
ors of the state. 

f fi^XPh c - S en ' (<I uo t — v6<roi t -at, -a, -wv). Define single definite 
act. s to bring . . . hither, devpo irapdyeiv. Say : ' bringing 

them hither . . . examine 1 h ri = quid (it retains the acnte\ 



LESSON XXXI. 
Subjunctive of the Present and Aorist Active. 
227. The Subjunctive, like the Principal Tenses 
(242), has third dual ov ; third plural ai. 

It has the long e and o sounds (77, co) where the In- 
dicative has the short ones (e, 0). 



228 — 23 1 .] subjunctive. 85 

Terminations of the Subjunctive. 



S. co 

Po C0/UL6P 



779 

7]T€ 
TjTOV 

EXAMPLES. 



D. 



coal 

TjTOV. 



S. TVT7T-CQ 
P. TVTTT-CdfJLtP 





228. The Subjunctive of the Aorist does not (like 
the Indicative) denote past time, but a single, definite 
action considered as standing alone : whereas the Sub- 
junctive of the Present denotes a continued or repeated* 
action. 

229. Thus with ottcos, iva = ut ( l in order thaV), 
the Present Subjunctive is used of general purposes, 
and the like, and wherever duration is to be pointed 
out. — It must, however, be remembered, that the Aorist 
Subj. may be used of an action that really does and 
must continue for a considerable time ; but then the 
tense does not imply this, but considers it as one action, 
complete in itself. 

230. On the other hand, the Present Subj. cannot 
be used of a single, definite action, performed once. 

231. But with those particles of time that are com- 
pounded with dv (e. g. orap, quum, quoties, eireiSdp, 
postquam) the Subj. Aor. = the Latin futurum ex* 
actum, 



* By a repeated action is meant an action spoken of indefinitely ; 
such an action, whenever it takes place; such a state, whenever it 
exists. 



86 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[232, 233. 



232, Examples (for imitation). 

a. Temporal Particles. 

orav 7roirjs = quum (quoties) facias, when (whenever) you 
do (of a habit, general truth, &c). 

otclv 7tolt](T7js, quum {quoties) feceris, when you shall have 
done ; when you have done. Often = when you do (from 
the difference of our English idiom). 

€7T€cdav TroLrjcrrjs = postquam feceris. 

b. Final Particles. 

tva (o7rcos) 7roL7js,ut facias ; that you may do (habitually;. 
iva (ottcds) 7rGLr/crT]s f ut facias, that you may do (once). 

c. Conditional Particle. 

iav ttoltjs, si facias ; si quando facias. 

iav TToirjo-ys, si feceris ; si quando facias (semel). 

cL OCT All these particles take pj, not ov, for not; {XTjbels, not 
ovdeis, for nobody. 



233. Vocabulary 24. 

In the icay of, ifiTrodoov, (adv. 

with dat.) 
Any wild animal that is hunted, 

%rjpLOV, ov, to : TO, %T]pLa — 

game. 

Young animal, o~Kvp.vos, ov, 6 : 
ol crKvfjLvoL, the young (ones). 

Dog, kvcov, kvv-os, 6 et 77. 

Female, %rj\vs, eta, 

Young bird, vcottlov, ov, to. 

Viviparous, {cdgtokos, ov. (£g>os, 
vivus ; t€k, root of tlktciv, pa- 
rere.) 

Four-footed, TeTparrovs, T€Tpd- 

ttovv, (gen. TeTpdTrodos, &c.) 
Herb, grass, 7:6a, as, 77. 
At any other time, aXXore. 
Wax, Kfjpos, ov, 6. 



Pitch, ttlttcl (Attic for 7TtWa). 

Oil, eXaiov, ov, to. 

Healthy, vyieivos, 77, 6v. 

Water, vdcop, vdaT-os, to. 

Without pleasure, drjScos. 

To hinder, kco\v-€lv (fut. vo~a>). 

To counsel, advise, o-vpfiovXev- 

civ, (with dat.) 
To make plain, to show, drjXo-etv. 
Right time, Kaipos, ov, 6. Op* 

portunely, at the right time, els 

Kaipov. 
To bind, to tie up, be-tiv. 
To cease, leave off, Trav-eo-^ai (== to 

stop oneself). 
To sing, a-deiv (= deideiv). 
To sit (of a bird), eVcoaf-a*. 
To dream, iwnvia^-sw. 



234.] 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



87 



To he suffering, to be ill, Kdpv-eiv 

(laborare) . 
To eat, icr^l-eiv. 

To be in pain, akyfw (== eW). 

LeSS, TjTTOV. 

To be strong, loyy-eiv. 
Fit, havos, t], 6v (idoneus). 



To collect (in a heap), d%pol£-(iv. 
Dung, manure, Konpos, ov, 6. 
To dine, benrveiv (= eeiv). 
To drink, mv-eiv. 
Being present, irap&v (= prae- 
sens. part. pres. of iraptivai). 



Exercise 29. 
(Learn Paradigms 29, 32 : /3ou9, oh.) 

234. a) Translate into English. 

1. Aeopiev* rbv /cvva. oVo)? /x?) dpTrdfyj rou? Tcbv^rjpt- 

cov ctkviavovs. 2. *H ^ij\eca drjScov Traverau aSovcra^ 

orav irrcod^rj kcli tol veorrta e^y. 3. 'Evvirvcd^ecv cpal- 

vovtcli ov pcovov av^pcoiroi, dXkd teal LiTiroi teal tevves teal 

/36e? ■ ere 8e 7rp6/3ara /cal alye? teal irdv to tcov ^cootokcov 

teal rerpaiTohojv yevo$. 4. 01 Xvtcoc Troa? aXkore pcev ovtc 

ia^covcriv, orav he tcdpLvcocrc. 5. 01 /36e<z toO? rroSas 

tjttov akyovcrivf idv T£? tcl KepaTia aXelcprj tcr/pco r) ttlttt] 

i) ekaico. 6. 'TycecvoTepac oi'e? tcov alycbv * Icr^yovai he 

[xaXkov al alyes tcov btcov* 7. Tov$ \vtcovs tpacriv, OTav 

ireivcocriv* ea^sieiv Ttva yrjv. 8. 'Errechdv diravTa dtcov- 

cr7]T€, KpivaTeJ 9. Averts ctol avfi(3ov\evcro[iev 3 idv pirj 

fccoXvcri] pee to yrjpa?. 10. Efc tcaipbv r/tcec?, 6irco<z t% 

hifcrjs dfcovdv^ Trapcov Trfi dpccfrl tov iraTpos* 11. Holt)- 

crco TdVTa, iva hrjXcocrco tou? epurohcov ovTas tj} tcov 

* EWrjvcov evhaipLovia. 

a In the Present Indie, dissyllables in 4a do not contract ioixev and 
4ov<ri. b Travoixai iroi&v tl = I leave off doing any thing. But in 

English doing is participial subst. in axe. ; in the Greek it is a present 
participle agreeing with snbj. ' / doing if ( — who am doing it) 
leave-off. c Supply 'then they do? or prefix 1 only^ to orav, when. 

d a\ye?v robs 7ro5as. to feel pain as to their feet — feel pain in their 
feet. e = ireivd-wo-i, from ireivdeLv. esurire. f inplva. Ao-r. of 

Kpivo). to judge. Imperat. Kpi'vov. area, &C. 



88 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[235 



b) Translate into Greek. 

L Speak, that I may hear {single action). 2. 1 
say this, that you may remove (one definite act) Tel- 
lias from his command. 3. We say this, that nobody 
may trust those who have done such things. 4. When 
(== after) you have made him fit to govern, let him 
govern. 5. A good husbandman is careful s to col- 
lect (say : 'provides how [o7tg>?] he may collect,' 
i. e. habitually) his manure. 6. When you have col- 
lected the manure, you shall dine. 7. Do not think 
that they drink without-pleasure, when (= whenever, 
if at any time) they drink water. 8. It is a custom 
with the Persians (dat.) to kiss relations, when' 
° that is (ye) they see h them after a long time. 3 

s iirifi€\€trai ( = iiri/jL€\4-erai). •> The subj. of opdw is (irre- 

gularly) t8a, 'ris, -77, &c. 



LESSON XXXII. 
First Future and Aorist of Liquid Verbs* 
235. Short root.] Many verbs are strengthened 
forms of simpler roots. — To obtain the short from the 
strengthened root, we must retrace the step or steps by 
which the strengthening was eifected : 

1) By changing the radical vowel or diphthong into 
the short vowel from which it arose. 
ai becomes a. 

€L before a mute must be changed into i. 
ei before a liquid must be changed into e. 
ov becomes o. 

7j (when it has arisen from a) becomes a. 



* i. e. verbs whose root ends in a liquid. 



236j 237.] FIRST FUTURE. LIQUID VERBS. 



89 



EXAMPLES. 



<f)aiv 


<fiav 


Aa7T 


Xt7T 


T€LV 


rev 


qkov 


CLKO 




Xa3 




0fcp 



T€fJL. 



2) By rejecting the latter of two consonants : refiv, 

a) Since ttt = any P-sound + t, the short root may 
end in 7r, /3, or </>. 

b) From £ (— ah) the former is ejected : (f>pa£ cfipah. 

c) But a strengthened root in £ has sometimes arisen 
from a short root ending in y : oljLtco^ ol/xcoy. 

d) %a, tt, are mostly strengthened roots from short 
roots that end in a K-sound (/<;, y 3 or ^) : but 
sometimes from roots that end in a T-sound: 

TTpaaa, irpay. cfrpcaa, (bpac. irrvaa^ tttv%. 

epeaa^ iper. Kopvaa, fcopv^r. 

236. In the Active Voice, liquid verbs have only 
what is called the Second Future. It is formed by 
adding cS to the short root. 

237. The Aorist Act. of liquid verbs is without a \ 
it lengthens the vowel of the Future ; and for that pur- 
pose changes 

e into ei ) airepcD, eaireipa 
a into 7] ) (j)CLvcb, ecjirjva* 



PRESENT. 

o-(j)aX\-co, to trip up 
(£aiVco, to shoiv 
/xeVco, to remain 
(Trrelpcd, sow 
r/XX-co, to pluck 
d}iiv-co, to defend 



FUTURE. 

cr aX - co 

Cj) CIV-CO 
fl€V-cb 
G" TT € p - OJ 
T IX - CO 

dfivv-co 



AORIST. 

€-(r<pT]\-a 

€-({)7JV-a 

e-fieiv-a 

€-(T7r€ip-a 

e-riX-a 
rjp.vv-a. 



* But the following take Aor. 1. in ava: — 

a) All in palucc, lalvco (except rerpaluco^ fxialvca). 

b) Iffxvaivca, KepScuW, KOiAcuvco, AevKcuVco, opyaiuca, ireiraiyct. 

e) <rr)ixa.iv<i), cralvca^ have -rjua or -ava. Ka&aipca has -r\pa. or -oosl 



90 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[238—240. 



The terminations of the Future of liquid verbs are £>, els, el \ 
ovpev, erre, ov(ri(v) \ fiTov, firov. 

238. Tt ttolo) = What am I to do? what shall 1 
do ? (called the 1 deliberative subjunctive.') 

239. Ov fir) with Fut. and Aor. Subj.] 

a) Ov fir) y payees ; (cum interrogatione), Will you 
iwt not-write ? = £ dorCt write i dorit write, I tell you.' 

b) Thus ov iJLTj. used interrogatively with the Sec- 
ond Person of the Future, is virtually a strong prohi- 
bition : but without interrogation it is (with any Per- 
son of the Future or (more commonly) the Subjunctive 
of the Aorist) a strong denial : 

ov jJbr) ypa-^rco (fut.), -et$, -e^ &c. ) I (you, he) will 

ov /jurj ypd'^rcD (aor. subj.), -979, -j}, &c. ) not write. 

c) The last idiom is explained by an ellipse of 8eos earl (metus 
est) or beivov icrn (yerendum est). So that ov prj ypdyjreis, or ypd~ 
tyys = ou (deos i arrl) prj ypdyjreis or ypdyjsrjs, [there is no fear lest] 
you should write = ?/ow wz'ZZ certainly not write. 

d) Sometimes instead of the simple ov pr], there is a compound 
of one or both (e. g. ovtol, ovdeis, ovttote • prjdeis, fxr}7roTe). Render 
as if it were ov prj, adding the additional force of the compound. 



240. Vocabulary 25. 

TO SOW, 0~7T€ip-€lV. 

To wait, and (like manere) to 
wait for (a person, acc.) peveiv. 
To distribute, allot, vep-ziv. 
To gain, Kepftalv-civ. 
To reap Ca harvest), gather fruit, 

&C. %€pi£-€LV. 

To fear, SetS-€tz/. 
To insult, vfipi£-ew. 
To scoff, jeer at, vKumr-ziv. 
To talk nonsense, \rjpelv (= eciv.) 
laid waste, (of cities, &c.) ru- 
ined, dvdo-TCLTos, ov. 



To disagree (lit. to sound differ- 
ently), to dissent, to make a 
different statement, Sta^wwli/ 
(= 

What kind of, 770109, nota, troiov 
(qualis). ILolos tis has nearly 
the same force, but adds a no- 
tion of indefinite magnitude to 
it. 

Assuredly not, ovtoi (non sane). 
Who in the world ? rls 7ror* 

(= quis quidem.) 
More, ttKclcdv, (compar. adj.) 



241.] 



FIRST FUTURE. LIQUID VERBS. 



91 



Exercise 30. 

(Learn rk, rh, Paradigms 37, 38.) 

241. a) Translate into English. 

1. Tavra ttoloiv, ov (jltj Seicrj]? tou? tto\€/jllov$. 2. Ov- 
tol a " Ayalav /irj vjSpiay. 3. Ov fir] cncdo^reis ; 4. 
Ov ay Xriprjaeis ; 5. Ov [irj ere Kpv^rtD^ ravra. 6. Tou? 
irovripovs ov [ArjTTore fiekrlovs iroLTjcreTe. 7. Ae/ca errj 
lieivavres * AyaXoi rr/v Tpotav avdararov eiroirjaav, 8. 
Mevovfiev auroi;?. 9. Tfj S/xoXoyla 7rorepov d efipbevovfitv 
rj SiacjxovrfcrofjLev ; 10. Uolov riva iXrrt^eL^ /caprrbv wv'° 
earreipa^ ^repiaetv ; 11. y A\\cov arret pdvrcov teal (fivrev- 
crdvTCDV, rbv Kaprrov vfiel? i^repiaare. 12. **Ap ov% c ol 
^eol ttoWols dya^yol^ Svcrrv^ca^ re koX /3lov kclkov evei- 
jbiav ; 13. Tl iroLoyfiev ; 14. Tlorepov 6 - Kephavovaiv ol 
fca/col rocavra Troiijo-avTes, rj ov ; 15. Ol <pc\oicep8ei$ 
eirfevpLovcnv apyew, iva rrXelco e /cepSaLVcocru 

a K. 280. 4. b Gen. pi. of os, qui (Pdm. 49) : Kapirbu . . . ay 

= Kapirbv . . . rovrcoy, a ; the relative being put in the case of the 
antecedent tovtwv ( = eorinii) by attraction. c ap* ov or ap ovx- 

d Tcorepov — fj. e for 7r\€Lova. neut. plur. {more things = ) more 

Pdm. 12. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Vv r hat am I to do ? 2. They will not remove 
him from his command. 3. Did they remove him from 
his magistracy, or not ? 4. Who in-the- world will re- 
move them from their command ? 5. He will not reap 
the fruit of what f he sowed. 6. Who in-the-world will 
sow on 25 rocks and stones ? 7. Will you sow on 25 the 
water? [°No.]s 8. What am I to say ? 9. Will you 
abide-by your oaths, or not ? h 

f £y by attraction for a. 910. s apa fi-fj. h irorepov . . . $ . 



92 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[242—244. 



LESSON XXXIII 
The Tenses. 

242. The Tenses are divided into principal and 
historical tenses. 

Principal Tenses. Historical Tenses. 

PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
FUTURE. AORIST. 

243. After ha, ottcos, o>? (=ut), 'that] 'in order 
that] the Subjunctive answers to the Latin Present 
Subjunctive* and follows the principal tenses. (See 
229.) 

Mr) fcXen-T-e, do not steal (forbids stealing gene- 
rally). 

Mrj tovto, do not steal this (forbids stealing 

in a particular instance). 

244. As a general rule, in prohibitions with fitf, the 
Imperative of the Present is used, or the Subjunctive 
of the Aorist. The Present Imperative is used in ge- 
neral precepts, and whenever the action forbidden is 
considered as continuing or being repeated. — The Sub- 
junctive of the Aorist (whether with firj, or after iva, 
&c.) does not denote past time (like the Indicative of 
the Aorist), but a single definite action ; an action done 
once, without any reference to duration or repetition.^ 
Cf. 229. 

* The present subjunctive denotes continuance or repetition. 

t Such an action (as has been observed in 229) may have duration 
(even necessardy), but then the Aorist Subj. considers it as one action, 
Without any reference to this (necessary) duration. 



245, 246.] 



THE TENSES. 



93 



245. Vocabulary 26. 

To reproach, ovtibl^-eiv. 
Calamity, misfortune, avfiqbopd, 
as, f[. 

To blot out, expunge, i^dXelfy-eiv. 

To CUl Off, iKK07TT-€LV. 

A vexatious information, o~vko- 

(pavria, as, rj. 
Nourishment, food, rpocfcr], rjs, fj 

(rpe(p'€Lv, nutrire). 
Juice, xvpvsi o (x eco 5 fundo). 
Experience, iinreipla, as, r\. 
Strength, l&xys, lo"xy~os, fj. 
To be strong, to avail, laxy-ew 

(valere). 
To diversify, to relieve, to deco- 



Wall of a house, ret^os, ov, 6 (= 

paries). 
I am here, 7rdpe1.p1. 
Spirit, €\jy\rv)(la, as, fj. 
Being lifted up (== with pride. 

with exultation), inaLpopevos, 

rj, ov (participle). 
Capable of being taught, thai can 

be taught, hihaKros, rj, ov : also 

6s, dv. 

To grudge, to envy, ffioiizlv (= 

Unseen, invisible, dopdros, ov. 
The future, what is to be, to pe\- 
\ov (= quod fnturum est). 



rale, 7toikl\\-€lv. 
(Eng.) To reproach a man with any thing. 
(Greek.) To reproach any thing to a man, (6vuSi£eiv tl tlvi : 

cf. exprobrare alicui paupertatem, &c.) 

Exercise 31. 

246. a) Translate into English. 

1. MrjSevl crv/Mpopav bveihlcrrjs; ■ kqlvt) yap r) TUffl, 
Ko\ to fieWov doparov. 2. E^dkei^ofiev top vopiov, iva 
to<? crvKofyavTias itcfCG^jrcdfiev. 3. *H /jLeXiTra, y^prprai* 
Tpocbf) ovSe/ula aXX r) b rfj yXv/cvv zyovcrr) yy\iov. 4. Mr) 
TTOLrjcrr/S tovto. 5. Tbv Srjfiov yJr) diro\vcrr)T€. 6. *Avev 
€VT\rv%[as ovSe/ita Tkyyr) 7rpo? tou? tciv$vvov<z Icryvei. 7. 
Mr) toZ? Evfioia? teal ^irdprr)^ X/Sroi? tou9 TOiyovs 
TToUCKke. 8. r/ Orav Xeyrjs irracpofievos. 6tl c Xttttov koXov 
*hc®> r)\C$tio<s el. 9. El e^ei? d rj/iLV iTrtSel^ac e co? StSafcrov 
icrrcv r) dperrj, fir) (f&ov/jcrr)? dWd eirlSei^ov.* 

a == xpa-erai, from xpW&u ( = xpa-ecd-ai). ui h which contracts at 
into n instead of a. It governs the dat. : xpV^ou rpo<f>y (literally) 
(cibo uti = ) to take (any) food. b oAV (literally ' but than') 



94 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[247, 248 



= nisi or prater after oldth clWos, or ovdds only. e on (that) 

precedes the quoted words of another person, and is then not to be 
translated. d have = have it in your power ; can. e eizL^^ov is 
Imper. Aorist (2nd person), and imdeil-at, Infin. Aorist of imdeiKvwat, 
to show ; to prove. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Do not wonder-at the strength of the giant. 2. 
Do not reproach the just man with the misfortunes 
•sent from the gods. 3. Do not admire external/ 
goods. 4. The soldier's spirit will avail against 4 dan- 
gers. 5. The arts of <he general availed nothing against 
the spirit and experience of the enemy. 6. I am here 
to remove {say : £ that I may remove') them from 
their command. 

f 6 (J], r6) e|o> = external. e{&>, adv. without ; outwardly. 



LESSON XXXIV. 



Optative of Present and Aorist. 
247. In these tenses, the Optative (like the other 
moods) drops the augment of the Indicative. 





Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Infin. 


Present 


co ys y 

COfJLCV r t T€ CQCTL 
VTOV T)TOV 


OLflL GLS OL 
OljieV OLT6 OL€V 
OLTOV OLTT)V 


€LV 


Aorist 


(as Present) 


aLfJLL aLS CLL 
CLLjieV CLLT€ CLLGV 
CLLTOV CLLTTjV 





248. Besides the Aorist Optative in aifu, another is 
_n use (called the JEolic Aorist) in eta. In the second 
and third sing, and third plnr. this is far more com- 
mon than the other form. — etas, ete. — plur. eiav. 



* With accent on penult. 



249—251.] 



OPTATIVE. 
249. EXAMPLES. 



95 



PRESENT. 
Subjunctive. Optative. 

Xv-OlflL 
Xv-OLS 

Xv-oi 

Xv-OlfX6V 
Xv-OLT6 

Xv-otev 

Xv-OLTOV 
Xv-OLTTjV 



Xv-co 
Xv-rjS 
Xv-rj 

Xv-COfJL€V 
Xl)'7]T€ 

Xv-co ctl(v) 

Xv-T]TOV 
Xv-TjTOV 



Subjunctive. 
Xv-aco 

Xv-(T7]S 

Xv-crrj 

Xv-0-CO{JL€V 
Xv-CT7]Te 
Xv-(Ttd(Jl(y) 
Xv-0~7]TOV 

Xv-crr)TOV 



AORIST. 

Optative. 
Xv-craLfjii 

Xv-crais (Xv-o~eia$) 
Xv-aat (Xv-arei€[v]) 
Xv-craijiev 
Xv-cratre 

Xv-<TCLl€V (Xv-(T€iav) 

Xv-craiTov 
Xv-craLTT]V 



So, 



Subjunctive. 



Optative. 



TV7TT-CO, JjS, 

Xiy-co, rjs, 
7reti-co, ns, 



PRESENT. 
&C. 
&C. 

&c. 



&c. 



TU7TT-0LJXL, 01$, 

Xey-oijii, ois, 

7T€L^-OL[JLL, 01$, 

^aVfxd^-OLfJLL, 01$, 



AORIST. 



Xe£-co, 



&C. Tu\jf-cufii, ais, 
&C. Xe£-at/zt, ais, 
&C. TT€Lcr-aLfjLi, ais, 
&C. Sav/xacr-at/xt, ais, 
&c. rifju'icr-aifii, ais, 
(Opt. Aor. also rity-eia, as &c. \e£-€ia } as, 



7T€LO~-CO, T]S } 

Zavfiacr-co, tj$, 

TlfJLT](T-CO, 7]S, 



ot, &C. 

01, &C. 
Ot, &C. 

oi, Slc, 

ai, &c. 
at, &C 
at, &C. 
at, &C 
at, &C. 

&c.) 



250. a) In the Optative (as in the Subjunctive, 
244), the Present refers to a continued or repeat- 
ed action ; the Aorist to a single, definite one. 

6) The Optative (like the Latin Imperfect 
Subjunctive) follows iva, oVcw?, to? (=ut) when 
they depend on an historical tense (242). 

c) £dp f/ Im, oVa)?, co? are followed by fir} (not 
ou), /jL7]8ek (not ovSefc), &c. 



251. Vocabulary 27. 

Talked about every-where, 7rept/3o- 
qro?, oz> : 7T€pL^6r]TOV elvai, to 
he the common talk. 

Quietness, rest, ycrvyia, as, f] : 
Tiav\Lav ayziv, to keep quiet. 



Recompense, punishment, rt/xwpm, 
as, 77. 

Act of impiety, an impiety, aW« 

firjiia, da-e^rjfjLar-os, to. 
Manifest, evident, drjXos, tj, ov. 



96 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[252, 253. 



Place, t6ttos, ov, 6. 

Destitute of, £pr)pos^ iy 3 ov (with 

gen.) : it may be translated 

1 without? 
Possessing a right, nvpios, a. ov : 

Kvpios cifu TToielv tl, I have the 

right to do any thing. 
Windy, full of wind, vTrnvipios, 

ov : v-nnvepiov coov, a ivind-egg, 

which produces no chicken. 
Yesterday, (adv. eras). 
Lycurgus, AvKoipyos, ov, 6. 
To bid, tell, order, KtXev-eiv. 
To remain (in a country, &c), 

KctTapev-eLV- 
Hither, here (== hither), §€vpo. 



To perceive, to discover, Karavoelv 

(== -eeiv). 
To he present, irapeivaL (Imperf. 

rraprjv, r)s, rj, rjpev, rjre, rjcaVy 

tjtov, rjTrjv. Partic. irap&v, ov- 

o~a, ov. Gen. Trapovros, &c). 
To call, Kakelv (= -€eiv) : fat. 

and aor. with e, not rj : icake- 

cro) ; eKaXecra. 
Dinner, beiirvov, ov, to : KaXetv 

im delirvov, to invite to dinner. 
To hove, eK7TL^-€LV. 
To commit a fault, sin, apapTav- 

eiv. 

To seeh, to look for, ^relv (= 

-€€iv) . 



252. 



PARADIGMS. 



p 

Indicative. 
S. elpl €L iarri(y) 
P. icrpev io~T€ elcrl(y) 

D. kcTTOV €0~TUV 


resent. — Elpi, Ian 
Subjunctive, 
a) f)s rj 
u>pev T]T€ &o~l(v) 

T)TOV T-jTOV 


2. 

Optative. 

>t # *r 
€LTJV €17]? €17] 

e'lnpev ei^re eincrav 
and ehv 
e'lrjTOV elrirqv 


Imperfect. — T Hv, I icas. 

Sing. I Plur. Dual. 
rjv rjcr^a rjv rjpev tjtc f)crav v,o~tov rjcrTrjV 
| or 7;crr€ or t)tov or rjrnv 



Exercise 32. 
(Learn Paradigms 41, 42, 43, 45.) 
253. a) Translate into English. 
1. 'Eyco rore, iva fir) TrepL/Sorjros etrjv, r/av^lav rjyov* 
2. H ^VXV VJ e ^ Tac Tificoplav oi (=sibi) rj^eiv rcov ace- 
firjfidrcDV. 3. Mevcov 6 &erra\b^ §77X09 icrrtv 43 cV^u- 
ficov* apyetv, oVa)? TrXelco b \a/x/3 dvrj . 4. Mivcov 6 
@6TTa\b<; $rj\o$ rjv €7rfev/icov TL[iacr^aL, c Xva TrXeico teep- 



OPTATIVE. 



Saivot. 5. $€v^7]$ Trijiirei tov eavrov eppLrjvea vrpo? 
BevocfroovTCi, xeXevcov avrov Kara/jL€LvaL d Trap eavroj 
01/5 ottXitcls expvra* 9 6. 01 rrep&ixe? ov/c iv tco avTco 
tUtovctc koX err co drover iva /xi] rt? tcaTavoi]crr) tov tottov. 

7. ulvKOVpyOS, 07700$ [17] 6p7]/JL0L 7T0T6 e Oi TTal8e$ 6L6V ap- 

^(Ovto^j iiroLrjcre tov del irapovTa tojv tto\Ttcov ( 
tcvpiov elvat KoXd^eiv, eiTL 5 d/iapTavotev. 8. *S2 'ApcaTO- 
Sr] fie, teal %^e? ity]TOvv h ere, Iva /caXeaatpic Sevp" earl 
Selirvov. 9. " Airep (Pdm. 49) avTol <7<£a? aurou? ou/c 
eireicrav, u/xa? eXiri^ovcrL Treicreiv (fut. inJinX 10. Uapi)- 
aav Kal ol piiTopes Iva tov hr)[iov tol? aocpois Xoyots 7ra- 

* = eTri&vfie-ow. pres. particip. (?i0?;i. b Note 7. c = Tip.6.- 

ecr&aL, to be honoured, d remain (Aor. Infin.) : irapa (%) here 

= with. e 7roT6 {ever)) indefinite, is enclitic. epTjfios : gen. f rbv 
twv ttoXltuv ael irapoura = iZtos go; civibus, qui quovis tempore prasens 
csset. In this way aei {semper) = at any given time. Hence 6 ael na- 
pwv ro)v ttoKItwv = any citizen who happened to be present at the time, 
s Xeut. of t\s. apaprdveiv ri = to commit any fault. b == itfre-ov. 

b) Translate into Greek, 

1. They expunged the law, that they might cut-off 
the vexatious-informations. 2. The young-man is ad- 
miring his (own) horse. 3. The boy evidently ad- 
mires 48 the Hoplite. 4. The orators had evidently 
not persuaded even themselves. 5. The orator was- 
there, that he might persuade the people of the Athe- 
nians. 6. The generals were-there. that they might 
sharpen the passions of the people. 7. The peacocks 
lay wind-eggs. 8. Who saw the men from the Piraeus ? 
9. Most men (say : 'the most of men') love honors 
and honorary-privileges. 



5 



98 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[254—257 



LEbSON XXXV. 
Some of the Passive Tenses. 
254. Passive. 
Present. Imperfect. Future. AorisL 

OjJLaL 6fJL7]V ^(TOfiaL ^7]V 

255. The Imperfect and Aorist take the augment ; 
the terminations beginning with will affect the final 
consonant of a mute root, because when two mutes 
come together, they must be of the same order of breath- 
ing (i. e. both smooth mutes, both middle, or both aspi- 
rate). Hence to retain the % we must change the 
final consonant of the root (called the characteristic) 
into the corresponding aspirate. Thus 

any p-sound with = 6% 
any &-sound with ^ = jftr. 

256. Hence, (a) Tpi^-^7](iojxaL = rpi^r](TO}xai, : TrcjiTr-^crojia *= 
7T€fjL(})^7](TojjLaL. — 5 AXcKp-^crofxai requires no change. 

b) Ii\€K-?ir]<roiiai = 7r\€X~^*}°' f JLaL ' ^ey-^cro/zqi = ^Xe^-S^cro- 
pai. — Bpex-%WO}JLcu requires no change. 

c) A Z-souncl before 3 is changed into s. Hence tyevb-Sfja-onai 
= yl/ev(T-%r)(rofjLai : TretS-S^o-o/xat, TreiarSrjcroiAcu. 

257. a) Verbs whose root ends in ttt, kt, £ <t<t, tt, 
are lengthened forms from simpler roots. The final 
consonant of that simpler root is called the true cha- 
racteristic. 

b) The true characteristic of verbs in itt is ap-sound 
(tt, 0, or (/>). 

c) The true characteristic of verbs in kt is a &-sound 
(k, y, or % ). 

d) The true characteristic of verbs in f is usually B 
(a f-sound) : but sometimes a &-sound (235. 2. c). 

e) The true characteristic of verbs in era, tt, is usu- 



258—262.] 



PASSIVE TENSES. 



92 



ally a A-sound : but sometimes a zf-sound (235. 2. d). — 
Hence 

258. a) Verbs in itt follow the _p-soundSj and have 
flit, and aor. (p-^rjao/jLat, cjy-^rjv. 

b) Verbs in kt, and usually those in crcr, tt, follow 
the ^-sounds, and have x-^tjo-o/jlcll, 

c) Verbs in £ usually follow the ^-sounds, and have 
cr^7]cro/jiaL, cr-^rjv. 

d) Verbs in aco, eco, oco, lengthen the characteristic 
vowel j as in the Future Active, by (usually) changing 
a, e, o, into 7], tj, cd, respectively. 

259. EXAMPLES, 

Present. Imperfect. Future. Aorist. 

C Tplfi-ofiaL i-rpifi-oprjv rpL(fi-%r)cropcu i-rpicp-^rjp 

p-SOUnds < TrefiTT-ofJLat i-rrepTT-op-qv Trepcp-^qcropaL i-rrepeb-^qv 

£ TVTTT-opai €-TViTT-6p7]V TV(fi-%r)(ropai €-TV(f)-%r)V. 

C TirkeK-opaL i-7r\eK'6pr]V 7rXex-%r)(ropaL e-7rXe^-S^z/ 
A>SOUnds < Xiy-opai £-Xey-6pr]v Xex^rjcropaL e-Xe^-S^i/ 
( apx~opai rjpx-opTjv apx-^rjcropai rjpx-^v. 

t sounds \ tytvft-opai e-ylrevb-oprjv i\revcr-'Zr)(Topai e-^eucr-S^i/ 
£ neti-opai €'7T€L^-6pr]v 7T€i(T-%r]<ropLai i-Trelcr-^rjv. 
f. %avpa£-opcu e-%avpa£-6pr]v ^avpcKT-^rjaopai i- < ^avpd(T- ( ^r]v. 

S Ta(r(r-ou,ai l-Ta<j(T-6ixr\v ) , , _ 

(rcr, tt < f , y , ' > rav-^ricropaL e-Tav-^-nv. 

( TCLTT'OpCLL €-TClTT-Opr)V \ A / 

260. Pure Verbs : 

(piXe-co (piXovpai* i-cpiXovprjp (piXrj-^rjcropaL £-<f)iXr)-%r]v 

Tipa-co ripcopaif i-TipdoprjV Tiprj-^rjcropai €-Tipr]-%r)v 

$ovX6-co $ovXovpai\ i-dovXovp-qv dovXcQ-?$r]oropai £-§ovXcb-%r]V 

Xvco Xv-opai i-Xv-oprjv Xv-%rjcropai £-Xv-?iT]v. 

261. Note. The verbs whose characteristic is a liquid, have 
more peculiarities, and will be treated of separately. 

262. Terminations : o\xai, both in Present and Fut. } 
as in Pres. of deponent verbs (rj, erai, &c). Cf. 151. 

* = (piKi-opai, i-(pi\e-6pr}v. *f = Tipd-opcu, i-Tip.a-6p.7jv. 

X = dov\6-opat, i-Zov\o-6pv,v. 



100 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[263—266. 



IlVlPERF. ojirjv, ov, ero 

AOR. T)V, T]S, TJ 



o/ieSa, €(r^e, opto 

7]fJL€V, 7]T€ } TJCraV 



6fjL€%ov, ecr^op, ea^rjp 

T)TOP, TjTTJP 



263. Note. The other persons of the contracted forms (ov/ajjv 
wfjLTjv) will not be used at present. 

264. The terminations of the participles are : 
Pres. Fut. Aor. 

ofievos ^rjcrotievos ^rek (cum acuto) 
(^rj<;-)6-fjLevo<z, -fievrj, -fievov, regular 

-^efc, -^elaa, -^ev 3 G. -^evros, &c. (Pdm. 34.) 

265. On the augment of verbs compounded with a 
preposition. 

a) The general rule is, that the augment follows 
the preposition. 

h) The final vowel of the prepositions that end in 
a vowel, is elided, except in ire pi and irpo. TIpo-e is 
often changed by what is called crasis [Note 11] into 
irpov (the breathing being marked over the v) : airo- 
/3aXXco, arr-€-/3aXkov : but irepi-fiaXkay, irepi-e-fiaWov, 
irpo-/3aXk-eo, 7rpo-e-/3aWov = Trpov-/3a\\ov. 

c) The prepositions ev, avv, have often undergone 
a change by being assimilated to the initial consonant 
of the verb according to the following laws : 

p before a p-sound, or becomes /z. 
v before a fc-sound, or becomes y. 
v before a liquid becomes that liquid. 

266. When iv, avv, have been thus assimilated^ 
they will resume their natural form before e. 

(by assimilation) (Imperf.) 

eV-/3aXXco = €jjL-j3aXXco eV-e-/3aXXoi/ 

(rvv~l3dW<o — crvfjL-fiaXkcd crvp-€-(3aXkov 

€P-k\€lco = ey-/cXe/a) ev-e-KXeiov 

iv'X^ — iy-X*** iv-4"X €0V 
iu-fJL€VG) — ifjL-fxevco ip-e-fxevov 

cVXflVo) ass* eX-Xe/7Tft> iv'€-\€l7TOV. 



267, 268.] 



PASSIVE TENSES. 



101 



d) 'Etc will become e£ before a vowel : i/c-fidW-co, 
ijj-i-fiaXKov. 



267. Vocabulary 28. 

To educate, Tratbev-eiv. 

Marsh hill, the hill of the Areopa- 
gus," Apeios irayos ("Apeios = 
Martius). 

Kindly, evfjLtvcbs. 

To receive, vTrobex~ €0 ~^ aL ' 

To worst, K(lld£-€IV. 

The Mede (== Xerxes), 6 MijSos. 
Retreat, dvaxcoprjcris, ecos-, 77. 
Circuit (of walls, &c), TrepljSo- 

Xor, ov, 6. 
Every-where, on all sides, iravra- 

XV ( or Xl)' 

To carry farther out, to extend, 

i£dy-eiv. 

To send down (to a country near- 
er the coast), Kararre p.ir-ziv. 

Satrap, Q-aTpdTrrjs, ov, 6. 

To torture, put to the rack, (3acra- 
vl£-€ip: (fido-avos, touch-stone, 
test; torture.) 

Marriage, ydfLos, ov, 6. 



To keep silence, hold one*s tongue, 

o~Lco7rap (= deiv). 
To dissolve, to destroy (i. e. a form 

of government), KaraXv-e&p. 
Democracy, drjfioKparLa, a?, r\. 
Oligarchy, okiyapxj-a, as, 17. 
To slay, to murder, (j)ovev-ew. 
Tyrant, rvpawos, ov, 6. (In the 

Greek sense, one who ruled 

by his own will, not by law ; 

usually after having obtained 

absolute power in a state that 

ought to be free.) 
Teacher, Siddo-KaXos, ov, 6. 
To be tempest-tossed, to be tossed 

by a storm, xa/ia£-ecr5cu. 
To put in at, land at 7:poo~ixicry- 

€iv (with dat.). 
Tarentum, Tdpas. -avros. 6. 
More quickly, more easily, Sarrov. 
To acquit, dnoXv-eiv. 



Exercise 33. 

268. a) Translate into English. 

1. e O Kvpo? eVa^Seu^ ev to 6? Tlepaoov vo/jlocs. 2. 
\47ro rod 'I\icrcrov & \eyerac 6 Bopeas rr)v *HpefarVLav 
apiracrai • b XeyeraL av fca\ 6 Xoyo?, a>? ^Apeiov irdyov 
r)p7rda^7]. 3. Kafao^evra? vpcas ouSel? evpievcos vrroSe- 
tjercu. 4. Mera rrjv rod MrjSov ava^ojprjcnv fieiycov 6 
Treptfiokos iravrayj] e^rj^rj c tt}9 t&v ' A^rjvamv iroXecos 
5. Kvpo? /car-€-7re/ji(})^7] viro rov Trarpbs aarpdirr]<; AvZla% 
re fcal $pvyw$ koI KaTrira&OKia?. 6. *Ap ovk eftaaavl- 



102 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



a^rrjorav ol SovXol ; 7. Trjv ev 'Eperpia oXiyapylav ttjv 
tcov Irrirecov Aiayopas §/) 43 fcarekvaev dSi/crj^eh irepl yd- 
[xov. 8. c O KpLTTjs vfiptcr^els V1TO tovtov ov aicoira. 9. , 

"E/CTcop vtto rod 'A^tXXeco^ ecpovev^rj. 10. Too dSeX- 
cpco virb rod avTOV ScSacrKaXov e7racSev^n]T7]v. 11. IToX- 
Xal Syfiofcparlac vtto tcov Tvpdvvcov /caTeXv^rjo-av. 12. 
Wevcr^tfcro/jLcu tcov eXTrlScov. 13. f O TvXlttitos X ei l ia ' 
cr^el? 6 9 tci fJidXLCTTa 6 - rep TdpavTt irpoafJilcryeu 14. 
El vvvl crov e dfcovcras iX^elv f TreLCT^rjaoiiaL, ttoXv ^ccttov 
V7T avTOV /cal ttoXlv eX^relv TreccfetfcrofjLCii. 15. Ol tov 
{3l{3Xlo7TcoXov SovXoi efiacraviCpvTO. 

a The Missus, sl river in Attica. For the fable of Boreas and Ori- 
thyia, see Keightley's Mythol. b = to have carried off. c pel- 

fav i^vx^ 7 !- ^ ?ms carried out larger, i. e. was carried further out, and 
so became larger. Hence fieifav is a proleptic (= anticipative) predi- 
cate ; as in ^ eya s rjv^-fi^rj (' w?#s increased great 1 =) ^rgw great. 

d The adv. fidKio-ra (= maxime) is here used adverbially with the 
article and Translate, ' extreme violence,'' 1 most violently.'' 

c <to0 ; gen. after aKoveiv = to listen to (an adviser). f i\&e?v, to go. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. O slaves, you will be examined-by-torture. 2. 
His slaves having been examined-by-torture, he will be 
acquitted. 3. You were both taught by the same mas- 
ter. 4. You will all be insulted by these persons. 5. 

1 will not be persuaded to do this/ 6. The Mede was 
disappointed of his expectation. 7. Gylippus, being 
seized by the wind, is carried-out to sea. 8. The gar- 
lands shall be woven. 9. The slaves of Xenophon 
were insulting the wise geometer. 10. We were all 
taught wisdom by the same teacher. 



269—272.] 



MIDDLE VOICE. 



103 



LESSON XXXVI. 

Middle Voice. 

269. Besides the Active and Passive Voices, the 
Greek language has a Middle Voice, which denotes an 
action (1) done by the agent to himself ; or (more com- 
monly) one which (2) he does for his own benefit : or 
(3) gets done for his own benefit. 

The relation, however, to oneself is often much more distant and 
obscure. 

Middle verbs may be considered Deponents, when their middle 
force is so slight, that they appear to have the simple meaning of 
active verbs. 

Obs. The Middle Voice does not belong to all the verbs that are 
capable of receiving the meanings just mentioned.— The pupil must 
never assume its existence without authority. 

270. £C3= It is only for the Futures and Aorists 
that the Middle Voice has forms of its own. For the 
Present, Imperfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect, it does 
not differ in form from the Passive. 

271. Such Middle Verbs as may be considered De- 
ponents, are divided into 

1. Deponents Middle = those with Future and 

Aorist of the middle form. 

2. Deponents Passive = those whose Aorist is of 

the passive form ; their Future is mostly of 
the middle form. 

272. The terminations of the Future and Aor. Mid- 
dle are (for all but liquid verbs : see 274) : 

FUT. AOR. 

Indie. crofxai crdfirju 

Infin. crecrSat crao-Zai 

Particip. crofievos crdfievos 



104 



FIE. ST GREEK BOOR. 



[273—276 



273. These terminations are appended like crco, aa, 
in the Active (141) ; the Aor. taking the augment (123, 
124) in the Indicative, but not in the Moods and Parti- 
ciple. 



fieTa-77e [1770 fiat 

d\€L(f)0{jLai 
tovX6-ojj.aL 
Xovoficu 



\i.sra-77z\i^\ro\xai 
Xovcrofiai 



fjLer-e-77€fiy^dii7jv 

rfXei^lsdfjLrjv 

€-dov\coo~d}ir)v 

i-\ovo~d[XT]v 



Both for Act. and Mid. a after any of the letters in pei (i. e. p. e, 
or is lengthened into a (not 77) ; but xpao/zeu, xpncopiai, is an ex- 
ception. 'AKpodopaL makes aKpodcropai. 

274. Verbs whose roots end in a liquid, have for 
the, terminations of the Fut. and Aor. Mid. ovfiai and 
dfjLTjv, the radical vowel being shortened in the Future 
and lengthened in the Aorist. as in the Active Voice 
(237). 

275. The terminations of the Fut. Indie, (except 
for liquid verbs) are the same as those of the Present 
Indie. (151). 



Imperf. 



Aor. 



ofirjv 

ojie^ov 
(cr^diirjv 
(cr) a/xeSa 
(cr)a/xe~ov 



ov 

ecr~ov 
(ct)cd 
(cr) acr~€ 
(cr'acr'Zov 



€70 
OPTO 



(o-)aro 

(o~;avro 

(o~)do-%7]V 



276. The Fut. of the liquid verbs is : 









OVfJLCll 
OVp&QV 


y or a 


etrac 




oivrai 




elcrZop 



277.] 



MIDDLE VOICE. 



105 



277. Vocabulary 29. 

(Learn iXvoprjv. \vo~opai. 

Provide myself with, 7rapacrK€vd£- 
ofiai (77apa<jK€vd£-<D, to prepare, 
provide). 

Enslave to myself subjugate, §ov- 
XoipaL (== dov\6-o}jLai) : dovXco 
riva rco /3acriXet. 

To wage icar (from one's own 
resources, &c), jroXepov ttol- 
eto-Sat : Trokepov Troiiiv = to 
cause a war. 

<noido-~ai, 1) sibi fa cere ; 2) sibi 
faciendum curare ; 3) putare, 
credere ; e. g. in deivov 7tol€l- 
aftai, to think it a terrible thing. 

To make it for oneself (i. e. in 
one's judgment) of less value 
than= to think any thing of less 
importance than, rrcpl eAarro- 
vos T70u1cr~a.i tl. 

(I give myself to taste =) I taste 
(of), gen. yeuoftai. Teveiv = 
to give another to taste. 

T wash (myself), \ov-opai. 

To anoint myself dXel^o-^aL. 

To brighten, to polish, Xapirpvv- 
etv : \ap7rpvv-eo~%ai, to polish 
(any thing of one's own). 

To cease, leave off, Trav-eo-^ai 
(irav-cc, stop another, make to 
cease) . 

To begin (to do any thing, i. e. 

by applying my own strength. 

&c), apx-to-tai. 
I advise a person, crvp^ovXcvco 

tlvl : 1 consult with him, o-u/x- 

fiovXevopai tivi. 

* 1 5* 



iXva-dprjv. Paradigm 58.) 

(Give counsel to myself =) de* 
termine, resolve, /Sovkev-opat. 

(I make trial of myself =) try, 
endeavor, Treipd-opai. 

I hide, conceal myself aTTOKpvTTT- 
opai ( ipavrov, Plat. ) : also, 
(nearly as in the Act.) to hide, 
conceal. 

To go through, relate, binyi-opai. 

To revenge myself on, to punish, 
ripcDpe-opai. 

To serve in the field, to serve, to 
march, crrparev-opaL. 

To strike, nai-eiv : Mid. if to strike 
part of oneself. 

T/iigh, firjpos, ov, 6. 

Shield, dairls, do-irlS-os, 77. 

Companion, iraipos, ov, 6. 

To transgress, Kapafialv-eiv. 

Jail, Icttlov, ov, to. 

Rudder, Trrjbukiov, ov, to. 

Pilot, KvftepvTjTrjs, ov, 6. 

To ward off, dpvv-eiv : Mid. to 
ward off from one's self; also 
to revenge oneself upon any bo- 
dy (acc. of person : on account 
of or for any thing, vnep twos). 

To enjoin, to command, cVreXX- 

To rush, oppau (= -aetv.) 

(To show forth from oneself = ) 
to declare, drrocpaLv-eo'^aL. 

I prepare, Ka-ao-KevdfrcD : I pre- 
pare for myself = I build, 1 
equip (vessels), Karacr/ceuaf- 
opai. 



106 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[278 



£y (1) A middle verb may take a reflexive pronoun, ejuavr^ 
-6v, kavru). -6v. &c. (2) The Active may be used with the reflexive 
pron. : ffcpdrreiv kavroy. 

Exercise 34. 
278. a) Translate into English. 
1* TeXa/ichv 6 Ala/cov [le^r 'Hpa/cXeovs eVl Aaofie- 
Sovia €(7TpaT€V(ja70. 2. 'OXiyov 3 - irpb tcov Mtjolkcov* 
fcal tov Aapelov ^avarov, o? fiera Katifivarjv Ueporwv 
ifSacrLXevcrev, ol Trepl ttjv XiKeXlav Tvpavvou rptrjpecs 
fcarecr/cevdcravTQ. 3. Tlpcorov Sirjy?]craa^ai fiovXoficu ra 
irpa^evra rfj TeXevTaia ■rjfiipa. c 4. Ovk iya) ore 
aTTOtcrevo), dXX 6 t?7? 7roXeo)? vo/ao?, op av Trapafialvcov 
Trepl ek&TTOVOS toov rjSovcbv eiroirjorco. 5. Ovhev diroKpv- 
tydjievos arravra Swjyrjcro/Aat vjuv ra TreTrpay/xeva. 6. 
IleipdaofxaL /xe'Sr' v[io)v d tov avopa TL/icopyjcracr^ac. 7. 
ndvre? eXovcravTO. 8. Eh fiaXaveiov rjfcco Xovcro/jievo?. 50 
9. Tavr dfcovcras 6 Kvpos iTraicraro top firjpov. 10. f O 
Kvpos Trdcrav ty]V "Ac lav KaT-e-crTpeyfraTo. 11. ^Ayi<$ 
ovk etc Trapepyov 6 tov iroXefiov eTroirjcraTO. 12. 01 aTpa- 
TiooTac ekaiAirpvvovTO ra? dcrTrlSas. 13. 'Ev tS e^co r 
6fji(p rj\el<f>ovTO eTatpoi re Tive^ avTOv teal avTo$. 14. 

Ol TToXtTai TOU? TToXejJLLOVS V7T€p TToXXcOV dBtfC7]/ldTCDV 

dfivvovvTac. 15. r O o-TpaTrjyo? toIs CTpaTidoTats eVere/- 
XaTO iirl tou? TroXejilovs bpybr\crau 16. 'O KptTrjs ttjv 
yvco/irjv dire^rjvaTO. 

a a little. b T £ WLifiuzd (the Median affairs =) the Persian 

invasion. c Dat. of time : eV is expressed when there is no adjec- 
tive or other attributive. d with you = with your assistance, 
* 4k irapepyov troie?(T&cu : to make it a, bye-business ; to treat it as a thing 
of little (or secondary) importance. f 6 e£co (= exterior), tlie outer. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The enemy will march against our city. 2. We 
will deliberate about the safety of the citizens. 3. The 



279 280.1 



INDICATIVE. MIDDLE. 



107 



Greeks marched against the Persians. 4. All men 
wish to taste of honor. 5. The pilot provided himself 
with sails and rudders for his ships *that were good 
for nothing. 6. His companions having anointed-them- 
selves are coming hither. 7. The Mede will not en- 
slave Europe. 8. After he had washed, 58 the children 
were brought 11 to 29 him. 9. We will declare our 
opinions. 10. We revenged ourselves on the Lacedae- 
monians for their invasion of Attica. 

§ ship, vavs : see Irregular Substantives, ISTote 9. ^ <p£p€iv 

(ferre), to bring (= carry), has irreg. aor. pass, rivex&yv. See List 
VII., Pdm. 74. 



LESSON XXXYII. 

™Av with Imperfect and Aorist of the Indicative. 

279. The particle av has a conditional force (== si 
forte). With the Imperfect Indicative this particle is 

usually translated by 1 would the Aorist Indie. 

by 6 would have 

280. But sometimes the Imperfect with av is trans- 
lated by 1 would have This is when continu- 
ance or repeated occurrence at a past time is to be inti- 
mated. 

e-\v-ov av, solverem (I would loosen). 
e-Xvcr-a av, solvissem {I would have loosened). 

1. el e/eeXeue?. eirolovv av (si juberes, facerem), if 
you ordered me, I would do it. 

2. el ifceXevcras, eVo/970-a av (si jussisses, fecissem) 
if you had ordered me, I would have done it. 



108 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[281,282; 



3. el fir) ifceXevaaSy ov/c av iiroLrjcra (nisi jussisses, 
lion fecissem), if you had not ordered ?ne ) I would not 
have done it. 

Obs. (a) that the Aor. with ec is rendered by the English Pluper- 
fect : (b) that 1 noV with ei is 
On the place of av, see Xote 10. 

2S1. Vocabulary 30. 



To care for \ Krfi-ecrZai. 

To be on one's guard, cj)v\drr- 
ccrZai (cavere) : iroiiiv tl, Iam 
on my guard against doing any 
tiling ; I am careful not to do 
it. 

To deprive (acc. of person, gen. 
of thing) j (Itt o crre p-elv (= -Uiv) . 

To hinder. Kcokv-ew. 

Consideration, reputation, digni- 
ty, d^loDfia, -aros, to. 

To differ, biafap-eiv : hence (to he 
disiing u ish ed fa v or abl jfro in =) 
to excel, to surpass (gen. of per- 
son, acc. of thing, or ev nw). 

Dreadful, terrible, deivos, fj, op. 

To value, Tifxao-ZaL (= -aecrSfat) : 
irLprjcrdprjP au irpo ttoWcov XP 7 ]" 
fiarcov, answers to our 6 1 would 
have given a great deaV (lit. 
^ would have valued beyond 
much money')* 

So large, tv\ikovto? (tantus), 
Pdm. 52. 



To be able, bvvacr^ai (irreg. inf.) 
= posse, with adjectives of 
quantity (like -nullum, plus, 
minus, tantum valere, &c.)> 
= 4 to have much (more, so 
much) power.' 

Sophist, cro<pio~Trj$, ov, 6. 

To conquer, Kpar-eiv (= -zeiv) % 
with gen. 

To wall in, to wall round, t^C" 

ro-Sac : epvpa (lit. to wall 

round a stronghold =), to con- 
struct a fortified camp. 

Brazier, coppersmith, ^aX/coru- 

770?, OV, 6. 

Worker in iron, blacksmith, cridrj- 

p€VS, €CQ£, 6. 

Worker in leather, shoemaker, 
saddler, crKvrevs, ecos, 6. 

To work, perform, epydg-eaZat 
(== operari) : it changes e into 
€L in the augmented tenses. 

Workshop, ipyao~Tr]piov, ov, to. 

Carpenter, t^ktccv, -opos. 6. 



Exercise 35. 

282. a) Translate into English. 

1. El tl ifiov i/crjSov, ovSsvbs av ovTcos pi? airoare^ 
petv efyvXarrov , co? a^ioopLaro? teal Tififfi, 2. El firj 
fyxeft i/ccoXvere, e7ro pev of^e^a av hfi fiacrikia. 3. El 



INDICATIVE. MIDDLE. 



109 



To €%€iv ovTCD$ y cocnrep to Xafjbfidveiv, rjSij rjVy itoKv av 
Ste(f>€ pov evSaifiovia oi ifKovcnob tcov TrevrjTtov. 4. ( 
*&dvaro5 ovSev Sewov, eVel* /cat XcoKpdret av e<paivero. 
5. irpb ttoWwv av ^prj/jbdrcov er l fjurjcr dfjurjv Trjkt- 

kovtov Svvacr^at rrjv fyikoaofyiav, oaov oi cro<ptcrTal \ey ov- 
er tv. 6. El fir] jJid^rj efcpdrrjaav, to epvjia tc3 aTpaTOirkZco 
ov/c av €T€L%LaavTO. 7. 01 yakKOTViroi teal oi t6kto- 
V€$ Ka\ oi ctSrjpets zeal crtcvTeis teal ypacfyels irdvT^ 7ro\e- 
[Jbifcd oifKa tcaT€cnceva£ov &ctt€ ttjv ttoKlv ovtco? r)jrjaco 
av iroXe/JLov ipyacrTrjptov elvat. 8. Oi 7ral8e$ irpb^ cf)tXo- 
C70§iav apLcrTa h eirathev^rjaav. 9. Kovvos 6 M7]Tpo/3tov 
i/jiov fcd/cTov* iTratSev^rj* 10. K\e6(j)avT0$ 7roWd /cal 
^avfiaaTa eipyd&TO, a 6 iraTrjp avTov eirathevcraToS 

a eVei, since; a conditional clause is implied: since if it were 
so; or, 1 since otherwise;' 1 else. 1 *> Neuter adj. 'dpio-ros, best: 

kgckiW, worse. Neuter Adjectives are often used adverbially : the ply,- 
ral of the superlative is the more common ; the singular of the compa- 
rative. c The Middle Voice sometimes means to get a thing 
done (269, 3). Hence -Kafievecr&ai = to have a person taught (erudien- 
dum curare). The Aor. has here the force of Pluperf. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. In this way (outo)?) you would have been 
well trained to virtue. 2. Let them rejoice in being 
trained to virtue. 3. Let no one suppose you to say, 
that we ought to look to advantage, and not to what 
is just. 1 4. If we had not been excellently trained 
up to virtue, we should not ever have conquered oui 
desires. 5. If these things were true, I should nol 
hinder you. 

d rb Mkcuov. 



110 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[283—287, 



LESSON XXXVIII. 

283. Moods of Present Pass, and Mid. First Aorist 

Middle. 



Indicative. 
Pres. Xu-o/xat 

AOT. €-\v(T-dfJLT]V 



Imper. 


Subjunc. 


Optative. 


Infinitive. 


Xv-ov 


Xv-cojxaL 


\v-OLfXT]V 

Xvc-alfXT]!' 




Xvcr-ai 


\vo--cofiai 


Xvcr-atr'Sai 



Participle. 
Xv-ojievos 
Xw-dfievos 



Indicative. 
S. Xv-ojxai 
Xv-rj 
Xv-erai 

P. Xv-ofJL&a 
Xv-eo-%e 
Xv-ovrai 

D. Xv-6fi&ov 
Xv-ecr^op 
Xv-ea^ov 



PRESENT. 
Imperative. /Subjunctive. 



Xv-ov 

Xv-€(T%(D 



Xv-eo~%€ 
Xv-ecr^ooo-av 
or Xv-€o~%cdv 

Xv-earSov 
Xv~eo-%cQV 



Xv-cofxat 
Xv-rj 
Xv-tjtcli 

Xu-a>/xe3a 

Xv-7](T%€ 

Xv-covrai 

Xv-0L>jJL6%OV 
Xv-7]0~%OV 

Xv-rjcr^ov 



Optative. 
Xv-oifxrjv 
Xv-olc 

Xv-OITO 

Xv-OlfJL€%a 

Xv-OHT%€ 

Xv-OLVTO 

Xv-OLJJL€%OV 
Xv-OLO-%OV 

Xv-oloStjv 



284. (First) Aorist Middle (in liquid verbs without <?). 



Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


€-Xv'CrdfJL7]U 




Xv-CTCDfJLCll 


Xv-cralyL-qv 


i-Xv-(rco 


Xv~o~ai 


Xv-crj 


Xv-aato 


i-Xv-aaro 


Xv-o-do-%a> 


Xv-crrjrai 


Xv-o~aLTO 


e-Xu-o-ajueSa 


Xu-cracr3e 


Xv-(TO)fX€?Sa 


Xv-o~ai[JL€%a 


i-Xv-craa^e 


Xv-o~rjo-%e 


Xv-(raicr%€ 


i-Xv-cravTO 


Xv-crdo-^cDcrav 


Xv-arcovraL 


Xv-o-aivro 




or Xv-o~do~%a)v 






i-Xv-crdfi&ov 


Xv-craor^ov 


Xv-arco/JLe^ov 


Xv-aal/JLe^ov 


i-Xv-cracr^ov 


Xv-o-qo-^ov 


Xv-araio~%ov 


i-Xv-crdo-%r]V 


Xv~<rdo~%oc>v 


Xv-(TT](T^OV 


Xv'(raio-^rjv 



285. 13^* BouAo/xcu (yelle) and ofyuat (putare) take ei (not 77) in the 
second singular of the Present Indicative. 

286. The Optative, in principal sentences, stands 
in wishes (whence the name Optative) : Xv-ol/jlc, may 
I loosen (habitually) : Xva-ac^c, may I loosen (once). 

287. With efee (=utinam) the Optative refers to 



288,289.] FIRST AORIST MIDDLE. Ill 

the present ox future, the Aorist Indicative to the past t 
which, being past, is unalterable. 

etSre Xv-otev, Xva-atev (utinam solverent), would that 

they would loosen. 
€i^€ eXvcrav (utinam solvissent), would that they 

had loosened. 



288. Vocabulary 31. 

To be benefited^ to derive advan- 
tage, ax^eXeto-Sat (= e-ecr^at). 

A fed animal, (36o~KT]jJia, ~cltos, to. 
Plur. cattle (as fed for the 
butcher). 

To make rich, tt\ovtl^-€lv : pass. 
to grow rich or be enriched. 

Ungrateful, dxapurros, ov. 

Elder (= senior), an aged per- 
son, 7rp€cr^VT€pos, ov, 6. (A 
compar. adj.) 

Brother, a6VX<£o'?, ov, 6. 

To receive, cnro§£x-*o~^ ai " 

Flute, av\6s, ov, 6. 

If (with subj.), lav (= et av). 

Native, national, iyx&pios, ov. 



To work, Zpya£-ecr%ai. 

To go, epx-eaZai. 

Quiet, T)o-vxps, ov. 

To be concealed from, escape the 

notice of, Xav^av-uv (latere), 

with acc. 
To rail at, XoLdopelaZai ( = 

e-eo-Sat)} with dat. 
Middle, in the middle, fxecros, tj, op 

(medius). 
To be poor, rriv-zo-^ai. 
To do, fare, irpaTT-eiv (with adv.) : 

ev TrpaTTtiv, to fare well, to be 

prosperous. 
To delight, fjd-eo~%ai (delectare). 
To think, ot-€<rSai. 



Exercise 36. 

289. a) Translate into English. 

1 . 'HSea^cQ vtto Xoycov axfoeXovfjbevos 6 veos. 2. My- 
Sek olea^fco fie Xeyeiv, a>? ean Sifcaioavvrj SiSa/crov. 3. 
El dirb ^oo-ktj/jAtcov oiec Becv irXovTi^eo^ai, tcov fiocrfcr]- 
fjLCLTOov eTrt/JbiXov. 4. Aeivbv Tot? 7rpecr/3vTepoL<; XocSoprj- 
aao^fai. 5. 'O /SacriXev? ivUrjae tou? reXcovovs avro% 
67T avrovs crTparevcrdfjLevos. 6. Tevvai(£>5 fiasco fie^a irepl 
tt}? Trarplhos. 7. * Avaytcalov iari rbv vlbv irefoea^aL too 
TTarpl. 8. IIoXXol dya^ol irevovrai. 9. Nojiois rol? 



112 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[290. 



iy)£C0pioL<; eVecr^at koXov eartv. 10. Mr) diroBe^ov rcov 
</)l\cdv tou? 7rpo? ra <j>av\d gov yapi^o\ikvov^. 11. "Eica- 
<tto? r\(ivyo<$ /JLecrrjv rr)v 6Sbv ip^icr^rco. 12. 01 ttoXltcli 
to?? vo/jLols 7T€L^r6(j^rcDV. 13. Too d8e\(j)cb jjbou eirea^fov. 
14. El fiovXeu fcaXcos nrpdrreiv, ipyd^ov. 15. 'Eav 
/3ov\rj fcaXoos irpdrreiv, ipyd^ov. 16. WevSofievos ovSeh 
"Xanfcavei iroXvv yjpovov. .17. 01 AaK&aijiovioi /xer av- 
Xcov icrrparevovTO. 18. E'fae irdvres dvev 6pyr}$ fiovXev- 
oivto. 19. Avo fcaXcb Xititoo eh ttjv ttoXlv rjXavvea^rjv. 
20. 'Edv irevrj, okiyoi ^>l\ol. 21. E'foe rrjv yvcofir]v teal 
ay dirocprjvaLo. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. If (iav) the soldiers fight courageously, they will 
be admired. 2. Sons should obey their fathers. 3. Let 
not an ungrateful man be deemed a friend. 4. Would 
that you would go -on -the -expedition yourself! 5. 
Would that the king had himself marched against the 
Geloni ! 6. Let us obey {say : 1 follow') the laws of 
the state. 7. Let nobody rail-at an aged °man. 8. 
Let nobody rail-at this old man. 



LESSON XXXIX. 

Moods of Aorist Passive^ and Flit. Pass. 

290. Indie. Imp. Subj. Opt. Inf. Particip 
r\v rfirt, 6) eirjv r)vau ek 



291—294.] 



AOR. PASS. FUT. PASS. 



US 



291. EXAMPLES. 



Indicative, Imperative. Subjunctive. 



Optative. 



FUTURE. 

\v~%T}croiiai (none.) (none.) Xu-^crcu'/^f 

FIRST AOR. 

\v-%g> Xv-^elrjv 

\v-%r)TL Xv-^rjs Xv-%€IT]S 

\v-%r]TCD Xv-%rj Xv-^eirj 



e~Xv-%rj 



P. €-\v-%r]iAev \v-%o)[jl€V \v-%€LrjfA€V, -SeTuez/ 

i-\v-%T](rav XvSrjTcocrav Xv-%cq(ti(p) Xv-^elrjo-av, -Seief 
or -^ivrodv 

D. e-Xv-ZrjTov Xv-^-qrov Xv-^r/Tov Xv-^eirjrov. -Setroz/ 

i-Xv-^rrfV Xv-^r]T(DV Xv-^rjrnv Xv-'SeirjTrjv, -^eirrjv 



292. AvoLjjLi av, solvam. \vGai\u av, solvam, solve- 
rim : both in English, I would, should, or (sometimes) 
may, might loosen. This Optative with av is often 
used (as credam, crediderim, &c. in Latin) to give a 
courteous tone of doubt and diffidence to an opinion 
positively entertained. It is often translated by the 
future : \voi[ii av, I will loosem 

293. The Present Optative with av denotes a continued or re- 
peated action ; the Aorist Optative a single, definite one, considered 
by itself, and without any intimation of its duration. 

294. In dependent sentences, the Present and Fu- 
ture are regularly followed by the Subjunctive ; the 
Historical tenses usually by the Optative (but with 
many exceptions). Mav^dvopbev (lAa^rjao fiesta) iva (&>?, 
oncost) 7rai$ev(D/jLs^a (TracSev^co/jbev), discimus (discemus) 
ut erudiamur {eruditi simus) ; ifjuav^dvo/jiev (Aor. ifid* 
*&ouev*) iva {&$, ottcos) irai^evoifxe^a (7raiSev^€Li]fi€v)^ 
discebamus (didicimus), ut erudiremur {eruditi esse- 
mus). Just so : idv {prav) jbLav^dvrjre, TraiSevecr^e {irai- 



* epc&ov is what is called a Second Aorist from jxav&avu (List IV. 
Pdm. 74) : its fut. is of Mid. form, /jLa&r}<rofj.aL. 



114 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[295—293. 



Sev^rfcrecr^e), si (quum) discaiis (discitis), erudimim 
[erudiemini) ; but ei {pre) [xav^savoiev, hra&evovTO, si 
[quum) discerent (discebant), erudiebantur. 

295. The Subjunctive and Optative of the Aorist, 
when connected with particles of time and condition, 
and with the relative used indefinitely or hypothetically 
(when, that is. who == whoever, whosoever, or if any 
one), answer to the Latin futurum ex actum : eav, orav, 
os av fia^ry, eio-erai, si, quum, qui (= quicunque) didi- 
cerit, intelliget * elirev ore, el, ore, o? /id^ot, eirurrqirerai 
(or eiTLo-TrjaoLTo), dixit, si, quum, qui (= quicunque) 
didicisset, intellecturum esse. 

296. The pupil should observe that, in the exam- 
ples just given (which are intended for his imitation), 
the relative 6V, and the adverbs of time (ore) and condi- 
tion (el), take av when they are connected with the 
Subjunctive : and that the ei and ore are combined 
with this av, and thus assume the forms eav, orav. So 
irrei, eireihr] [quum, postquam), coalesce with av into 
the forms eirdv or hrr\v> and eiveihdv. The av does not 
-coalesce with ottov, where : oiroi, ichither, &c. 

297. The force added by av to relative pronouns 
and particles (see Note 10), is that of the Latin -cunque, 
the English -ever, -soever. Thus ottov av o-rparoTreSev- 
covrao (= where they encamped, if haply they did en- 
camp = ) wherever they encamped. — With the Optative 
without av they have this force in such sentences as 
those in 295. 



298. Vocabulary 32. 

To throw around themselves, to 
surround themselves with, ircpi- 
gaXk-eaZai. To entrench them- 
selves, 7re pifi dXheo-Zai rdeppov. 



To encamp, oTparo7re&eve(r3ai. 

Trench, rd<ppos, ov, 
Multitude of hands or of icorfa 
men, TroXu^etpta. as, fj* 



299. J 



AOR. PASS. 



FUT. PASS. 



115 



Easily, evrrercbs. 

Naturally, reasonably, cIkotcds. 
Cowardly, deikos, fj, ov. 
Absurdity, akoyla. as, rj. 
I asked, qpofivv. See epopai, List I. 
Exemption (from taxes, &c), 

areXeia, as, 77. 
To compel, avaym^-eiv. 
Quiet, fjorvxla, as, To keep 

quiet, i](jv^[av e^et^. 
To converse, 6\a\ey-ecrSat (with 

dat.). 

Younger, veurepos- a, ov. 

I sail, take a voyage, irXe-co (Aor. 

€-7r\eu-o-a) . 
A seed (of a pomegranate, &c), 

KOKKOS, OV, 6. 



Pomegranate, poid, as, 17. 

To open, dvoly-ecv. 

I said, cIttov (-es, -e). 

To judge, pronounce a judicial 

sentence, Kplv-eiv. 
To be icorsted, ^rr-acrSat (= a« 

ttrSai). 
To leave, \e'nr-€Lv. 
Supreme, valid, Kvpios, a, ov. 
To hold an (apx 7 ?) °jfi ce or ma * 

gistracy, apx-etv. 
Wealth, ttXovtos, ov, 6. 
Receptacle, grave, ^i]kt], rjs, fj. 
To move, to disturb, Kiv-fiv (= 

-hiv) . 

Insatiably desirous (not to be Jill' 
ed), aTrkrjOTos, ov (with gen.). 



Exercise 37. 

Obs. In Example 4, rav&\ cv&, are for ravra. ovre. The short 
final vowel being elided by apostrophe, the smooth mute (t) is changed 
into the aspirate (&), because the next word begins with an aspirated 
rowel. 

299. a) Translate into English. / 

1. 01 f3dp,8apot, oirov av arpaTorrehevcovTai, rdfypov 
irepiBaXKGVTai einrerSt? 8id tjjv irdkv^eipiav. 2. Ovtc av 
elfcorcos SeiXo? vofii^ovro 6 toiovtos ; 3. TIdKkr} av ako- 
yla ec7), el cj)oj3oLTO & rbv ^dvarov 6 toiovtos. 4. Tav^r 
C6? ov rrapd rbv vofiov early, ovr av 'AvSporlcov €)£oi h 
Xeyeiv, ov^ vpuel^ ireLG^elrjTe. 5. l H8eoj<; av eycoye 
epo lp,r)v 5i AeTTTLvr/v, rfe avrrj rj drekecd ecrTLV* 6. '12- 
crfcoTTOvv [= i-afcoTre-ov] rlv av rporrov 19 rjcrv^lav eyeiv 
'A^rjvoSoipo? dvayfcaa^eirj. 7. 01 dv^pcdiroi tovtol? jiid- 
Xicrra e^ekovat Trefoea^ai, ou? av c rjycovrat, (Sekri- 
cttovs elvat. 8. El vedtrepos r)V, ovx av eincTTokrjV eirepL- 
iroV) aXX! auTo? av aoi irkevaa^^ ivrav^a Sceke^rjv. 9. 



116 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Aapelos poiav pLeyaXrjv avol^as,* ttv^o/jlevov* tlvo? tl ai> 
e^eiv /3 ov\o n o toctovtov, oaov earl tSw kqkkwv to irkfj- 
^o?, e67T6 ■ ZcoiTvpovs ' rjv Be = dv?]p aya^o? kcu cfuXo? 
Zcorrvpo^. 10. Kav j3aaCKev^ tl Trpoa-rd^rj Kplvcu to)P 
/JL7] hiKCimv, ov KpLvov[iev. 

a = <po$e-oiTo. b exew sometimes = to have in ones power, 

to be able. c We should render tovtois . . . ovs far ... by ; those 

whom; 1 but the meaning is. those, whoever they may be, whom: in 
Latin, par ere iis, quos patent (not quos put ant). d jrAe-et* 

(navigare) makes Aor. eTrXeucra. e having opened . . . ijyu^a. Aor. 

ofavolya} (in the more classic Greek Aor. cve^s). f xu^oft€roy ; 

having asked. 'Ewv^efiTjp is a Second Aorist from irvvbdvoiiai. List IV. 

§" In Latin, erai autem Zopyrus. &c. wra should use ; tumc {Zopyrus 
was . . .)/ — See oei\6s. toioitos. Pdm. 52. Give iw/f. and .-W. (J.;:,) 
of vo}al£qi. and go through them. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. We will do this, that all the citizens may obey 
the laws. 2. We did this, that all the citizens might 
obey the laws. 3. If the Greeks are worsted 
(p)* none will be left [Opt, with dv). 4. If you punish 
those who commit-injustice (p). your laws will 
be good and supreme. 5. If you do not punish the 
boy. he will be wicked. 6. How would the soldiers 
march ? 7. It is necessary, wherever °men hold-office 
from • their wealth, that this should be an oligarchy. 

8. If you were not a bad man. and insatiably-desirous 
of wealth, you would not disturb the graves of the dead. 

9. He h said that the barbarians, wherever they en- 
camped, easily entrenched their camp by reason 
of {hid, c. acc.) their multitude-of-hands. 10. Would 
you wish to injure rather than to be injured? 

h See Example 1 in a ; hut make the change as in 295 : entrenched 
may be either Present Optat. or Present Indicative. 

* (p) means that the preceding clause is to be translated by a par* 
HdpTe. 



300—305.] 



PERFECT ACTIVE. 



117 



LESSON XL. 

Perfect Active. 

300. Reduplication.'] The Perfect takes a redupli- 
cation, when the verb can receive one. 

301. The reduplication is a syllable prefixed, made 
up of the initial consonant of the verb and e (tvtt, re- 
tvtt). But if the verb begins with an aspirate mute, 
the smooth mute of the same organ is used for the redu- 
plication : (pevy, rrecpevy. 

302. The Perfect does not take the reduplication, 
but the simple augment instead of it, when the verb 
begins with p : with a double consonant (32) ; with 
two consonants not being a mute and liquid : or with 
yv s y\ pk. 

yj/a\\-. i-^j/aW-. yvcD-. i-*/vco-. /^r?^-. i-fivrjfi-. 

a) Of those in ,3X, 3\dTTroo, ^Xaacprjueco. and sometimes fiXao-Ta- 

vcd. take the reduplication. 

b) Those beginning with yk now and then take the reduplica- 

tion. y\{(pcc. yiyXufifuu. — ey\vfljuu is more classical. 

303. When the Perfect does not take a reduplica- 
tion, it takes an augment : tyre-co, i-gyTrj-Ka, 

[JJP The reduplication or augment of the Perfect remains through 
the moods and, in the participle. 

304. When the Perfect takes a reduplication, the 
Pluperfect prefixes the augment to it. But when the 
Perfect takes an augment, the Pluperfect makes no 
further change : 

T€-Tvd>a. €-Ter{xj)SLP. 

305. Yerbs that begin with p. double p after the 
augment ; and the Perfect and Pluperfect take the syi* 



118 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



L 306— 308. 



labic augment (123), not the reduplication : panrm. 
eppacpa, eppcupeiv. 

306. The termination of the Perfect Active is Ka or 
d ; that of the Pluperfect tceiv or elv : the rough breath- 
ing over the a and ei being used to indicate, that the 
final consonant of the root is to be changed into its 
aspirate* if it is a smooth or middle mute. 



307. I. Mute Verbs :]t 





Term. 


Pres. 


Perf. 


Pluperf. 


a) P-roots + those in ttt 


d 


TV7TT-CD 


re-TV (fi-a 




b) K-roots + those in kt 


e 

a 


7t\€K-CO 


7T6-7r\ex-a 




c) T-roots (7-mute thrown 








away) 


Ka 


7T€L^-CO 


TT6-77€l-Ka 


i-TTe-rrei-Ktiv 


d) £-roots : mostly as c. 258 


Ka J 


KOflL^-CO 


KG-KOjAl-Ka 


€-K€-KO[lL-KeiV 


e) do-- (jt-) roots : mostly 








as b, 258 


a J 


rdcrcr-co 


re-rax-a 


i-re-rdx-eiv 



308. II. LiauiD Vepjbs : characteristic \, fi, v, p ; 
or Xk.] Termination Ka, the vowel of the root being 
shortened as in Future. (Hence <j>aLv-, 6av-.) But 

a) Monosyllable roots with e or eu change their 

vowel-sound into a. 

b) Roots in v change v into y before Ka. 

* By ' Us aspirate ' is meant the aspirate of the same organ. See 
30, 31. 

f Roots are called pure or impure, according as they end in a vowel 
or in a consonant. — Impure roots are divided into mute or liquid roots, 
according as the characteristic (that is, the last letter of the roof) is a 
mute or a liquid. 

Mute roots are divided into roots ending in aP-sound; roots ending 
in a K-sound, ; roots ending in a T-sound (30) ; which may be called, 
for the sake of shortness, P-roots, K-roots, T-roots. 

% The £-roots that are softened from an original K-root (see 257), 
form their Perfect like the K-roots. — Of these however (which are 
principally verbs expressing some sound), the Perf. Act. is hardly ever 
found. 

^ The (t<t- (tt-) roots that are strengthened from an original T- 
root (257), form their Perfect like the T-roots. 



309—311.] 



PERFECT ACTIVE. 



119 



c) But some in v throw away the v : especially, 
Kpivco (judge), tcXivoo (bend), retv-co (stretch), 
reject the v (the vowel being shortened, and, in 
the case of reiv-to, changed into a by rale a)* 



Pres. 


Flit. 


Perf. 


Pluperf. 


areW-co 


crreX-co 


e-crraX-Ka 


i-<TTak-K€lV 


(fiaiv-cD 


(fiav-co 


7T€-<fiay-Ka (rare) 


€-7T€-(pdy-K€lV 




(3pa&vv-cti 


(3e-[3pddv-Ka 


i-fit-fipabv-Ktiv 


KpLV-CO 

kKlv-co 


K plP- CO 


Ke-Kpi-Ka 


€'K€-KpL-K€LV 


kKIv-co 


Ke-Kkl-Kd f 


€-K€-k\l-K€LV 


relv-co 


T€V-CD 


ri-ra-Ka 


€-T€-Ta-K€LV 



(With the exceptions of KtKpiKa, rentca, rerana, the Perfect Active 
from verbs in vco is hardly found in good Attic writers. Kr.) 

MeVco, vifi-co, form their Perfects as if from /xei/eco, vepeco : pejie- 

V7]Ka, V€V€(JL7]Ka. 

309. III. Pure Verbs : termination tea with vowel 
(if short) lengthened. 



Pres, 



Fut. 



Perf. 



ri/ia-co 
0iXe-o> 
dovX6-co 
dciKpv-co 



TlfJL7](T-<0 

dovXco-crco 
daKpv-crco 



re-TLprj-KO. 

de-dovXco-Ka 
$€-8a.Kpv-Ka 



Pluperf. 
i-re-TLpr]-K€LV 

i-d€'dov\co-K€Lv 
i-de-daKpv-K€iv 



310. Terminations of the Perf. and Pluperf. Indie. 

Perf. a, as 1 , e I a/i€z>, are, acn(v) | arov. drov 

Pluperf. civ, €is. €L I eijiev, €lt€. ecrav (less commonly I €ltov. elrrjv 

eitrav). 

311. Moods. 



Indie. 
\ekvfc-a 



Imper. 

€ 



Suhj. 

CO 



Opt. 



Infin. 
kvai 



Partcp. 

CO? 



(paroxytone) (oxytone) 



e, erco 3 &c. 

co } r)?, &c. { r as in Present, 

OL/jLL, ois, oi s &c. 

m, via, 05 V 

r , , >• bee Paradigm 3o, b 

OTO$, VLCLSy OTO? j 



@0 7r\^a; ; KTeivcu. 



+ In PolybiuS; &c. 



120 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[312, 313. 



312. Vocabulary 33. 

Belonging to women, yvvaiKelos, 
a, ov. 

To go into, put on, ivbu-eiv. 

To pursue, imdi&K-eiv. 

To go under, to set (of the sun, 
&C.), Karadv-eiv. 

To loose?!, destroy, KaraXv-eiv. 

To be about or going to do any- 
thing, fieXk-tiv : to peXkov, the 
future. 

To prophesy, 7rpo(f)nTev-eLv. 

To bring forth, tfiv-eiv : TrefpvKa 
= natura comparatus sum. 

Concord, unity, opovoia, as, fj. 

Uttire, dress, o-toKi), t]s, rj. 

To govern (a state), Trdkirev-eiv. 



Word, €7ros, ovs, to : pi. epic po~ 
etry. 

To be in earnest, tnravbd£~€iv : 
perf. io-TTovdaKa = I am in 
earnest, as a fixed, permanent 
state ; I am eager or in a hur- 
ry- 
Tragedy, Tpaycobla, as, 17. 
Making, composition, Trolno-is, 

ecus, 77. 
To pollute, pialv-eiv. 
To deny, dpvelcr^ai (= -eeaZai), 
Dep. pass. (i. e. with aor. of 
pass, form in S777/). 
To practise to premeditate (a 
speech), pskcTav (= -aeiv). 



Exercise 38. 
313. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 iroXepuoi exarov ttoXLtus 7T€(f)OV€V/CacriV. 2. $6- 
peKvirj^ eXeye, fnjSevl &ec3 Te^vtcevai. 3. JVeo? TrecbvKOd? 
rroXXd xprjora fidifeave* 4. e O (Jlovtis tcl /xeXXovra tea- 
\w? 7r€7rpocj)rjT€V/c6V. 5. Ta retcva ev TreTraihevica*;. 6. 
MrjSeia tcl t6Kvcl rretpovevKvla eycupev. 7. 01 AaKe&at- 
jxovioi IIXaTaia<; /caTeXeXv/ceaav. 8. 'SaphavdrroXo^; crro- 
Xr]v yvvaucelav eveSeSv/cec. 9. "Ore tjXlo? KareSeSv/cei, oi 
TroXepLLOc irrXr]GiaCpv. 10. Yle$vica<jiv arravre^ real ISia 
tcaX hrjfjLOGLa a/iaprdvecv. 11. ^ Avev bpuovo'ias ovtc av ev 
TroXirev^eLTj ttoXls. 12. \E7rl ptev ijrcov iroL^aei^ O piqpGV 
eycoye fidXiara Te^avpLaxa, eni Be rpayephia 2ocfx)/<Xea. 

13. Tbv craxfipova filov rod dtcoXdcTov ?)Slco /ce/cpUapLev. 

14, \Eya) tov Xoyov pLepLeXeTi]fcevai cprjpil teal ovk av dpvrj- 

Ques. What is the English of Troi-fio-aifii tv ? Decline tiros, noir^is. 
Give the Tenses of &avyua£w ; nsXeT&u. 



314 317.] PER.F. AxN'D PLUPERF. ACTIVE. 



121 



b) Translate into Greek, 

1. Have we not judged the temperate to be happier 
than the intemperate ? 2. I have often wondered-at 
the geometers wisdom. 3. I have sent you the notes* 
•that I have by (prapa) me. 4. This °man has 
polluted the temple of Hermes (= Mercury). 5. The 
sycophant has not kept his oaths. 6. If we had done 
this, Philip would not have been behaving insolently 
•for so long a time (ace). 



LESSON XLI. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Active, continued. Sentences 
introduced by qtl, m. 

314. KXeTTTco, Tri/jLTTco, rperrco (steal, send, turn), take 
o in the penult of Perfect and Pluperf. Act. So Xeyco 
(gather) in its compounds, with irregular augment eL 

Hence K€K\o(f>a, TreVo/xoa, rerpocfxi. ^vv-e'Cko^a^ e^-e/Ao^a. 

315. The Perfect Participle with &, evqv (Subj. and 
Opt. respectively, of el/ii, sum) is often used as the 
Subjunctive and Optative of the Perfect and Pluper- 
fect. They denote a still continuing state more 
strongly than the regular forms. 

316. The Perfect Participle is also used with eo-o- 
fiai (ero) to form a Future Perfect : tt6ttqi7]kqos ecro/iai, 
fecero. 

317. Liquid verbs whose characteristic is fx, and a 
few whose characteristic is v or X, undergo metathesis 
(that is, a transposition of letters) before the Ka, /cecp, 
are added ; the short vowel of the root is then length 

6 



122 



FntST GREEK BOOK. 



[318—320. 



ened as. for pure verbs. — Several such verbs must be 
considered irregular, because either the Present has 
been irregularly strengthened, or they form their Future 
or Aorist irregularly. Such verbs are : 



Present in use. 
Ka/jLvco (laboro) 

T€fAV-CD (CUt) 

%vr)<TK-oi) (die) 
/3aXX-o> (cast) 
AcaXe-a) (call) 



Short Root. 
KCI}1- 

refJL- 

/3aX- 
Kak- 



By metathesis. 
Kfia- 
Tfxe- 
3m- 
/3Xa- 
kXcz- 



Perfect. 
K€-KfXT]-Ka 
T€-TfJLTJ-Ka 

Ke-Kkr]~Ka 
: its Future is 



TiyvaxTKG) forms its Fut. and Perf. as if from yvo- 
of Middle form. TiyvavK-cD, yvaHrofxai, eyvcoKa. 

318. The Optative of the Aorist has the meaning 
of a prceteritum in dependent sentences introduced by 
on, a>? ('that'), and in dependent interrogative sen- 
tences, e. g. those with el (if=) ' ivhether.' 

319. In these sentences the Indicative is used after 
a principal tense. After an historical tense this Indi- 
cative becomes regularly the Optative ; but very fre- 
quently this change does not take place, the Indicative 
being retained after a past tense just as after a present 
one.* 

320. The Future of the Optative is strictly confined 
to the office of taking the place of the Future of the 
Indicative in oblique narration (that is, when a per- 
son's sentiments, words, &c. are related by another 
using a past tense). Hence it may be used in the sen 
tences we are now speaking of, when they are depend 
ent on a verbum declarandi in a past tense. 

He said that he would 
come, 



He says that he will 
come, 
Xeyev ore rj^ei 



617T6V 

or e\e%ev 



OTL TJqOL 

on rj^ei. 



* The Present tense is usually retained where \re should rathei 



To consider, crKoirtlcrSat (= -e« 

Madness, \vo-o-a, ns, fj (rabies). 
To fall upon, ifnrnrT-eiv, with 
dat. : per/. 7T€7TTcoKa (as if from 
7jto-o>), verb, irreg. List VII. 
Violence, impetuosity, o~(f)odp6TY}$, 

7]TOS, Tj. 

Hope, expectation, iXnls, 'iftos, rj. 



321 — 323.] PERF. AND PLUPERF. ACTIVE. 123 

321. ECT From many verbs, and especially from many mute 
verbs of the P- and ii- sounds, which have a monosyllabic root, no 
Perfect and Pluperfect Active can be produced. (Kr.) 

322. Vocabulary 34. 

To steal, /cAeVr-eiz/. 
To throw away, aTro[Sak\-€iv. 
To call, KaKeiv (= -eetf). 
Intemperate, dKparrjs, es (with 
gen.). 

Wailing, crying, tckavfia, -aros, 
to. J^Xavfia yiyverai nvi = 
he, any body, will cry, or have 
reason to cry. 

(For the Opt. of dpi see Pdm. 68.) 

Exercise 39. 

323. a) Translate into English. 

1. Mcov ov iceicXotyas ttjp vUrjv ; 2. El7T€V oti ol 
crpaTicoTai dirofiefiXriKOTes elev rd oirXa. 3. OvSe tovs 
7ral8a<; opyfj ^p?) KoXd^eiP tou9 top rrjs dXojirefcos gkv\xpop 
/ce/cXocfioTas. 4. Taarpos afcparrj /cefcXrjKa/jLep top dphpa 
hid tt]p a^oSpoTTjra tcop irepl iScoSrjp e7rfevfjUcop teal 7r6- 
gip. 5. r/ Orap ol hecrirorai icrTrovSaKcocn, fcXav/iara tois 
SovXols ylypeTai. 6. El, pcfavfiovPToop rjfioop, 6 fiaaiXev? 
o>? del tl fiel^op toop vrrapyoPToip Sel irpdrreip iyvcofcoos 
ecrrai, aKOireta^e eh tl ttgt iXwh ravra reXevrrjcrai. 
7. "ESeicrav ol KepaaovPTLOL /jlt] Xvcraa tl$ utairep kvolp 
Tj/jLLP i/jL7T€7rrojfcoL. 8. Tfj vcrTepaLa* r)X€P dyyeXos Xeycop, 
&>? 6 irarrip re^prj/cep. 9. Aeyec (proBS. hist or.) ore irepre 
7]jiepodP a%ei (or d^oi) avrovs o^rep o^roprat ttjp ^dXarrap. 
10. 'Hp6/jL7]p avrovs el fieXXovcrip (or fieXXotep) tou? ttol- 
S<z? KoXacrai. 

a The next day ; v^epa understood. 

expect it to be changed into the Imperfect : 7]p6jj.r]v rives elaiv, more 
frequently than rives %<rav, rogabam quinam essent. 



/ 



124 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [324—326 

V) Translate into Greek. 

1, Has he not invited you to dinner? 2. Are you 
not angry with those who have stolen the game ? 3. 
He said that the king had cut off the prisoner's head. 
4. He said that Aristodemus was dead. 5. He told me 
that the soldier had thrown away his arms. 



LESSON XLII. 
Perfect Passive. 

324. There is only one and the same form for the 
Perfect Passive and the Perfect Middle : their redu- 
plication and augment follow the same rales as the 
Perf. Active (301, sqq.). 

325. (The pupil must by no means suppose that a 
Perfect in jxai is both Passive and Middle. It is only 
some verbs that are used in a Middle sense.) 

326. The terminations of the Perf. and Pluperf. of 
the Passive and Middle are respectively fiat, firjv : but 
the initial juu causes certain euphonic changes of the 
characteristics, according to the following laws : 

a) Any ^9-sound (or ttt) with p = /i/i \ T& - T P l $-l Jjai 

t — T€-rpLfi-/xaL 

b) Any fc-sound (or tcr) with u, == yti \ 7re 7r ^ e ^ 

J x . ' t = Tre-TrXey-fxac 

:) Any /-sound with fjb = afi \ r 

t = Tre-ireicr-fJLao 

d) (1) The £ roots usually follow the /-sounds, and 
take (T^ai, a/irjv ; but (2) the few whose roots originally 
ended in a £-sound take jfiac, j/ir/v. 

e) The acr- (tt-) roots usually follow the Ar-sounds, 
and take y/jbai, y/irjv ; but the few whose roots origi- 
nally ended in a /-sound take ajmi, a^rjv. 



327 ; 328.] 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



125 



f) The liquid roots require no change except in 
those in vw. Of these (1) verbs in aivto, vvco, generally 
reject the v, and make compensation for its loss by 9 : 
but (2) a few assimilate the v to the /jl (that is, take 
for vfu), (3) a very few reject the v, and make compen- 
sation for it by lengthening the vowel of the penult : 
(4) Kpivco, kKlvcjo, relva), reject the v (as in Per/, Act. } 
SOS, c : the last with the same change of ei into a) ; 
and retain the short vowel of the Future. 

327. Pure verbs usually lengthen a short or doubt- 
ful vowel. 



e) 1. 



Present. Perfect. Pluperfect. 

Tpi$-CD T£-Tplfl-fJLCLl i-T Z-T pl\L- p.T]V (rub) 

^e^-o/xat be-bey-jxai e-de-dey-firj^ (receive) 

^eJS-co e-\j/evcr-fiai €-\jf€V(T-fJL7]v (deceive) 

7T€L^-CO 7T€-7T€L(r-fJLai i-TT€'7T€L0r-p.r]V (peVSUade) 

Sau/iaf-co Te-^avfiacr-fxai i-T€-%avp.do~-pLrjv (wonder-at) 

<TT7]pi£-a> i-o-Trjpiy-jjiai i-o~Tr}p[y-p.7]v 

fjLiaiv-cD p.z-p.iau-p.ai €-p.€-pLidcr-p.r)v (pollute) 

alcr)(yv-(o 7j0Kvp.-p.aL cfkv p.- pr)v (shame ; -o/xai, am 

Tpaxy-va> Te-Tpdyy-p.aL* i-re-rpaxv'f^rjv [ashamed) 

^ 5 Kplv-Gi K€-Kpl-fxai i-K€-Kpi-p,r]v\ (judge) 

t telv-oh re-Ta.-p.aL l-Te-rd-p^v (stretch) 

5. crTeXk-co e-crraX-/xat €-OTaX-piT]v (send) 

f) TToU-CO 7r€-7TOL7]-p.aL i-7T€-7TOLrj-pL7]V (make) 

Tip.d-CD T€-TLp.r)-piai €-T€-TipLT]-pLr]V 



(Observe that ai of Perf. Pass, is considered short in accentuation.) 

328. The terminations are : 



Perfect. 

/xai, crat, rat, 
fie^a, cfee, vrac, 
/jLe&ov, cr^ov, a^ov. 


Pluperfect. 

/jltjv, cro, TO, 
fie^a, cr'ire, vto, • 
fJLE^fOV, a^ov, a^rjv. 


Xe-Xv-paL 


Xe-Xv-p.e%a 


Xe-X v-p.&ov 


Xe-Xv-oaL 


Xe-Xv-o%e 


Xe-Xv-o^ov 


Xz-Xv-tol 


Xe-Xv-vrai 


Xe-Xv-o^ov 


iXe-Xv-pLrp/ 


eXe-Xu-ueSa 


iXe-Xv-fie%ov 


iXe-Xv-o'co 


iXe-Xv 




iXe-Xvo^ov 


iXe-Xv-TO 


iXe-Xv 


-VTO 


iX€-Xv-a%7]v 



* Also Te-Tpdxv<r-p.ai. 



t So k\Iv(*. 



126 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[329—331. 



The terminations that begin with /x will of course all cause the 
same euphonic changes : re-TvpL-pai, re-ri'/x-/xeSa, &c. ; but those 
that begin with cr, r, will cause other changes (which will be given 
in the next Lesson). The pupil can, at present, only be expected to 
form all the persons of pure verbs and of some liquid verbs. 

329. The participle is -/xei/o? y paroxytone), -yikvi^ 
-fjuevov. 

330. Tpeir-co {turn), crrpe^-co (hoist), change e of the 
root into a in the Perf. and Pluperf. Passive (rerpa/jifia^ 
earpaiAfjiaL). Tpicj^-co, to bring up (nutrio), also under- 
goes this change : its root is ^rpe<p : the is changed 
into t, to avoid the proximity of the two aspirates 
and <j&) : but when the <f> disappears, the returns : 
hence Perfect Pass. Te-^pafju-pLai. 



331. Vocabulary 35. 

Lawgiver, vofjLo^trrjs, ov. 6. (yd- 

1X09, rtSeVat, ponere). 
To adorn, to arrange or order, 

Koo-fielv (— -Uiv). 
Perfectly, jravrekcbs. 
Thing learnt, lesson (learnt), pcd- 

Srjixa, aros, to. (/xclS-, short 

root of fxdvSaveiv.) 
To pollute, fiLalv-civ. 
To juggle, yor]T€v-€iv. 
To fay court to, ^pairev-eiv. 
To set free, aTvaXharr-tiv. Pass. 

or Mid. to be released from or 

to set oneself free from = to 

remove or depart from (with 

gen.). 

Unclean, impure, aKa^apros, ov. 
Brutish, ^-qpujob-qs, es. 
I sit still, Ka^fiai (sedeo), a perf. 
form. Pdm. 71. 



Irrational, senseless, akoyos, ov. 

Music, povcriKrj (jexvr), art, un- 
derstood). 

Gymnastics, yvfjLvao~riKr} (re^vij, 
understood). 

To be divided into factions, to be 
distracted by factions, arTao~id£- 
eiv. 

To disturb, Tapdo-o~-eiv, or rapd" 
TT~eiv. Pass, to be in a state 
of disorder or anarchy. 

House, family, oIkici, as, r\. 

Of or belonging to a rvpavvos ; 
royal ; of their tyrant, rvpavvi- 
/cos, j;, ov. 

Panthea, UdvSeia, as, 17. 

To order, arrange, appoint, raw 
civ or rdrT-€Lv (fut. -£oo). 

To move, Klvelv (= -eeiv). 



332.1 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



127 



Exercise 40. 
332. a) Translate into English. 
1. 'H ttoXc? vtto rod vopbo^erov ev re fcal iravreXo}^ 

K€K6(TjJL7]Tai,. 2. 'AvdjfCT] 3 - TO pbO^TJpba £v airfj rfj tyvxf) 

Xaj36vra h dmevai c rj /3e/3Xapbpbevov rj GxfreXrjpbevov. 3. 
Tobv 7rov7]pcov pbepbiacrpbevr] r) 'yfrv^r) teal afecfeapros rod crco- 
fiaro? diraXKarrerat, are ^eparrevovcra d rovro zeal yeyorj- 

T6VfjL€P7] V7T aVTOV V7TO T€ TO)V eirfovpbLOJV KOL TJOOVOOV. 4. 

Uepl rd tcefcpvpbpbeva rcov rrpayp^drcov dvdyfcrj 3 - 7roXXov<; 
<fi6j3ov<? yiyvea^ab. 5. C H Udv^reca rayy rrdvv teal ira- 
crcov e<fiabvero Scacpepovcra e ro)v dXXcov Kalirep f fca^rj^bevrj 
K£KaXv/xuev7] re /cal els 25 yrjv 6pcocra. s 6. 9 £T ov fcaXoos 
irpocrerarrov oi eirl rovrois 17 reraypbkvoi vopbot, irapayye- 
XXovres tg3 irarpl tc3 aS ae ev pbovcrc/cfj /cal yvpbvao-rcfcfj 
TraiSeveLV ; 7. <&iXiinros 0erraXois aracrid^ovcrL /cal 
rerapaypbevois eVl 4 rr)v rvpavvcfcrjp oltciav i/3orj^rjcrev. 8. 
TloXXrj 7rov h /ca/cla TroXtreias ovrm alcr^p(h^ rd$ yvval- 
Kas elvai re^papupbeva^. 9. ( die party rb aoipua rfj ^rj- 
pccoSei teal dXoycp rj^ovfj emrpe^ra^ evraifea rerpapupbevo^ i 
£77 cm. 

a sc. £(ttL b having received : acc. partcp. from Aa£cw, 

\afxf$<xvsiv, List IY. c to go away (fiir-etfii : airo, eifii, ibo, Pdm. 

68). Supply as acc. to the Infin. ' a man.' d & r€ &epairevov<ra 

= quippe quce colat. e foa<£. governs gen. f icaiirep = 

quamvis with participles : very seldom with finite verbs. s == 

6pd-ovcra. h irov (enclit.) = opinor. i lit. : 1 will live 

turned (here =) hither' i. e. will live with reference to this. 

Ques. What is the difference between avrbs 6 PatfiXevs and I avrbs 
Qxa-iXevs 1 8. Why is itoWt) printed with the acute ? 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1, We have the times of our life appointed by the 
gods. 2. Thus the whole would be both a well-ordered 
and well-appointed thing. 3. These things have not 



128 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[333—336 



yet been moved. 4. The damsel has her face covered. 

5. The city had been adorned with very excellent laws. 

6. The souls of the wicked have been juggled by sen- 
sual pleasures. 7. Alas ! I have been deceived of my 
hopes. 8. Some go-away injured, and others even 
benefited. 



LESSON XLII.* 
Persons and Moods of Perfect Passive. 

333. The same changes that take place before ptat, 
will of course take place before pue^ov, pce^a : 

re-rVfi-jiaby f3e-{3p£y-fjiai 9 tre-ireta-pai, 
* T€-TVfifjLe^a, fie-ftpiy/JLe^a, 7re~7r€LcrpLe^a. 

334. From the terminations beginning with crS-, the 
a is thrown aivay, when the root ends in a consonant. 
Hence the p and k mutes, being conformed to will 
be the aspirates : 

T€'Tpc(j)-^rov, Xe-Xe^-^ov, ^e-/3p€^-^ov y &c. 
for Tk-Tptfi-cfeov, Xe-Xey-a^ov, /3e-^pe^-a%ov } &c. 
A tf-mute will become cr,-oi\, which is the same thing, 
the jf-mute is thrown away before o^ov {ire-Treira^ov 
for ire-irefc-a^ov). 

335. The changes for v before p, have been already 
given. The v can be retained before both cr, t, and ^. 
Hence ire^av-aat^ 7re6av-ra^ ire (pav-^rov, &c. 

336. By applying, in this way, the rules for the 
euphonic changes [Note 8], we shall find that, when 
the root ends in a mute or v, these letters assume the 
following forms when combined with the initial conso- 
nant of the termination. 



337—340.] 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



129 



p-sounds. 


^-sounds. 


/-sounds. 


v. 


S. flfJL, ^, TTTj 

P. /x/x, 03, — 

D. /X/X, 03, 03. 


y/x, — 
y/x, X s - 


tr/x, or, or, 

(T/X, 0"3, — 

(T/x, cr3, cr3. 


/x/x or oyx, po-, i/r, 
/x/x or afJL, i>3, — 
/x/x or <r/x, v3, y3. 



Of course the 2nd pers. singular (being a a- termination) will have 
the same consonant as the Put. ; the 2nd and 3rd dual, and 2nd plur. 
(3 terminations) the same as the Aor. 1. Pass. 

337. The termination of the third person plural, vrai, cannot be 
attached to mute roots. A circumlocution is used instead of it : the 
Perfect Participle with clo-ity), are. So the Perf. Partcp. with rjo-av 
for third plural of the Pluperfect. 

338. SINGULAR. 

XeiVo), leave. /Spe^co, wet. ^evSo), cheat. cupo), lift up. 0aiVa), show. 

Xe'Xei/x/xat /3e/3pey/xat e^evcr/xai rjppai 
tyevcrai rjparai 
e^euenrat rjpTai 

PLURAL. 
e\^€uo"/xe3a 



XeXei^at 
XeXenrraL 



XeXei/xjiteSa 
X€Xei03e 



/3€/3pe|ai 
/3e/3p€y/xe3a 



7re0ao-/xat 
Tretfiavcrat, 
7T€(f)avraL 



jjppeZa 
rjpZe 



XeX*i/x/xeVot ^ /3e/3pey/xeVoi ) iyj/evarpievoi ) r\ppivoL ) 
cla-iv £ daw \ cIctlv ) elaip ) 



7re0aoyxe3a 
7re(j)av%e 
7re0acr/xeVoi 

€L(TLV 



DUAL. 



XeXe//x/xe3ov /3e/3pey/xe3oi/ €\j/€V(rp.e%ov rjpp&ov 
XtXeufitjov (Seftpcjfiov €\j^€Vcr^ov rjp%ov 
X6Xei03ov /3e/3pe X 3oi/ e\j^evo-3oz/ rjp^ov 



7re0acr/xe3oi/ 

7T€0ai/3ov 

7T€<pav%ov 



So Pluperfect : iXcXetpp^v^ €^.eXet\^o, iXeXemTo, &c. 

339. Moods. 

Indie. Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

c partcp. ) partcp. ; > 

°? J with 5* i with er 5 ^ 0J - 

340. In the Imperative, Infinitive, and Participle, the forms are 
produced, as in the Indicative, by the ejection or change of conso- 



* There occur, however, a few Subjunctives and Optatives of the 
Perf. Pass, from verbs whose characteristic is adapted for receiving 
the termination of the Subjunctive, and the t of the Optative. It is 
only, however, from /craoxtcu. p.ip.vq<TK(a ) and /caAew, that such forms are 
at all common. 

6* 



130 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[341, 34-2 



nants. The Participles (as p. terminations) follow the Indie. : Terpip* 
U<u, rerpip-pivos, reray-pai, Teray-pevos. They are Paroxytone (341) 

Imperative. — Singular. 
T€Ta£o 



7T€7raid€V(TO 
&c. 



T€Tp'l(jy^Qi> 

&c. 



TT€TT€l(TO 
7r€7T€t<r%CO 

Slc. 



&c 
Infinitive. 

7r€7ratdevo-%ai \ T€rpl(f)%ai | rcrdx^at | Tmrelo-^cH 



rjyyika-o 
&C. 



7T€(f)dv%ai. 



Participle. 

TVtiraihsvpivos | rerpippevos | reraypevos \ Trerreiapevos I TjyyeXpevos 

' 7r€(pa(r(JLevos* 

341. The Infin. and Participle of the Perf. Pass, 
have the accent on the penult. Hence the Participle is 
paroxytone ; the Infin. properispomenon, if the penult 
is a diphthong or long vowel (the at being considered 
short in accentuation) ; if not, paroxytone : Treirai- 
heva^ai, yeyevrja^ac. rervcf&at, rjfyavLG^au — rervfi- 

342. Vocabulary 36. 
Trace, i'xws, eos, to. To track, 

To leave, KaraXeiTr-eiv. 
CEnoe. Olvorj, ns, 37. 
Borders, p€%6pt.a, rd (prop. neut. 
adj.). 

To surround with a wall, to for- 

Neck, throat, rpdxrjXos, ov, 6. 
Temple (of the head), Kporacpos, 
ou, 6. 

To stretch tight, KaraTclveiv. 

Pass, to be stretched; hence, 

of veins, to be swelled. 
Passionate, dvo-6pyr]Tos, ov. 
Olive, olive-complexioned, pekl- 

yXcDpos, ov. 



To dry up, diro^vx-cw* Part, 
of perf. pass. dirc^rvypevos^ 
cold (indifferent). 

TO SnOW, VL<p-€LV. 

To cause to disappear, d<fiavl£-€tv. 

— rrjv yrjv=to cover the earth. 
Embassy, 7rpeo-/3ei'a, as, 17. 
I fear, b s edoiKa=vereor (Perf. of 

deldco, with meaning of Pres.). 
Forgetfulness, Xrj^rj, rjs, fj. 
To cause in , to cause, e/a- 

ttoi€lv (acc. of nearer, dak of 

remoter object). 
Pledges, security, mcrrd, rd, 

Q faithful things.') 7n<rra Se&v 

7roieI<r3ai' rivi — to swear to any 

one by the gods). 



343.] 



PERFECT PASSIVE. 



131 



To shut* Kk€L-€LU. 

A summit, a castle, a<pa, as, 77. 
Freedom, self-government, avro- 

vou-la, as, 17. 
To implant, iy^vrev-eiv. 
To build, found, IBpv-eip. 



To Sllllt, lock-Up, KaTaKk€L-€tV, 

To be said, Xey-ecrZai (dici). 
A robber, \no-Trjs, ov, 6. 
A treaty, crvv^rjKn, ns, rj. 
Cube, — die, kv[3os, ov, 6. 



Exercise 41. 

343. a) Translate into English. 

1. Sv ravra Trdvra e%eL$, a ol oXXgl ovk e^ovcri* 
Treira&evaaL yap Uavco^. 2. "Etc kgX vvv* lyyos tt}? 
rod Orjcreoos TrpaorrjTos iv rol$ if^eacv ' A^rTjvalcov Kara- 
XkXeLTrraL. 3. Olvorj ovaa iv /jie^o plots 77)9 'Arrt/crj^ ical 
BoiodTias irerel^icrTO. 4. TerpiiTTat to (fcdp/JLa/cov. 5. 
Ofc b ra irepl rbv TpdyjfXov /cat to 1/9 tcpordfyovs ai 
0/Ve/3e9 Kararera/jLevaL eial } cvcropyijTOi. 6. Ol fJLeXt- 
^Xcopot dire^fvyiikvoi elalv. 7. 'I^vevo/iev tovs Xaycos, 
orav vlcprj 6 ^eo9 c coare rjcpavla^at rrjv yr)v, S. To %pb- 
vov yey evrja^au [xera rrjv rr peer lav ttoXvv/ SeSoc/ca fMy 
Tiva Xrj^rjv vplv epureiroi^Kr]. 9. IIe7ravo-o. e 10. Mo- 
vov o~v rjfjiiv TiiGTa ^ecov Treirolrjo-o.* 11. A I irvXai 
ifcifcXeivro teal iirl rcov Teiyjhv oirXa icbalvero. 

a Even now ; even at the present day (lit. still even now). t> qui- 

bios. to. 7repl top rpdx- = tAe parts about the neck ; a local accusative. 

c lit. when the god snows = when it snows, since the Greeks re- 
ferred atmospheric phenomena to Zeus, as the god of the air. Strre = 
so that, c. infin. d rb %?- ysyzvrivSai tto\vp (= the circumstance 

that the time has become long =) the circumstance that much time has 
elapsed : this clause is the subject of the verb iiATreTroirjKr}. On SedoiKa 

/jlt] cf. K. 318. 8. e Here the Imperative of the Perfect 

commands the immediate performance of the things commanded. 

Remember that in l the house is built' {domus adificata est) f 
1 is built ' is the Perfect ; so whenever ' am ' with the past participle 
denotes a permanent state as the result of a past action. 

* Pert Pass. K€K\€i<rjj.ai and KeKAeipai. 



■ 



* 132 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[344 345. 



b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The earth is covered. 2. A cloud veiled and 
hid (say: having veiled 1 " hid) the sun. 3. The soldiers 
have been slaughtered. 4. Two brothers have been 
educated by the same master. 5. The monarchy has 
been destroyed by the people. 6. Many temples have 
been built for the gods by the Athenians. 7. Let the 
door be shut ° immediately. 8. Before action deli- 
berate well. 9. There is implanted in all m en li a 
desire of self-government. 10. Let the prisoners-of- 
war be slain. 11. The enemy are said to be shut-up 
in 19 the castle. 12. The °two sons of Zenophon, 
Gryllus and Diodorus, had been educated in Sparta* 
13. Let the die be cast. 



Contracted Verbs in dco. Pres. and Imperf. Act, 



344. Contract Pure verbs are such as have for 
their characteristic a, e 3 or o, which are contracted with 
the following vowel or diphthong. Contraction takes 
place only in the Present and Imperfect of both Voices, 
because it is only in these two tenses that the charac- 
teristic vowel is" followed by another vowel. 

345. The contractions for verbs in dco are these : 




LESSON XL III. 



(Learn rifidc^ Pdm. 59.) 



i being subscript 



a before an e-sound becomes a 
a before an o-sound becomes co 



if the e-sound 
is €l. 7] ; or the 
o-sound, ot. 



846—349.] 



CONTRACTED VEHBS. 



133 



Thus, ae = a ao = co 

arj == a aco = co 

aeu = a aoi = co 

orj =q aov = co. 

346. Ae and aei are contracted into and rj (instead 
of into a and a), from (|aeH/) %f)v, to live ; {ireivaeiv) 
ireLvfjv, to be hungry ; [Styjrdecv) Siyfrjjv, to be thirsty; 
(Xpaecr^aL) xpfja^ac, to use. These are also the regu- 
lar contractions from kv&co, scrape ; o-fidco, smear; 



yjraco, 



rub. 



347. Contracted Verbs have very frequently (in- 
stead of ocjuc, ot$, &c.) the Optative 



oirjv, on]?, our] 



OlTjTOV, 0L7]T7]V 
Or OLTOV, 0LT7]V 



oirjfiev, OLTjre, oirjcrav 
oljjLev, olre, olev. 
For verbs in aco. the a-oi = co : so that the form 
becomes corjv, cor}$, cot], &c. 

348« The Present Optative in ovinv (for e-Qtrjv, o-oinv), 
and cp7]v (for a-otrjv), is the prevailing form in the Sin- 
gular, at least for the first (and second) Persons : in 
the Plural it is rare ; cprjaav is nowhere found, oiinaav 
hardly ever. (Kruger.) 

349. Vocabulary 37. 



To love ; also, to be contented., 
ayanav (— deiv), with acc. or 
dat. 

Immortal^ d^dvaros, ov. 
Miserably, unfortunately. dzXioos. 
To deceive, e^airarav (= dsiv). 
To love, ipav (with gen.). 
Age ; especially youth or man- 
hood, rjXiKia, as, tj. 
Boldly, ^appaXeoos. 
Appearance, outward figure, Idea, 

Off, 7f. 



To sound, cf)%eyy-eo~%ai. 
To conquer, viKav (=aetz/). 
To pity, 6\od>vp€o-%ai (with acc). 
To see, opav (see List VII). 
Point, height, full power, vigor, 

aKp.7], r)s, TJ. 

To lighten, dcrrpdiTT-eiv. 
To thunder, fipovrav (=aetv). 
To do, act, hpav. 
To rush, oppav. 

Before, irpiv (with infm. K. 337). 
How 1 7tq)5 ; 



134 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[350. 



To stir up together, throw into I To end. die, TtXevrdv (=dfip). 

confusion, o-vyicvKav. Dare, venture, rokfiav. 

Fighting with, fellow-combatant, To he silent, o-LooTrav. 

ally, crv}AjJLa)(o$) oi>. 

Exercise 42. 

350. a) Translate into English. 

1. UoXkaias */vo)iJLr)v e^airarchaiv ISeac. 2. Mij ac 
vlk&tcd /cepSos. 3. TloXkaicis vitca fcal /ca/co? avSpa aya- 
^6v. 4. 01 aya&ol ipcocrc twv /caXdov. 5. IIoXXol* 
av^ypcoiTOL iv rfj t?}? rjXifcLas a/cfiy TeXevrcoatv. 6. 'i? 
cridura, rj Xeye afieivova.* 7. 'Avdy/crj iarl irdvras 
av^pct)7rov<; reXevrav. 8. A T o5? opa tcai vovs a/covet. 
9. OappaXecos, 3) arpaTLwrai, 6pjJLG>fAev iirl tovs 7roXe- 
jjllovs. 10. IIplv /xev ireivfjv, ttoXXol . icr^iovcriy irpiv Be 

hiy\rfjV^ 7TLV0VCTLV. 11. OvfC 6CTTL TO?? fir) SpCOCTi (JVflfiayX)^ 

tv^tj. 12. IIepifcXr)<; iqa-TpaiTTev, iftpovra, crvve/cvfca tijv 
'EXXdSa. 13. Ei^e irdvres tou? yoveas dyair&ev. 
14. E'fae r)y airier a jxev tols irapovcnv. 15. Ilea? av 
ToXfMprjv tov cptXov (3\a7rreLV ; 16. To fiev crcofia ttoX- 
Xatccs teal ireivfj real hi^rfj* ?) Se ^rv^(r} 7ra? av rj ScyjrcpT] rj 
ireivcpr) ; 17. ^VXV d^dvaros teal ayrjpco? hidiravTos 

(SC. %pOVOv). 18. Kp€LTTOV h TO /X?) i<TTLV, 1) %f)V 

cfoXlcos. 19. 'OXocfrvpo/jLe^a rbv iv rfj rrj$ rfkifclas d/cfirj 
reXevrcovra. 20. r/ Orav 6 avXbs (fi^eyyrjrai, iravrdiraai 
aiodTroyfiev. 

a ttoXvs. b Note 13. 

Ques. — 7. Why does the enclitic icrri retain its accent here? 10. 
Give the tenses of iriveiv, List VII. 11. Account for the accent of earn. 
18. Is ou or jjlt} the usual word for ' not 1 with an Infin. 1 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Time conquers and changes all things. 2. An- 
ger compels many men to do evil. 3. Do not keep- 
silence, if you see any persons ill-affected towards the 



351— -353.J 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



135 



government. 4. Neither hear nor see what you ought 
not. 5. We honor those who brave-dangers for their 
country. 6. I trusted : I was utterly-deceived. 7. 
You (pi.) were deceiving the stranger. 9. Deceive no 
body. 



LESS OX XL IV. 
Contracted Verbs in eco. Present and Imp erf. Act. 
351. Ee becomes ei. 
eo becomes ov. 

e is thrown away before long vowels and diph- 
thongs. 



Thus. e V 

e V 
eco ■. 



V 

CO 



eei = eo 
eot = oi 
eov = ov 



352. Before the Opt. in oltjv (347), the e will dis- 
appear throughout ; Troi-e-oLr/v = ttol-oltjv. 

353. Vocabulary 33. 



To be dispirited, despair. aSSv- 
pelv. 

To neglect, aptXelv (with gen.). 

To flow away, aiTop leiv. 

To practise, atriceiv. 

To want, delv (=eW, gen.) ; de7, 
there is need, it is necessary, 
one must (with acc. and infln.). 

To be unfortunate, Bvarvx^v. 

To sell, ttcdXoV. 



Request, prayer, € v X ^ rj?, fj. 

To take trouble, to work, noveli 

(laborare) . 
To expect, presume, irpoo-DoKqv. 
To accomplish, reXeiz/. 
Bundle or mats of reeds, rushes^ 

&C. pty. pur-is, rj. 
To do in common with any one, 

help, assist, crvX\ap{Sdv-€iv 

(with dat.). 



To be fortunate, happy, eirrv- j To work with any one, help, as- 



X €LV. 

To approve, praise, i-rraivfLV. 



sist, vvp.7Tove1v (with dat.). 
To think, be sensible, c^povilv. 



To will, be willing, ZeXeiv, cSe- | To confess, to profess, 6po\oy€iv. 
\eiu (veile). I To be a retail trader, KaTrrjkeveiv. 



f 



136 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [354 

Even if, even though, kclv (=ko.I (ppove?v. 

idv). To demand (money, &c.) npan* 

To be high-minded, proud, jiiya eo-Sat. 

Exercise 43. 

354. a) Translate into English. 

1, Tcfi&fiev tou? ayd&ovs, iva djia rqj ti/jlSlv acr/ccb- 
uev. 2. 'O TreLa^els tj/jlcov toj Xbyop evrv^el re kclI ei9 
yjpbvov diravra evrv)/ol. 3. 'Av?]p Trcvrjpbs Svcrrv^el, kclv 
evTV)(f}. 4. Scyav fidXXov, rj XaXelv irpeirei. 5. f/ tl* 
av TroiTjTS, vg fillers opav^eov. 6. ^/Xo? <f>i\tp avfiiro- 

VCOV aVTCp 7TOV6L. 7. 01 OLV^pCDTTOL ^VTjTOL JLLTJ (j)pOVOVVTOJV 

[Note 7] virep ^eov$. S. ( /xaXtcrra evTvyjhv fxrj fxeya 
(f>poveiTCD. 9. OvSeiror a^v/xecv rbv /ca/ccos irpdrrovra^ 
Set, ra fieXrico [Note 13] Be Trpoaho/cav del. 10. TS iro- 
vovvti ^eo9 avX\afi/3dvec. 11. Aifcaiocrvvijv dcr/celre Ka\ 
epyco fcal Xbyco. 12. 'Airb rr}$ Necrropos yXcoTTrjs, oocnrep 
fieXi, b Xbyo<; direppet. 13. % cote pari]*; rov croofiaro^ ov/c 
rj/jLekei, tou? Be djuLeXovvras ov/c eiryveL. 14. El^re, 5) &e- 
69, reXolr]? fioi ttjv evyj)V. 15. E'i^se evrv^otre, S) fylXoi. 
16. Qeov ^eXovros, kclv hr\ poros ttXcols. 17. Ovk aSrv- 
fiov/jiev to?9 irapovcri Trpdyfiaaiv. 18. <±>vcreL virdpyei 
T069 e^eXovcn irovelv teal KivSvveveiv rd rcov dfieXovvrcov, 
19. "Eanv ot c djjLeXovvres rcov ocKeicov rcov dXXorptcov 
eirLjJLeXovvTai. 20. Trjv BLKaioavvrjv teal ri]v dXkrjv dpe~ 
TTjV dcr/celre. 21. Ta avrd iiroiovv, ore fyevyovres £8v- 
GTvyovv avjol. 

a Neut. of da-TLs (Pdm. 50) : printed o n or o.ri, to distinguish it 
from on, that. t> kixkccs Trpdrreiv — to be do^.ng ill ; to be unfor* 

tunate. 6 avros (give the English of it). c K 331. Rem. 4 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Are v\ T e not with-reason most angry with 32 those 
who are most able d (p) not to act-unjustly. e 2. In 18 



355—358.] 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



137 



such things the}' are poor, but you are rich. 3. Those 
who bring (p) to you kings' garments, or wrought 
copper or gold, sell them more artfully than those 
who profess (p) to be-retail-traders. 4. I would not 
praise such persons. 5. Did you not sell (imperf) 
vegetables ? 6. Reason is the remedy for the soul 
when it is sick (p). 7. We think that °the man 
who is fortunate (jj) is also wise. 8, Honor yotu 
parents, love your friends, obey rulers. 

d <jvv&u.zvos. e ,u/j is more usual than ov with the infin. 



LESSON X L V . 
Contracted Verbs in oca. Present and Imperf. Act. 

355. Oe, oo, oov, become ov. 
orj, oo), become co. 

orj (subscript), oei, ooi, become oi (but oei = o*/ 
in Infin.). 

356. Oo and oe are contracted into co (instead of 
into ov), and orj into co (instead of into ol), in piyoco. pi- 
<yco, to freeze, Inf. piycov and pcyovv. Part. Gen. pcycopros 
and ptyovvros, Subj. ptyco, Opt. pisyanjv, &c. 

357. On the Imperfect and the Aorist of the Indie.'] 
The Imperfect Indicative answers, not only to our 
Imperf. (with was — ). but also to our (and the Lat.) 
Perfect. It then denotes a continued or repeated 
action ; the Aorist. a single, definite one. stated with- 
out any intimation of its lasting. — It may necessarily 
have a duration even of indefinite length, but the tense 
does not intimate it. 

358. Infin. of the Aorist.] The Infinitive of the 
Aorist is usually not a pr&teritum, except after verba 



138 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[359, 360 



declarandi et putandi, and in the construction of acc, 

c. Injin. with the article : with these exceptions it is 

usually construed by the English Present, but denotes 

single, definite actions : the Injin. of the Present being 

used of continued or repeated ones. 

\ A t / \ ~ V = cftcor (credor) 

( fecisse. 

n / S / x n s = volo (possum) 

novXofJiai [ovva/Jbai) irocqaai I w ' 

c fa cere. 

b)T6 ere irocrjcrac tovto, tene hoc fecisse ! 

359. Vocabulary 39. 
To darken, destroy, weaken, blunt, 

dfAavpovv (=0€Lv). 
Carelessness, a/ie'Xaa, as, rj. 
To live in, reside in, efxftiovv 

(=oetv). 
To trick, entrap, dokovv (=o€iv). 
To enslave, subjugate, Sovkcvv 

(== 0€LV). 

To set free, iXev^epovv (— oeiv). 
(To raise up again =) to amend, 

to correct, iiravop^ovv (z=6eiv). 
To think right or fair, to claim, 

to expect, d£iovv (=6eiv). 
To make equal, i^icrovv (=6eiv). 
To emulate, fyXovv (=o€iv). 
To seek, strive, frreiv (==e€iv). 
Life, fcoq, rjs, f]. 
Divine, godlike, Selos, a, ov. 
Hunger, \ifxos, ov, 6. 

Exercise 44. 

360. a) Translate into English. 

1. AoKovaiv 5? ayplovs TrXeyfiacri /cal opvyfiaaru 
2. Aeyerat ovro? 6 /Sacrtkevs rrjv Alyvirrov eXev^e- 
p&crat. 3. Kai ere fiovkoLfJLrjv av airofyrjvaa^ai rrjv 



Pit, bpvyfJLa, aros, to (ppvTTtiv, 
fodere). 

Thing woven — snare, rrkiyfia, 

aros, to. 
Communion, intercourse, koivcd- 

via, as, rj. Se/a KOLVcovia= 

communion with the Deity. 
Desire, striving, optics, ecos, rj. 
Intimate, oiKelos, a, ov ; also, os, 

ov. 

To make straight, erect, op^ovv 

(=0€IV). 

Neither — nor, ovtz — ovre. 

To make equal, avvei-opoiovit 

(==0€LV). 

Violent, o-<fio$pos, d, ov. 

To make blind, TvqbXovv (==o€iv). 

With difficulty, x^ttcos- 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



139 



yvcDjxrjv. 4. Oi AafceSaL/iovcot rjXev^epovv rov? f/ EXX?]- 
va^, 5. 'EttsI f\ traXiriy% ecp?*- ey^ar o kcli iw aiav i- 
%ov oi "EXXrjves, ivrav^a ovKen iSe^avro oi TroXe/iLOL 
aXX* efyevyov. 6. A i cf)iXlai ra e^ri] proven avve%o[ioLovv. 
7. XaXeiroos av raZ> rcov ayefeoov aperac? e^LGolrjs rou? 
iiralvovt;. S. Zi'fkov, & Trot, tou? icr^rXov? kcl\ croxfipovas 
avhpas, 9. *H rvy^q ttoXXovs /ccl/ccd? Trpdrrovra^ dp^rol. 

10. ri\rfto? KCLKOW T7]V Olfe p 007T LV'qV t(£>l]V CLfJLClVpol. 11. At 

nrepL re crcfroSpal opi^ecs tv^Xovglv et? rd d\Xa ttjv yjrv- 
X?]V- 12. Tijv dperrjv kcli tt\v ao^'iav fyXcofiev. 13. Xpucjo? 

iaTLV 6 SovXoOV ^rV7]TOW <pp€Va^. 14. 01 TToXi/XLOL TO GTp&- 

rev/xa i)pLcov iSoXovv. 15. Oi veaviau tt)v gq^iclv Qjkolev. 
16. Oi TToXe/JLLOL irrXrjcrUi^oVy Tva tov$ al^aXcorov^ iXev- 
^epolev. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Strangers were not allowed to live-in Sparta. 
2. The Ephori are empowered to punish whomsoever 
they please (297). 3. The Ephori were empowered to 
punish whomsoever they pleased. 4. Idleness destroys 
the excellence of natural-disposition, but instruction 
corrects its badness. 5. # Emulate the good man and 
the sober-minded °one. 6. Do not tell" even 1 to your 
most intimate friend what you wish to be concealed. 

7. It is right to give {irapej(eiv) to others whatever [say : 
as many things as 56 ) you expect to receive from them. 

8. What is sudden and unexpected {say: the sudden 
and unexpected) enslaves the spirit. 

& BriXodv -= osiendere. t K. 318. 6. c \a#€?y ; Inf 

Aor. 2. fron XiyHvu- See Irr. Verbs, List IV. 



140 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[361, 36fc 



LESSON X L V I . 
Verbs in aco. Pass, and Mid. Aorist Lifin. 
361. Vocabulary 40. 



To accuse of charge with, alria- 
cr^at (=aecr5ai) ; nvd n (as 
here) is rare, except in case 
of neut. pron. Also with 6Vt 
= to blame — because. 

Introduction, commencement, ecr^- 
yqcris. €cos, tj. 

At once, fjdn. 

Better, Xcpuv (—Xcoloop). Note 
13. 

To proclaim, krjpvrr-eip. 

To hear, listen to, aKpoaa^ai 

(==ae<r3q0 with gen. 
To devise, contrive, pyxavaaftai 

(—decrial.). 
Not befitting, disgraceful, aei- 

KT]S, €S. 



One running through the whole 
day, a courier, fjpepodpofios, 
ov, 6 (rjfiepa, SpajjLe'iv, to run). 

To endeavor, to try, 7retpacr3cu 

Th e buy i ng of a horse, Ittttcovc la , 

as, 7] (jlttttos, Gtveia^ai, to buy). 
To be raised-in-price (of corn), 

to be rising, €mTiuao-%aL. 
To give over, \r)y-€iv (used with 

the participle). 
To acquire, KTaa^ai (=deo-%ai). 

Perf. K£KTT)p.ai (I have ac- 

quired=) I possess. 
Sandal, shoe, vnodnp-a, aros, to. 
To use, employ, xpW%ai (=(W« 

Sat). 



362. For the meaning of the Aor. Infin. cf. 358 : and for that of 
the Aor. Opt. and the construction of clauses introduced by on, cos, 
cf. 318, 319. 



1. He says, that he has 
done it 
\eyet, otl iirotTjcre (or 
(jjrjcri iroLrjcrai) 



He said, that he had 

done it, 
€itt€V ) ore iro irjcreiev 
(e\e%ev) } on €7ro Lrjcrev . 
ecbrj it oil) era i. 

2 ( ftovkercu fcXeyfrai (ty) = wit furari (aliquid). 
I (prjal /cXe^at (tl) = dicit se (aliquid) furatum 
esse. 

3. ^avfiacrTov to ireLa^rjvai Tivas, &>? — , it is 
strange that some persons should have been persuaded 
that — , &c. 



363.] 



VERES EN act). 



141 



An infinitive or participle dependent on a prateritoott, is consi- 
dered as a praeteritum. 

Exercise 45. 

363. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 Aa./ceBac/jLOVLOL tjtl&vto avrovs tt\v re icr?]yr}crtv 

rov iravTGS, teal ec^a.crav 3 - avrovs rj&r} dSitcelv, on ov Se- 

j/ovraL* ros ' ' A^srjvaicDV airovSd^. 2. Xootcpdriis clkov- 

cra? TjTiCiTo avrov, on ov rovro TTpcorov rjpcoTa, irorepov 

Xojov ec7] avrop 7ropev€cr^rac rj /xivetv. 3. Eirel ravra 

itcrjpv^ri, eyvcoaav d ol crrpanayraL on tcevb? 6 <£6/3o? 

etrj.* 4. Kvpos pier -aire ji^djjievo^ rov$ crrparriyovs rcov 

'EXXrfvcov, eXeyev ore 7) 680? ecrotro 77/209 (SacnXea 

fieyavels BafivXaiva. 5. f O/xo(a)? d/icboiv dtcpodaacr^sai 

Sel. 6. 'EXeyev ore 6/10100$ dficbocv dhcpodcracr^oA heot 

(or Set). 7. Evvov$ { Xoyos Xvtttiv IdraL. 8. IlepLtcXrjs 

vtto rcov ' ' A^7)va[cx)v r]yaira,TO teal infidro. 9. Oi rjfiepo- 

Spofioc oiitc i^poovTO vTToh^iiaaiv iv raZ$ 6ool$. 10. Ovtc 

aeuces, edv ti$ vtt ijftpojv e^aTrararai [Note 7]. 11. Eire 

hirb fy'Ckodv e$re\e£? dyarraa^at, tou? c^lXovs evepyerei • 

elre vtto tivo$ TroXeco? im^y/aec? n/iaG-^ai, ttjv ttoXlv 

axpeXeo* €CT€ vrro T?;? i^XXaoos Tracrrj^ allots ctt apery 

^avfid^ecfeaL, ttjv EXXdSa Treipoo ev iroieiv. 

a Pdm. 69. b or dexoivro. c or e/wnfio-ets. Ob- 

serve the Imperf. £ Pdm. 63. e or iarij or (less 

commonly) t t v. f ewovs (explain its accent). 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Those who confer-benefits (p) never cease 
to be loved [say: continue? being loved). 2. We do 
not obtain our friends by being treated 11 well, but by 
treating * °them well. 3. We will first write ho\v k 
a man may be least deceived in buymg-a-horse. 4. We 
see the com raised-in-price in the Piragus. 5. (Why 



142 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[361 



have not you declared =) declare at once youi 
opinion about what is now asked (p). 6. They 
will not give-over devising and preparing all °manner 
of contrivances ? until 1 you are willingly deceived. 
7. You the injured II party do not at all accuse 
him. but are blaming some of yourselves. 8. These 
persons are devising and preparing the death of their 
neighbors ^ay : death to their neighbors). 

S 5iareAe?y. b Say suffering (TrdcrxoPTts), i. e. being the 

recipients. i eu dpau. c. acc. k & s fa, (= quomodo 

$i ita forte sit. c. subj.). . i eW av (c^subj.). 



LESSON XLVII. 



Verbs in eco. Pass, and Mid, 

364. Vocabulary 41. 

To be ashamed before any one. 
reverence, esteem. albeLo~~ai 
(=€€(t~cli). with acc. 



Ti distrust. aTna-relv (=e€iv), 
with dat. dTTicrreicrZai, to be dis- 
believed- 

To icant. Selo-Sat (with gen.). 

The year, eros, eos 1 ? to. 

Strong, powerful^ layvpos, a, 6v. 

To break into (lit. to dig through), 

8lOpVTT-€LV. 

To despise, Karafypoveip (with 
gen.). Karad)pov€Lo-~ai, to be 
despised. 

Talkative, Xa\os\ op. 

To hate, p&retv (=hiv). 



To move, klveiv. Mid. to move 

oneself, to move (intrans.). 
To hum, jSofififiv (=eeip). 
As, in order that, oncos (subj. after 
a principal tense ; opt. after a 
historical tense ; after verbs ol 
care, endeavor, &c, indie, fut. 
Near, ttXtjo-ios, a, op. Ol 7r\rj- 
criop (adv.), those near, our fel- 
low-men. 
To besiege, irokiopKeiv. 
Having undivided wings, 6Xo- 
Trrepos, op : ret 6\6ttt. = insects 
whose icings are undivided. 
To frighten, (bo-fielp (= t 'eiz/). 
Mid. to be frightened, to fear r 



365.] 



VERBS LN T E0, 



143 



Exercise 46. 

365. a) Translate into English. 

1. f/ Ore tt\ov(tlo<> rjv, efyofiovfirfv fir] rls f^ov rrjv oliciav 
Ciopv^a^ koX tcl ^prjjJLara \dj3oc koI avrov tL fie tcaKov 
ipydaatro. 2. Oh aia^rjcri^ virdpyei, koX to XyTrela^ai 
koX yalpeiv. 3. UavTi rS irefyvKOTL tciveicfecu firj hvva- 
fievcp 8' del koX avveym Kiveicfhai fie^s fjSovfjs dvayKalov 
eXvai /cat ixpeXifiov tiiv dvdiravcriv. 4. Bofi/3ovvra <pat- 
verai ra oXoirrepa, orav KLvrjrai. 5. AlSov tov$ S-eou?. 
6. Tov dycfobv avhpa ttolov eralpov. 7* $i\oi)VTe$ 
Xovvrau, fiiaovvres fjuaovvrai. S. Tov layypbv Set irpdov 
elvai, 07nw? ol i:\r\criov aiSoovrat fidWov, i) (boft&vrcu. 
9. AlSela^at Set <£/\ou?. 10. ^AirLarovvrai ol \d\ot, 
kolv dXrj^evcocnv. 11. Ol TLepaai virb tcqv c EXXrjvcov 
ifiLaovvTO zeal fcarechpovovvTO. 12. f O firjBev dhixoiv 
ovSevbs Selrac vbjiov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Do not only praise the good, but also imitate 
them. 2. In Thymbrium there was a fountain called 
that* of Midas. 3. Cyrus did not suffer b the evil- 
doers and unjust to laugh-at °him, but punished 
them (—used to punish: imperf.) all most-unsparingly. 
4. That which is held-in-estimation at anytime 6 is 
practised. 5. Some per sons move whilst they 
are asleep (p) 3 and do many waking °actions. 
6. We who were then delighted (p) are now 
grieved. 7. Troy was besieged ten years (acc.) by the 
Greeks. • 8. The citizens feared lest the city should be 
besieged. 9. Let nobody fear death. 

a Say : ! the.' b iqy — id-etv, sinere. takes for its augment 

i after the e : imperf. doav, &c. « & e £ (= sem.per). 



144 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[366, 367. 



LESSON XLVIII. 
Contracted Verbs in 6co. Pass, and Mid, 

366. Vocabulary 42. 

Strength. oKkt], rjs, rj. 
To make proud, yavpovv (==6a,v). 

Mid. to be proud of, exult in 

(acc. or with ivi and dat). 
To oppose, resist, thwart, ivav- 

Tiova%ai (with dat.). 
To obscure utterly, to blot out, 

annihilate, igafiavpovv. 
Custom, manner, character, rj%os, 

eos (ovs) TO. 

Exercise 47. 

367. a) Translate into English. 

1. Ovtc avajJLevo[iev eco? av rj rjfxeTepa yd>pcL Ka/cco- 
rau 2. AovXovfie^a rfj crap/cl kcli to£? tra&ecrLV. 3. 
'Ttto rrfi avdy/CT]? irdvra SovXovrat ra^y. 4. f H (f^iXla 
eh ttoWov? fiepi^o/ubivT] i^ajxavpovrai. 5. Toii$ (frikovs 
iXev^epcb/utev, tol>? §€ ijfirpovs ^eipco/ne^a. 6. Mrj yavpov 

aQ(f)La, /LL7]T dXicf}, /bL7]T6 ifkOVTCp. 7. Tb Tj^OS fJLokiGTa €fC 

toov epyoov St]\ovrat. 8. ( vireprj^avo? Taireivolro. 
9. Ob koXov iarc, €7rl rfj aocj)La yavpovcfeai. 10. 01 
toZ? dycfeoi? evavTLOvfJLevoi d^coi elai tyjfiiova'&ai. 11. 01 
arpaTLoorai vtto tcov /3apf3dpcov iSoXovvro. 12. Tldvres 

fCa/Col tylfllOLVTQ. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The Greeks are enslaving themselves. 4 2. How 
would a man be less punished by the state, or how 
would °he be more honored than if he were to obey 
(el with Opt. Pres.) the laws? 3. This °man is doing 
what he pleases, and enslaving the cities of the Greeks. 



To part, divide, pepl^-civ. 
Flesh, o-dp£, capKos, rj. 
Haughty, proud, vireprifyavos, ov. 
To bring low, to humble, ranti- 
vovv. 

To worst, subdue, subjugate, ^ei- 

pova^ai. 
To convert into blood, t^aijxa- 



TOW. 



To minish. tnuiovv. 



368—371.] 



SECOND AORIST: 



145 



4. The secreted-essence b of the food is changed (p) 
and converted-into-blood. 5. Alas ! we are enslaving 
ourselves. 6. They said, c that the citizens had en- 
slaved themselves. 

a Oneself, themselves. As ipse in Latin is often prefixed to sibi, se, 
SO avros, in Greek, to kavT-&. -cV -ovs : auT-w, -6v. -ovs. b ava- 

bviiiaa'is, f). properly, a vapor rising, an exhalation : probably considered 
here as a subtle essence extracted from the solid food. 5 kxiyov. 

Aey« takes mostly otl : (prjixi mostly acc. c. in fin. 



LESSON XLIX. 
Tempora Secunda. Second Aorist. 

368. The Second Aorist is an Aorist formed from 
the short root (235) by augmenting it, and adding the 
following terminations : 

Act. Mid. Pass, 
ov 6[xrjv 7jv 
(oi/, oprjv being conjugated like the Imperfects with those terminations ; 
r\v like the First Aor. Pass.). 

369. Comparatively few, and those mostly primitive (many of 
them irregular) verbs, form the Second Aorist. It is not formed from 
any with the derivative endings dco. eo>, da>, evco, aivco, vvco, dfa : 
hardly from verbs whose true characteristic is a t-sound; nor when 
such an Aorist would be identical in form with the Imperfect 
(whether distinguished from it by quantity or not). Thus not 
cypacfrov ; but the pass. iypd<f}r)v is formed. 

370. Very few verbs have both a First Aorist (as w T e must hence- 
forth call it) and a Second Aorist in the Active and Middle. The 
co-existence of the two forms is less uncommon in the Passive. 
Tpevco is the only verb that has all the possible Aorists. 

371. Besides the changes given (in 235) as the 
necessary steps for obtaining the short root [rj and at 
into a ; gl,t into « : ev into v), the e of mo?iosyllable 

7 



146 



FIFwST GREEK BOOK. 



[372, 373 



roots is always changed into a for liquid verbs, and 
sometimes for mute verbs. 

EXAMPLES. 



fidXXco (cast) 
rpijTco (turn) 
<p€vyco (fly) 
TpificD (rub) 
KAeVna (steal} 
repvco (cut) 
Xaipta (rejoice) 
7t\€kco (weave) 
Xe/77 co (leave) 



ACT. 
efiaXov 

ecpvyov 



€Tepov r - 



MID. 
ifiaXoprjv 
krpaTToprjv 



\_i\nr6prjv\ 



PASS. 



erpa-rjv 
irpi^rjv 

eTTXdKTJV 
\_iXL7TTJv] 



372. The following are very common Second Aoi 
ists from irregular verbs. 

EXAMPLES. 



Xapfidvco (Xi]l3-) 

(capio) 
Xav^dvco (Xn^-) 

(lateo) 
pav^dv<D (pyp-) 

(disco) 
rvyxdvco, (chance; liit) 

TTVVtdvopaL (7T€V^-) 

(inquire, learn by inquiry) 
daKva (bite) 
Kapvco (laboro) 



ACT. 


MID. 


eXal3ov 


iXaj36pr]v 


eXcftov 


iXa^oprjv 


epcfcov 




trvyov 


eTTV^oprjv 




€§ax.ov 




eKCl/JLOP 





Aav^dvco TToioov 71 = I do it unconsciously (to myself) or ici{h-&t 
being observed, (by others). 

373. Some Second Aorists have not the short pe- 
nult. Two such, of very frequent use ; are rjX&ov, ve?ii } 
and evpov, inveni (see ep%o/ica, List YII : evpiaKco, List 
V). ElXov (e'Ae. &c.) is Aor. 2. from obsolete root e\-, 
used to supply the wanting tense of alpico (List VII). 
afiapravco, fjfiapTOV (List III). 



* Observe the € : it has trafxov once in Thuc. ; the only instance 
in Attic prose before Aristot. (Kr.) 



374—378.] 



SECOND AOEIST. 



147 



374. OCT Tptyav^ai = infugam convertere (e. g. hostes) : rpa- 
maSai = se converter *e (to turn oneself; to go). 

375. The Moods of Aor. 2. for the Active and Mid, 
have the same terminations as the Present Act. and 
Mid. ; those for Aor. 2. Pass, the same as for Aor. 1. 
Pass. 

But 

a) Infin. Aor. 2. Act. is perispomenon : uv. 

b) Partcp. Aor. 2. Act. is oxytone : wv, ovcra, 6v (ovtos, &c). 

c) Imperat. Aor. 2. Mid. is perispomenon : ov. 

d) Infin. Aor. 2. Afr'c?. is paroxytone : eVSat. 

376. Remember that when you find a participle in d>v, oj>, oxytone 
(or in oz/Toy, oVrt, ovra, &c. par oxytone), you may conclude it is the 
participle of a Second Aor. 

377. The Subj., Infin., and Partcp. of Aor. 2. Pass, 
are (as in Aor. 1. Pass.) c3 (perispomenon), r\vai (pro- 
perispome?ion), ek (cum acuto). 

Tkafiov Aa/3e* \dj3co XdfioLjjLL \aj3eiv \a/3a>v 
iXa^ofxrjv XajSov Xa/3co/xat Xa^olprjv \aj3ecr%a.L XajBopevos 
iypd(j)r)v ypd<fir}Ti ypcxfico ypcKpeirjv ypa(j)rjvai ypacpeis. 



378. Vocabulary 43. 

To aim at, o-Toxd{~ecr%aL (with 
gen.). 

To chance, to hit (gen.) Tvyx&v- 
clv : hence, to obtain, attain to. 
rvyxavco ttolccv tl = 1 happen 
or chance to be doing it : often 
but little stronger than I am 
doing it, especially rvyxdvoo 

at 

CQV. 

To miss (a mark, gen.), to err, 

sin, apaprdv-eiv : aor. 2. rj^ap- 

- *» 

TOP. 



To light upon, meet (with), iv 

Tvyxdv-eiv (with dat.). 
Defiled, impure, vile (of persons), 

fxtapos, d, 6v. 
To make drunk, Karaue^uo-K-civ, 

Fut. KarajjL€%v(rcQ. 
To take up, dvaipelv (aor. 2. avti- 

\ov, List VII). 
To grow weary, aTTOKafiv-eiv (aor. 

2. a7T€Kap.ov) : aor. (in moods) 

to be wearied, tired, &c. (used 

w T ith partic). 



* e&rl, edp4, e'A&e, and in Attic Aaj8e, 25e, are oxytone : but in their 
compound forms the accent is thrown back : e£eA&« • &ir6ka&e. 



148 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[379 



b fling into, ipf$aXkr€iv. 
By night, vvKTcop (noctu). 



Book, fiijSKiov, ov, TO. 

A ivindfail, lucky discovery, cp* 



To cut the throat (of any body), fiaiov, ov, to (supposed to be 
a7ro(r(f)dTT-€iv. | sent by Hermes). 

auapTavco, dpapTrjcropaL, &C. Aor. 2. rjpapTov, List HT 

Exercise 48. 

379. a) Translate into English. 

1. Nvp Srj dpLecvov av pud^ois o dprl r/pcbrcov. 
2, (/ Orav , ottXoc? §ey* 777309 birXa ^pr/c^ai, hcacpepec 
7rdfi7ro\v 6 fia^cov rod pJr) pLa^6vTO$. 3. "AWov gto- 
yaCppuevos erv^e tovtov. 4. ( H<jlo8o$ 6 ttoltjtj]^ \e- 
yercu V7rb tcov ravrr] h drro^avelv. 5. Tcov aTro^a- 
vovtcov ra ncra, dye\6vTe$ e%e/3a\ov. 6. Ilo^ev 
tovto to epjjbaiov evperrjv ; 7. Xv p^oc, co %eve, pLTjSapLco? 
air o fed pLrj$ vapc^ofievos. S. Tavra dfcovcov crcf)6Spa 
eydpr\v. 9. f O puapos ovros fcarapLe^sva-as rov £evov, 
i jll/3 a\cov eh d[ia^av 3 vv /creep i£ayaycov d drrecrcpa^e, 
fcal Tavra d$Lfa)cra$ eXa^rev eavrbv d^Xicoraro^ yevopie- 
1/09. 10. Sx e ^ v tl [aol copa t pairecr^aL 777309 to Xov- 
Tpov. 11. Tk yap av rrore prjrcop eve^vpLtf^rj rj vopio- 
^Xmcrev d[iapTrjcrecr^aL Ttva tcov ttoXltcov roaav- 
TTjV dpLaprlav; 6 12. Ev/cXelSrj, el pLecpaKLcp tlv\ 
iverv%e$ d^uo Xoyov, rjSecos av ttv^o Lpirjv. 13. Hal, 
Xa/3e to /3i/3Xtov /col Xeye. { 14. Ovx e%co oiroi rpdirco- 
fjutu* 

a Se?, oportet : Subj. dey. deot,. Beov : Fut. der)<rei — deycroi. 
b ol TavT-p = the men here % the people of this neighborhood. c How 

are pA\ and its compounds used in prohibitions ? (K. 318. 3.) aireKa- 
aov TTOLccy tl = lam wearied (or tired) of doing it. (K. 310. 4.) 
d A Second Aorist Participle (with what is called the Attic reduplica- 
tion) from ££-dyco. Aor. 2. ££-v t yayov. e ap.apTavzivJyi.apT I a> 
(to sin a sin =) to commit a sin, K. 278. f Observe 
single completed action (Aor.) : \eye, continued one (Pres.). 
ff c=s non habeo quo me vertam. 



380—382] 



SECOND PERFECT. 



149 



b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The ambassadors of the Thebans did not receive 
these things. 2. The money slipt-away without 
his knowing it.* 3. It is a very great thing, to at- 
tain-to preservation. 4. If you (pi.) had done this, not 
one of you all would have attained-to safety. 1 5. Let 
him pay what he has stolen (p) twice over. k 6. Did 
you not fling the corpse into a cart? 7. This °at least 
is not an easy thing, to hit that mark. 8. The boy, 
like some mad dog, bit his companions. 9. Whence 
did you learn so accurately what was done (p) by 
them ? 10. I should like to learn Geometry. 11. He 
is said to have missed the mark. 

Any thing slips away from any body without his knowing it, \av- 
frdvei nvi ti diappvh (neut. partcp.), from Aor. 2. Si-eppwriv (from dia- 
ppeiv). Pdm. 63. i K. 260. 2. k To pay any thing 

twice over, or restore it twofold, Ikt'ivziv tl §l-k\&<tiov. 



LESSON L. 

Second Perfect. 

380. The Second Perfect and Pluperfect are 
formed from the short root ; their terminations are a, 
€tv (the change for the other persons, and the rules for 
augment and reduplication, being the same as for the 
First Perf. and Pluperf.). — 7re-(^>evy-a ((pevyco). 

381. These tenses change the short a, e, i of the 
root into?;, o, oi respectively : ^rdW-co ftaX-), re^TjXa: 
<f>aiv(D (cf)av-) 3 irefjyqpa : (f&€Lp~co (cjf&ep-), ecf&opa : \eL7r-co 
(\t7r-), XeXoLira. 

382. For roots which have eu in the Present, liquid 
roots have o in Perf. 2 (because their short root has e) ; 



150 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[383—386* 



mute-roots ol (because their short root has t) : (f&elpco, 
/crewel, e<fi^opa, e/crova ; XeLirco, Trefow, Xekoara, ire- 

3S3. Long a remains unchanged in irkirpaya {irpaa- 
ceo) and xefcpaya {jcpafyo), 

384. The partiality of the Perf. 2. for the o-sounds 
is shown in the irregular Perfects olSa (novi), / know 
(Pdm. 70) ; eoitca, I resemble, or am like (eUco) ; eppco- 
ya, I am torn (p/jyvv/ic, List IX) ; electa (solitus sum), 
I am accustomed or wont (eSto). 

385. From verbs that have a causative meaning 
(i. e. that signify to cause to do any thing), the Perf. 
2. has usually the immediative meaning (i. e. the 
meaning of being caused to do), which is an intransi- 
tive meaning : hence many of them have the meaning 
of a new Present (e. g. those in the last rule) with an 
{immediative) intransitive meaning. Thus 7r7]yw/u, 
I fix (i. e. cause a thing to remain unmoved) : ireirriya, 
I am fixed (i. e. am caused to remain unmoved).— It is 
in this way that some Second Perfects appear to be- 
long to the Middle Yoice. since the (causative) Perf. 
Act. is not in use, but the Middle (in an immediate 
sense) is : thus ylyvojiai = fio ; Perf. 2. yeyova (= ] 
have been caused to exist). / do exist, I am (also as 
Perf. to elfil: tcaKa yeyove, teal earc, koX ecrrac) : fialvo- 
/lac, I am becoming mad; ixkyaiva (I have been rendered 
mad == ) I am mad (the verb /ialvco } insanum facio, be- 
ing obsolete). 

386. Futurum Atticum.] "When aco is preceded 
by a short vowel, the a of Flit. Act. and Mid. is some- 
times left out in the Attic dialect, and the two vowels 
contracted, so that the terminations become <5, ovjxai : 
reXeco, Attic Future reXco ; Mid. reXovjiai. 



387, 388.] 



SECOND PERFECT. 



151 



From verbs in eco, d£c* (Fut. eVco, dcrco) thi3 Fut. occurs often 
(not always) only in KaXeco, reXe'co, piftdfa. In Mid. paxovpai (from 
IMaxopaL) . 'EXa>, a?, a (= iXdorco, from iXavvco) is also the usual 
form : and avceSaj, as, a, &c. (= cn<eSao-a>, from crKeddvpvpi, List X), 
probably the onZ?/ Attic form. 

387. When the short vowel is i, the two vowels 
are not capable of contraction ; but the co is circumflexed, 
and conjugated as if a contraction had taken place. 

Thus (vO/jLLO-Q)), VO/JLIOJ, 66?, &C. 

reXeo-o) — reXco, reXeTr, 1 „ , „ „ / \ \ ** 

, J I > et ovaeu, eire, ovcl(p'). cltov, eirov 

vofiLcrco — vofJLico, vopitis, ) 1 r v ' 1 

j3i/3dcrcQ — /3t/3oj, /3i/3as, /3t/3a | co/zey, are, G)<Tf(z>). | aroz>, aroz> 

So in the Mid. KOfilfa, Kop[crop.ai, AtL Fut. KopuovpaL, el, 
etrat, &c. 

This form of the Fut. never occurs in the Opta- 
tive : e. g. Te\(b, rekelv, rekcZv : but Opt. rekecrocfu (25T.). 



388. Vocabulary 44. 

To speak with frankness, nappr]- 
<nd£~so~%ai. kclKcos irapp. to 

speak with an honorable frank- 
ness. 

To spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, 

To contend for a prize, dycovig- 
€<r%aL. 

To burn (up), KarafiXey-eiv. 

To trade for profit, to make mo- 
ney by trade, xp^^T^-to-Sai. 

(To write upon=) to inscribe, 
to entitle, iiuypdfy-eiv. 

To throw beyond = to exceed, 
surpass, v7T€p[3dXX-€o-%ai. 



Renown, reputation, evitXeia, as, 77. 
Pugilist, boxer, ttvktt^s, ov, 6. 
To knock to pieces, to bailer, <rvy- 

KOTTT'€LV. 

To awaken, i. e. cause to wake, 
iyeip-eiv : iyprjyopa — I am 
awake (an irreg. Perf. 2). 

To quit, to desert, aVoXei7r-etz/. 

To leave behind, KaraXeiTr-eiv. 

Suggestion, vTTG^rjKn, ns, rj. 

To break, ay w fit (List IX). 

To break (of bones, &c), Kardy* 

Will. 

Wrist, napTTos, ov, o. 



152 FIRST GR.EEK BOOK. [389 

Exercise 49. 
389. a) Translate into English. 

1. KaXca? eirapp r q<jid(jaTO 6 SgXcov 7rpo9 Kpotcrov 
V7T evrvyjas Siecj&opora, to TeAo? hpav /ceXevcov. 2. 
} Ov7]rcDp I3l(SXlov i^iScofcev* eTTiypacpop.evov* f El %pr\yia- 
TieiraL 6 crocf}G$J 3. 01 irvKrau ra &ra avyfceKopLfieva 
el%ov teal iay6ra. b 4. ^Apco-roreXr]^ rrjv iXTrtSa iyprjyo- 
poros elirev evvirviov. 5. Aldco? koX NifiecrLs rbv av^pco- 
ttlvov fiiov ciTToXekoLTraaLV. 6. Ptivcp aiyav Kpelrrov c 
r) KetcpayevaL. 7. NofiLGvpcev o/xo/co? dcrefielv toi!? re rd 
^evhr) Xeyovras ire pi rcov ^eoov kcli tov$ iriarevovra^aV' 
to?9. 8. Toov TTGirjT&v rives vird^arjicas; co? yj)y) %f)v f/pbip 
KaTaXeXoiTracLv. 9. Aeyerai Treiro^kvai Kpolaov et? 
AarceSalpsOva Trepl avpifia^La^. 10. Mr) vopbl^ere rep 
XiiTTrcp to, Trpdy/xara ireTrriyevai, a^dvara. 11. Sco/cpd- 
T7]s, aTpityavTos ' Avt Laptev ovs to Stepped yb$ d rod 
Tpiftcovos us tgv /Agaves, e *Opa) crov, ecprj, Sid rod rpl- 
ficovos T7]V fcevoSo^lav. 

* Aor. 1. of iz-didu/jLL, to put forth ; to publish. b Perf. 2. of 

iyvufii. List IX. c Note 13. d oi-eppuya : Perf. 2. of 

diap-p'fjyvvfii. to dieppuyos = the torn part, p^yvvfjLi. List IX. 
e ==* els to i[j.(paj/es (lit. to the visible =) so as to let it be seen. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. It is a- benefit from the gods, that some alii 
ance has appeared for us. II 2. They say f that 
the general himself fled. 3. They said f that the gene- 
ral himself had fled. 4. The boxer has his wrist 
broken. 5. Is the boy asleep or awake? 6. You are 
more like ° a man asleep than °one awake, 7. You 
will not rightly deem that your prosperous affairs 
are fixed for you immutably [say : i °as immortal'). 

f Use \eyoj (o>s or gti). 



390 392.] COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 



153 



LESSON LI. 

Comparative and Superlative. 

390. The comparative and superlative (1) from 05 
are orepos, oraro^ or, if the preceding syllable is short, 
wTepo?, (Draros [but here a muta cum liquidti is consi- 
dered to lengthen the syllable : crcfioSpos, afyoSporepos, 
a^oSporaro^. — (2) from 779, io-repos, iararo^ [cra<£|^? ? 
aac}>6crT€po^ 3 &c] — (3) from 179, vrepos, VTaros [y\v/c-vs, 
ryXv/c-vrepos, &c. — (4) from cov, ov-ecrrepos, ov-eaTaros 
(evhaipLcov, Gen. evSac/jLov-o?, evSacfi-ov-iarepos, &c). 

391. A few in 179, /309, have iW> igtos. The wdz/ has 
neut. lov (G. tWo9, &c), and the 1 is long in Attic Greek. 
- — The only regular adjectives that take this form in 
Attic prose are rjSvs, Tayys, ala-yjpos* ix^pos (those in 
po9 lose the p 5 alcryj&v, &c). 

For ra^tW, Tayiov, the Attics said ^dacrcov. ^aaaop, 
later ^drrcov, ^arrov. 

(Eng.) Too wise to be deceived. 

(Greek.) Wiser than so-as (rj coo-re) to be deceived. 

392. Vocabulary 45. 



Spiritless, faint-hearted, a%v[ios, 
ov. 

Soft, fiaXciKos, rj, ov. 
Mischievous, Kanovpyos, ov. 
Impetuous, 7rpo7rerr]s, e? (ttpottct-, 

short root of ttittto* = Triner-a, 

cado) . 

Thoughtful, qbpovTio-TLKos, rj 9 ov. 
Spirited, courageous, Su/za^r. es. 
Savage, aypios, a, ov. 
Plotting, treacherous, iirifiovXos, 
ov. 

Compassionate, cXerjpLcov, -ovos. 
Tearful, dplbaicpvs, v. 



Envious, (foovepos, a, ov. 
Dissatisfied, repining, /xe/x^t/xoi- 

pos, ov. 
Bitter, TtiKpoS) a, ov* 
Abusive, <fit\o\oidopos, ov. 
Disposed to strike, quarrelsome^ 

7r\T]KTLK6s, 7], OV. 

Desponding, dvaeXTTLs, idos. 
Shameless, dvaLdrjs, es. 
Easily deceived, cvcnrdrriTos* ov. 
Having a retentive memory, fimj* 

[IOVLKOS, T), OV. 

Sleepless, aypv7rvos, ov. 
Timid, oKvrjpos, d, ov. 



1 54 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [393. 



Immovable, not easily moved, 

dfiiuriroSi op. 
Ready or able to help, fiorj^nTiKos, 



Panther, TraphaXis, eccs, f}* 
Male, apprjv, apptv. 
Female, %rjkv$, cia, v. 



rj: op. | Desponding, down-hearted, dvtr* 

Bear, apKros, ov, fj. I ^i^no?, ov. 

Exercise 50. 

393. a) Translate into English. 

1. 'A^rv fibre pa rd ^?]Xea rrdvra roov dppevcov rrXrjv 

apfcrov Kal TrapSdXecos ■ rovrcov Be r) ^rjXeta So/cel elvcu 

dvBpecorepa ■ eV Se to£? dXXoc? yevecrt rd ^?']Xea fiaXa/cco- 

repa Kal fcaftovpyorepa Kal rjrrov dirXd Kal rrpoirerearepa 

fcaX irepi tt\v roov re/cvcov rpocfrip cppovriarLKcorepa, rd 

8' dppeva rdvavrla' a ^rv/icoBecrrepa jdp Kal dypvcorepa 

Kal dirXovarepa Kal rjrrov b errLftovXa. 2. Fw^ dvBpbs 

eXerj/ioveo-repov teal dplSa/cpv fidXXov, en Be (fc^ovepcore- 

pbv re Kal /le/i^lrc/iocporepov teal (ptXoXotBopov [idX- 

Xov /cal TrXfjKTifc&Tepov, ere Be fcal Bvo-^v/iov /ictXXov 

rb ^rrjXv rod dppevos /cal BvaeXirt /cal dvaiBearepov /cal 

tyevBecrrepov • evairarrjrorepov Be Kal pLvrjfJioviKoorepov 

en Be dypvirvorepov /cal oKvrjporepov Kal oXcos aKivr\rb~ 

repov rb ^rjXv rov dppevos, Kal rpocfirjs iXdrrov6$ b eariv* 

Bo^rjriKcorepov Be coarrep eXejforj, Kal dvBpeiorepov rb 

dppev rov ^;\eo? eariv (Aristot.). 3. c O fia^vrarof 

vrrvos ijBiarb^ eariv. 4. OiBev ^arrov eari rr)$ rj/S^ 

a = Ta Ivavria. SC. iarl, are the opposite of all this, 
b Note 13. 

h) Translate into Greek. 

1. Nothing is more bitter than compulsion. 2. 
He asked if the son were braver than his father. 3. 
Is the son wiser than his father? — [No. K. 344. 5.1 
4. The man is more shameless than brave. 5. This 
woman is very envious and dissatisfied. 6. I hate 
abusive • persons. 7. The soldier is too brave to 



S94 5 395.] 



VERBS IN III. 



155 



fear death. 8. The man has a most immovable na- 
ture. 9. Friendship is the most delightful of all 
things. 10. Nothing is more disgraceful than to have 
one thing in one's mind and to utter another. 

c Say : other things — but others ; a\\a uXv — aAAa 5e. 



LESSON LII. 
Verbs in fit. Tfarijfii. 
394. Vocabulary 46. 



I place, I appoint, I hold or set 
down (as) ; I make, render ; 
1 enact, appoint, &c. (laws), 

I put up, offer, avarfenpi. 

I dispose (a person), diarferjfu. 

I put in, instil, eVri2ty/u. 

I put down, I lay (down) upon, 

KaraTiZnfii' 
I change ^ alter, fierarfaijfii. 
I put or set round, Trepirfarjfu. 
I add, Tv^oo-rtinp-i. 
1 put before, lay out (for view), 

set out for display, irpor&rjpi. 
Citadel, aKporrokis, ecos, f]. 
Lioness, Xeaiva, ns, fj. 



Another's, of others, dkXorpios, a, 

ov (alienus). 
Heavy, troublesome, dpyaXeoSf 

ea, eoi/. 

One who rules, ruler, Archon 
(at Athens), ap^oav, ovros, (pro- 
perly, partcp. ofapxciv). 

Head-band, diadem, diddnpa, a- 

TOS, TO. 

Sweat, toil, idpoos, cotos, 6. 

Thyrsus (i. e. the staff of the 
Bacchantes, wound round with 
ivy and vine leaves), %vpo~os, 
ov, 6. 

Ivy, KLcrcros or kittos, ov, 6. 



Exercise 51. 
[ The Act. Voice of rbnpi is to be learnt by heart] 
395. a) Translate into English. 
1. ToSe ^avfid^co el 3 - iv dperrj^ koi crocpLas 7^779 
uepec b tt]v aStfclav. 2. ( ttKovtos iroXkd/cis /xera- 

TL§7](Tl TOV TCOV dp^rpOJTTOJV TpOTTOV. 3. HoWdfCi^ 01 

aifepcD7roc Tot? ISlocs tcafcols aXKorpia Trpoarfeeacnv. 4. 



156 



FIRST GFwEEK BOOK. 



El<z to fte\Tiov TL^ec to /xeWov. 5. 'AvTiyovos Aiovvaov 
7rdvTa c e./jLL/jL€LTO, /cat klttov p,ev irepir feels Tp /cecpaXrj 
avTl SiaBrffiaTo? Ma/ceSovc/cov, ^vpaov Se olvtI GK^iTTpov 
(jiepcov. 6. 01 ao^tiaTal ttjv apeTrjv nrpoeTfeecrav. 7. 
'EvTfeoofiev toZ? viol? t?}? crocj)La$ epcoTa, 8. *H Tvyr) 

TTOLVTCL aV JJL€TdTfe€L7J» 9. Ol) paSlOV T7]V (j)VCTlV pL6TCLTl- 

^evaL. 10. 'A^7]valoL ya\Ki)v TroirjaduevoL \kaivav iv 
ttvXcils tt}? a/cpoTToXecos dve^recrav. 11. 'Paov [Note 13] 
i£ aycfaov ^elvau fcafCGV, rj i/c kclkov aycfeov. 12. To 
kclkov ovSeU XP r } (JT0V ^seLt]. 13. MeTcfeeTe ra? Bia- 
'popds. 14. f O 7ro\e/xo9 irdvTa fJL€TaTe^eLK€v. 15. TIpb 
Tr}$ apeTrfi ^eol iBpcoTa e^rjxav. 16. Oi iraXcuol tqls 
diro^avovcriv 6(3o\bv eh to aTOfxa fcctTe^Tj/cav. 17. "Ottcos 
av tou9 aXXov? irpbs gcivtqv hLcfofjs, ovtco koli g~v 7rpo? 
eKelvovs e<~ec<;. d 

a Sa.viAa.& d ~ — I am surprised that — : literally, I am surprised, 
if you do it ; courteously implying a doubt whether you really do it. 

b T&ivai tl iv fxipei twos — to set it down in the class or sphere 
of = to reckon or look upon it as — . c in all things or respects 

(neut, adj. used adverbially). d See iyju in Index. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Zeus {Jupiter) places ail things as e he chooses. 
2. Rulers who attempt (p) to enact laws, enact some 
°laws properly, and some few f not properly. 3. Let 
us set-down geometry as a study for the young. 4. 
I admire Lycurgus, him who enacted (p) their laws 
for the Lacedaemonians, and think him wise in an ex- 
treme degrees 5. You propose an embarrassing 11 
choice. 6. Shall we not place sweetmeats before the 
boys ? 7. Who would not place meat and breach not 
sweetmeats, before one who is excessively hungry (p) ? 
8. Do you wish me to set-down « that you are afraid ? 

e o7nj (ubi quo), where ; hoiv. f robs Se rims — . S eh 

Tcfc tVxaTci = to the last (degree). * faopos (a. non. iropos, trans- 



396, 397.] 



VERBS IN pi. 



157 



itus), ptoj>;from ivhich there is na outlet, no means of extricating oneself " 
<5 5 ^. i £ovAei (re &w (deliberative subj. [238] after jSovAet, 2nd 

sinfr- 285) ; = visne ? 



LESSON L 1 1 1. 
Verbs in /u. "Icmyju. 

396. On the meaning of the Terb larrjfii, .he fol- 
lowing things are to be noted : the Pres., Impf., Fut. 
and first Aor. Act. have a transitive meaning, to place ; 
but the second Aor., Perf. and Pluperf. Act. (with the 
Fut. ea-rrj^o). later -oficu) have a reflexive or intransitive 
meaning, to place oneself = to stand: earr/v, I stood, 
ecrT?;/ca, I have placed myself *** I stand, sto, earrijKecv 
(or elaTtftceiv)) stabam, eaTijgco, stabo (defrscrTrjPeo. I shall 
withdraw). The Fut. Mid. arij&pfiat = I ic ill stand ; 
or I id ill place for myself (i. e. corresponds both to 
earrjv and earr/cra). 

The forms earrjfca^ (kar^fceiv) ei&rrffeeiv, earrjv ? are 
used for the corresponding forms of the Pass, or Mid. ; 
but the Aor. Pass, iard^v is in general use, often bor- 
dering on the meaning of ecrrrjv : earafia^ kara^y are 
very seldom found : the Aor. 2. eVra/^z; never. — Whe- 
ther ear^crav belongs to earrjera or ecrrjv can only be 
known from the context. (Kr.) 

397. Vocabulary 47. 



I place, 1 raise, ttmjfii. 

I set, raise up, avlcrrrijiL. Mid. 

raise myself up, stand up. 
1 put away, turn aside from, 

cause to revolt, dcpLcrrnfJ-L : Aor. 

2. fell away : Mid. I go, stand 

apart. 



I place apart, separate, Su'crr^/ii. 
I put into, ivicTTnui ' perf. I am 

present. 

I lay down, establish, Ka^lcrrnp-i : 
KaraaTr/vai = to he reduced io t 
to be placed in : Ka^ecrTrjKevcu 
= to be established, to be. 



»58 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[398. 



I place beside, TrapLo-rrjfii. 
Cretan, KprjTucos, r), 6v. 
To draw away, airocnTav (= a- 
eiv). 

To turn away, to alienate, an- 

Dry, thirsty, avos, rj, op. 
Sacrifice, ^vcria, as, fj. 



Marsh, pond, lake, \lfxvn, rjs, if. 
Where, ttt}. 

Constitution, Trdkireia, as, ^. 
Difficulty, perplexity, embarrass* 

ment, diropia, as, f). 
Multitude of friends, 7roXu$i\ia, 

as, jJ. 
That, cos. 



Exercise 52. 

[ Go through the Act. Voice of iorrnp.i.1 

398. a) Translate into English. 

1. ^A^vfJLovvres avhpes gvttcd Tpoiraiov eaTTjaav. 2. 
Ka^earrjfce ti e9ro9 hitcaiov iraoriv dv^pdoiroLS, rcbv avrcov 
aScK7]juLdrcov a fxaXurTa opyt^ecr^aL b to£? fiaXcara Svva- 
uevoi$ /Jirj aStfceiv. 3. Trjv KpTjrt/crjv iroXurelav Xeyerat 
7T poor /caracrrrjcraL 6 Mlvcq?. 4. 'II 7ro\vcj)i\[a Sil<tt7]- 
(Ti Koi airocTTra teal cutout peoheu 5. Et rt$ ^vaiav 
7rpoo~(f>ep(0V evvovv vouchee tov ^ebv icaSsLcrTavai, cj>peva$ 
/cov<fias e^€£. 6. ^vXdrrov, jjurj to fcepSos ere t?}? Stfcaco- 
avvrj^ afyicrTf). 7. Mrj di>LcrT7] tou? veovs tt}? iirl ttjv 
aperrjv 6Sov. 8. c O TdvTa\o$ iv ttj Xtjavrj avos eia-Trjtcei. 
9. To fiev tov %povov d yeyovos, to Se €V€cttcos* icrTt, to 
$e fieXXov. 10. 01 Kopiv^toi 7roWovs avpLpud^ovs dire- 
GTTjcrav dirb tcov 'A^rjvaLCDV. 11. 01 Ndfyoc dirb to)V 
5 A^rjvamv aTrecrTrjaav. 12. UapdcrTa to?? aTvyka-iv* 
13. Ilrj cttco ; f ttt] /3oj ; 14. 01 'A^rjvaloi toZ? Na^iois 
cnroGTacnv air avTcov eTroXepbrjaav. 

* for the same faults. * K. 284. 3. 6. « What 

force has the Aor. Infin. after a verbum dicendi ? d rb /Jiev . . . 

rb §€, one part . . . another, &c. e ivearSs = prcesens, Perf. 

partcp. syncopated, Pdm. 63. yeyovSs (= quod fuit, praeteritum), 
Perf. partcp. neut. from yiyovu, Perf. of yiyvofiai. f The delibe- 

rative subjunctive, 238. £w is subj. of jScuW, Pdm. 66. 



399.] 



IMPURE NOUNS. 



159 



b) Translate into Greek. 

L The bad reduce you to a total- wants of friends. 
2. Lycurgus established the °national truces °as a 
common benefit. 3. Lycurgus did not attempt to 
establish his laws before he had made the most 
powerful °men in the state h to be of-one-mind. 4. 
After this man Alcamenes received the supreme 
power, 1 after whom Alcander, a moderate man, was 
at the head of affairs. k 5. The cities place the 
images of their benefactors in the temples. 6. Make i 
your own temperance an example to others. 7. 
Change what is not rightly established.™ 8. 
Conon raised the walls of Athens {say : of the Athe- 
nians). 

ip-qfiia. *» Say : the most powerful of those in the state, 

i ra ir pay para, affairs = the management of (state) affairs, 
k To be at the head of affairs, Trpocrrrivai. 1 Ka^Lcrrrnxi. 

m Say : the things not rightly established ; and use perf. jpartcp. of 
the syncopated form from Ka&lcrrrifjLi, Pdm. 65. 



LESSON LIV. 

AlSco/jlc. Act. Acc. from impure Nouns in £?. 

399. Acc. of Third Decl. in v.] This Acc. belongs 
to the terminations £9, v ?, <zu?, ou?. We have seen that 
pure nouns (i. e. those with a vowel before the termina- 
tion of the cases) all take this Acc. — For impure nouns 
(those whose root ends in a consonant) the following 
rule generally holds good for Attic prose. 

a) Acc. is never v if the final syllable of the (im- 
pure) root is accented : dawk, dcnrlS o?, shield ; 
acc. acnriha. 



160 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [400, 401. 

h) Acc, is never v for a monosyllable root : ttov^ 
7roS-o9, foot ; acc. 7r6Sa. 

c) If a hypermo?wsyllable impure root is noi* ac- 
cented on the final syllable, the acc. is usually v. — 
This applies principally to epts, epcS-os, strife ; acc. 
epiv : %a/?6T-o?, gratia ; acc. ydpiv (but XdpiTa 

= one of the Graces). 



400. Vocabulary 48. 

I give, grant, didcofii. 

I give back, repay, aTrobldcDfAi : 

Mid. 7 sell 
I give any one a share of any 

thing, [i€Ta$id<Dfii tivl tlvos. 
I betray, 7rpo§i§a)/u (prodo). 
Salt, aks, d\6s, 6. (Note 9.) 
Firm, sure, lasting, credos, ov. 
I forget, im\av%avopai. 



Immediately, efavs. 

Happy, blessed, fiaKap, apos. 

Thoroughly bad, ndyKaKos, ov. 

Again, on the contrary, ttoXlv. 

I am in want, xPvC<° (with gen.)* 

To fatten, maw-civ. 

Favor, grace, X"P tJ ? x ( *P iT ~ 0S > V* 
vdpii/ aTroSidovai (= gratiam 
reddere), to make a return. 



Exercise 53. 

[Go through the Act. Voice ofdldcojii.'] 

401. a) Translate into English. 

1. Hiaivei /laXtcrra to 7Tp6/3arov to htotov Sib teal 
rod ^epovs ScSoacnv a\a9 a Sea 7 nrevre rjpiepcov. 2. 
Tvvaiici dpyeiv ov StScocriv 7) (puces. 3. Xdptv \aj3wv b 
pbkyLVTiao^ kcli Sou? iirtXa^ov. 4. AajScov arraSo?, teal 
\rj^rrj d ttoXlv. 5. *fl /xd/cape^ S-eo/, Sore /xoi o\/3ov teal 
86%av dya^rjv ex eiv - 6. f O ttXovtos, bv av SSac ^€ol s 
e/JLTredo<z eanv. 7. ?) <pvcn$ oeoco/ce, ravr eyei fiova 
av^rpcdiros. 8. T f2v e croc Sreo9 eS(t)fC€, tovtoov xprj^ovcri 

SISOV. 9. 0609 [10L SotTj (pL\0V$ 7TL<TT0V$. 10. To?9 7r\0V- 

(tIols irpeireu 1 to 69 ittoj^oI^ Sovvat. 11. 0/ <TTpaTLcoTa» 

TTJV TTOkiV T069 TToXepLlOLS TTpOvSiSocraV. 12. 'O dya&OS 

\alpet Tot9 irevrjcn, xprj/jbaTcov /JL€Ta$L$ovs. 13. Zlet toi>9 
aya^rovs avSpas yevvalcos (pepeiv, 6 tl av 6 &eo? &Sc3u 



402.] 



VERBS IN Vfll. 



161 



14. *0? ai> peWy ttjv irarplSa irpoSiSovcu, fityLarrp* 
tylfjbias a%io$ iariv. 15. 01 ^>eol jioi avrl kcl/ccov aya^ra 
BcSocev. 16. <£t\o9 <pt\ov ov irpohujaei. 17. Ev ircfeov- 
re? h utt ijjLov TOiavrrjv yapiv aireoocrav* 

* Note 9. b Aor. 2. partcp. fr. XapPdvwj List IV. 

c ' fiifivniiai {I have recollected =) I remember. a Aor. 2. Imper 

fr. tin-\cti'frdi/-o/jLcu 1 List IY. e Attraction. ' irp^iv, c. 

dat. Note 13. b Aor. 2. partcp. fr. 7ra<7x« 5 List VII. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The gods give all things. 2. Give immediately 
to a poor man. 3. Endeavor (pi.) to give each man J 
his due k accurately. 4. He repaid the money. 5. If 
you give him money, he will make you also wise. 
6. If any one were to give i him money, he would make 
him also wise. 7. If you had given him money, he 
would have made you also wise. 8. The earth, giving 
us food, is seen to be a kind of mother. 9. Give me 
my shield. 10. Give (pi.) me an example of this kind 
°of thing. 11. The gods have given (Aor.) this °as 
a privilege 01 to °but a few that are easily-counted. 11 

i eh €Kaaros : lit. 1 each one man.' * to irpoa-yKov (partcp. of 

"Kpoa^K^iv. to come to him =) to belong to him. i K. 260. 2, 

ra Use ovtos, without prefixing the article to yepas. 
n evap&fi'fiTois By rvnv (Brj adds emphasis to the superlative). 



LESSOI 
Verbs in v/xi. 
402. Vocabulary 49. 

I sIlOW, b€LKVVIJ.L. 

I show, represent, explain, declare 
any one as any thing ; hence, 
I appoint, aTfoheiKwpu (with 



L V. 

AeUvvpa. 

two accus.) : Mid. slwiv of my* 
self, express, declare, display l 
render. 

lot to be seen, cftiaros) ov. 



162 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Justly, fairly, diKalcos. 
Inconsiderately, unadvisedly, uicrj. 
To remain with, abide by, e/x/xfV- 

c:v (with dat.). 
Within, iuros (with gen.).. 
To cause to swear, administer an 

oath to, i^opKovv (z=o€lv). 
Forsworn, perjured, false, iirlop- 

KOS, OV. 

I swear by, irrojivvixL (with ace). 
Moderate, /xerptoy, a, ov. (Attic, 

~os, -ov.) 
Never, iirj-oTe. 
An imitator, fiLfx-nrrjs, ov, 6. 



I swear, ofivv/M. 

An oath, opKos, ov, 6. 

In every way, throughout, wholly 

7TO.VTCCS. 

To order, 7rapayyeW-eiv. 
Modelling (art), sculpture, TrXa- 

ctlkt] (rexyrj, underst.). 
I strengthen, pavvvjii. 
Rarely, seldom, o-ttclvlcos. 
A decree, a resolution, ^(fiio-fia, 

aros> to. 

I He (jaceo), / am enacted (of 
laws), Kctfiai, 



Exercise 54. 
[Go through the Act. Voice of deUvvpi.'] 
403. a) Translate into English. 
1. IV6/X09 Si] fceicr^cQ StKaarrjv opbvvvai Sifcd^etv 
Xovra. 2. "Opfcov (pevye, tcav Sc/ccllcd? o\ivvt)s. 3. Mij tl 
S-eov? eiTLOptcov eiropbvv. 4. e O olvos /xerpcos Xrj^els 
poovvvenv. 5. 01 StSdcr/caXoi tou? fia^rds fiLjjbrjrd^ eav- 
tcov airoSeifcvvaffiv. 6. Ilv&ayopas TraprjyyetXe rot? 
fiaifhavovaiy crTravicos [lev bixvvvai, ^prjaa/xevov^ 8e tgl$ 

OpKOlS TTCLVTCDS ifJUfl€P€lV. 7. ' H TrXaCTTUCr] SeifCVVCTL TCL 

ecSr] toov ^ecov, toov dv^rpd)7roov, fcal ivtore /eat rebv ^rrjpcop. 

S. 'AvSpbs vovv olvos eSei^ev* 9. <&pvy€s opfcois ov 

vtcll our 6/jLvvvt€$, gvt aXXov? i^opfcovvres. 10. '0\/- 

yot$ SeUvv rd eVro? eppevcov. 11. 01 fcptral rd ijrr](f)L- 

crjiara direheLfcvvcrav. 12. Mrjirore elfcrj opLvvoire. 13. f O 

@ao~Lkcv$ tqv aiiTov vlbv arparrjyov diroSiSec^ev. 

a The Aor. is often used in making general assertions founded on 
experience. We should use the Present. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. If you fear (pi.) the gods, you will not ever 
swear a false oath. 2. He is said to have sworn a 



404.J 



PASS. AND Mir. 



163 



false oath. 3. We are swearing false oaths. 4. Let 
us endeavor both to investigate and to prove why in 
the world 5 such persons are unfortunate. 5. They 
appointed Alcibiades general, with four others. 
6. Even though c you should not swear, all will trust 
you. 7. Such a man will swear false oaths. 8. My 
(say: the) tongue hath sworn, but my mind °is un- 
sworn. 

W 7roT6 (= quid tandem). c \&v — koJ idv (c. subj.). 



LESSON L VI. 
Tforj/jLL. Pass, and Mid. 



404. Vocabulary 50. 

f put away, oTTor/S^i : Mid. lay 
aside, take off (from myself). 

I put in order, manage ; with 
an adv. put into a disposition, 
diartirjfiL. Pass, to be affected 
by. kcikcos (d~XlcQ£, &c), to be 
miserably indisposed, distress- 
ed, &c. 

I add, put upon, itr it far] pi. Mid. 

put on (oneself) ; with daU, 

attack, set upon. 
I lay down, KaTarfarjpt. Mid. lay 

down for oneself, to deposit 

(money in any body's hands), 

to lay by or up. 
I place by or near, TraparfanfxL ; 

fa Traparftepeva (ea quae ap- 



ponuntur), the dishes placed on 
| the table. 

I Celtiberian, KeAr^p, -vpo?, 6. 

Self-control, continence, iyKpdr- 
eia, as, rj. 

TraxeUing-money, provisions (for 
the way), icpodtov. ov, to (vi- 
aticum). 

Foundation, ZeptXtov, ov, to. 

Helmet, Kpdvos, eos, to. 

Cretan, Kpr)s, KprjTos. 

Crest, \6(j)os, ov, 6. 

To legislate, to make laws, vopv 

Purple, (fioiviKeos, ea, eov (con* 
tract, ouf, rj, ovv) t 



164 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Exercise 55. 

[Go through Pass, and Mid. of Ti^rjfu.] 

405. a) Translate into English. 

1. Upoarjiceiv eycoye vo/il^co, orav pev vopLo^erwpev, 
roOSr' ?;/xa9 crKorrelvy ottcq? /ca\co? e^ovra^ koli avpcpepo- 
vra$ v6{jlov$ rfj Trokeu ^rjcrope^a, errecSav Be vopo^er-rjcrco- 
pev, tol<; vopots T069 Kecpevocs jrefoecr^aL. 2. 01 Kpijre^ 
apyGVTai rcov irapaTfeepevcov dirb t&v ^evcov p,erd Be 
tou? £eVou9 tg5 apyovTb BiBoaai recrcrapa^ poi'pa$. 3. Oi 
Ke\TLfi)]pe$ irepl ra9 KecpaXds Kpdvi] yjiktca irepvr'C^evTai 
(pOLVLKols rjcrK-qpeva 3 - \6cpoL<;. 4. Oi'Beva ^rrjcravpbv irai- 
ai fcara^7](T7] dpeivco b alBovs. 5. XY9 clv eKcov cplXov 
dcppova ^olro ; 6. 'Bevocpoovrc ^vovtl rj/ce 779 ex Mavrc- 
ve'ias ayyeXo9 \eycov. rbv vibv avrov rbv TpvXXov re^rvd- 
vai ■ c KCLfcelvos drre^ero pev rbv crrecpavov, BcereXet Be 
^vcov eirel Be 6 ayye\o9 Trpoaeirrjfce kclX i/celvo, on vlk&v* 
rUrvrj/ce, ttoXlv 6 ^evoowv irre^ero rbv crrecpavov. 7. 'A\- 
ra(3iaBri$ ecpvyev eh STrdprrjv koli tou9 AaKeBaipov lov$ 
irapco^vvev errfeecT^aL T0Z9 ' A^srjvalois. 8. 01 TroXiraL 
cpofiovvrai, fir) ol irdXepiLoi rfj iroXet eTrcrc^rcovTau 

a ac/ce?;/ (= e-ew), to work curiously; adcr?i ; ornament. » Note 
13. c Pdni. G5. d vucav — victor sum. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The citizens attack the enemy. 2. They had 
feared that the enemy would attack the city. 3. The 
boys put-on their garlands. 4. Do 3-011 wish that I 
should set-upon the man ? 5, They are afraid that 
the Lacedaemonians will attack them if the}' divide 
their forces/ 6. We call the sign of a sound that 
is affixed = °to it its name. 7. Place very great gates 
to your ears. 8. Then at once (rore ifirj) we will at- 
tack the enemy. 9. The judge was reduced to a sad 



406, 407.] 



PASS. AND MID. VOICES. 



165 



condition 11 by the disease. 10. They had been 
grievously indisposed both in body and soul. 

e K. 259. 1. f To divide their forces, yiyveofrai Bixa. 

S To be affixed to — , iTrireSrjvai. & To be reduced to a sad con- 

dition, a&AiwTa.Ta dLare^rivai. 



LESSON LVII. 
"IcrTrj/jLi, (fee. Passive and Mid. Voices 
406. Vocabulary 51. 

I know, I understand. iirlcrTapaL 



(with pass. aor.). 

1 put together, o-wlo-tt]}jll : Mid. 
assemble, unite, bring together. 

To keep awake, to spend a sleep- 
less night, to forego sleep, dy- 
pviTveiv (j=Uiv). 

Worth mentioning, noticeable, 
memorable, a^toXoyo?, ov. 

Second, Sevrepos, a. ov. 

To be able, can, hvvajiaL (with 
pass, aor.) ; with noWd. ovbiv, 



die. ~ I have power (like mul- 
tmn, nihil, &c, valere). 
Foolish, p(x>p6s. a. 6vl 6 pcopos, 

the fool. 
Drunkenness, fj.€~t], rjs, rj. 
Belonging to ships, nautical, 
vavTifcos, t]. op : vavTLKT) dvva* 
fiis, naval power. 
The rule of a few, oligarchy, oXt- 
yapxia, as, rj. 

First, TTp&TOS, T], ov. 

To fill, irK-npovv (= oav)* 



Eojercise 56. 
[Go through Pass, and Mid. of LcrT7]fii.] 

407, a) Translate into English. 

1. Al iv Aatcehaiixovi yvvaltce^ & rpecj^oven ra re/cva 
(bare fJLrjheTTOTe irXripovv, iva ^s'lCpovrai hvvacr^sai 7reivfjv. b 
2. Ol AafceSai/xovLOL i^L^ovcro tou? ttcuS/z? KXeirreiv kcli 
tov d\6vra c KoXd^ovat TrXriyals, iv i/c tovtov ttovelv teal 
aypvTrveiv hvvcoirai iv toZ? TroXi/ioc^. 3. f Q ttXovtos 
TroXXa Svvarac. 4. Tls av /Mopbs Bvvcllto iv glvoj ctlco- 
trav ; 5. 'Avrjp SUacos ia-rcvy oans aSctceiv Bvvd/ievo^ 



166 



FIRST GREEK BOOS. 



[408. 



l±Y) (BovXerai. 6. Ilpdrre fJunSev &v fir) eiriaTaaau 
7. "ApLcrrov icrTL tcclvt erriaTaa^ai fcaXa. 8. Zcofiev h 
ov)/ co? i^eXo/iev, aXX o>? Svvdfie^a. 9. II pb fie^tr)? 
dvLG-raao. 10. Tl avficbepet iviois TrXovrelv, orav fir) 
€ir l&tcdvtcll tco ttXovtco ^prja^rac ; b 11. KaraXv^sevTQS 
rod HeXoirovviicnaKov iroXkfiov, oXiyap^iav ev ra£? 7r\e/- 

CTTaCS TTOkeCTL KcfeiG-TClVTO. 12. 01 TTOXeUiOL OVK dlTQ(JTr r 

Govrai, irplv av eXcoc-L d rip rroXiv 

a See 346. b How is ireivdw contracted 1 how (dec % how 

Xpd-ecr&cu 1 346. c aXovs. -our 09, Aor. 2. partcp. from a?u- 

o-Keo-&ai. Pdm. 64. d cupec*; List VII. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. Men have much power through wealth, 2. Rise- 
up (pi.) before intoxication, 3. The enemy were not 
able to take the city. 4. Of what use is it to you to 
be rich, if you do not know-how to employ riches? 
5. Did the good men understand this virtue ? 6. About 
such "matters you know better than they. 7. Who 
could better know-how to count ? 8. Thus you also 
would understand music. e 9. No man is able to know 
all things. 10. I should not be able to contradict you. 
11. I shall not be able to learn such subjects. 

e i-l!TTC,0~dai 77€pl fJL0V<TlK7}S. 



LESSON L V 1 1 1 . 
AlSco/il. Pass, and Mid. 
408. Vocabulary 52. 

I give at the same time, avvern- An army, crrparos, ov, 6. 

dldcofxi: Mid. I give myself up Option, choice, aipecris, rj. 

with others to a thing. Gladly, readily, acrpevos, tj, op 
Exchange, recompense^ return, (libens = libenter). 



409.] 



PASS. AND MID. 



167 



Exercise 57. 

[Go through Pass, and Mid. cf bldcofii.] 

409. a) Translate into English. 

1. Too €v ttolovvtl rroXXdias tcaicr) airohLhorai diioifir\x 

2. Harplhe? iroXkatcLS Sid K€[^p<z irpovho^rjaav. 3. JToA,- 
Xd §co>do, SeSoraL to£? dv^pojirous irapd toov ^eoov. 4. c /2? 
fjbeya to [Xitcpov icrriv ev xaipco So^ev. 5. f Ore elXe rrjv 
&7]/3aicov ttoXlv 'AXe^avSpos, airehoro tou? iXev^repovs 
Travras. 6. ^OfiOLoo^ ala^pov, dfcovcravra %pr)ai[JLOV Xo- 
<yov fir) fiav^sdveiv^ koX SlS6/jl€v6v tl dja^bv irapa tqjv 
(friXcov fir) Xajjbftdvecv. 7. Oi iroXlrai (frofiovvrat,, fxr] r) 
ttoXl? irpohiho^rai. 8. Mrjirore virb toov <p[Xoov irpohi- 
holo. 9. c O crTparbs vir avrov rod arparriyov TrpovSi- 
Soro. 10. 'AiroSov to KvireXXov. 

b) Translate into Greek. 

1. I gladly receive the things given me by (jrapd, 
K. 297) my friends. 2. The property was restored. 

3. They sold eight-hundred of the Corcyreans, "who 
were slaves. 4. Pay was given to the others according 
to this same proportion. 5. They learnt a °that the 
island was given to the Corinthians. 6. If a choice 
were given, which of these °two things would you 
choose? b 7. They think that if peace is offered 
(p), the Athenians will receive it gladly. 

a alcrfrdi'ofj.ai, List III ; with partcp. K. 310. 4. » Use Aor, 

Mid. of alpew, List VII. 



168 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[410; 411. 



LESSON LIX. 
AcUvv/jlcu. 
410. Vocabulary 53. 



I show, ivbeLKWfii : Mid. / shmg 
any thing of myself. 

I show braggingly, make a boast- 
ful display of, imbeiKwyn : 
Mid. I show any thing of my- 
self boastfully, show off. 

Truly, in reality, aXifi&s. 

I put on, dress in, dficfruvvvpLi. 

I ruin, drrokXyfjit : Mid. I am 
ruined or lost, I perish. 

I mix, KepdvvvjJLi. 

I quench, extinguish, cr^evvvpt. 



Freedom in speaking, frankness^ 

TrappricrLa, as, rj. 
I ruin at the same time, o-vvanoK' 

XvjjLL : Mid. I go to ruin at the 

same time, I am ruined with 

(some one else). 
Dress, icr^s, ia^r-os, rj. 
Garment, ipdriov. ov, to. 
To dwell, oIkzIv (=€€lv). oIk€?p 

cr7ropd§T]v (to live dispersed- 

ly=)\ to live some here and 

some there. 



Exercise 58. 
411. a) Translate into English. 

1. 01 TOtovTOC apervjV dvri [/marLcov dfifpLecrovrat. 2. 
To aTraXKcLTTea^fai tt}? overlap dpa a ovk aTroXkva^ai 
tcaXels ; 3. Ovtco? rj tyvxv vuv Jljvolto re kcli airoXkv- 
olto. 4. 01 av^pojTTOi, olfcovvres enropahrjv, airooXXvvrG 
vwo rebv ^TjplcoVy Sia to iravTayjj da^evearepot ai)T(hv 
elvat. 5. 'Av&pbs Si/cacou Kapirbs ovk drroXkyraL. 6. 
Ai <yvvaiKe<5 yaipovcriv aixdpievvv\xe.vai Kc£ka<$ ia^rjra^. 
7. 01 akrftS)? crocj)ol ov cnrevSovcnv eiriieUvva^ai rrjv 
avT&v aocbiav. 8. c O olvos, eav vSart Kepavvv7]Tat, to 
crco/jLa pdovvvaiv. 9. C H opyrj exfevs cr/Sevvvoiro. 10. 
'Ael ev tcd j3i(p aperrjv kcli aoxfypoorvvTjv ivSeUvvcro. 11. 
01 Flepaac 7to\vt€\€l$ cttoXcls dfifyievvvvTO. 12. f O pr\- 
rcop rrjv yvcofiyv pberd irap prjcr tas direhei^aro. 13. *A\ki- 
(3id87)<$ virb Toov ' 'A^rjvaioov crTpariyybs d7reSel^7]. 
* K. 344. 5. 



412.] 



VERBS IN €&>. 



169 



b) Translate into Greek. 

1. The soul never perishes. 2. He was in fear b 
about himself, and his children and his wife, lest they 
should be destroyed by their slaves. 3. The tale was 
lost. 4, The woman puts-on a certain expensive attire. 
5. The sophist is displaying his wisdom to his admi- 
rers. 6. You have now beheld this man showing-olT. 

b ip (poficp yev£<r&ai. See yiyvoficu, in Index. 



LESSON LX. 
The Verbs hint, el/jLL, and elfii* 



412. Vocabulary 54. 

I am aivay, absent, aW/u. Pres. 

usually = I will go away. 
I go away, aneiyu. 
I satisfy myself, dpKeofiai (with 

dat.). 

I let go, give up, neglect, aqblvfii. 
That which is owed, duty, beov 

(d«), to'. 
Namely, brfiev (scilicet). 
I go or come into, eiW/u. 
To drive into the net or snare, ip,- 

/ let or send out, i^irjpt : of riv- 
ers, i£uvai = to discharge it- 
self. 

I send up to, icjyirjfii : Mid. (with 
gen.), I send myself or thoughts 
after any thing = I desire. 
8 



Afterwards, then, tnsiTa. 

I let down, lay down, KaSirjfjLi. 

Goat, Karrpos, ov, o. 

Strong, Kaprepos, d, ov. 

Cry, Kpavyrj, rjs, fj. 

Stone, XtSo?, ov, 6. 

I let go, I give up, p.&lnp.%. 

To remain, pev-eiv. 

To prepare, 7rapao-Kcvd£-civ : Mid. 

prepare oneself. 
I let pass, loose, iraplvp-i. 
Oftener, TrkeovaKts. 
I go to, approach, irpoo-eipLi. 
Mouth, (XTopa, aros, to. 
To help, Tijicopfiv : Mid. revenge 

oneself on (with ace). 
Evident, known, cjyavepos, a, oV. 
Snow, x L <*>v> x lo ' vos i *1* 



170 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[413 



Exercise 59. 
413. a) Translate into English. 

1. Sdfiov to fiev dpxf}$ a epr]fir\v ovcrav Xeyerai 
KaTeyeiv TrXif^os ^ptcov fieydXijv cjjcovrjv d^tevroov. 2. 
01 aya^ol ov Sea top vttvqv fie^uaaL ra heovra Trpdrretv. 
3. \4c£el9 rd cfiavepd fir) Slco/ce ra d^avr). 4. IIoXXol 
av^pctiTTOL icbUvrac ttXovtov* 5. e HpafcXr)$ tov Epvpd- 
v^iov Kairpov Sico^as fierd tcpavyr)? el$ yiova ttoXX?]v 
nrapetfikvov Ivefipoyicrev. 6. e O NeiXo$ e^lrjaiv eh tt)V 
^rdXarrav eirrd aro/xacrcv. 7. r/ Arra b eirecT earat, 
ravra ^reols fieXet. 8. El ^vrjTos el, /3eXTi(TT€ c ^vrjrd 
fcal chpovet. 9. Mefivrjcro' 1 veos a>v, o>9 yepcov ear) ttotL 
10. AlicaLos iG& 3 iva teal SiKalcov Tv^riS-* 11 • Bias 
■jrapovcrr}?) ovSev Icyyei v6fio$. 12. EvSaifimv eXrjv tcaX 
&eo?? <£/\o9. 13. 'AXe^avSpos elirev • f el fir) 'AXegav- 
$po<z rjv, AioyevrjS av rjv. 14. 'Aydrra T0Z9 Trapovai, 
tcov drrovrcov ovk icpikfievos. 15. Kal veott)? real yrjpas 
dpL(f)CD tcaXd earov. 16. 01 dv^rpcoTroL evSacfiovecv Svva- 
vrac, kav Trevyre^ coaiv. 17. 'AXif&eid croc Trapicrrco. 
18. "Icofiepj co <j>CXot. 19. <±>evye Si^oaracrlas fcal epiv, 
rroXepLov Trpoacovros. 20. Errel r) MavSdvrj Trapeafcev- 
d^ero C09 diriovaa irdXiv 77/309 tov dvSpa, 6 : Aarvdyr)^ 
eXeye Trpo? tov Kvpov ■ V2 7ra?, ?}z^ fievys irap ejnot, 
7rpcoTov fiev, otov j3ovXfl elatkvai &>9 epie, iwl crol ecrTat^ 
teal ydpiv croi fxaXXov e^co, ocrco av irXeovdtas elalrjs &>9 
ifie. 21. ^EireiTa Se lttttols to?9 ifioL? XP^V- Ka ' L > orav 
airlys. ey&v direi ov$ av avTos i^eXy? l7T7tov$. 

a rb e{ apxns = originally. fa Pdrn. 50. c Note 

13. d Mefj.vmj.ai (= meniini), I remember. e List IV. 

Gen. K. 273. 3. b. f List VII. s ehai bd run, to be in 

any body's power ; to depend on him. 



PASS. AND MID. 



171 



6) Translate into Greek. 

1. Men utter indeed the same voice, but not the same 
language. 2. We ought to be satisfied with what we 
have {say: with present things). 3. Not every 
one who wishes (p) will enter into this abode. 4. The 
chorus of the Muses will most probably come-in first. 
5. We went in to 29 Socrates. 6. It would not become 
me to come before 10 you, framing studied speeches. 1 * 
7. There are two forms of government. 8. O Greeks, 
ye are always children. 9. Yoif and I {say : I and 
you) are not poets. 10. Do not be harsh towards 31 
us. 11. Know well,* that this will be so {say: will 
have itself so). 12. They were not one person, 
but two. 13. Such a person would not be able to em- 
ploy his wealth. 14. Come now^ read 1 me the 
decree. 15. Let us go back-again to the beginning. 
16. It is right (Set) that this man, looking at 7 one 
object, should ever shoot all his arrows at 7 it. 

k To frame studied speeches, irXarTeiv \6yovs. i Pdm. 70, 

Note 7. k B-f] : for come use imper. of el/u. i Imper 

Aor. of kva-yiyvd><rK-u See syvwv in Pdm. 63. 



NOTES. 



On the Division of Syllables. 

1. Beside what is stated in 38, 39, 1 may be remarked that when 
two or three consonants come together, they are usually considered 
to belong to the following syllable, if they are so easily pronounce- 
able that they can begin a word (e. g. a-jxvos, a-K/177, de-a-pos, e-crpo- 
4>a). 

Sometimes a mule before /x or v is connected with the following 
syllable, even though no word begins with that combination, pro- 
vided any word begins with another mute of the same organ and 
or v. 

Thus (f)d~Tvr] (no word begins with rv, but some do with Si/). 

So S^-y/ioff, Sd-(pvis, because words begin with Kp., uv. 

Three consonants are connected with the following syllable when 
the first fair and the second pair can each begin a word (e-o-SXoy, 
i-X%p6s ; since words begin with ^3, 3p.) (So a-o-S/xa : since words 
begin with r/x, though not with S/x.) Kr. 

According to these rules, (pacdpos is divided into the syllables 
(f>ai-dpos, not (j)ai$-p6s. yj/rjc^LcrpLa into yj/rjCpL-o-p-a. 

2. Lesson 3.] — The accent of a verb is, as a general rule, as far 
back (i. e. as near the root) as possible. Hence (a) in verbs when 
a long termination is exchanged for a short one, an acute on the pen- 
ult is thrown to the antepenult (if the verb is hyperdis syllable) : 

TVTTTCO, TV7TT€T€. 

b) If the penult, being the tone-syllable, has a long vowel or diph- 
thong, and the verb is dissyllable, the acute will pass into circumflex 
when the final becomes short : cj)€vyco, (pevye (but KtXeva, KeXeve). 

[For the general rules for the accentuation of verbs, see Pdms. 
56, 57.] 

3. Lesson 11, (95).] — a, G. as, is always long from an oxytone 
or paroxytone (if a hyperdis syllable^ 

But a, G. as, is short in 

1) Polysyllable feminine names or appellatives : ^aKrpia, *Epc- 
rpta. 



174 FHLST GREEK BOOK, [4 6, 

2) -pa is short if the penult has v or any diphthong but av ' 

^€(pvpa. fioipa, also in Tdvaypa (by 1). 

3) In polysyllables in eia, oia. it is shorty except in (a) abstract 

substantives from verbs in euco, and (/3) dissyllables in eta. 
avoid, aXifieia (from adj. ak^rjs), oxfieXeia (from a>0c- 

Xetf) : but dovXeld (from SouXeuetf) . 
fia<Tiheia=- queen (from (3acri\evs). 
(Sao-iXe id = reign (from (3acrik€veiv, to reign). 

4. From Adjectives in os-, the a is long in Nom. Sing. So 
yrXe'a, fern, of TrXe'cos. From Adjectives and Participles in a?, us, ety, 
ou?. coy, ccv. it is sftor*. Hence the former are paroxytone : the latter 
proparoxytone or properispomenon. 

N. B. Acc. and Vcc. singular follow the No?:*. 

5. A muta cum liquidd does not lengthen a short vowel [i. e. 
does not make a syllable long by position], unless it be a middle 
mute Q3 5 y, S) before X, ft, v. 

Hence cltIkvos^ aVeVXos, i aK[xrj, (3orpvs ' but /3t/3Xos, ei/oS/ios, 
jreVXeyftai. 

6. Usual Contractions. 





A 


E H 


Q 


I Y 


A 


aa — a 
aat == a 


ae — a : aet = a 
an — a', ay — a 


ao =co: aoi—co 
aov~co'. a co = co 


ai—ai : di—q 
dv—dv'. dv—dv 


E 


ea = jy ; sZs. a 
eat = rj, et 
eas — €L9 


ee=et. 7i: eet=et eo — ou. eot=ot 
eej^ etr. eou — ou 

€7] =??: ej] = r €CO=(D: €CO = Cp 


et = et 
ev = eu 





oa = Co, 5/s. d.oe ~ ou 

oet = ou. ot 

1 

j 077 — co. 77 

oat = at 017 = co. ot 


00 = ou 
oot = ot 
oou— ou 

OCO —CO OCO = Cp 


ot == ot 


H 


rjai = $ U === rj 
\rjei = g 




v{ = V 

r t v= nv 


& 


co a = co 




COO = CO 


cot = CO 


I 


tas = Z? 


L€S ~ Is 


I 


a — l 


Y 


ua£= us 


ves = u? 







From this table it appears generally, 



NOTES. 



175 



a) That in the collision of A and E sounds, the vowel which pre* 
cedes the other, remains predominant in the contracted syllable, 
although its shape may be modified : Xeiweai. Xeltrrj or Xeuret : r//zae, 
rt/xa : rroXeas. 7r6k€is : except in ea, which, in the first two declen- 
sions, "s contracted into a : darea, ocrra : poppeas. poppas. 

b) That, where an O sound appears, it maintains itself, in con- 
traction, against all A and E sounds, voe, vov : oariov, dorovv: /Soar, 
dovs : Tip.aoip.i, Tip.£p.i : (fiiXeovcn,, (fiiXoio-L : except that, in adjec- 
tives, or] becomes 77 : cbrXoq, d-A?}, and oa sometimes a : &7r\6a, 
d-rXa : also aTrkocu. dnXai (Thiersch.) 

7. There are some words, cases, and moods that must be care- 
fully distinguished, because they look like what they are not. The 
following are a few instances of the kind that occur in these lessons. 

a) -ouff, as nora. or acc. pi. of a comparative in cov, e. g. pel£ois 

= fJL€i£~OV€S, fjL€i£-ovas. 

-co, acc. sing, or nom. pi. of ditto. 

b) ovtcov, 3rd plur. of Imperative Present, which looks like gen. 

plur. of Pres. Partcp. Act. 
avTtov = aovrcov, 3rd pi. Imper. Present from verb in dec (also 

gen. pi. of Pres. partcp. Act.). 
ovvtcov = e-6vTcoi>, 3rd pi. Tmperat. Pres. from verb in eca 

(also gen. pi. of Pres. partcp. Ac'.). 

c) arai, 3rd sing, of the Pres. Indie, or Suhj. (Pass, or Mid.) 

from dec. 

d) *IcrSt (from olda) ' know? and 'lo~%i, c be? 

Euphonic Rules. 

8. When two consonants come together in the formation of 
words, the former is often changed for the sake of easier pronun- 
ciation. 

The principal changes of this kind are the following 

* These changes may be exhibited in the following table, which 
»g arranged as the multiplication table often is : 





T 


5 


$ 


* 




Any jp-sound with 


7TT 


/35 


** 






Any /.--sound with 


KT 




X* 


I 


7/1 


Any ^-sound with 


err 


1 


oft 


cr 


(Tfi 



1 This combination does not occur. 



176 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



Any _p-sound with r becomes ttt. 
Any p-sound with b becomes 
Any p-sound with 3 becomes <£3. 
Any p-sound with s becomes yjs. 
Any j>sound with p. becomes 
Any A-sound with r becomes kt. 
Any A-sound with § becomes yd. 
Any A'-sound with 3 becomes ^3. 
Any fr-sound with s becomes f . 
Any /j-sonnd with p, becomes yp. 

Any /-sound with r becomes xrr. 

Any /-sound with 5 (tJiis combination ioes not occur), 

Any /-sound with 3 becomes o-S. 

Any /-sound with cr becomes cr (i. e. the z^sound is thrown 
away) . 

Any /-sound with p, becomes vp.. 

U 3 This table shows : (1) that a p or Abound before a /-sound 
must be of the same order of breathing as the /-sound :* (2) that a 
/-sound before $ is thrown away. 

Obs. 'Ek, s out of. 5 in compound words retains its k : thus, e«- 





not 


iy-didccpi) Sic. 
(Exan 


iples.) 










TerpLTrrai. 


Xs'Xeyrar 




XeXeKrat. 


€CTTpa(j}TaL 




ecrTpaiTTai. 






j3el3p€KTai. 


pd~§os 




pu3bos. 


OK§OOS 




oydoos. 


iiriypdcpdrjv 




imypd^dr/p. 






TrXeySrjv. 














rpL^rjCropaL 




rpt(p~rjcropa.i 


XeySZ/cro/xGU 




Xex^^cropair 






ijreicr'Zrjv. 


avvrcrc£> 




dvvacd 


7]p€LG~r]V 




rjpelcrtrjv- 






€p€L(TCO. 


XelrrcrcD 










TT€l(T(D. 


t piper CD 




rpl^co. 


Tervrrpai 




rervppaL. 


ypdcpcico 




ypd\j/G). 


TtTplfSpCli 




Terpippat. 


TrXeKcrco 






yeypacppai 




yiypappai. 



* That is. the first becomes a smooth mute, if the second is a smooth 
mute ; a middle or aspirate^ respectively, if the second is a middle or 
aspirate. 



NOTES, 



177 



Xcycrco 



7T€7r\eKfiaL zzz TTenXeypai, 



N before a P-sound (or becomes p,. 
N before a K-sound (or |) becomes y. 
N before a T-sound remains unaltered. 
N before a liquid is changed into that liquid. 
N is usually* dropt before £, before a in inflexion,! and in those 
compound words in which another consonant follows cr. 



When a T-sound and v together are ejected before c, the remain- 
ing vowel, if short, is changed into a diphthong (e into ei, and o into 
ou) ; if doubtful, it is lengthened. The long vowels (iy 3 o>) are left 
unchanged. Thus : 

Tv<$fte(yT)<Ti becomes Tvffieicri. rv^ra(vr)at becomes r^acrt. 

crii€(yK)<j(o becomes a7reicrct>. yiya(vr)(Ti, becomes yiyaori. 

Xeo(rr)ort becomes \eovo~L. b€LKPv(yT)<ri becomes dciKPvcri. 

tvttto(vt)(tl becomes tvtttovctl. TVTrT&(pr)cri becomes rvTrracri. 
When the same aspirate would regularly be doubled, the former 
is changed into the kindred smooth: as 2a77(poo (not 2a(£<£co). BaK^os 
(not Bdxx°s)- *At3& (not 'ASSi'sO-t 

* Exceptions. *Ep, as ; ip(nr€ipw, iv^evyvv/xi : ndXiv, as ; iraXivo'Kios : 
some forms of inflexion and derivation in a-ai and as, as ; iricpawai, fr. 
(palvoj : and some few substantives in ws and ws. The v in crvu be- 
comes <r in composition before <r followed by a vowel ; as : o-vo-ffc&fa, 
instead of <rvv<Twfa. 

t That is, in the declensions and conjugations. 

% Even the middle mutes (/8, 7, 5) are very seldom doubled, with 



(Examples.) 
ip~77€cpla = epneipLa. crvp-^eco 



crvy^eoo. 

o-v\\oyl£(o. 

crvppeTpia. 





But : 0~VPT€lPCD, O-VvbeOO, (TVP%£Cl>. 

Exceptions, The enclitics ; as : opirep. ropys. 
iv before p ; as : ipplirroi. 



178 



FIRST GfUCEK BOOK. 



[9. 



Of two aspirates in two consecutive syllables, the former is often 
changed into its kindred smooth. 

This rule applies principally to roots beginning with 3 and end ■ 
ing with some other aspirate. The initial aspirate reappears, when, 
in the formation of cases or tenses, the final aspirate is changed. 

Thus the roots 3pe<£, Spt^, become Tpeqb, rpix ' but when the <p ; 
for instance, is changed into yjr or p,, the reason for getting rid of 2 
no longer remains, and 3 will reappear : 3pe\^, Spe/x. So Tpix-os, 
rpix-'h hut 3pt£, Spt^iV. 

In the Imperative of the 1st Aor. Pass, the last aspirate is 
changed in the 2nd pers. sing. : e. g. ypd^TL (not ypd<fufii) : Kpvfr 
ZrjTi (not Kpvffirfii). 

Irregular Substantives. 

9. O 3 It. means root (from which the word is declined regit* 
larly). 

dndav, (rj), nightingale. G. dndovs (for dr]b6pos). V. drjbol. 

aXs, dXos (6), salt. PI. usually oi aXes, &v, &c. 

aXcos (fj), threshing-floor: mostly after Attic 2nd Decl. (with acc. 

aka>) ; aXcovos, Sic. later. 
avat-> avaKT-os, king. V. ava (but only ivhen a god is invoiced). 
'ArroXXav, cdvos, Apollo. Acc. 'AtvqXXcq. V. "AnoXXov. 
"Aprjs (Mars). G. "Apecos : in the poets (for the sake of the metre), 

"Apeos^Apsi^Aprj and "Apnv. V.*Apes. 
drrrrjp, star. Dat. pi. do-Tpdcrt, but not syncopated in other cases. 
yd\a (to), milk. R. ydXaKT. (Dat. pi. ydXa^i, Plat.) 
yeX-cos, cotos, &c. (6), laughter. Acc. yeXara, and, in poets and 

Lucian, yeXwi'. 
yovv (to), knee. R. yoVar. 
yv vj\, woman, wife. R. yvvaiK.* V. yvvai. 
hkvhpov, tree. Regular : but in D. pi. (usually) hkvhpsvi(v). 
hdpv (to), spear. R. dopaT. Thuc. has old D. ftopi. 
eyxeXvs (6), eel. G. -vos, &c. ; but in dual and pi. like rrrixvs. 

the exception of 77 (of which the first 7 = rig). Of the smooth mutes, 
7r and k are but seldom doubled ('{twos, XaKKos): t frequently ; as are 
also o- and the liquids. 

* With accent on the ult. of G. and D. ywaiKos^ yvvaucl, yvvaucwr, 
yvvail'i) yvvaiKolv (jEsch. Chceph. 302), &c.. but yvvcuKa.., yvvcCiKes. &C 



t 



9.] 



NOTES. 



179 



flic-ay, ovos (r;), image. G. cikovs. Acc ei/ca> (mostly Ion. and 

poet.). Acc. pi. €ikovs (Observe the accent). 
Zevs, Jupiter. Ai-6s, Ait Ala. V. Zev. [Zrjvos, Zrjvi, Zrjva, poet.]. 
t/'q-cos*, coo?, hero. Acc. rjpcca, and also rjpco. In poets rco r/pco, and 

ot, tovs f/pcos (the last also Luc). 
QaXrjSi T hales. QaXeco. QaXfj. GaXrjv. In later writers also Qakovi 

and QaXrjToSi -n, &c. 
3p/£ (17), /^ir. G. rpix-os, &c. D. pi. 3pig/(p). [R. 
*cdp5 (rd), 7ze#J. G. Kparos. D. /cpar/ and /<dpa. A. rd Kapa, and 

(Trag.) top and rd Kpara. Acc. pi. rous Kparas (Eur.), 
tcke'is (77), /iq/. fcXeiSds*, icXetSt, /cXcISa and more commonly /cXeti/. 

Plur. Kkeloes. Acc. KXeis, later KXe«W. [Eur. kXjJ&i, -das from 

old Att. kXjJs.] 
VKeuiP (6), mess ; porridge. Acc. KVK€co,for Kvaecbva. 

KVCOV. dog. R. K?jV. V. KiW. 

Xaa?, Xas* (d), stone. Xdos* (in Soph. Xdou), Xdt, Xaai> and Xaz> (Xaa, 

Callim.). PI. Xaey. Xdcoi/, Xdeo-criz/ and Xdeo-tiA 
XiVa, prob. «cc. from obsol. rd XiVa ; found with akelfeiv, as acc. 

cognates significations . 
paprvs, witness, pdprvp-os, 1. Acc. a and (Zess commonly) paprvv. 

D. pi. pdpTvcn(p). [Mdprvp nom. iEol. and late.] 
vews- (17), s/ivp. The Attic forms are : veas, vrjt, vavv \ (vie ?), veoiv \ 

vrjeS) ve&v, vaval, vavs. [G. vtjos, c&c Att. poets and later prose.] 
Olbl-rrovs, CEdipus. OidwroSos* and Olbmov. D. Ol8liro8i. Acc 

OioWoSa and Olblirovv. V. Oldinov. 
opm (d, 77), Hro 7 , opvl^os, &c. Acc. opvl%a, less commonly opyti/. 

PI. reg. also (more poetical) opveis, opvecov. D. opvio~i(v), only Acc. 

opveas, or opvls. [On the quantity of the 1 see Liddell and Scott.] 
ovs (rd), ear. R. cor. [G. plur. coYcota] 

ILvv£ (rj), the Pnyx. G. TLvkv-os, &c. with transposition of the con* 
sonants. 

XLoceiScov, Neptune. Acc Ilocreidco. V. Hocreihov. 
CTKwp (to), filth. R. (TKar. Hence G. ctkcltos, &c. 
vScop (rd), water. R. vSar. 

^etp (17), /lana*. x a P° s ' ou ^ ^ ^* Dual, x^poiv, Dat. PI. x^pc"^ 

^eXlScoi/ (77), swallow. xcXiSovos, but D. x^Xtdot. 

wtd?, son. G. viot), reg., ou2 aZso Z7ie following cases from vlevs . 
vteos 4 , vtet. Du. vUe, vUoiv. PI. Viet?, vUcov, vUcri(v), vieis, 
Thucydides, Plato, and the orators prefer these forms. 



180 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[10, 11 



On tJie place of av. 

10. As av represents the predicate as conditional, it ought properly 
to be joined with the predicate, e. g. \eyoi\xi av, eXeyov av ; yet it 
commonly follows that member of a sentence which is to be made 
emphatic, e. g. /cat ovk o'Ul a or )/rj fxov av cpaveia'Sai to tov 2a>Kpd- 
tovs rrpayiia. Hence it is regularly joined to such words as modify 
the whole meaning of the sentence, viz. to negative verbs and inter' 
rogatives : ovk av, gv& av, ovttot av, ovBerroT civ, &C. — -tls av, rl av^ 
li cf av, rl drjr av, it cos av, Trees yap av, ap av, &C. ; — also to adverbs 
of place, time, manner, and other adverbs, which in various ways 
modify the expression contained in the predicate and define it more 
exactly : ivrav^a av, tot av, clkotcos av, 'Icrcos av, rax av, fiakio-T av 9 
tJkio't av, pabicos civ, fjbeass av, &c. ; to el, eVetS^r >St€, onore, 6s with Subj. 
(hence idv [rjv, av,] eTTZLoav, brav, orrorav — bs av=quicunque ; si quis). 

Crasis* 

11. Both Crasis and Elision are marked, as the soft breathing is, 
by a comma over the syllable. 

When two words, one of which ends and the other begins with 
a vowel, come together, it often happens that these vowels are 
changed into one long vowel-sound. This union is called Cr&ris> 
and the sign of it CorOnis. The CorOnis is placed above the vowel- 
sound formed by Crasis ; and when this is a diphthong, above the 
second vowel ; but it is omitted when the word begins with the 
vowel-sound formed by Crasis; as: to bvop.a=- rovvop-a, to erros^ 
TQVTTOs, to. ayaSa = Taya'Sd, 6 olvos — covos. 

When the combination formed by crasis is a dissyllable or tro- 
chaic word (""), some grammarians still retain the accent of the se- 
cond word ; others change the acute into the circumflex. Thus, 
when the second word is paroxylone, some write tovtzos, raKXa, 
rapya (for to erros, to. aXXa. to. €pya) : others, tovttos, TaXXa, rapya. 
The change into the circumflex is founded on the authority of the 
best MSS. It is, however, against the principle, that in contractions 
the circumflex arises only when the first of the contracted syllables 
has the acute, the second the grave. 

If of the two vowel-sounds that are blended into one sound by 
Cr&sis, the latter is a diphthong that contains i, the t is written under 

* Kpacris means a mixing or blending. Kopwvis, any thing curved ; 
hence, a little curved mark with the pen. 



12.] 



NOTES. 



181 



(i subscript) : it is not underwritten, when only the former is such 

a diphthong. Thus : KCLL €LTCL KOLTCt ', but KCLL €TT€LTG. KQ.7T€ITCL. 

Elision* consists in simply throwing away a short xowel at the 
end of a word before another beginning with a vowel. The sign of 
this is called Apostrophe ;* e. g. 0770 olkov = an o'lkov. 

If the elision causes a smooth mute to precede an aspirate, the 
smooth mute must be changed into the aspirate. Thus, not an ov, 
but d(j) ov ; not avr <ov, but av$ hv. — So in Crasis ; a smooth mute 
before an aspirated vowel is changed into the aspirate mute of the 
same organ : ret erepa == Sarepa. 

Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs. 
12. Correlative words are those which express a mutual relation 
(correlation) to each other, and represent this relation by a corre- 
sponding form. 

(a) Adjective Correlatives. 



Interrogative. 


Indefinite. 


Demonstrative. 


Reiat. and De- 
pend. Interrog. 


nocros, -rj,-ov ; 

how great ? 
how much 1 
quantus ? 


ttoctos, -77, -6v, 

of some size 
or number, 
aliquantus 


TOCOS, -7} ,f -OV, 

so great, so 
much, tantus 
Too-osdz.TOo-^Se. 
Too~6vbe 

700~0VT0S, -a\JT7]. 
-0VT0(v) 


oaos, -77, -ov, and 
oirocros, -77, -ov,\ 
quantus 


irolos, -a, -ov ; 

of what kind? 
qualis ? 


7TOLOS, -a, -ov, 

of some kind 


roTo?, -a. -ov,] 

of such a kind, 
talis 

Toiocrde, roiddz. 
Toiovhe 

TOLOVTOS, -aVTTJ, 
-0VT0(v) 


oios, -a, -ov, and 
SttoIos, -ov, 
qualis 


7rrj\LKos,'rj,ov ; 

how great ? 
how old? 


wanting 


tt]\lkos, -ov, so 

great, so old 

TT]\lKOS$€, 

-ovde 

rifKiKovTos, -av- 
tt], -ovro(v) 


tjXlkos, -77, 'OV, 
and 

6irrj\iKos, -77, -ov, 

how great, how 
old 



* Elisio (Lat.), a squeezing out. > Airo(frpo(p'}] means a turning away. 

j* Except in the combinations roios nal (7)) roios • toctos koI t6(tos « 
Zsw — r6(rcp (= quo — eo, rare), and e/c rocov, these forms were super- 
seded "by the compound forms : roiSstie, &c. 

$ The forms beginning with <5tt'- are regularly the dependent in'pr 
rogatives. 



182 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 
(b) Adverbial Correlatives. 



[13 



Interrogative. 



irov ; where! 
ubi ? 



iro^ev; whence? 
imde ? 



ttol; whither? 
quo ? 



Indefinite. 



7rov, some- 
where^ ali- 
cubi 

7ro3 kv. from 
someplace. 
alicunde 

77-01, to some 
place, ali- 
quo 



tt6t€ ; when 1 
quando ? 

TrrjvLKa ; quo 
temporispun- 
cto ? quota 
hora? 



ttcos j howl 

nrj ; whither 1 
[also where?] 
how ? 



rrorc, some- 
time, ali- 
quando 

wanting 



7rG>$-, some 
how 

nrjyto some 
place, some 
how 



Demon- 
strative. 



wanting [cV 
rav%a, eV3a- 
6V, here : e#eei s 
there] 

wanting [iv- 
SeVoV, ivrev- 
3ei/, hence : i- 
K€l%€v, thence] 

wanting [e- 
Kclcre, thither: 

StS. €VTClV%a, 

hither] 



Tore. then,tum 



rrjVL- ^ hoc 
Kabe I ipso 

rnvL- ( tem- 
Kavra J pore 



OVTCo(s), 

SO 

r^Se 
ravTT] 



) hither 
) or here 



Relative. 



ov, where, 
ubi 



oftsv. whence, 
unde 



ol, whither, 
quo 



ore, ivhen, 
quum 

rjviKa, ivhen, 
quo ipso 
tempore 



cos. how 

?J, where, 
zvhither 



Dependent 
Interrog. 



o7rov, where, 
ubi 



oiroSev, 
w}ience,\m* 
de 

oitoi, whi* 
ther, quo 



Snore, when, 
quando 

oirnvLKa, 
ivhen, quo 
ipso tem- 
pore 



07TCOS, 



how 



Sin], where, 
whither. 



Irregular Comparison. 

13. These comparatives and superlatives really belong to some 
obsolete positive, but are conveniently arranged under some extant 
positive with which they agree in meaning. 



Positive. 



1 . dycfios, good 



2. KaKos, bad 



Comparative. Superlative. 
dfJLeivcov, neut. afJL€ivov fapicrros. 
(BcXtlcdv fteXrio-ros. 
KpeLcrcrcov, Att. Kpelr- -{ KpaTio-ros. 

TCDV* 

^Xcocov (for XoolcDv) (^Xg) error. 

. KaKLCCV { KCLKIO-TOS. 

XCLpav ( x*' L P L(TT0S ' 

fjo-o-cov, Att. fjrTCDv* (inferior). 



* The forms In -crow occur in the earlier Attic writers. 



13.] 



NOTES. 



133 



3. xakos, beautiful 

4. akyeivos, painful | 

5. /xa/cpo?, ^07? o- 



piKpos, 



small 



7. oXi'yo?, ZiftZe 

8. /xeya?. grea/ 

10. paStoy, easy 

1 1 . 7re7ra)y. ripe 

12. Trltov.fat 



KaWloov 

akyetvorepos 

aXyicov 

fiaKporepos 

fxiKporepos 

fJL€ia>V 

iXdo'crcov, Att. eXan 

ttXclcov or ttXz&v 
pacov 

TT€7raLT€pOS 

TTLjrepos 



kolWhttos. 

^ akyeLvoTdTOs. 

( aXyicrros. 
fxaKporaros and pLrjKl' 
pLKporaros. [orgs 

a>i>* eXa^ioroff. 
oX/ytcrroy. 
fieyiarros. 
7rXet err oy. 

7T€7raLTaTOS. 
TTLOTCLTOS* 



* The form in -enreoj/ occurs in the earlier Attic writers. 



PARADIGMS. 



O* For the convenience of the pupil and for easy reference, the 
various Paradigms given at intervals (as well as the others required 
for use) are here collected together. 

1. The Article. 



Singular. 
m. f. n. 
N. 6 f) to 

G. TOV TT]S TOV 

D. tc3 rfj ro3 

A. TOV T7]V TO 



Plural. 




m. f. 


91. 


oi ai 


TCI 


TCOV TOiV 


TGOV 


TOLS TCUS 


Tols 


TOVS Tag 


Ta 



Dual. 
m. f. 
\. A. rco [to] 
G. D. to ip [rat]/] 



n. 
rco 

TOiV 



a) In the dual the feminine is more commonly rco, rou>, than tcl, 
toiv. Td (as fern, dual) is very uncommon. 

2. Terminations of the Three Declensions. 



I. 




II. 




in. 


r 

fern. 


mas. 


m.f 








r], a. a, 


r t s, as, 


OS, 


neut. 


ov 


various 


ns or as 


ov 


ov 






os (coy) 


rj or a 


CO 






i 


7]u or av 


ov. 


neut. 


ov 


a or v S neut. as 


■q or a 




neut. 


ov 


— ( nom. 


at 


01, 


neut. 


a 


as, neut. a 


coy (circumnexed) 


ov 






coy 


ais 


OLS 






criv or crt 


as 


ovs, 


neut. 


a 


ay, neut. a 


a 


CO 








atv 


OLV 






oiy 



Nom. 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Plur. 
N. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 

Dual. 
N.A.V. 
G. D. 

In the second declension, and in masculine nouns of theirs/, the 
original termination of the gen. sing, was o (the final letter of the 
roots being a, o. respectively) ; a-o and o-o being contracted into ov. 
The termination of the dative singular is i in all the declensions, but 
in the first two it is subscript. 

In the formation of the dative plural the T-sounds and p are 
rejected : and 

evTcri ovrcri vvtctl 

€tCTt overt vert. 



avTQ-i 
become dcrt 



186 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[3, 4, 5. 



Muse. 


citizen. 


young man. 




7ToXlT1]S 

ttoKltov 


(?) veavlas 


~Nlov<rrjs 
Islovar] 


veavlov 


TToklTfl 

ttoKlttjv 


V€avi a 


Clover av 


veaviQP 


MoOo-a 


ttoXlto, 


veavid 


Movo-ai 


TroKirai 


veavlai 


Movo-gov 


77 o\ IT OOP 


veaviwv 


Moucratc 


7roklTais 


veaviais 


Movo-as 


ttgXitcls 


veavias 


Movcrai 


TToklraL 


veavlai 


Movo-a 


ttoXltH 


vcavla 


Movo-aiv 


TToklraiv 


veaviaiv 



3. First Declension. 

victory, attempt. 
Sing. Nom. vlktj 77 ei pa 
Gen. VLK.rjs rrelpas 

Dat. VLKT] 7T€ipa 

Acc. vlky]v rrelpav 
Voc. VLK7] TT€ipa 

Plur. Norn. vlkcu ireipai 
Gen. vlkcov Tveipcbv 
Dat. vikclis Treipais 

ACC. VIK.CLS 7T€ipaS 
Voc. PlKCll 7T€ LpdL 

Dual. N.A.V. vUa Kelpa 

G. D. VLKaiV 7T€ipaLV 

4. Second Declension. 
word. island. way. 

Sing. N. Xoyos vrja-os 6d6s 

G. Xoyou vrjvov odov 

D. Xoyco vj)(tco 6dS 

A. Xoyov vrjarov obov 

V. Xoye z^cre 6Se 

Plur. N. Xoyot ^o-ot oSot 

G. XoycOf VTjCTCOV 6$G)V 

D. Xoyot? vr\(Tois 6do7s 

A. Xoyovs vt](tuvs obovs 

V. Xoyot vrjcroL 6&ot 

Dual. N.A.V. Xoyco j^o-co oSco 

G. D, Xoyoti> vr\o~oiv odolv 

The Vocative of words in os sometimes ends in os ; as : & <j)[\< 
and S (^/Xoy ; always co Seo's. 

5. (Adjectives in o?.) 



garment. 

ifxariov 

Ifxariov 

IpLarlco 

ifidriov 

LflCLTLOV 

ifidria 

iparlcov 

Ifxarlois 

ifjLaTia 

Ifidria. 

ijjLarioiv 



Sing. 
Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 

Plur. 
Nom. V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. 
G. D. 



m. 
dyc&os 
aya%ov 
ayefted 
dyeftov 
dya%£ 

dya^ot 
dycCSoov 
dya^ols 



(good.) 

dya% rj 

dya'Srjs 

dyeftrj 

dya%r]v 

dyeftr] 

dya^al 
dya?Sc6V 
dya^als 



dya^ovs dyeftds 



ayaSco 
dyeftoiv 



aya^Ja 
dyaSali 



n. 
dya^ou 
dyeftov 
dya%cp 
dyeftov 
dyeftov 

dyeftd 
dya^cov 
aycftols 
dyeftd 

uyaSa> 
dyeftoiv 



(hateful, hostile.) 



m. 
ix^pos 
i-^pov 
i x %p(? 
ix^pdv 
ix^pt 

ex^poi 
ix^p&v 
eX^pols 
i^povs 

ix^polv 



€ X ^pd 
ix^pds 

eX^pdv 
i X ^pd 

ix^pctl 
ix*SpG>v 
ex^pcus 
cx^pds 

ix^pd^ 
ex^pcuv 



n. 
ixppov 
ix^pov 

ix^pj 

ix^pou 

itfSpd 
ix^pcov 
ix^pols 
ex^pd, 

ex^pclp 



6, 7, 8.] 



PARADIGMS. 



187 



6, Contraction of the Second Declension. 



(a) 





vova o"G. 


S. N. 


TtXqQS 7rA.OO£ 


G. 


7tXoU 


D. 




A. 


TrXoOv 


V. 


7rXoO 


P. N. 


TrXot 


G. 


7rXc5z/ 


D. 


ttXo7s 


A. 


7tXo{>? 


V. 


7rXoi 


D. N. A. 


V. 7rXo) 


G. D. 


Trkolv 



(*) 00 

voyage round. bone. 

7T€pLTrk00S = TTeplirXoVS OCTTeOV = OOTO^W 

7T€pLTr\0V OCTTOV 

TTepLTjXcO O0~TCO 

TrepiirXovv OCTTOVV 

TTepluXoV OCTTOVP 

ireplirXoi ocrra 

Trep'nrXcop octtcop 

77€pLTrXoL£ OOTOtS 

7repL7rXovs ocrra 

TrepiirXoL ocrra 

TTepLTzXcO OCTTCO 

7T€pLTrXoLV OCTTOIV 



7. Adjectives in (eo?, 009 =) otj?. 



S 



P. 



D. 



Xpvcrovs XP V(T V XP V(T0 ^ V 
Xpv&ov XP V(T V S XP vcro v 
Xpvcrco XP V(T V XP V(r( ? 
Xpvaovp xP vcrr l v xP V(T °^ v 
XpvcroL xP vcra ^ \pvara 
Xpvcrcov (m.f. 71.) 
XpvcroTs XP V<TC " S 
Xpvaas 
Xpvcra 
Xpvcraiv 



1 clttXo-os drrXo-r) 
\ clttXovs 

dirXov 

dnXco 

dnXovp 

arrXol 



dirXrj 
0.77X7] s 
arrXfj 
dirXrjv 
cnrXai 



Xpvo-ovs 

XpV(7G> 

Xpycrolu 
(The fem. 



gttXo-op 

drrXovp 

clitXov 

clttXco 

dnXovp 

anXd 

anXols 
airXd 
dirXco 
clttXoIv 



dnXcov {m.f. n.) 
XPV(ro7s a7rXoty dirXals 

Xpvcra dirXovs dnXds 

Xpvcrco dirXco dirXd 

Xpvffolv dnXoiv dirXciiv 

ea = d, when a vowel or p precedes : (dpyvpeos=) 
dpyvpovSi dpyvpd, dpyvpovp.) 

8. Attic (Second) Declension. 

(a) 
people. 
6 Xecos 
Xeco 



Lesson 18.] 

Sing. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
(V. 
N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Dual. N. A. 
G. D. 



Pi 



V. 



Xeco 

Xecop 

Xecos 

XeCO 

Xecov 

Xecos 

Xecos 

Xeco 

Xeco 

Xecop 



(&) 

rope. 
r) kuXcos 
KaXco 
KaXco 
koXcop 
KaXco s 
KaXco 
koXcov 

KaXcpS 

KaXcos 

KaXcp 

KaXco 
KaXcov 



00 

dining-room. 
to avcoyecop 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyecov 
dvcoyecov 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyecov 
dvcoyecos 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyeco 
dvcoyecov 



188 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[9,10 



9. Adjective in ecos (m-f.\ ecov (n). 
Sing. Plur. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



m.f. 
IXeoos 
iXeco 
lAeco 
IXecov 
iXecos 
Dual. 



71. 

tXeoov 
IXeco 
iXeco 
iXecov 
iXecov 
N. A. V. IXeco 



TXeco 

TXecov 

tXecos 

IXecos 

IXeco 

G. D. TXecov 



1 0. Third Declension. 



Sing. 6 (raven) 

N. Kopat; 

KOpCLKO? 



G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Plur. 



KopCLKl 
KOpCLKCt 

Kopa£ 



N. KopaKes 



KOpaKLOV 

Kopa^ids)* 
KopaKas 

KOpa.K€S 



G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Dual. 
N. A. V. KopaKS 

G. D. KGpaKOLP 

a == KOpaK-CTL^v) 



Roots, KopctK, naib, Sco, TrpayfxaT, 
gjW, daifAov, Xeovr, yiyavr 

to (thing) 
rrpayfia 
irpdypLaros 
TrpayjiaTL 
rrpayfxa 
Trpayfia 

TTpaypiaTa 
TrpayfxaTcou 
7rpdyfiao-i(v) c 
Trpayixara 
Trpdyjiara 

7rpdyfjiaTe 
TrpayjidroLv. 

Trpayp.cLT-<riv. 



6, 7] (child) 


6 (jackal) 


TTCtis 


%C0S 


Traihos 


%COOS 


Tratdl 


Scot 


rralda 


3 co a 


TTol 




ualhes 


Scoes 




%cbcov 


TTai(ri(v) h 


%co(rt(v) 


naidas 


Scoay 


jraldes 


Scoey 




SC06 


rralhotv 


Scoots 



Sing. 



6 (animal) 6 (age) 6, 77, (divinity) 6 (lion) 



Plur. 



V 

Dual. 
N. A. V 
G. D. 



N. 

G. ^rjpos 

D. %n 

A. Zrjpa 

V. 3ft> 

N. Sqpe? 
G. 'Srjpcov 

D. ?JTJp(TL(v) 

A. ^r]pas 
%r]pes 



aicov 

alcovos 

alcovi 

alcova 

alcov 



dalfxcov 
dalpovos 
daip.ovi 
dalfiova 



^rjpolv 
d = aloov-cri(v). 



alcoves daifioves 
alcovcov haipLovcov 
al6d(TL(v) A (jaipL00-L(vj 9 
alcovas baijAOvas 
alcoves dalfxoves 

alcove balfiove 
alcovoLV haipLovoiv 

- — dalfxov-(Ti(v). 



Xecov 
Xeovros 
Xeovr l 
Xeovra 
Xeov 

Xeovres 
Xeovrcov 



6 (giant) 

ylyds 

ylyavTOS 

ylyavTL 

yiyavra 

ytyav 

ylyavres 
yiydvTcov 



Xeovart(vy yiy&o-Lyv)* 
Xeovras yiyavras 



XI 



ovres yiyavres 



Xeovr e 

XeOVTOLV 



yiyavre 
ylyavroiv 

f = \eovT-<ii(v) 



11—15.] 



PARADIGMS. 



189 



11. 

(Root evftaipov.) 

m. f. n. 
N. €vdatpa)v evdaijioy 
G. evhaifiovos 
D. evftaijJLOvL 
A. evbaipova evdaLuov 
V. evdaipov 

N.V. evdatpoves eidalpova 



Comparative in cov» 
12. 



Singular. 

m. f. 



pe[£ovos 

pelt^ova or peifa 
pelCov 



71. 

p^C° v 



G. 
D. 

A. 



n.a; 

G.D. 



Plural. 



evbaipov&v 

€v8alfJLO(Tl(v) 

€vbalp.ovas evbalpova 



fJL€l£0VS 



S pelfava 

jJL€l£oVC0V 
fJ.€L^O(TL(v) 



Dual. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N.V, 
G. 
D. 
A. 

N.A, 
G.D 



evbaipove 
cvbaipovoiv 

13. 

(Root peXav.) Singular. 
pfXas pekaiva piXdu 
peXavos peXalvqs peXavos 
peXavi pikalvrj pekavi 
peXava peXaivav peXau 
piXas piXatva pzXav 



XapUvros 
XapUvri 
%a pleura 
)(apUv 



pet£6vQiv 
14. 

(Root %apievr.) 

XapUcra-a x a p' L€V 

XapUdaris \apUvro$ 

XapLeaarj x a P^ VTL 

XapL€(T(rav x a P L€V 

X^p^crcFa x a P Lev 



Plural. 



, peXaves peXawai peXava 
peXdvcov pikaiv&v peXdvcov 
p$Xacri(v) piXaivaLg pzXacri(v) 
peXavas peXalvas peXava 



XapLecrcraL x a P L * vra 
Xapiecrarcov x a p L *vra>v 



XapLevres 
Xapuvrcou 

XapUori (y) *x.apieo-crais x a p^&t> ( v) 
XapL€vras ^apietrtras x a P L€VTa 
Dual. 

Y.peXave peXaiva peXave I xapUvre x a P L * (T(T <* x a P^ €VT€ 
, peXdvoiv piXalvaiv ptXdvoiv | x a P L * VT0LV X a P L * ar(jaLV X a P L * VT0LV 



N.V. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Singular. 

Tras TTacra 

iravros rrda-qs 

rravri 71*0077 

ndvra Trdcrav 



(Root 7ravr.) 

Trav irdvres 

Travros Trdvrcov 

Tvavrl 7zacn{v) 

7zav irdvras 



Dual. N.A.V. Tzdvre Trdcra 
G.D. udvroiv Trdcraiv 



Plural. 

Tracrai 

iracrccv 

irda-ais 

rrdaas 

irdvrs 

Trduroiv 



Travra 
Tzavrasv 
Traa-iiy) 
Trdvra 



Oh. dat. x(ty>fecri : not xapfoer*. 



190 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[16— 19 



16. Participle of Pres. Act. (Root Xearovr.) 



Sing. N.V. 


XeLTTCOU 


XeLTrovcra 


XzIttov 


G. 


XeLTToyros 


Xei7TOvcrr]s 
Xenrovcrr) 


XeLTTOVTOS 


D. 


XelrrovTL 


XtLTTOVTl 


A. 




XeliTovcrav 


Xelnov 


Kiral. N.V. 


\eL7TOPTe$ 


XelirovoraL 


Xe'movTci 


G. 


XeiTTQVTQdV 


X€L7TOV(rCQl> 


XeLTTOVTCDV 


D. 


Xeirrovcri^v) 


XtLTTOVCraLS 


XeLTTova 


A, 


XcLTTOVTCLS 


XeiTrovcra? 


Xei7TOPra 


baal. N.A.V. 


XtlnovTe 


XeiTTOvcra 


XeiTTOVT€ 


G.D. 


XeLTTOVTOLV 


XenrovcraLP 


XtlTTOVTOlV 



Sinn. 



Plural 



Dual. 



17. Participle of Aor. 1. Act. (Root Xec^ravr.) 



n 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N. 
G. 



N.V. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

N.V. 

G. 

D. 

A. 

N.A.V. 
G.D. 



Xeiyj/avros 

Xel\j/avTL 

Xel^avTa 

XetyavTes 

XeL^avTcov 

Xelyjsdo-L^v) 

Xetyavras 

Xetyavre 

Xei^ravroLV 

Sin^. 



Xetyacra 

Xei^dorjs 

Xer^ao-77 

Xetyacrav 

Xen^acrat 

Xeiyl/acrcbv 

Xeiyi/darais 

Xeiyp-dcras 

XeLyj/dcra 

XtLyjsdcraip 



X^yjrav 

X€L\j/ClVTOS 

Xetyavri 

Xel^au 

Xe[\j/avra 

Xei\j/dvrcov 

Xen//wi(z>) 

XetyavTO. 

Xelyawe 

XeL\l/dvroLU 



TTuXv S 
TToXXod 
77oXXS 
WoXvV 
77 oXv 

77 oXXol 
77oXXcOV 



77oXXr] 

77oXXrjS 

77oXXrj 

77oXXr]V 

77oXXt] 

Plural. 
77oXXa[ 

77oXXq0V 



77oXv 

77oXXov 

TToXXcp 

77oXv 

77oXv 



77oXXd 
77oXXcbl> 



etc. regular. 



19. 



Sing. N. 

D. 
A. 
V. 

Plural. N. 
G. 



Dual. 



D. 
A. 

V. 

N.A.V 
G.D. 



(«) 
father. 
77arr]p i 

77CLTp6s 

77 arpl 

77ar€pa 

77arep 

jrarepes 

77arepcov 

77CLTpd<Tl[v) 

77arepas 

77CLT€pe? 

77aT€p€ 

77CL7€QQIV 



(P) 
mother. 

pf)T7)p 
fJLTjTpOS 

firjrpi 
prjrepa 

pV t T€p€S 

pr]T€pcov 

\ir}Tpd(Tl 

prjrepas 
firjrepes 

fxrjrspoiv 



(b) Sing. 

fxeyas fisydXr] jxeya 

peydXov peydXrjs peydXov 

peydXco peydXrj pieydXco 

peyav fieyakrjv fxeya 

[iky a fieydXr] \ikya 
Plural. 

fxeydXoi jieydXai peydXa 

[leydXcov ueydXcov peydXoo? 
etc. regular. 

(d) 
man 



(c) 
daughter. 
Svyarrjp 
Zvyarpo? 
tvyarpl 
Zvyarepa 
Zvyarep 
%vyar€p€S 
ZvyaTepcov 



avrjp 
dv-d-pos 
dv-b-pl 
av-d-pa 
avep 
av-§-p€s 
dvb-p&v 



%vyarpdcTL(v) dv-b-pda-i(v) 

Zvyarepas av-b-pas 

Zvyarepes av-8~pes 

ZvyaTspe av-d-pe 

ZvyaTepotv dv-d-poiv 



20—22.] 



PARADIGMS. 



101 



Sing. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

Plural. N. 
G. 



Dual. 



D. 

A. 

N.A.V. 
G.D. 



20. 

to Kspas 

Kepdr-os, Kepeos 
Kepar-i, Kepa. 
Kepas 

Kepar-a, Kepa 

K€pa.T-CQV, K€pCOV 

Kepa-o~i(v) 
Kepar-a, Kepa 
Kepar-e, Kepa (?) 
Kepdr-oiv, Kepcov (?) 



21. 
Singular. 



N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

N.A.V. 
G.D. 



Sing. 



trireme. 

V rpirjprjs 
(rpi-qpeos) rpLTjpovs 



to Kpeas 
Kpecos 
Kpea 
Kpeas 
Kpea 
Kpecov 
Kpea-(ri(v) 
Kpea 
Kpea 

Kp€<pV 



wall. 



(rpirjpei) 
(rpirjpea) 



(rpitjpees) 
(rpirjpecov) 

(rpirjpeas) 
(rpLrjpees) 

(rpirjpee) 
(jpi-qpeoiv) 



to Ttixos 
(Teixeos) Teixpvs 



Tpirjpei 
Tpirjpr) 
Tpirjpes 



(Telyj'i) 



Plural. 



Tpirjpeis 

TpiTjpCDV 

Tpir)pecri(y) 

Tpirjpeis 

Tpirjpets 

Dual 

Tpiypr) 

TplTjpOLV 



(reixea) 
(rei^eco v) 

(jeixea) 
(reixea) 

(relxtf) 
(reixtoiv) 



T€IX€L 

Te7x°s 
Telxos 

Teixn 

Teix&v 

Teix^(Ti(v) 

reixn 

Telxrj^ 
Teixoiv 



22. Adjective in 779. 
m.f. 



cra(f)r}5 



N. 
G. 
D. 

A. (o~a<fie-a) o~a(j)rj 
V. cra<pes 
Plural. N. (ara^e-es) o-afels 
G. 
D. 

A. (o~a<fie-as) aa(pe7s 
V. (cra(fie-es) o-acpels 
N.A.V. cra<j)e-e 



(cra<fie-os) crafpovs 
(o~a(p&) cracbel 



n. 
<racj)€$ 



cra<pzs 
cacpes 
(o-a<j)i-a) o~a(prj 



Dual. 



(cra<p(-ov) cracpcov 

cra<pecn(y) 

(o~a<pe~a) aatprj 
(cra^pe-a) o~a<firj 

ca(prj 



G.D. o-a(pe-oiv aacpoij 

Compound par oxy tones in rjs remain paroxy tones in the cod- 



tracted Gen. pi. ; as : o-vvrfi^v^ avrapKcov (fr. <rvvrj%ijs , airdpKtjs) 



192 



FIRST GR.EEK BOOK. 



[23—29 



23. 

Sing. Plur. 
city, town. 



N. TToXlS (rj) 7Tu\€lS 

G. TroXeoos ttoXgcdv 

D. nuXei TTohccriiy) 

A. Troklv TroXeis 

V. iroXl 7t6Xzls 

Dual. N.A.V. TroXee (ttoX??) 

G.D. TToXeOLV 



24. 

Sing. Plur. 
fore-arm ; cubit. 

7Trj)(VS (6) 7TT)X €LS 



7TT]X^V 

Trr)x €crL ( u ) 

7TT]X^ 
7TT]X €LS 



25. 

Sing. Plur, 
city. 
acrrv (to) aaTrj 
a<TT€os aaycdav 
a<TT€i aa-T€(Ti(v) 

atTTV CICTTTJ 

ao~TV acrTT} 

Dual of 7rr}xv$ and 
avrv not found. 



26. 



(Adjectives in vs are contracted in some forms.) 
Singular. Plural. 
m. f. n. m. f. n. 

N. ykvKvs y\vK€ia yXvKv yXvKeis yXvKttcu yXvKea 
G. yXvKeos yXvK€ias yXvKeos yXvKe&v yXvK€icov yXvKecov 



D. yXvKtl 
A. yXvKvv 
V. yXvKv 

Dual. 



yXvKtla yXvK€i 
yXvKeiav yXvKv 
yXvKela yXvKv 
N.A.V. yXvK€€ 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Singular. 

(3(l(TlX€V£ 
j3a(TlX€CDS 

/3acrtXea 
(SacriXzv 



Singular. 
N. Ix^vs 
G. Lx%vo$ 
D. Itfim 
A. ItfSvv 
V. Xtfti 



yXi/Kel? 
yXvKels 
yXvKela 

G. yXvK€OLV yXvK€L€LV 

27. 
Plural, 
a king. 

N. /SaortXels (old Att. fiaaiXys) 
G. (BaortXecDV 
D. ftao~iXev(Ti(v) 
A. fiacriXeas ((3ao-ikels) 
V. ^acriXels 

28. 
Plural 
N. Ix^ves 

G. t^St'COV 

D. Ixpvviv 
A. i^SOs 
V. tx^vts 

29. 



yXvKecri(v) yXvK€Lai£ yXvK€o~i(v) 



yXvKeids yXvKea 
yXvKelai yXvKta 

yXvKee 
yXvKeoiv 

Dual. 



N.A.V. pcHTtXte 
G.D. ftao~iX€Gip 



Dual. 
N.A.K'*^ 
G.D. ItfSvoiv 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Singular. 



(3ovs 
ftoos 
pot 
fiovv 



ypavs 
ypaos 

ypavv 
ypav 
Dual 



Plural. 



[ypads] 



N.A.V. 0df. G.D. /3ooI*. 



ypaes 
ypaa>i> 
ypavcrlp 
[ypaay] ypaus 
ypae* [ypavsj 



30—34.] 



PARADIGMS. 



193 



Sing. N. 6, ri 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

PJur. N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Dual. N.A.V. 
G.D. 

Xenophon 
and fa. — K. 



30. 

iropTiS) calf. 

7TOpTL-OS 
TTOpTL-L, TTOprl 
TTOpTLV 
TTOpTL 

7TOpTL-€S, TTOpTlS 
TTOpTL-CCV 

7r6pri-(ri(v) 

7r6pTl-a$, TTOpTlS 
7r6pTL-€S, TTOpTlS 

7r6pri~e 

TTOpTL-OlV 

uses the Ionic forms 



31. 32. 

i ey^eXvy, eel. o, rj oty, sheep. 

iyX^Xv-os olos 

iyX^Xv-i oil 

eyXeXvv oiv 

eyX^Xv oh 

iyX^Xeis oles 

iyXtXe-cov oloov 

iyX&e~(ri(v) olcri(y) 

iyX^Xeis olas, rarer ois 

iyX^XtLs oUs 

iyX^Xe-e ole 

iyX^Xe-oiv ololv 

of oh, viz. o'tVj oies, oiW, oitff 



33. Participle of Aor. {.Pass. (Root Xecd&evT.) 

m. f. n. 

Sing. N. \€L<f>%€is (pxyione) Xe^SeTo-a XeKpZep 

G. \€l(fi%el>TOS *k€l<p%€l(T7]S \€L(j)%eVTO$ 

D. \€L(p%€PTi Xei03a'o77 XeL(p%evTL 

A. X«<jf>3«>ra Xet<£3ao-ay XeLcfiSev 

V. Xeiffieis XeLCp^elcra Xeicp^iv 

Plur. N. XeLCp^hres Xac6Setcrai XeL(f)%evra 

G. Xei<fi%€VTCDV Xetc^Seiow XeLcfi^evTcov 

D. Xe£<£SeIcrt(V) XeicpZzicrciis Xa(p3eIo-t(^) 

A. Xet(p%evTas Xeicjftelo'ds XeMpftevra 

V. XeiffievTes XeLCpSelcrai XeupRevra 

Dual. N.A.V. XeHpZevre XeHpSt-icra XciqbfScpre 

G.D. XeupSevTOiv X€L<p%€i(Tcuy XeicpSevToiv 

34. Participle of Aor. 2. J.c£. (Eoot Xlttovt.) 



Sing. 



Plur. 







■r 


n. 


N. 


Xt7ra)v (oxylone) 


Xlttovo~cl 


Xittov 


G. 


Xlttovtos 


XL7TOV(T7]S 

Xlttovctt] 


Xlttovtos 


D. 


XltTQVTL 


XlTTOVTL 


A. 


XlTTQVTO, 


Xnrovcrai> 


Xlttov 


V. 


XlTTCOV 


XlTTOVija 


Xlttov 


N. 


XlTTOVTCS 


XnrovcraL 


XLTTOVTCl 


G. 


Xlttovtcov 


Xl770V<TG)V 


Xlttovt co v 


D. 


Xl7TOVO~l(y) 


XiTrovarais 


Xlttovo-l(v) 


A. 


Xlttovtcis 


Xl7TOVO-^S 


Xlttovto. 


V. 


XltTOVT€S 


Xinovcrai. 


Xlttqvtcl 


A.V. 


XlTTOVTG 


Xinovcr? 


Xlttovt t 


G.D. 


XlTTQVTOLV 




Xlttovtoip 



194 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[35~4C 



Sing. 



35. Participle of Perf. Act. (Boot 



n. v. 

G. 
D. 
A. 

Plural. N. V. 

G. 
D. 

A. 

Dual.N.A.V. 
G.D. 



XeXvuoys 

X^Xvkotos 

XcXvkotl 

\e\VKOTO. 

XeXvKores 

XeXvKorcov 

XeXvKQG-ity) 

XeXvkotcs 

XeXvKore 

XeXvKGTOlV 



X?XvKv7a 

XeXvKvlas 

XeXvKvla 

XeXvKviav 

XeXvKvlciL 

XeXvKvicov 

XiXvKviais 

XeXvKvias 

XeXvKvia 

XeXvuviaw 



\e\VKOT.) 

XeXvKOS 
XeXv kotos 

XeXvKOTL 

XeXvKos 

XeXvKora 

XcXvkotcov 

XeXv koo~l(v) 

XeXvK&ra 

XeXvKore 

XeXvKOTOlV 



36. Declension of the first four numerals. 



N. 1 els, fila, ev 

G. 1 €VQS, jJLLUS, ivos 

D. 1 ivi, fxiq, ivi 
A. 1 cva, fx lav, ep 

N. 2 dvo 

G. 2 dvotv (very seld. dveiv) 
D. 2 bvoiv (un-Alt. 6W) 
A. 2 bvo 

37. Tls; (inlerr 
m. f. 
Sing. N. tls 

G. TWOS 
D. TLVL 

A. Tiva 



3 Tpe?s } Tpia 
3 Tpi&v 
3 Tpicri(v) 

3 Tpeis, Tpia 

4 T€o-o~apes, a 
4 Tto-arap&v 

4 Tecrcrapcn^v) 
4 Teo~crapas, a 



Teao-apes or r«7* 
Tapes. — Auo may 
also be used as in- 
declinable for #m/ 
> case. — ouco is found 
(when the verse re- 
quires it) in 72071- 
Attic poets 
Pindar]. 



[not 







38. (indef.). 
m. f. 



Plur. N. -riW 

G. TLVCOV 

D. tlctl(v) 

A. TiVciS 

Dual. N. A. ™W 

G. D. TLVOIV 



TLVOS 

TLVl 

TL 

TLVa 
TLV&V 

Tlcri{y) 
Tiva 



TLS 
TLVOS 
TLVL 
TLVCL 

TLVeS 
TLVGV 

tlo~l(v) 

TLVO.S 

TLV€ 

TIVOLV 



72. 

\ 
TL 

TLVOS 

TLVL 

TL 

TLVa 
TLVCQV 

tlo~l(v) 
Tiva 



in sing. G. tov, and D. to are also found ; enclitic when for 
twos* For neut. pi. tlvql (not for rlva), arra (not enclit.) is also 



found in Attic. 



39. 



40. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



OVTLS 

OVTLVOS 

OVTIVL 

ctijTtva 



Singular. 
ovdzls 
ovdevos 
ovftevi 



ovbepLLa 

OvdtfJLLCLS 

ovftepLLQ 
ovdejJLLav 



ovdev, no on* 
ovdevos 
ovftevi 
ovdiv 



41—45.] 



PARADIGMS. 



195 



Plural. 



Though ovdeisi w^els = not even one % 
yet (like our 4 none*) they are some- 
times found in the pi., principally 
in nom. and acc. (less commonly 
gen. and dat.) masc. ovd-eves (-eVa>j>>, 
-ecriii), -evas. 

Just SO p-qbeis, p^oV/xta, /ZTjSeV. 



Afx<j}co (both) is declined like a dual : N. A. V. aficpco, G. & D. d,u$o«» 



N. 


ovTives 


ovriva 


G. 


OVTLVCOV 




D. 


OVTMTl 




A. 


ovTivas 


ovriva 




Dual. 




N 


OVTLV€ 





Sing. 



Plural. 



Dual. 



41. 

iycb 

ifJLOV, fXOV 
€fXOL, fJLOL 

e/*€, fie 

TJfJLCDV 

D. jjfuv 
A. ?5jLtaj 

N.A. [l>COt], J>0> 

G. D. [i/caij/], 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
N. 
G. 



42. 

(TV 
(TOV 
(TOL 
0~£ 

V\LC£>V 
VfJUV 

vfias 



43. 

(o|) 

crcpels [neilt. crcpea} 

0~(ficQV 

cr(j)io-i(v) 

arcfias [neut. o-<£ea] 
[o-^)coe] 
\_cr(pcoLp] 



[o-(£a>n/], cr^xyy 
44. 

The reflexive pronouns are : m. ifiavrov, f. c^avr?^, of myself; 
m. o-eat/rou (or o~clvtov), f. o-an;r?j? (or o-ai/'njs), of thyself; m. n. 
favroG (or clvtov), f. ea^rf/s (or avrrjs), of himself herself itself 
The compound forms, rjiiels (yixsls) avrot, are used for pi. of ifiav* 
rov, ceavrov. 



creavT-(cravT-)ov -co -6v 
o~€avr-(o-avT-)r)s -f) -rjv 

V}±€L$ aVTO'l VfJLOJV CLVT&V OLC. 

vjiels avral vp.cov avrcov &C. 
n. -6 (or) avr-ov -co -oV, n. -6 
(or) avT-fjs -fj -rjv 



S. m. ifJLCLVT-OV -CO -QV 

f. ifiavr-rjs -fj -rjv 

P. m. rjixels avroL rjficov avrcov 

f. ^/xety curat fjfJLcov avrcov 

S. m. n. iavr-ov -co -6v, 

f. iaVT-TjS 'Jl -7]V 

P. m. n. iavr-cov -o7s -ovs, n. a (or) avr-cbv -ois -ovs, n. a 
f. iavr-cov -cas -as (or) avr-cov -ais -as 

For pi. the compound forms are often used (with more emphasis). 

P. m. trcficov avrcov, cr<f)Lo~iv avrols, crcpas avrovs 
f. crcpcov avrcov, o~(j)Lcriv avrats, o~(fias avrds 
45. 

The reciprocal pronoun expresses that each object does the action 
to the other or others. 

Plural. G. akXrfkcov, of each other Dual. dXkrjkoiv aiv otp 

dWrjXois 



D. 



A. dXX^Xoi;? 



ais 
as 



dXX^Xa 



196 



FIRST GREEK- BOOK. 



[46—51 



Demonstrative (or Pointing-out) Pronouns, 
this. 

Sing. N, ode fjde rode 



G. 



rovoe rr/soe rovde 



D. rcode Trjde 
A. rovde Trjvde rode 

Dual. N. A, rati* 
G. D. to7v§€ 



47. 



46. these. 

Plur. N. oiSe cufie radc 
G. Tcovde Tcbvde Tcovde 
D. rolsde raisde rolsde 
A. rousSe rdsde rdde 
rdde rcode 
Tcuvbe rolvde 

48. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



this. 



N. GVTOS 

G. TOVTOV 

D. roi'ra) 

A. toGtoz/ 

N. o£rot 

G. TOt'TCOV TOVTCOV 

D. ro^rotff ravrais 

A. tovtovs ravras 

Dual. N. A. roi;ra) 

G. D. TOVTOLV 



CLVTTj 

ravTT]s 

TaVTT] 

ravrrjv 
avrai 



TCLVTCL 

ravraiv 



rovro 

TOVTOV 
TOVTCp 
TOVTO 

TCIVTCL 
TOVTCOV 
TOVTO IS 

TavTa 

TOVTO) 
TOVTOLV 



ipse (in the oblique cases, 
ejus, eu eum, &c). 
avTos avTrj avro 
avTrjs avTov 
avrfj avTCp 
avrijv avTo 



avTov 
avTco 
avTov 

avTol 
avrcov 



dVTClL 
CIVTGOV 



aVTOLS CLVTCLLS 

clvtovs auras 

avTco avrd 

avTolv avralv 



49. 



Relative Pronouns. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Sing. 



Plural 



Singular, 
off (qui) fj 

OV fjS 
CO T] 

op rjv 



Plural. 



01) 
CO 



01 

hv 
ois 
ovs 



ai 
hv 
ah 
cis 



a 

COP 

ois 
a 



CO 

oiv 
oiv 

rt 
CO 



Dual. 
a 

alv 
alv 
a 



avra 

avTcov 

avTols 

avrd 

avToo 

avTolv. 



CO 

oiv 
oiv 

CO. 



Often with -yep added : ocrrrep, rjrrep. 6Vep« &c 
50. 

N. ostls, whomever) 
G. ovtlvos or OTOV 

D. COTLVL Or OTCp 

A. ovnva 

N. olnves 

G. hvTiv&v (more rarely otg>v) 

D. oIstlctl(v) (more rarely otols) 

A. ovsnvas 



TjTLS 

TjSTLVOS 

fjTLVL 

rjvTiva 
drives 



o ti [or O, Tl\ 

(as masc.) 
(as masc.) 
6 ti [or 6, tl] 
ariva or arra 



alsTicri(y) oIstlctl(v) 
a snvas an va or arra 



Dual, N. A. &Tt,ve, drive 



G. D. oivTivoiv, aivnvoiv 
51. 



(alius) aXkos dWrj aXXo ) quite regular except 
(ille) iKclvos €K€lvt) eKelvo ( neut. o. 



52, 53.] 



PARADIGMS. 



197 



52. 

toctovtos (quantus). 
Sing. 

N. roaovros TocravTij to(tovto(v) 
G. tchtovtov roa-avrrjs too~ovtov 
D. toctovtco roaravTrj toctovtco 
A. tootovtov rocravrrju to<tovto(v) 

Dual 



tolovtos (talis). 
Plur. 



rocrouroc rocravraL rocravra 

TOCTOVTCDV TOCTOVTOiV TOCTOVTCDV 

toctovtois rocravTaLS rocrovToit 

Tocrovrovs Tocravras rooravra 



N.A. TOcrovTca roa-avra too-ovtcd 

G.D. T0CT0VT0LV TOCraVTO.lv T0CT0VT01V 

SO TOLOVTOS. T0LO.VT7], TOLOVTo(v)^ 

TTjklKiOVTOS. T7]XlKaVT7]. TTjXlKOVToCv) . 



Terminations of the Tenses of a Verb in the first person sin* 
gidar of the Indicative Mood. 
The names of the principal tenses are in capital letters. 
Active. Middle. Passive. 



Present, 
Imperfect, 

Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 
Future 1. 



o) ofiai 
ov 6\ir\v 

Ka or d* fiat 

K€IV Or €IV fJLT]V 

crco crouai ^rjo~o[j,ai 

C o~a crdjinv } 

Aor. 1. < for liquid ) , r^W 

\ verbs, \ a "W S 

Future 3. (none) (none) cro/xatf 



Future 2. J 
Aorist 2. 
Perfect 2. 
Pluperfect 2. 



Tempora Secunda. 



CJ 

ov 



ovpai 

6fl7]V 

(none) 
(none) 



7]V 

(none) 
(none) 



( with the strength' 
< ened root (if the 
f verb has one). 

root usually 
changed, by laws 
> of euphony when 
termination is ap- 
pended. 

with redupl. root). 

'from short root : 
the vowel-sound 
being lengthened 
in Perf. 2 and 
Plup.. except in 
the case of o. 



* a. kiv belong to Mute Verbs whose characteristic is a P or a K 
sound. The rough breathing means that the characteristic (i. e. the 
final consonant of the root) is aspirated when the termination is ap- 
pended. 

t The Third Future is supplied in the Active Yoice by saoixai (i 
%hall be) with the Perfect Participle, as Te-rt^cbs ecro/xaL. 

X The so-called 2nd Future is the regular Future of liquid verbs. 



198 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[54. 



54. Terminations of the lloods and Participles. 

The Greek language has five Moods : one Objective Mood : 
the Indicative; and four Subjective Moods: (1) the Imperative ; (2) 
the Subjunctive; (3) the Optative; (4) the Infinitive; (Kr.) 

The Subjective Moods and the Particip ] es are formed only from 
the Principal Tenses and the Aorists (not from the Imperfect and 
Pluperfect) : the Futures have no Imperative or Subjunctive. 

Terminations of the Subjective Moods and of the Participles for 
the Active— 



Imper. 


Subj. 


Opt. j In In. 


ParL Inf. Plcp 


€ 

But Aor. 1. has 
cv 

Fut. 2. 


CO 
CO 


oipi 

aifu 
61 fu 


eiv 

At 
eiv 


\ in Aor. 2. elv. cov } 
I m rerr. epoc, cos $ 

cov 



Terminations of the Subjective Moods and of the Participles for 
Passive and Middle — 



Imper. 


Subj. 


Opt. 


Infin. 


cv 

But Aor. 1. Mid. 


copai 


OLJJLTJP 




at 

Aor. 1. 2. Pass. 


copai" 

• * " 


alp-qv 


ccr~ai 


Perf. Pass. 

CO 

Fut. 2. Mid. 


CO 


€tr,v 


r.vai 
a^ai 




oiprjv 





ParL 



opevos (Inf. of Aor. 2. Mid. 

[e<r3at). 



«s [r}%i becomes v,ti in 
[Aor. 1]. 

fievos 
ovpevos 



The Subj. and Optat. of the Perf Pass, are for the most part 
supplied by its participle with d?. elnv (the Subj. and Opt., respect* 
ively, of clvai, to be). 



55.] 



PARADIGMS. 



199 



PL, 



-3 



^ b 



b ^2 , 41- 

m in r. S 1J" 

■9--B. b b £ 

^ ^ > s ^ 

h t- h t- b 



H ir **» o 
c b 

k- b r 3 k- 



I— I k- 

b 



tn 
b 



e S g 



cr> an 

■e--e- b t 

» » > S> Vi 

b h b h t- 



S c b S 
« S2 ffi 

i 

b 

b b '2 b 



<l 5 

- I 

< s 

act 

o g 

bo 
P £ 

o rt 
O £ 
S "5 



=5- Q 



U b 

b 



< J j. b 



b b b A 3 b 



5 .3- 

b.? 5 ^ S 

c» n« b v^-X 

£ 5 =- S § 

■e--0- b b b 

> 5 » <y 

k- fc- t- b- h 



a b. a 

b b "2 b 



5 

3 n 
b O 



P 



3 



- 

o 
o 




b k- ^ p c » 



b 30 r- 



o ^ 



jO ^; ,0 x S m — 



£ ^ - a, Pei < < 



© © h ffi = 0D 



cl p2 

r x b go 



200 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [56. 



56. Terminations (combined with the 



TENSES. 




MOODS. 


Indicative. 


Imperative. 


Present and Fu- 
ture (the Future 
without Imperat. 
and Subj.). 


S. 
P. 
D. 


CO €LS et 
0}16V €T€ OVO~l(v) 
€TOV €TOV 


€ €TCO 

ere ercocrav 

or OVTCOV* 
€rov ercov 
[Sing. 2. orig. e-2u j 


Future 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


co els el 
ovjiev eire ovo~i(v) 
elrov €ltov 


None. 


Imperfect and Aor- 
ist 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


OV €S € 

op.€V ere ov 

€TOV €TTjV 


Aorist 2 


Perfect 1 and 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


a as e 
dfiev are a<ri 
drov drov 


Like 


A.orist 1. 

[Obs. Aor. Imper. 

01/.] 


Q 
o. 

P. 

D. 


d as e 
a/zez/ are dv 

drov ar-qv 


ov drco 
are drcocrav 
or dvrcov* 
arov drcov 


Pluperfect 1 and 2. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


€LV) €LS €1 

€Lfj.€V etre eicrav 
mostly eo~av 

€IT0V €LTrjV 





Remarks. — The Principal Tenses and Subj. have 3 dual in or, 
3 plur. in <ri. — The Historical Tenses and the Optat. have 3 dual in riv, 
3 plur. in v. 



* The dissyllabic termination of the Imperat. 3 plur. is the more 
common in Attic Greek, though the longer form is not uncommon. 
Care must be taken not to mistake it for the gen. plur. of a participle. 

% Together with this ending, a'nother is in use (called the JEolic 
Aor.) in eia. It is rare in the first person : but in the second and third 
sing, and third plur. it is far more common than the other form, — 
czar, eie. — plur. ciav. 

§ The old Attic has also an ending, ??, ys, which is contracted from 
the Ionic form ea, eas. Thus tfie&ovXevKr) for iPePovXwtceiv 



56.] PARADIGMS. 201 



Mood- Vowels) of the Active Voice. 



MOODS. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


69 XI S XI 

KU yJ- C V II t C \X)V It 

7]TOV 7]TOV 

[rj in sing, sub- 
script.] 


Oip.1 01S 01 
Ol[l€V OLT6 OL€V 

oitov olrrjv 


€LV 


cov ovcra ov 

OVTQS OVO~YjS OVT05 


None. 


olrov olrrjv 


€IV 


cov ovcra ovv 
ovvros ovcrrjs ovvros 


like 


Present. 


Aor. 2. 


a)i> oC'(7a oV 
oz/ro? ovcrrjs ovros 


lilt; 




cVat 


60s via 6 s 

OTOS VLQ.S OTOS 


Like the Pre- 
sent. 


aifiep acre aizv 

GITOV G.LTTJV 


at 


as acra av 
avros dcrrjs avros 











For Accentuation, see pp. 206-208. 



f Together with this ending the Optative of the Fut. 2. has also 
the termination 0(771/ (e. g. (pavoirjv), which is a common Optative end- 
ing of contracted verbs. The Futurum Atticum has usually this Opta- 
tive j 1 which is also occasionally found in the Perf. Optat. (especially 
that of Perf. 2 ; TreTro&olriv, zxirefyzvyolriV) irpo€\i]\v&oiriv) ; and ill 
trxo'niv, Aor. 2. Opt. from lxo>.— 

oiTiv, olys, 0177, — ofyuej/, olrjre, oirjeav. — olrtrov. olt]T7]v, 
or o? ; uev, olre. ot€V ; olrov. olrrjv. 



1 The Opt. ofimreXw (for instance), Fut. Att. for i7nre\4<ru, i» ci- 
ther iirirsXolwv or imreXio-oifMi ' never eVn-cAcnjut. 



202 mtsT GREEK BOOK. [57 



57. Terminations [combined ivith the Mood- 



TE.N'SES. 




MOODS. 




Indicative 




Imperative. 


Present and 


S. 


oixai 


v 00* 


erai 


on* eVSco 


Future. 


Jr. 




ecrSe 


OVTCLl 


ea-Se ecr^cocrav 




D. 


o'/xe^oyf 


ecrSoy 


ecrSoy 


or ecrScoyt 
ecrSoy ecr^cov 
{Future, none.) 


Perfect. 


S. 


fJLClL 


crat 


Tat 


a*o aSco 




p 






yrat} 


crSe crScocray 




D. 




cr^oy 


cr~oy 


or crScov 
crSoy c*3coy 


iTi — Zr~~u 

srlviperjeci. 


o 
o. 

p 
Jr. 

D. 


flTJV 


(TO 

cr^ov 


7*0 

yro) 

/ 




JLf/iyol J t,LL ctiiH 


p 


OjlTjV 

6jJLe%a 


ov* 


6TO 
OVTO 


' Aor. 2. 




D. 


GfA&OV 


€0~%0V 






Any 1 /lf;W 


b. 


ClfAT]P 

dpe^a 
a/xeSoy 


CO* 


aro 


at acrSSco 




P. 


ao-Se 


avro 


acrSe acrScocray 


[Obs. Imper. at.] 


D. 


acrSoi^ 


do-~r,v 


or dcr^cov 










acr^oy acr^coy 


Put. 2. Mid. 


S. 


ovfiai 


5 («) 


etrat 






& 


ouue^a 


etcrSe 


OVVTCll 


None. 






OVjJL€^OV 








i-Vzss. Aoris's. 


S. 




17s 


V 


?pt (Aor. 1. rjrd T]Td 


[conjugated with- 
out woo^-rozreZs.] 


P. 
D. 




T]TOV 


77 cra^ 
r^y 


77 re i] t co cray 
?7Toy T^Tcoy . 



Remarks. — The Principal Tenses and have 8 dual in cy. 

3 plur. in rat ; the Historical Tenses and Q/?fo£. have 3 dual in rjy, 
3 plnr. in to. The dual -jne&oi> is very rare : the 1st pi. -yue&a being 
used instead of it. — yEn (Aor. Imper.) becomes tjtl when the rj is pre- 
ceded by an aspirated mute (hence always in Aor. 1) : rvti&riTL. 



* The second persons from yuat, pip-, are properly cat. cro. But 

when these were appended to the root by a connecting vowel, the cr 

was thrown away ; and ecrai. for instance, contracted into rj, Attice et, 

which is the only termination for fiovXei. ityei, 0U1 (you choose, will see, 

think). [Kiihner says, that et is the regular form in Aristophanes, bat 

is avoided by the Tragic writers ; that it is used by Thucyd. and 

Xen. ; but that Plato and the Orators use both forms.]— So ov is for 

etrcc ; co (Aor. 1. Mid.) for acrca ; 77 in Subj. for -r\uai ; 010 in Optat. for 
ohto. 



57.] PARADIGMS. 203 



Vowels) of the Passive and Middle Voice. 



MOODS. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Infin. 


Participle. 


* 

a>/ie~a rjo~%€. oovrai 
afie^ov rjcrZov rjcrZov 

(Future, none.) 


OlULrjV OLO* OLTO 

oi/xe~a otcrSe olvto 
olp.e'TSov olct^ov oia%r,v 


€U~dL 


6}JL€V0S 7] ov 






cr^at 


(.levos P-tvy pzvuv 










as 


Present. 


Aor.2. 
ecr~at 


As Present. 


Like Present. 


alfjirjv cllo cllto 
alfit^a ctcrSe cilvto 
al[JL€%ov cllo~%ov aLcrZrjv 


Cl(T~CLL 


dfievos v, ov 


lolfirjv olo OLTO 
None. \oLfjL€?ia oTcr~e oIvto 
Gijsetov ola^ov olcr^nv 


€LCT~ai o{'LL€VOS 77 ov 

1 


co 77? fj \elrjv etr/y etrj 
co/iei> rjT€ cbai letTjfjLev errjTe elrjo-av 

YjTOV TjTOV j 01' €L€V 

€L7]TOV eirjTrtv 


r)vai j €ls eicra iv 

| eVror €LO"rjs ivros 



For Accentuation, see pp. 206-203. 



f The 1 dual and plural had each an extended form, peo&ojr. /xeo-d-a : 
they are used even by Attic poets. 

X The shortened form of the 3 pi. Imperative is very common : the 
Epic poets use no other form. It is identical with 3rd dual. 

§ The terminations vtqli. vtq, are unmanageable, except from pure 
roots. The Ionic forms in area, aro (before which the p and k sounds 
are aspirated), are also found in the older and middle Attic writers : 
Xe\ei<£aTcu, TeTaxarai. i(p&dpa.Tai. h^x o} P'^ arc - L [x^pK®]- A periphrasis 
with partcp. (AeAe^eW glg'i) is generally used. 

|| €?€i> is more common than eirjorav. Similar forms for the 1st and 
2nd persons (eijiev, erre) are found in the Attic dialect, principally in 
the poets, but also in prose. 



204 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



[58. 



58. Regular Verb in go. 

THE ACTIVE. 



Pres. 



Indicative. 

S. \v-Q2 
\v-€i 

P. \v-ofiev 

Xv-€T€ 

D. \v-€TOP 
\v-€TOV 

Imperf. S. e-Xv- 
e-Xu- 
e-Xv- 

Indicative. 



■ov 



Subjunctive. 
Xu-co 
Xv-ys 

XV'JJ 

Xv-copev 

\V-T)T€ 

Xv-coac V; 



XV'TjTOV 
\v-TJTOV 
P. 



Optative. 
Xv-ocfU 

Xt'-OiS 1 
Xv-OL 

Xt-OLT€ 
\l-Ol€V 

Xi -OLTOP 
Xv'OLTTjV 

i-Xv-opev D. 

i-\i-€7€ 

S u bj unclive. Optative 



Imperative, 

Xv€T<0 

Xv-ere 
Xv-ircocraf 
or Xv-ovruv 

\vr€TOV 

Xv-ircov 



Perf. S. Xe-Xv-Ka 
\e~\v-Ka? 
Xs-Xv-Ke'v) 
P. Xe-Xv-Kauev 
Xe-Xv-Kare 
Xe-Xv-KacrL [p) 
D. Xe-Xv-Kcirov 
Xe-Xv-Karov 
cX€-Xv-k€lv 

i\€'\v-K€LS 

eXe-Xi-k^: 



Plnpf. S 



Xe-Xv-Kco 

like the 
Present. 



eXe-Xu- 

eXe-Xi; 



Xe-Xv-Koipi 

like the 
Present. 



e-Xv-eroy 
i-Xv-errju 

Imperative, 
(very rare.)* 
(Xe-Xv-Kc) 
like the 
Present. 



K€LU€V 
KEtTE 



D. 



(iX€~Xv-K€l(Tai>) 

iXe-Xv-Kecrav 



tXe-X{-K€LTOl> 

iXe-Xv-KeiTrjy 



Fut. 
Aor. 



Indicative. 


Subjuncliv 


e. Optative. 


Imperative 


Xvcrco 


none 


Xx-aoLUL 


none 


like the Present 




like the Present. - 




S. e-Xv-cd 


Xv-GTG) 


Xr-craiLU 




e-Xv-aas 


like the 


Xt'-0"aiS > . -C€LCLS 


Xv-aov 


e-Av-cre r; 


Present. 


X'c-crai; -cretc (v) 


Xv-crdrco 


P. e-Xr-crapev 




Xv-fraifiev 




€-Xi-craT€ 




Xv-caire 


Xi'-care 


e-Xv-crdu 




\v-traiev. -creiav 


Xi-crdrcocray 
or Xv-crdvrcov 


D. i-Xv-crarov 




Xv-crairov 


\v-aaTov 


i'Xv-aarrjv 




\v-a~cu.Trjv 


Xv-crdioip 



Innn. Pr. Xrecv ; Fut. XiVe^ ; Aor. X£ era: ; Perf. XeXv* 
Partcp. Pr. XtW. Xi'ovcra. Xiov ; Fut. Xi'cra;y. Xwrovoa, Xi&ov ; 

Aor. Xt'crar. Xi'crdcra, XCaaV, Pert. XcXvkcos". t>Ta, or, 

G. KOTOS, KVLCIS. KOTOi 

* From a few words whose Perf. has a present meaning ; e. g 
ccxVere (iir.). — The usual form is Imper. of dpi mtihperf. partcp. 



58.] 



PARADIGMS. 



205 



Indicative. 
Pres. S. Xv-opai 

Xv 7], ~€l 
\v-€TCll 

P. \v-6u€~a 

Xv-ovrai 

D. [Xv-opeZov] 
Xu-e<x~ov 
Xi'-ecrSoj> 

Singular 



THE PASSIVE. 

S u &7 u nclive. Optative. 



Al/ 


•C011Q.L 


X\J-OipnV 


Xt< 


■TJ 


Xl'-OLO 


Xv 


■■qrai 


\V-01T0 


Xi; 


■copeta 


Xv-oipe^a 


Xr 


rjcrZe 


Xv-oicr~€ 


Xv 


■covrai 


Xv-QLVTO 


[Xu- 


d)p€~OV] 


{Xv-oipstov^ 


Xv- 


r](T~ov 


Xv-OLQ-^OU 


\v 


7](T~OV 


Xv-ol(T~rjv 



Imperfect. 
Perf. Indie. 
Perf. Imper. 
Pluperfect. 



i-\v-6fM7JP 

€-Xll-OV 

€-Xv-€TO 

Xt-Xv-pai 

Xe-Xu-crcu 

Xe-Xv-TaL 

Xi-Xv-cro 

Xe-Xv-crZa) 



iXe-Xv-urjv 
eXe-Xu-cro 
eXe-Xv-ro 

[On the Subj. and Opt. of the Perfect. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. 



Plural. 
i-Xv-opeta 
i-Xv-ecr~e 
i-Xv-ovro 

Xe-Xv-peta 
Xe-Xu-cr~e 
Xe-Xv-vrai 
Xe-Xv-a-e 
X€-Xv-(T~co<jav 
cr Xe-Xv-cr~cDV 

eXe-Xv-ptZa 
eXe-Xv-cr~€ 
iXe-Xv-vro 



Fut. Xv-Zr](jopai 
First Aor. 
S. i-Xv-trjv 

€-Xv'%T)S 

i-Xv-Zn 
P. i-Xv-Zrjpev 

€-Xv-Zr]T€ 

€~Xv-~rjcrav 
D. €-Xv-*r)Toi> 

€-Xv%r)Tnv 
Fut. 3. 

Xe-Xv-cropat. 
Infinitive. Pres. 



Xv-^rja-olpnv 



Imperative. 

Xv-ov 
Xu-ecr~co 

Xv-ecrtcoaav 

Or Xv'€(T~Ct)V 

Xv-€(J~Ol> 
Xv-€(T~<jdV 

Dual. 
\_i-Xv-6p€~ov~\ 
£-Xv-€crZov 
i-Xv-ecrtrjv 

[Xe-Xi'-/xeSoi>] 
Xe-Xv-atov 
\e-Xv-CT~ov 

Xe~Xv-(r~ov 
Xs-Xv-o-Zw 

[Ae-Xt»-/ie5ci>] 
iXe-Xv-atou 
iXs'Xv-crtrjv 
;ee Pdm. 55.] 

Imperative. 
none 



Xv-~CO 
Xv-~rj? 
Xv-fjjj 
Xv-Zebuev 

Xv-~?jT6 

Xv-ZrjTOV 
Xrj-~rjTOi> 



Xv-Sergn 
Xv-Zelns 
Xv-Zein 

\v-~eirjpev. -Qelfiev 

Xv-~€LT]T€. -~fiT6- 

Xv~%€Lrj(Tav. -Steie? 

Xv-~€LT]TOl>. SeiTOV 
Xv-~€LrjTTjV. -tt 'lTT]V 



Xv-trjTL 
Xv-~rjT<2 

Xv-Znre 
Xv-t^Tcocav 

[Xv-~tlTCQV ?] 
Xv-*7]TOJ/ 
Xv-tfjTCOV 



none 

\r\vai ; Future, 



none Xe-Xv-crotpnv 
XvecrZat ; Perf. XeXvo*3ai ; Aor. Xl- 
Xv~rjcT€cr%aL ; Future 3. XiKvcrea-tai. 
Participle. Pres. Xvopevos. 77, ov\ Perf. XeXvueVo?. 77. oz> ; Aor. 

XvSteis, eicra, eV. G. euros, clotjs, evros ', Fut. Xitrjcropevos, 
?7, ; Fut. 3. XeXvcropevos, rj, ov. 



106 



FIRST GR.EEK BOOK. 



[sa 



THE MIDDLE. 



Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Optative. 


Imperative, 


J itXv- 


aropai 


none 


Xu~croi p-nv 


none 


first Aor. 








e-Xu 




Xicrcofiai 


Xv-cralprjv 






-crco 


Xvcrr) 


Xv-craio 


Xv-craL 


6-AV 


-o-aro 


Xv-crnrai 


Xv-craiTO 


Xv~crd(T~c6 


P. i-Xv 


-ddfieta 


Xv-croifie~a 


Xv-cra[fie~a 




i-Xv 


-cracT~€ 


Xv -(Trjc^e 


Xi'-cratcrSe 


Xv-cracr^e 


i\v 


-crav-o 


Xv-aoov-at, 


Xv-craivTo 


Xv-crd(T~(DO-av 


0. [i-Xv 






or Xv-crdcrZeov 


-crd[xe~ov 




Xv-o~a[pe~ov~] 




i-\v 


-cracrZou 


Xv-GTjcr r tov 


Xv-craicr~oi> 


Xv-cavtov 


i-Xv 


-crdcrtrjv 


Xv-crrjcrZov 


Xv-a-ald^-nv 


Xv-crdcrZoov 


Infinitive. Future. Xvo-e&Scu 


Aor. Xvaacr~cu 


Participle. Future. Xvuouevos. n, 


ov. Aor. Xvcrdpzvos. r?. ci>. 




Verbal Adjective, Xv-i 


"os"; 77, oV' Xv-reos , 5 a. ov. 






Tempora Secunda. 






((peuyco. flee ; ftdXXco 


, &roz0 ; kotttco. hew.) 


Perf. 2. 




rricpevya. (Sec. 


Plupf. 




Aor. 2. 


Act. Ind. 


e-SaXov 


Imper. 


(3d},€ 




Subj. 


/3aXa> 


Innn. 


fiaXe'lv 




Optat. 


j3aXoi/u 


Part. 


fSaXoov. oicra, 60 


Aor. 2. : 


Mid. Ind. 


iSaXopLTji/ 


Imper. 


t 3aXov 

/3aXecr~£0 

3dXecr%ov 

fiaXicr^ttP 

,3aXeo-3e 

fiaXeo-Zoocrap 








or 


,3aXio~~(DV 
^aXeV^ai 




Subj. 




Infin. 




Optat. 


{3aXol[i7]V 


Part. 


fiaXoiievos 


Aor. 2. Pass. Ind. 


iKo-rjv 


Imperf. 





Fut. 2. Pass. Ind. Ko-7](ropaL 



A. Accentuation of the active voice. 

ID" With respect to accentuation, the terminations ai. 01 are 
considered long in the Optative. With this exception, the termina- 
tion ai is considered short in verbs, as at. 01 are, as the termination 
of substantives. 



PARADIGMS. 



207 



a) The general rule is, that the accent is as far from the end of 
die word a&> possible. 

b) But Infin. Aor. 1. Act. is always accented on the penult. 

[Infin. KooXOcrat, <fiv\d£ai.] 

c) Infin. of Aor. 2. Ac/, is perispomenon ; its Partcp. oxytone, 

[jSaXeii/, )3aXtt>v.] 

rfj The Jn/m. of Per/". Ac/, is paroxytone, Partcp. oxytone. 

[reTv<p€vai ) reru^cos.] 
c) The Imperatives eiVe, efy>e, eX3e, and (in Attic) \aj3e, t6>', are 

oxytone. — But in their compound forms, the accent is 

thrown back. [e^eXSe, a?ToXa/3e.] 
/) In the Indicative of an augmented tense, the accent is never 

moved nearer to the beginning than the augment: 

*iX 0V i 7Tpo(T€ixpv ' eV^oy, rrapio-yov. Iktm, a<jnKTai. 
— But Xei7re, Kard\€tTre in the Imperative. So also if the 
augment is rejected by poetic license : eicfavyov for e£e« 
cpevyov* 

g) The accent helps us to distinguish the three following forms, 
which but for that are identical. 

Aor. 1. Act. Aor. 1. Mid. 



Infin. 3rd sing. Opt. 2nd sing. Imperative. 

(j)v\d£ai (fivkdgai ($>v\a£ai 

Troirjcrai 7roir]crai ttoltjo'G.l 

In dissyllable verbs these forms are not distinguished by the ac- 
cent, unless the penult of Aor. 1 . Act. is long by nature : e. g. \vo-ai 
(Inf. Aor. 1. Act. ; Imper. of Aor. 1. Mid.) : \va-ai (3 s. Opt. Aor. 1. 
Act.) : but rpeVat, Xe£ai, in all the forms. 

h) Participles have in all their forms the same tone-syllable as 
the nom. masc, unless the general rules make a change 
necessary. 

cj)v\aTT(i)V (jjvXaTTOvcra (pvkdrrov 

T€TV<pO)S T€TV<fivld T€TV(j)6s 

fiakav jSaXovcra @a\6u 

Traibev&v 7rai§€uov(ra 77atdcvov 



208 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[58. 



B. Accentuation of the passive and middle voice. 
Accent as far from the end of the word as possible. 

a) But Infin. of Aor. 2. Mid. is paroxytone. [crv/x/3aXeVSai.] 

b) Infin. and Parlcp. of Perf. Pass, have accent on penult, 

c) Infinitives in vai have always accent on penult [Xiftjjwu]. 

Cf. A. d. 

d) The Participles of Pass. Aoi'ists are oxytone. [XvSets. J 

e) The of the Pass. Aorists (Jo being contracted from e'co) 

is perispomenon through the sing., and proper ispomenon in 
dual and plur. 

/) In Imper. of Aor. 2. Mid. ov is perispomenon (Xa/3o0) The 

other persons conform to the general rule. 
g) For the participles see A, h 

Xv3e/y Xi^elo-a Xv2ez> J Dat. pi. m. and n. 

\v%€VTOS \v^€l(TT]S \v%€VTO$ ( CtCTt (not €(Ti), 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



59. TABLE OF 
(active.) 



A) Pres. 








Indie. 

! 
i 


S. 

I 

1 

u 


dcO, -CO, 

deis. -as, 
del. -a, 
dcfiev, -COfieV, 
acre, -arc. 
aovcri. -coo~i, 
derov, -drov, 
uerov, -drov. 


eco. -co, 
e'etr, -els, 
eei, -el, 
eofizv, -ovjiev, 
eere, -etre, 

€Ol/0~t, -OL'0~i. 

eerov, -drov, 
eerov, -drov. 


dco, -co, 
oeis, -ols, 

C£t, -Oi. 

oofxev, -ovfiev, 
oere, -ovre, 

OOVCTl, -OVCTL, 

oerov, -ovrov, 
oerov, -ovrov. 


Imp. 


s. 
p. 

D. 


ae, -a, 
aerco, -drco, 
dere, -are, 
aercocrav, -drcocrav, 
derov, 'drov, 
aercov, -drcov. 


ee, -et, 
eerco, -elrco, 
eere, -etre, 
eercocrav, -elrcoaav, 
eerov, -elrov, 
eercov, -elrcov. 


oe, -gv, 
oerco, -ovrco, 
oere, -ovre, 
oercocrav, -ovrcocrav, 
oerov, -ovrov, 
oercov, -ovtcov. 


Subj. 


s. 

p. 
D. 


dec, -co. 
drjs, -ay. 

dcojiev, -coiiev, 
drjre, -are, 
acocrt, -cocri, 
drjTOV, -drov, . 
drjrop. -drov. 


eco, -co, 

ecouev, -cojiev, 
erjre, -rjre, 
ecocri, -cocti, 
erjrov, -Tjrov, 
erjrov, -rjrov. 


6 CO, -co, 
or] s, -ols, 
07], -ol, 
ooojiev, -co\iev, 
6r]re, -core, 

OCOCTL, -COCTI, 

orjrov, -cbrov, 
orjrov, -corov. 


Opt. 


S. 
P. 

T). 


aot/xt, -cp/LU, 
dots, -ops, 
dot, -co, 
doi\xev, -cpfiev, 
doire, ~<£ re > 
dotey. -coey, 
dotroy. -oprov, 
aoLrrjv, -oprrjv. 


€GlfJLL, -OLflL, 

eoLs, -ols, 
eoc, -ol, 
eoLfxev, -ol[iev, 
eotre, -olre, 
eoiev, -olev, 
eoLTov, -olrov, 
eoLTTjv, -oirrjv. 


OOljlL, -Ot/U, 
OOLS, -ols, 

dot, -ol, 
ooijiev, -oljiev, 
ooire, -olre, 
ooiev, -olev* 
(joltov, -olrov, 
oolrrjv, -oirrjv. 


Infinitive. 


deiv, -av\_OT dv~\. 


eeiv, -elv. 


oeiv, -ovv. 


Prtcp. 


M. 
F. 
N. 


dcov, -cov, 
dovcra, -cocra, 
dov, -coy. 


ecov, -cov, 
eovcra, -ovcra, 
eov, -ovv. 


ocov, -cov, 

OOVCTCl, -0U07I, 

oov, -ovv. 



PARADIGMS. 



211 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 

(passive.) 



A) Pres. 


TLjJL- 


(pi\- 


Xpvo-- 


In die. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


do/xcu, -co/xcu, 
op, -|, 
dercu, -drat, 

deo-'Ze, -acrSte, 

Q.GPTCLL, "CDPTQ.L, 

ad/xeSo p, -d>/xeSoi>, 
deo~%op, -cio-Zov, 
deatop, -ao~~op. 


eo/xcu, 'OVjxai, 

eerat, -firai, 
ed/xeSa, -ou/xeSa. 
eea~e, -eio-Se, 

tGPTCLl, -GVPTCLL, 
€OU€%OP, -OVfJL€~OV, 

iecr^op, -£icr2oz>, 
eecr^op, -elcr^op. 


GOjJLCU, -ou/xae, 
dp, ~oi, 
oerai, -ovrai, 
od/xe2a, -ovfx&a, 
6eo~%e, -ovcr~€, 

GGPTCll, ~OVPTQ.Lt 
OCfl&OV, -OVLLZTjOV, 

oeo-Zov, -oi> o-% op, 
oecr^op, 'ovo-^ov. 


Imp. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


dou, -co, 
ae&S&j -dcr^'co = 
decree, -a.<j~e, 
aio-^cocrav. 'dcr^cccap, 
decr^ov, -do-%op, 
aeo'^cop, -acr^coz/. 


eov, -ou, 

€€o-%co<rav. -€LO~%cocrav. 
eecrZop, -eio-~o*>, 


GOV, -GV, 

oecrSco, -ol'ctSg), 
decree, -oC'crS?. 

0€0~^CQO~CLP* -OVO~^COO~QV 

6<zo-~op, -overtop, 
oeo'^cop, "Ovo'^cop. 


Subj. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


dcouai. -co/xat, 

dr^rai, -arai, 
acofxe^a. -co/xeSa, 
d^cr^?, -ccrSe, 
dcovrai, -co^rat, 
acoaeSoi/; -co/x<rSoi>, 
dr]cr~ov. -acr^op, 

CITj O~^0l\ 'CLQ'^CGV . 


ecL>fi£~a. -co/xeSa, 

icoprai, -oovraL. 
ea>/xe£oz/, -co/xeSo^, 

€Ti O^^GP. ~Tj CT^GP. 


ocDfiac, -cojiai, 

07J, -01, 

oiirac, -corai, 
oco/xeSa, -co/xe2a, 

dcovrai, -coptcil, 

OG)[JL€%OV. -CDjie^OP, 

orjatop, -coo~%op, 

OTjO'^GP. -CD0~7j0P, 


Opt 


S. 
P. 
D. 


doio, -coo, 
doiro. "^T" ? 
aoijjLeZa, -cp/xeSa. 
doicrSe. -coerSe, 

aOLPTO, -C6PT0, 

ao[[i<E%oi>, -co/xeSov, 
dcucr3oi>, -cpcrSov. 


eoLjjLrjV) -0Luv t v. 

6010, -OtO, 

ecuro, -olro, 
ecu/zeSa. -oi/xsSa, 
e'cucrSe, -olcrSe, 
ioLvro, -gIvto, 

€OL[JL€7jOP. -GlfJL&OP, 

eoiaZop, -olo~%ov, 
€olo-%rjv. -olcttStjp. 


OolfJLTjP, -OLLirjP, 
OGIO, -0£0, 

dotTO, -enro, 
oo//xeSa, -o//xe3a, 
denote. -oTcrSe, 
oolpto, -oIpto, 

OOLfJL€%OP> -olfl€^SoP, 
GOLa^OP, -olcT^OP, 

ooiO"^77", 'olcr^rjp. 


Infinitive. 


decrSat, -do~3at. 


eecr~ ai, -eccrSat. 


deo"~at, -oucr^ai. 


Prtcp 


M. 
F. 
N. 


aofievos, -co/xez/oy, 
aofitw], -cofievr], 

QOLltPOP, -G)}JL€VOV. 


eotievos. -oviizpos, 
eofievrj, -ovfxivrj. 

€GfX€POP, -OVLLCPOP. 


od / u€i/os , J -ovfiepos, 
oojiip^, -QvpipT], 
oo/jLep^p, -ovfiepov. 



212 



FIRST GKEEK BOOK. 



[59 ; 60. 



(Imperfect Active.) 



B) Xmpf. 




> i 

€TIJJL~ 










S. 


aoz>, 


-C0V, 




-ovv, 


OOP, 


~OVP, 






aes, 


-as, 




-eis, 




~ovs, 


Indie. 


P. 


ae, 
aere, 


-a, 

-COjJLZV, 

-are, 


€OfX€V. 
€€T€, 


-a, 

-o£//xez>, 
-eire, 


oe, 

00[A€V, 

6 ere, 


-ou, 

-ovfiev, 

-ovre, 




D. 


CLOU, 
a€TOV, 


-coy, 
-aroy, 


€0V, 




ooi/, 
oeroi>, 


-oOroy, 






aernv, 




€6T7)V, 


"€LT7]V. 


06TTJV, 


'Ovrrjv. 



60. 

rfarjiAi, place ; larn^h #i<z/ce stand ; didoofii, give ; deUvvpi, show 
(Formed from simpler roots, crra, do, Sa/c.) 

MOODS OF THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



Indie. 



Imperat. 



Subj. 



Opt. 



In/in. 



Part. 



Pres. 



Aor. 



ICTTrjfJLL 

h'Srjv 
earnv 



(tcrraSfi) lcttj] 

o-ttJSi 
So'? 



IcTTO), (77?. 77) 



rCSeinv 
icrrainv 

di^OLTJV 



3a> (ifc 

crra> (77 y, 77) 



^elnv 

arairjv 

bolnv 



T&evai 

ICTTCLVai 

beiKvvvai 
'Seivai 
crrrjvaL 
dovvai 



r&els 
terras 

%€LS 

err as 
dovs 



S. 



D. 



TENSES OF THE ACTIVE VOICE. 

Indicative. 
Present. 



rtins 

Tinner i(v) 

rfaefiev 

rfaere 

TC5eacri(v) 

rtierov 

TtierGV 



KrrrjfJU 

tarns 

r L<rrncri(v) 

t(irJL\LZV 

terra re 
tvraviiy) 
tardrov 
tcrrdrov 



8 [decs 

didofxev 
dldore 

Sidorov 
SlBotov 



d€LKVVfll 

deiKvvs 
$€ f iKvvcn(v) 

de'iKvvre 
SeiKvvaariiy) 

§€LKVVTOV 

heiKVvrov 



59. 60.] PARADIGMS. 213 



(Imperfect Passive.) 



B) Impf. 


irifL- 






Indie. 


S. 
P. 
D. 


CLOjJLTJP, "COfJLTJVt 

aou, -a>, 
aero, -aro, 

aoz/ro, -covro, 

GOJJL&OP, ~G>f£€%OV. 

deo-Zop, -aaZov, 


€OjlTjV, m 0V jJLTiP , 
€0V, 'OV, 

eero, -elYo, 
eo/ie3a, -ou/xeSa, 
€€<r%e, -eio-Se, 

€OVTO, -OVPTQ, 
€€CT^OP, -6iV~0J>, 


00fJLTJP t -OVfJLTJPj 
o'oU, -OU, 

oero, -o€ro, 
od^teSa, -ovfJL€%a, 
6eo~%€, -ovate, 

OOPTO, 'OVVTO) 
od/ie3of, -OVJJL€%OV, 
6ea%op, -ovo~%op, 
0€0~%i]v. -ovoHSrjv. 



D. 



P. 



€Tl~7]V 

eriS ere 
irfeecrav 

€TL^€tOP 



€%€fl€P 

'&ctop 



S. TtSa) 

P. rCZ&iitv 

Tl%r)T€ 
D. Ti^7]T0I> 

TiS^rov 



Imperfect [Cf. p. 218, g]. 

to~7TjP \J3l(!)Gl)V~]* 

ta-rrjs [idi8a>s] 

'[(TTrj [e'Si'Sco] 

Lcrrafiep idldofiep 

Lo-rdre idldoTe 

Icrrda-av ididocrav 

IdTCTOV idldoTOP 

IcrTdrrjp ididorrjp 

2nd Aorist. 
€(TT7]V [edovl 
e 0-777? [eo'cos] 
ecrr?? [eoco] 

€0~rr)T€ eoore 

eaTTjcrav edoarav 

ecrrrjTov edorop 

i(TTrjT7]V idoTTjv 

Subjunctive. 
Present. 



1 err co 

Icttt] 

IcrTrjre 

lo-rfjTOP 
IcrrfjTov 



SlSqUtop 



edeiKPVs 

i$€LKVV 

iSeiKPVfjLep 

ideiKPure 

ideiKuvcrap 

id-LKPVTOP 

edeiKvvrrjv 
(none) 



from StiKPva 



* The forms 
only Xen. An. 5, 



in use are : ecnSouy, iBidovs, 
8, 4. (as Od. t. 367.) 



imov, p. 218, e. iW*s 



214 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[60, 



2nd Aorist. 
S£> err co dco 

%rjs crrfjs deps 

The Terminations as in the Present. 



(none) 



S. 



D. 



TiZ£Lr]V 

t fields 

Tl~CLTJfXeV 

(riZeirjcrav] 

Tl~€LT]TOl> 

Tl%€lTOV 

T&eirjTTJV 



Optative. 
Present. 



trraiv.v 
crraLrjs 
err air] 

(TTCUflCV 

crralvje 
crrcure 
orairjerav) 

(TTCU€V 

crraLT]TOV 

CTCLITGV 
CTCllTjTTjV 

(TTalrrjv 



diSo'irjs 

OtdoLTj 

didoLrjfiei? 

ot §01 7] re 
didolre 
(didolrjcrav) 

cidolrov 
didvirrjv 



2nd Aorist. 



Terminations as in the Present. 



from Bsucvvst 



(none) 



D. 



Tl%€TG3 

[riZercocrav] 
rtierov 

Tl~6700V 



Imperative. 
Present. 



LUT7J 

icrrarco 
Lcrrare 
llo-raToocrav] 
ivravrcov 

IGTOTOV 

I err ar cov 



2nd Aor 



dtt)ov 
t) it) or co 
didore 
[didorcocrav'] 
didovrcQis 
dldorov 



Ms* 
dor co 



[deiianfei] 

deiKiw 

deiKvvrco 

deiKuvre 
\b€LKvvrcocrav\ 

beiKVVVTCOV 
beLKVVTOV 

dsiKvvrcov 



(none) 



Terminations as in the Preset] 



* The compounds throw the accent back on the preceding sylla* 
ble : ir€pl&€S; airSSos. aTrodore. 

f In the compounds era : vapdar^. air 6<rroL 



61] 



PARADIGMS. 



215 



Infinitive. 
Present. 
icrravaL dibopaL 

2nd Aorist. 
CTrjvaL t)ovvai 
Participle. 
Present. 



(none) 



Masc. 

Fern. 
Neut 



7l~€LS 

G. -evros 
Tit fid a 

T&€V 



-o.pt os 

IcTTacra 

Lcrrau 



'GVTOS 

cidovcra 



-vvros 
deiKvvcra 



2nd Aorist 



Set's. Sclera. St'z>, 



crras. crracra. crav 
61. 

PASSIVE AMD 3HDDLE. 

Moods of the Passive and M .ddle 



t)ovs, bovcra, $6v, (none, 



Pres. Indie, 

icrr-a/xci 

SeiKv-vfiai 
Aor. 2. 

[€0-Td[JLrjy 
not found] 
eTrrdprjv 
flew 
ihoixnv 



Lnper. 

€0~0 (ov) 

aero (a)) 
oo-o (ov) 
vcro 



Subf. 

CDfldL 
COpaL 



Qpt. 
alfajv 

OLfl7]V 



Infin. 

aa ~ at 
oat a 
vcrtai 



Imper. 


sub,: 


Opt. 


Infin. 


(SeVo) Sou 


• 




Sec-Sat 


(jrrdo-o) tttcq 


TTTCufiaL 


TrraLfirjP 


TTTddtai 


(cocro) Sou 


cxuai 




(j6o-~ai 



Part. 

€fJL€VOS 

diievos 

OPL€l>OS 
Vfl€VOS 

Part. 

%€p€VO£ 



Trrcifievot 
doaevGs 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Dual 



rfeepa 



TL~€0-ai 

[«*%] 

T&CTCU 

rtSe/xeSa 
WSeo-Se 

[riZepeJiov 
rtSeo-Sci/ 



TENSES OF THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 

Indicative. 

Present. 

ftlSoficiL fteiarvfitu 
oldocraL dzLKvuo-ai 



LCTTapLaL 

Lcrrdo-aL 
\tara\ 

lOTOTOl 

larafi€?Sa 
Lo-racrtz 
LcrravraL 
[toraueSoi/j 
Icrracrtov 
Icrrncrtov 



oiOorai 

Cioocr~£ 
GiuovraL 

dioocrtov 



oeuawTtu 

tj^LKvi LL€ta 
[c€LKPVU€%Ol ] 

oeiKwo-Zov 
§€iKiruo~'5ov 



216 



FIEST GREEK BOOK. 



[61. 



Sing. 

Plur. 
Dual. 

Sing. 



Imperfect. 



Sing. 
Plur. 
Dual. 

Sing. 

Sing. 
Plur. 
Dual. 



cbeiKvvcro 



€Ti%€fir]v IcrrafiTjv tdiddfJiTjp 

irfaecro I err aero idtdocro 

[cr/Sou] [tcrrco] [eSi'Soi/] 

eV/3ero lcttcito idldoro ideiKvvro 

€Ti%efi€%a iora/xeSa ididofie^a ideiKVVfi€?Sa 

irtiea^e tcrTaoSe idldoa^s ideiKiwa^e 

irtievro \aravTO ih'ibovro ibziKvvvTO 

[crtSe/xeSoi'] [icrrdfjie^ov] [efoSo/xeSoi/] \_€$€lkvvh&ov~\ 

irtieor^ov laTaa^ov iblbocr^ov iheLKwa^ov 

£ri%ecr%r]v icrrda^riv ibLboa^nv ideiKvvcrSrjv 

2nd Aorist Middle. 

i^efJLrjv [iaTdnrjv] edofirjv (none) 

e3ou [eorco] tdov 

eSero [ecrraro] e^oro 

Terminations the same as those of the Imperfect. 

Subjunctive. [Cf. p. 218, c] 
Present. 



didcoa'Sov 



from deiKvvc* 



rtSco/xat IcTTcbfJLai 

T&rjTai larrjTaL 
TiZcofxe^a icrrcofie^a 

T&covrai lerToovrai 
\ti*Scdii&ov] [lo-T&fi&op] 
Ti%rjor%ov larrjcr^ov 

2nd Aorist Middle.* 
Sco/xat [orco/xat] $<£[iai 

Terminations the same as those of the Present. 

Optative. 
Present. 

biftoifirjv 



TL^elfjLrjv 
[rtSei'/LieSoi/] 



icrraLfXTjv 

IcTTOLO 
icTTOLTO 

I err a i /*e3 a 
i&Taicr'Ze 
Icrraivro 
[icrTaifjLt^ov] 

i(TTai(T^OV 

icrralcr'Sriv 



(none) 



from SetKway 



diboLfie^a 

didoLVTO 

Sidoicr^ov 



* 

back 



Here too the accentuation of the compounds is often thrown 
: Mboofxai (or iwi&&/icu)' irpScfrriTai. 



62.] 



PARADIGMS. 



217 



2nd Aorist Middle. 
Sing. %€lfir]v [o-TaliJLTjv] do[fj,T]v (none) 

Terminations the same as those of the Present. 



Sing. TL%€(TO 

Plur. rtieoSe 

or rftiv^av 
Dual. rtiea'Sov 



LG-racro 
(tcrra>) 

i(TTd(T%CD 

to-raoSe 

Lcrrdcr^oov 
LO-racr^ov 
Icrrdd'^cov 



Imperative. 
Present. 

didocro 



bidoa^cov 
dldocr'Soi/ 



Sing. %ov * 



2nd Aorist Middle. 



(TTaCTO, CTTCO] 



$€IKVV<T%<0 

deiKvvo-'SocKTav 

$€LKVVO~%(DV 

(none) 



Terminations the same as in the Present. 



Tl%€fJL€VOS 
%€fJL€VOS 



Infinitive. 
Present 
LdTacr^at oldoa'Sat 

2nd Aorist Middle. 
\_(TTacr%ai] ftoaftai 

Participle. 
Present. 
IcTTapLzvos ciiftopevos 

2nd Aorist Middle, 
[crra/xe^o?] oopia/os 

62. 

The remaining tenses are formed from the 
rfer]HL f ta-rn/JLt, bldcop.L i beiKvvpu (orig. roots, Se, 
are these : 

Future. 

(TTT](TOpaL dcLHTO/JLCU 

(TTa%r](ropLai do^rjo-opai 
Aorist. 

€0~TT) CTOC €$0dKCl 
€(TT7](TdfJL7]V [i8cDK.dfJ,7]V^ 

icrrd^rjv ido^v 



Act. 

Mid. 

Pass, 

Ace. 
Mid. 

Pass. 



%r)crco 

Srjo-Ofiai 

T€%r]o~opai 

\J^r]Kdp.r]v] 

€T€%7]V 



(none) 

beiKVvptvos 
(none) 

original roots : of 
era. do. Seine), they 



$€ix%f]o-op.ai 
ibsL^dp-qv 



* In the compounds the accent is thrown back : but not that of 
the 2nd sing., unless the prep, is a dissyllable : airSfrov. irpoo-frov : a*6- 

10 



218 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[63. 



Act. 
Pass. 



Te%€iKa 
T&eipai 



Perfect. 



ihebelyprjv 



(ecrra/xat) dedopai 
Pluperfect. 

Act. €T^€LK€LP 6L0~7rjK€lP ide§QdK€LP 

io~rr)iceiP 

Pass. €T€%e[fArfV (icrrdprjp) idedoprjp 

On the syncopated forms of the Perf. ecrrrjKa, see Pdm. 65. Fo? 
trjiM, see Pdm. 67. 

a) A fut. icrrfi^co (slabo) was formed fr. Perf. — io-rrjgopai, later. 
— The Aorists e^m, edcoKa are used only in the sing. Indie' ; the 
forms of the 2nd Aor. in dual and pi. ; in the other moods ; and in 
the participle. 'ESrjKdprjv, idcoKaprip are un- Attic. 

b) The peculiarity of Ka, as termination of Aor. 1, belongs to 
c^rjKa, edodKa, r)Ka (irjpi). 

c) The Opt. and Subj. of the Pres. Pass, from rferjfii, dtdcopt, 
and typi, are usually conjugated as if from rfecD, SlScd, tea, the accent 
being thrown back : thus rticopaL, dldcopai, &c. ; r&oifirjv, didoiprjv 
(BLdoLG, dldoLTo, &c). So in Aor. 2. Mid. a7rd3a)/xat, aTroSotro, &c. 

d) This analogy, as far as regards the accent, is followed by 
dvpapai (am able), and imorafiaL (know how). 

Thus : imorafiat -rj --rjraL Svvalfiqv -aio -airo 
(But lo-T&pai -rj -rjrai) io'Talprjp -aio -airo 
So also opalprjp ovaio ovairo. 

e) In the Imperf. Active the singular of rfcrjpi and trjfii is often, 
that of dldcojii regularly, formed as if from ri^eco, Sidoco : irfaovv is 
not found ; but irfeeis, er&et, are far commoner than ir&Tjs, irfar} : 
idiboyv, idldovs, idldov. In Attic poetry the forms of the Present 
rtSeT?, TtSet, and (from irjpi) iets 1 , Ul are also found. 

63. Verbs with 2nd Aorist like Verbs in fu. 
2nd Aorist. 



I run away. 

Indicative. 
S. dirihpap 

dnedpas 

dnedpa 
P. dnidpapep 

direbpaTG 

d7redpdcrav 
D. dniSp&TOv 

G7T€OpaT7}V 



I flow. 



eppvrjp 

ippvrj? 

ippvrj 

ippvrjfJL€is 

ippvrjre 

ippv-qvav 

ippvrjrov 

ippvrjTTjV 



yiyvcoo'KG), 
I know. 



eyvcov 

eyvcos 

zypco 

eypcopep 

eyvcore 

eyvcoo-av 

eypcorop 

iywbrrjv 



(j)voo, 

I put forth naturally 
(Aor. 2. intrans.). 

e<pvv 

6(f)VS 
€(f)V 
€(j)VfJL€P 

eij)VT€ 
ecpvjcrap 
e<fivTOP 

i(pVTT]P 



64.] 



PARADIGMS. 



219 



2nd Aorist. 



Subjunctive. 

S. a7robpS 

drrobpas 

dirodpa 
P. drrodpcopLev 

drrodpare 

d7TobpG><ji(y) 
D. drrodparov 

dnodparov 
Optative. 
S. diroftpairjv 

dirodpalrjs 

dTTodpairj 
&C. 
Imperative. 
S. dTTodp&Si 

> js' J. 
CLTTOOpaTOO 

&LC. 

Infinitive. 

dirobpavai 
Participle. 

drrodpds 
daa, av 



64. The following are additional examples of this formation : — 



pi; co 

pvrjs 

pvrj^ 

pvSpev 

pvrjre 

pv(So~i(v) 

pvrjrov 

pvrjrov 


yvS 

yvcos 

yvco 

yvSpev 

yv&re 

yvtoo~i(v) 

yvSrov 

yvarov 


(pvco (prob. v) 

(j)V7]S 
(j)VCOJJi€V 

(pvrjre 

<j)VCDO~L 

cjyvrjrov 
(pvrjrov 


pvel-qv 
pvelrjs 
pvelr) 
&C. 


yvoirjv 
yvoirjs 
yvoirj 
&c. 


(pvoijjLL or (pvrjv 
(pvois or (pV7]S 
(pvoi or (pvrj 
&C. 


pvrj^i 
pvrjrco 
&C. 


yvco^Si 
yvcoroo 
&C. 


((pvrco) 
&C. 


pvrjvaL 


yvcovciL 


(j)vvai 


pvels, elcra, iv 


yvovs, 
yvovo-a,yv6v 


(f)vs, <pvcra : (fivv 



akiaKopai 

(am taken) 
Balvco, go 
/3to'co, live 

7rerofJLai,fly 
o-KeXkco, dry 

(j)%dvco 
(come before, 
anticipate) 



Aor. 2. 

taken) 
fjXcov, (was 
id\a>v (Att.) 
E'firjv (went) 
Icov (lived) 

€7rrr]v(fleiv)j 
eo~KXr]v (wi- 
thered) 
dvv (went 
into) 

'ffirjv 



Imp. 



Subj. 

oAco (cos, co) 
/3tco (coy, co) 

(7TTCO ?) 

dvco (rjs, rj) 
9^c5 (rjs, rj) 



Opt. 

akolrjv 

fiatrjv 
(Suprjv 

Trralrjv 



Infin. 

aXcovai 

ftrjvaL 
i&vcu 

Trrrjvai 
o~Kkrjvai 



[bvrjv 
Horn.] 
(p^airjv (fi^rjvai 



Partic 

aXovs [a ex > 
ceptinlnd.] 

(3iovs 

(ovora. qvv) 
Tzrds 



bvs (vaa) 



* $vt}v for (pvtrjv. Hippocrates has Aor. 2. i<j>vrjv ((pvrjvai, &c), like 
ippvrjv. This is the usual form in later writers ; and the Subj. <pv& 
(Plat.) must be referred to this, not to tcpvv. (Buttmann.) 

f Late : £irr6fjL7]v the usual form. 



220 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [65 5 60. 

65. Syncopated Perfect. 
Sing. 

Indicative earrjKa 

€(TTT]KaS 
€(TTT]K€(y) 

Subjunctive iarcb 
Optative earalrjv, iaralrjs, &C. 
Imperative eard~i, eararco, &c. 
Infinitive iardvai 

Participle lores, coaa, as or 6s, Gen. iar&ros, deans, cotos* 
Pluperfect. 
Sing. Plural. Dual. 

i<rrf]K€iv or elarfjKeiv eardfiev — 

i<TT7]K€LS Or €LO~T7] KELS €(TTCLT€ e<TTCLTOV 

i(TT7]K.€L or el(TTT]K€L eardaav iardrrjv 

a) These syncopated forms are only found in the Dual and 

Plural. The regular forms of earrjKa are sometimes met 
with, though the shorter forms are the commoner in the 
best authors, especially for the Plural — earrjuevai rare in 
Attic (Kr.). 

b) In the Pluperf. of lanjfii, earaaav is the form of this kind 

that principally occurs. 

c) The Participle arises by contraction from acos. The co (as 

arising from ao) is retained through the oblique cases : 
but the neuter iaros has better authority than iaroos. 

66. (Other Syncopated Perfects.) 
tcldco (Horn.), /far, deota (rare in Sing.) PI. bebl^xev. deolre. debldaLi/. 

Part. SeSicos. Imperf. SeoiSfc. Subj. deBlco. Opt. 
dedcelvv. Impf. dedievac. Pluperf. 3rd Plur. 
edediaav or e$sd[eaav. 

%vr]<TKCd i die T&vqKa (-ay, -e), r&vdjisv, re^vdre, re'Zvdai. 

Imperat. r&vaZi. Opt. TeZvairjv. Inf. reSva- 
vai. Part, re^vecos (-ecocra, -eas). 
The Perfects re^vrjKa and dedta are the only Perfects besides 
€<rn)Ka whose syncopated forms are in common use in prose, the 
Partcp. /3e/3co? (from fialvco) forming a partial exception. Of re'3- 
injKa, it is only the Infin. and Partcp. that are common in Attic 
yrose : the Participle is re^vecos, with the (Ionic) intercalation of e s 



Plural. 
eardfiev 
eardre 
eardai(y) 



Dual. 

ecrrdrov 
eardrop 



67.] 



PARADIGMS. 



221 



Aedia occurs throughout : the longer form, SedoiKa, occurs only in 
the Indicat. of Perf. and Pluperf. (where it is commoner in the Sin* 
gular than the abridged forms), in the Infin. in the Dramatic writers, 
and in the Participle. 

67. "Itj/jlc, — el/it and el/xt, — <£??/u. 

It is very important that the pupil should acquire a thorough 
familiarity with the forms of i^/xt, et/u and ef/u, which, from the re- 
semblance of some to others, are often hard to distinguish : indeed 
some forms (especially in the compounds) are identical, and can only 
be distinguished by the sense. r 'lrnii occurs principally in its com- 
pounds, d(pLT]}jLL, (jL€%LT]fii, &c. The i is usually long in Attic Greek 
[as short, it occurs principally in the participle]. 



Pres. 

Impf. 
Perf. 
Plup. 
Aor. 1. 
Aor. 2. 

PL 



Fut. 

Pres. 

Impf. 

Perf. 

Plup. 

Aor. 

Fut. 1. 

Fut. 3. 

Aor. 1. 
Aor. 2. 
Fut. 



Imper. 

Utcd, &C. 



&C. 



Ind. 

LTJP 

siza 

€IK€LV 
7]Kd 

€LT€ 

^€l(rav 



i€/j,aL (as rfee/xat). 

UfJLTjV 

€LfACLl etCTO 

i^rjcrofxaL 

(none) 

(rjKdjirjv) 

€LfJLT]V ov 

rjcrofxat 



(i7//xt. Root, e.) 

Active. 
Subj. Opt. 



Inf. 
Uvai 



Partcp. 
Uls, Ulaa, lev 



eis, eicra. eu 



Passive. 

[On Subj. and Opt. see p. 218, c] 



6%CO i%€LTJV 



Middle. 



CDJXaL €LfJLT]V 



ea^at 



€lfJL€PQS 



epxvos 



Verbal Adjective, eros, trios. 

As a general rule, fy/xt is conjugated like rfarjpi. 



222 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[68, 



a) The 3rd Plur. of the Present Indie. Act. is iaoriiv) only, for 
Uacri(v). 

V) The Imperf. Inv is doubtful in the singular : tow, teis, Ui are 
undoubted, and it seems that Ulv also was used as 1st sing.* 

c) From d^irjixi the Imperf. appears with a double augment : 

ri(pL€L' 7]<p[ecrav. But a0t'a, and especially dcjiiearav, have 
more and better authority. 

d) The Aor. 1. §#ea 3 which is not found except in the Indicative, 

was in general use in the singular. In the plural it is 
rweZy used by any Attic writers. Of fjv the singular of 
the Indicative is no where found. 

e) What is here said of fjKa, fjv, applies also to edcoKa, eSrjica : 

edcov, eSrjv. In Aor. 1. Mid. rjKafiw is sometimes, but e£ce- 
Ka\inv, iSrjKdfirjv, never found in Attic writers. 
/) The Dual and Plur. of 2nd Aor. Act. ; the Jrcdic. of Aor. 2. 
Mid. and Aor. 1 . Pass, are found in the common language 
(also in Herodotus) ; but always with the augment. Hence 

d(j)LOLTe. dcftLOLEV, €fl€V, €T€, eCTClV, e^VjV, €}JLT]V, neVCl' CCCU1\ 

g) Whether elptv, elre, etjirjv are Indie, or Opt can only be de- 
termined by the context. 

li) In the compounds of %u the accent of the Imperative es is 
thrown back : acpes. But ov retains it, even in compounds, 
in this form, not in the others : rrpoov ; but irpoecrZe. 

i) Of forms conjugated like barytone verbs (besides the Subj. 
and Opt. of Pres. Pass, and Aor. 2. Mid. ; cf. p. 218, c), 
d(p[oLT€, dcj)LOL€v, are found as Pres. Opt, ; and tco is some- 
times accented as a barytone Subj. (for mo). 

6S. (ElfJLL, el/xt.) 

IT Elfxl (am) has root is ' elfii (ibo) root i. 
(1) elfii, lam; dpi, I shall go (Pres. mostly with Fut. meaning). 

Imperat. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

Moods \ foStj (eoro), &c.) a> elrjv civai cov (am) 

I €LflL, l3t, (iTG), &C.) IG) 'lOLfAC Uvdl loJV (go) 

■ 

* This and the following remarks are from Kruger. 



68.] 



PARADIGMS. 



223 



Indicative. 
Present. 


Sxjbj. of to be. 


Sub j. of 


S. elfxi, I am 

€1 

€CTTL(p) 

P. ecrfiev 
ecrre 

€t(Tl(v) 
D. idTOV 
CTTOV 


el\xi, I will go 
ei 

€L(Tl(v) 

ijxev 
Ire 

ida i(v) 
irov 

LTOP 


S. G> 

fjS 

V 

P. co/xezj 

cWi(i>) 
D. ^roy 


to) 

J/ 

*0 

Icojiev 

'[■qre 

'icocri(y) 

['IrjTOV ?] 
\l7]TOV ?] 


tei S. to-St 

€CTTCO 
P. €OT€ 

ecrrcocrav 
and ecrrcov 
(ovrcov 
Plat.) 
9. ecrrov 
ecrrcov 


t3t (rrpos&i : 
seld. 77 pose LJ 

'Ire 

'Ircocrav or 

^Ssch.E.32.) 
tro^ 


Opt. S. e'lrjv 
eirjs 
e'lrj 

P. e'lnfiev. eljiev 
e'lrjre [etre] 
e'lijcrav, elev 

D. \e"u]rov, eirov] 
elrjrrjv, e'lrnv 

Inf. etz>at 
PAE.T. coi>, ovcra. ov 
G. ovtos, overt]? 


'toi/u or tot?;y 

tO£ 

"lOlfieV 

'Loire 
'to lev 
['loirov ?] 

[lOtTT^ ?] 

levai 

Icov, lovcra, lov 
lovros, lovcrns 



Imperfect. 

S. rjv, I was fjeiv ; old Attic, fja, I went 

rjcr^a S €lSi > usu * S el(r ^ a 

rjv (from 5 e-z # et 

P. ^/iez> rjeipev, us. jj/zez/ 

^re (^crre) fjeire — fire 

rjcrav fjecrav 

D. rjcrrov [rjrov'] fjeirov, — fjrov 

rjcrav [fjrr]v~\ r^eirnv, — Ti Tr \ v 

Fut. ecropiai, I shall be, ecrrj or ecrei, ecrrai (for the poet, ecrerai), 
&c. Opt. ecrolfjLTiv. Inf. ecrea^ai. Parte, ecrofievos. 

The Middle form ('lefiai, tecrai or 177, terat, &c, Imp. 1W0, Inf. 
Teo-Sat, Partcp. Ufievos, Impf. ce/i^p, iWo, &c.), signifying to 
hasten, ought probably to be written with the rough breathing 
(a supposition which is mostly confirmed by the manuscripts), 
and referred to iTjfii. Verbal adj. Iros is found in compounds : 
Ireos is more common than Irnreos (Kr.). 

a) Elfii, to be (with the exception of el), is enclitic in Pres. Indie. 
[See Rules for Enclitics] . In compounds, the accent is on 



224 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[69 



the preposition, if the general rules of accentuation will allow 
it to be so far back. e. g. rrdpeipi, rrdpei, n-apeuri, &c, Imp. 
7rdpLcr~i but 7rapr,v on account of the augment : rrapecrrak 
(= wapifrerai) ; mp-eivai from the general rule for infini- 
tives in vai ; subj. Trapcb, -fjs, fj, &c. a on account of the con- 
traction ; and Opt. irapfipev, Sec. = rrapeLTjpev, &c. The 
accentuation of the Partcp. in the compounds should be par- 
ticularly noted ; e. g. jrap&v, Gen. Trapovros, so also rrapioov^ 
Gen. TrapiovTos. 

h) With reference to accentuation, the compounds of etju, ibo, 
follow the same rules as those of dpi, sum (Gottling says. 
Inf. 'ievai) ; hence several forms of these two verbs are the 
same in compounds, e. g. rrdpzipi, irdpei and rrdpeio-i (third 
sing, of elfjLL, and 3rd plur. of dpi). 

c) Ei€v, esto, be it so, good, 3rd plur. Opt. (=eiT]o-av). — The first 

person Impf. is often tj in Attic poets, sometimes in Plato ; 
Tjpnv (which occurs in no other person) is very rare in Attic 
Greek. (Xen.) The un- Attic form of the second person 
Impf. fjs is found frequently in the later writers, and now 
and then in lyric passages of the Attic poets. The dual 
forms with cr (ncr-ov, fjo-rrjv) are preferred ; but in the 2nd 
pi, 7)T€ seems to have been exclusively in use (iir.). *Eo-tcqv 
is less common than zcrrcDcrav. 

d) From elpi, the third pers. sing. Impf. jjeiv instead of Jei is 

found in the Attic poets only before vowels. Trpocr^Lv. [Be- 
fore a consonant, PI. Crit. 114.] 

e) The Pres. of dpi, to go, has. in Attic prose, almost always a 

Future meaning, 'livai and l&v occur both as Present and 
as Future. So also the Optative. (Er.) 

69. $7i/jlL to say. [ov = nego ; say . . . not]. 

{Moods : (pnpL, <pd~i or <£a~t, <pcb, (fiaLrjv, tfidvai, (f)ds.) 

Present. Singular. Plural. Dual. 

(prj[il (bapev 
(ftrjs ((j)r;s 'l) 6 are (parov 

(j)7]crL(v) (pacri'v) (parol* 

Imperfect. €<fav ecfiapev 

(6077?) 6(f)r]cr~a ecpare €(j)arou 

e(f)7] eefcao-av i<pdrrjv 

VfS&<f>rjcr<D. Aor. ecfrncra. Verbal Adjective, (paros, (fraTeos. 



70.1 



PARADIGMS. 



225 



a) The second sing. (f>rj$ is quite anomalous both in accent and 

in the t subscript. (Gottling and Kriiger print (prjs.) The 
compounds retain, in this form, the accent on the ultima, 
e. g. dvTL^ys, but crviJLCprjfiL, crv{j,(pa%i i &C. 

b) This verb has two significations, (a) to say in general, (b) to 

affirm, to assert. &c. (aio). The Fut. (prjcroi. however, has 
only the last signification. — (frairjv often and tftdvai usu- 
ally relate to the 'past. The Participle (pas does not belong 
to Attic prose, 

c) With (prjfMi the verb ^/xt, inquam, maybe compared. The 

Imperfect fa rj is used in the phrases rju S' eyo>, said J, 
^ os, said lie (inserted parenthetically), in relating a con- 
versation. 

The pres. (fnjpi (with the exception of cpjji) is enclitic. ["See 
Rules for Enclitics.] 

70. 018a. 

OlSa (tiovi) is properly a Perf. 2. from root eld- [vid-ere] ; but it 
passes over to the forms of a verb in pi : having second sing. -3a (as 
e^crSa, rjo-%a have from 977^/, et/zt). 

Moods : 

ot'Sa ] tcr^t (loro)) ] etSco | eldeirjv 
Present. 
Sing. ot§a Plur. ta-fiev 
oi'crSa tore 

Imperfect. 

Sing. Att. jffy PI. fjd€Lfi€v 

7j$€Lcr%a. ) £^ \ fibrjd%a fjdeire 
rjdeLs, ( ' I fjdrjs 

fjdei) Att. ydecv, jjdn ydeaav {jjdeiirav] 

Fut. etcro/iat. Verbal Adjective, lcttcov. 

a) Though the sing, forms rjdrj, &c. are usually called Aftxc, 

the forms fjdeiv, &c. occur even in the best Attic writers. — 
In the Dual and Plur. of Imperf., ^cttt]u, yo-fiev, -re, -ow 
are also found in the poets. 

b) Fut. eio-ofjLai, and the Subj. [Opt.] and Infin. of the /Vesenl 

have also the meaning of to understand. 
10* 



elfievai | elft&s, via, 6s< 



Dual. 

10T0I/ 

'lcttop 



Dual. 
fjdeLTov 



226 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[71 



71. Kei/AccL [[jaceo). fjpat (sedeo). 

KcT/xai, according to Kriiger, is from Keiofiai — /ceo/xat : according 
to Buttmann, a Perfect for KeKeiiuu. 

a) The Infin. is accented like a Perf. Infin.* and retains this 

accent in compounds : Kelcr^ac, Kara/telo-Sai. 

b) But KaraKeiiiais KarciKeicrai, throw back the accent. 

T Hftat (in Attic prose Kcfarjfiai is the usual form) is in form § 



Passive Perfect. 


Present. 






Ind. 

K€7fJ,ClL 
K€l(TCU 


Subj. 

[^eco/iai] 

K€T]TCU 


Opt. 

[KeoLfirju] 

KtOlTO 


Imperfect. 

€K€LfJL7]V 

€K€l<TO 

€K€170 


Kfivrai 


K€CQVTCLl 


Keoivro 


€K€LVTO 
€K€LO~'3oV 


Imper. Kelcro. K€l(t%cd. 


&C. Infin. KeTo-Sai. Partcp. Kelfxevos 



Fut. Kelo-ofiat. No Aorist. 

a) Present, rjfiai, rjcrai, rjarai, 6cc. 3 plur. rjvraL. 

Imper. rjo-o, ?/cr3co. &c. Infin. rjcrZai. Partcp. fjfievos. 

Imper f. rj^nv. ?Jcro, rjcrTo. &c. 3 plur. fjuro. 
Z>) Present, Kcfcty/xcu, Ka^rjcrac, Ka^nrai, &C 

Subj. KcftcofictL. 3. KaSrjrai. Plur. 1. KaZoifieZa. 3. Ka3- 

CDVTCIL. 

Opt. KcftOLfArjV [KCftflflTJV ?] 3. KClSoiTO \_K.a%fjTO ? J. 

Imper. /cd^cro [jcaSou]. Inf. Ka^jja^aL. Partcp. Ka^r^xevos. 

Imperf. eKa^npLnv (Kc&fjfirjv.) 3. ii<a%r)TO. KaSijcrTO (KaSrjTo)* 

3 plur. eKa^rjirro, Kc&rjPTO. 
The Imperf. of Kcferjiiai often prefixes the Syll. Augment to the 
preposition (bat not in the Tragic poets) in iKaZrjfinv : but also 
KaS/Jcro, KaZrjTo are found (more commonly Ka^crro, Kcftrjvro) where 
the Augment is compensated for by the accentuation. So also Ka3- 
»}(r3e, whereas Kc&r/o-Se is the Present. In the Subj. KaSafiai is more 
regular than /cd^co/iat : so also gcfiolro, Opt., for which, perhaps, 
KaSrjfirjv, KaSfjro (but only in these forms) were used (JEh). 



7% 73.] 



PARADIGMS, 



227 



In these the Pass, meaning is pretty 
steady. 



72. Anomalous Verbs. 
It is an anomaly of meaning when the Future Middle (in form) 
has a Passive sense. 

future middle with passive sense. 

ddLKrjcropaL, shall be injured 
a^ofjLdL, shall be led 
Soe^o/xai. shall be nourished 

(also Mid.). 
olnrjcropLai, shall be inhabited 
TifjLrjcrofjLai, shall be honoured 
^npicocropai, shall be punished ') In these, visage fluctuates between 
(iTeprjcrofjLcu. shall be deprived I these forms and those in -S^cro/xat; 
(pofirjvoyLai, shall be, feared f those in -^rjcrofj-aL denoting rather 
oxfieXrjcrofiai, shall be benefited J a continued action. (Herm.) 

So, aptjofiat (shall be ruled, and [Mid.] shall begin), e'ipgopat 
(shall be restrained), /3Xa^o/.iat (shall be hurt), rapdgopac (shall be 
disturbed), TpL^rofj.at (shall be rubbed), cpvXd^ojxai (shall be guarded), 
are all found in good Attic writers. 

73. Fulura Media of regular verbs, which in classical writers 
are the quite or nearly exclusive forms. 



aKovcropiai (-ovco), shall hear. 
dXaXdgopai (-d£co), shall shout. 
diravrrjcro\xai (-dco), shall meet. 
aTToKavcropai (-avco), shall derin 

(from any thing). 
(3ab\ovfjiai (-l£co), shall walk. 
j3orj<TGpai (-dco), shall shout, 
yikdcrofxai (-dco), shall laugh. 
KcoKvcroixaL (-vco), shall wail, 
olpcogopai (-co£co), shall wail, la 

ment. 

Fulura Media of regular verbs whose Futur< 
common form : 
qcropai, acrco (Sco), will sing. 
apTrdcTOfiai, -dcrco (-d£co), shall 
snatch. 

^Xeyj/opm, -yfsco (-ttco), shall hole, 
yrjpdcroficu, -dcrco (a[<TK~]co), shall 

grow old. 
dLcotjofiai, £co (-kco), shall pursue. 
iyKcofiLacropaL, -dcrco (-d£co), shall 

panegyrize, 
inaivicropai, -eo-co (-eco), shall 

praise. 



oXoXv^ojiac (-v£co), shall cry aloud 

(to the gods). 
Trndrjcrofiai (-dco), shall leap. 
criyrjcrofiaL (-dco), shall be silent. 
cncoTrr]croixaL (-dco), shall hold my 
tongue. 

o-TTovDdcTopLai (-d£co), shall make 

haste, be busy. 
crvplgopLai (-l£co), shall pipe, 
rco^dcrofiai (-d£co), shall jeer. 



Active is a less 



eTTiopK-qtropai, -rjcrco (-eco), shall 

forswear myself. 
ZavfidcropLai, -dcrco (-d£co), shall 
wonder. 

KXe\\ropaL, -\p-co (-rrrco), shall steal, 
pocfirjcropai, -rjcrco (-eco), shall sup 
up. 

crKco\l/oijLai, -yj/co (-tttco), shall mock, 
Xcopjicroiiai, -rjcrco (-eco), shall re- 
tire. 



228 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74 



Orjpdo-ofiai and fypevo-opiai, will chase, and KoXdcropai, will chas* 
tise, do not belong here ; for the Middle Form of other tenses ia 
found as Active (implying that the action is done for the agent's own 
satisfaction), and the Futures in -cra> are also in use. So i^rja-ojxai 
(Plat.) = mihi coquam. The Regular Fut. is e^^o-co. 

74. Deponents Passive (i. e. that have a Passive Aorist.) 

rfivin-j^Tjv or i$vvrj%rjv ibvvdcr^nv, 

was able (dvvapai). 
Tjpdcr^nv, loved (epapai). 
jjjfiea^tfp, was vexed at (a^So/iot). 
€{3ov\r)%r]v, r][3ov\i]%nv: wished; 

chose (fiovXopai). 
iderjZrjv, begged (deopai). 
Tjcr^rjv, was delighted ; was pleased 

(fjdopai,). 
&ipj)v, thought (oioficu). 
icrtffinv.* reverenced (o-efiopai). 
€<fiavrdcr%r]i>, likened myself (cfrav- 

rd^opai). 
dieXex^nv, conversed with (StaXe- 

yopai). 



iireyiikrp-qv, cared for (-[e]o/xai). 
iv&vprfinv, considered^ 
7Tpo€~vfjL7]%7]v, was eager 
h'evorjZrjv, considered, 

intended 
bievovjZnv, thought over; 

intended 
aTTtvorfinv, was beside 

myself; was desperate J 
j]yavTi6y^r]v, opposed (-oopai). 
evXafifavv, shunned scrupulously 

(-eopai). 

i<j)L\oTifni~r)v, was ambitious (-eo- 
pai). 



I. Verbs in co, with collateral forms in eo> or copai. 



Present. 

aXe£a). ward off 
Middle 



(e)3eX© 3 will 
eppco, take oneself off 
evdco, sleep 
e^a). boil 

Passive 

Middle 
/xeXet. curcc est 
peXXco, am going 
pevco, remain 
vepco, distribute 

Passive 
o(co, smell of 
6<j)€i\cD, owe (ought) 
rvTTTco, beat 

Passive 
\alp(£>, rejoice 



Future. 
[dXe^crco] 

dXe^rjO-opai 

f$o<rK7](r<a 
(c'/SeX^cra) 

€ppT)(TCD 
€vdj]OrcO 

iyjrrjo-ui (Pdm. 73) 

peX-qaec 
ptXXrjcrco 
pevG) 
vepco 

o^r/crco 
o^)etX?;cra) 

TV7TTr]<JCO 
TVTTTTjCTOpClL 
XCLLpT]CrCD 



Perfect. 



-n^tXrjKa 
fjppnKa 
(none) 
? 



a%pouai, am vexed (at) dx^zo-f^rj^opai 



p€pe\rjK€V 
1 

pepevrjKa 
vevtprjKa 
veveprjvai 
[odcoda] 
aKpelXrjKa 
? 

rirvppai 
Kexdpr]K.a 
(filial) 



Aorist. 

TjXe^dpnv 

TjZeXncra 

(none) 
77^77 era 

r]^\rr]a-dpr]V 
epekrjerev 
efjLeXXrjcra 
epeiva 

6P€LfJLCl 

ivepr^-qv 
cQ^rjcra 

(ervnov) 
irvTrrfV 
ixdpnv 



* Plat. Phaedr. 254. 



PARADIGMS, 



229 



Present. 

fioiXofiai, will ; choose 
[epofiat], ask 
Haxopai, fight 
lieXofACLL, care for 
o'louai, think 
ot^o/iai, am gone 



Future. 

[BovX-qa-opai 

iprjcrofxai 

paxovpai 

peXr](Top,ai 

olr)cro[xaL 

olx^crofxai 



Perfect. 

(none) 

hepaxwu 
p.e fJ-eXrj fiat 
(none) 



Aorist. 
i3ov\r)%Tjv 

7]p6fl7]P 

efjLax^crdfirjv 
ifieXrjtrji 
cprjZrjv 
(none) 



II. Verbs in eco, with a collateral form in a>. 



Present. 
ya/i€co, marry 

Middle 
done co, seem 

Passive 
a>3ea), thrust 
Passive 
Middle 



Future. 
yapco 
yapovpai 

p[\l/Cd 



Perfect. Aorist. 



yeyafirjKa 
yey dpnpai 
dedoypat 
eppLCpa 
eppijjLfiai 

eoocrpai 



pyrjfia 
lynpdpr\v 
edot-a 
€ppi\j/a 
ipp[(f)(%)r)v 
e co era 

icocrdpnv 



atcrco (camera)) 
cocr~r] (to pal 
coo-opal 

III. Verbs in av-co, av-opai ; i. e. whose roots are formed by av 
appended to the simpler root. (With some in va>, Ivco. aCvco, 
alvo /xat, veopai.) 

Future. 
dpaprr](Topai 



Present. 
apapravco, miss ; sin 

Passive 
av%{dv)oo, increase 

Passive. 
fSXacrrdvco. bud 
dapZdvods sleep 
oXicnSdVa), slip 
alo~%dvopai, perceive 
a.Trex'Zdvopai, become hat 



Perfect. Aorist. 



rived) pay 

Passive 

Middle 
(fiZdvoo, come befere 
ddwco, bite 

Passive 
Kapvco, become weary 
repveo. cut 

Passive 
(3alvco, go 
iXavvoo. drive 

Passive 

Middle 
6(rcj)pa[vopai, smell 
Uv€opai, come 



[ed rt 



Gv^rjcroj 
av^r]^rj)crop,ai 
[3Xao-T7-)crco 
haptrjcropai (?) 
oXicrZrjcrcQ (?) 
alcr~r](Topa.i 
dij€)(Z7](Topai 



i]paprrj<a 
rjpdprrjpai 

Tjvt-rjKLCl 

r)v£rjpai 



npaprov 
dpaprntrjvai 
■qv^rjera 



(f)~7]cropai 

drj^opai 

drjx^^of^ai 

Kapovpai 

repco 

rerprjcropai 

(3r](ropai 

iXco 



ocrffiprjcropai 
itjopai 



([3)€^XdcrTr]i<a e^Xao-rou 
deddp^rjKa €§ap~ov 
(coXlo-ZrjKa) cqXl<t%ov 
fjcr^pai fj(T^6prjv 
dirrixZnpai dmrix^oprjv 
rerixa erLcra. rival 

T€TlO-p.ai 6TLCT~rjV 

iricrdprjv 

e(f)~aKa €(f)Zacra. ed>* 

? edciKov 
dedrjypai 

K€Kpn<a %K.apov 

rerprj<a erepov 

rerpnpai irpr^rjv 

iXrjXaKa yXacra 
iXr]Xa.pai r]Xd~rjv 

i]Xacrdpr t v 
[cacr(f)prjpai~\ d>cr<pp6p7}U 
iypaL iKoprjv 



•230 



FIRST GREEK BOOK.. 



[74 



IV. Verbs in dpco, avo^ai, whose short r 
before av was appended : Xrj%~, Xa3 



Present. 

\av%dvco, am hid 

Middle 
{jLav^dvco, learn 
Xafxftdvco, take 

Passive 

Middle 
%iyydpco, touch 
Kayxdvco, receive by lot 

Passive 
Tvy%dvco, hit a mark 
TrvvSdvojjLai, inquire 



Future. 
Xrjcrco 
Xrjorofiai 
fMa^rjcrofJiaL 
Xrjyj/ojJLac 
\r](f)'3rj(TOjjiai 

St^o/xat (-a) ?) 
\rj£o}iai 

rev£o[JLai 
rrevaofxaL 



vot was strengthened by 
- ; Xap%-, \av%-dv-G). 
Perfect. 

XeXrj^a 

XeXrjo-fiai 

fjLefxd^rjKa 

e'lXrjcjxi 

c'lXrjfXfjLai 



e'lXrjxa 
e'iXrjyfiaL 

7T€TTV(TfJLaL 



Aorist. 
eXcfiop 
iXc&ofirjv 

eXa(3op 
iXrj^Tjp 
iXafi6fJLr}V 
e^iyop 
eXa^ov 
iXrjX^v 
ervxov 



V. Verbs 
Present. 
yTjpd((TK)co, grow old 
f)(3d((TK)co, pubescere 
dpecTKco, please 
euptcr/ca), find 

Passive 
dvdXLo~K(o, spend 

Passive 

a/x/3Xto-/cco, miscarry 
%vr}(TKCD, die 
iXdo-KOfjiai, propitiate 

Passive 
aXivKofiai, am taken 



in o~k(o appended to 
Future. 
yrjpacrofAai(crcc>) 
f)[3r)(rcD 
dpecrco 
evpr)(T(o 
€vp6%r)o~o}iai 
dvciXdxTco 

dvaXco^rjCOfJiaL 

^d{jLj3Xdxr(o) 
%avovfiai 
tXaVo/xat 

aXao-ofiai 



the simpler root. 

Perfect. Aorist. 



yeyrjpdKa 
fj(3r)Ka 
(dpr)p€K.a) 
evprjKa 
evp-qfxai 
dvdXcoKa 
dvrjXcoKa 
dpdXcofxai 
dvrjXcofJLaL 
rjiifiXooKa 

(tXacr/xat) 
idXcoKa 
fjXcDKa 



eyrjpacra 

rjftrjcra 

fjpecra 

evpop 

evp&rjp 

dpdXocxra 

dvrjXcocra 

dvaXco^-qv 

dvrjXS^rju 

fjfifiXccva 

e^avov 

lXacrdp.7jv 

iXdoSrjp 

idXcop 

fjXcov 



VI. Verbs in ctkoo appended to a simpler root reduplicated : 
/3po)-, /3t/3pco0-K-. 



Present. 

i3tj3pa)o-Ka), eat 

Passive 
yiyvaxTKoa^ know 

Passive 
TiTpdxrKco, wound 

Passive 
lufjLvr}crK<o, put in mind 



Future. 

[/SpoocrojLtat] 
(jSpco^i^cro/xat) 

yvdxTOfiaL 

yvcocr%r]crofJLai 

rpdxrco 

Tp(o%f](roficii 

lXVT)<T(d 



Passive {—remember) nvrjo-^fjo-ofiai 
fJL€fxprjcro}xaL 



Perfect. 

/3e/3p«m 
/3e/3po)/xat 
eyvcoKa 
eyvcoo-fJMU 

rerpcofxai 

fA€fJLVT]fiai, 



Aorist. 

[e/3pa)cra] 
ijSptoSrjp 
eyvcov 
iyvdxr^r)V 
erpaxra 
erpd)?Sr}V 
efivrj(ra 
€fJLvrjcr?ST]p 



74.] 



PARADIGMS. 



231 



Present. Future. Perfect. 

dpdo~opat bibpaKa 

77€77pClK.a 

77€7rpdcrofjiaL tt€7J -paixai 
Verbs that supply their tenses from other root; 



OLopacrKco, run away 

77l77pdo~KCO, bill/ 

Passive 
VII. 

Present. 
alp eco. take. 



Aorist. 
Zdpdv 

e7rpa~r)V 



Borrowed Root 
eX- 



Future. Perfect. 



si77€iv, say. 
Passive 



ep^o/xat, go, i\ev%- 
ecrSi'co. eat, id-, (pay- 
Passive 
e^co. have, ax-, &x € 

Passive 

Middle 
opdco, see, 677-, Id-, 

Passive 

Middle 
TroV^o). suffer, irrp-, ttzvt:- 
ttlvco, drink, ne-, tto- 

t Passive 
TTtTTTCD.fall, 77CT-. Trero- 
rpexco, run, Spap.- 

Passive 
(pepco, bear, iveK.-, ot- 

Passive 

Middle 



aipr](T(D 
alpe^-qcropLaL 
ipco 

pr)%r}crofiai 
elprjcrofxaL 
iXcvcrofiaL 



flprjKa 
ijprjpai 
eiprjKa 
eLprjjjLaL 

€^rj(j€o-pai 
ecrxrjKa 



!§fi> 3 cr^crcd 

[fxac eV^Ty/i 

o^ropai 

6(f)^T]O-0fiaL 

TreLCOjiai 

TTLOjlClL 

7ro~r]crofjLaL 
TTecrov/JLaL 
bpap.oZp.ai 

otcr co 
i iv€y~rjcrop.ai 
j olcr^rjcropaL 

oicropiai 



Aorist. 
eTkov 
yp&riv 
eiTvov, (-a) 
ipprfi-nv 

i)\~ov . 
e (bayou 
(rjdecrZrjp) 

[iorx&rjv] 
io~xop.r]v 
icopdKa eidov 
icopap.ai. hp.pai co(fi~T]V 
eldopnv 

rreTTOvta erratov 

77 €77 CD Ka €77lOV 
77€770p,aL €770%^ 
77€77TC0Ka €77€CTOV 

dedpdprjKa edpapLov 
(j€dpap.r]crZai 

€vr)voxa fjveyKov 

ivrjv€yp.ai r}V€y^7]v 

j]V€yKap.r\v 



VIII. Verbs in p.i whose original root ends in a (like ?o-rr;/u). 



Present. 

KLXprjp-L (1), lend 

Mid. borrow 
ovtvripL (2), benefit 
ovivap.ai, Mid. to 
derive advantage. 



Pass. 
irlfX77\r]pL (3), fill 
Mid. C 



Pass. 



77\dp.ai 



Future. 

Xpr}0~op.ai 
ovr-jO-opLai 



77\r]C 



77\i]cr%r](TO~ 

jJLQl 



Perfect. 
KixprjKa 



77€77ArjKa 



77€77Xt]0-- 

pai 



Aorist. 

€Xp7]cra 
ixpr](TdpT]v 
oovrj era 
'ovr^nv, 

(rjcro, &C.) 
Q}vdp.v l v, 

later 

C0P7]Zr]V 

€77\rjora 
iTrkrjcrdprjV 

€77\l]p7]U 

/poet.) 
€77\rjcr^riv 



Root. 
X pa- 



rrXa- 

(77^ 

for 

other 

tenses) 



232 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74 



Present. 

7rijj.7rprjfJiL (4), burn 
Mid. * 7H>- 
Pass. \ TTpaixai { 



Future. 

7Tpr)(TC0 

7Tpr](T^r](io- 
fiat 

7T€7TpT](TO}XaL 

TXr]G-ojJLai 



Perf. 

7T€Trp7]Ka 
7T€7rpTJ(T- 



Aorist. 
eirprjca 

€7Tpr]cr^r]v 



TerX^Ka erXrjv 



Root. 
irpa- 

for 
other 
tenses) 
rXa- 



[rXrjjJLL] (5) endure 
On (prjjii, see Pdm. 69. 
Other forms : 

(1) Inf. Kixpavai. * ixp^o-dprjv = 6 1 borrowed,'' un- Attic. 

(2) Inf. Pr. ovivdvai. — Aor. Imper. ovrja-o. Opt. ovalji-qv. Part 
dvrjfxevos (Horn.) [The rest supplied by wfeXetv.] 

(3) The f.i in the reduplication of this and the following verb is 
usually omitted in composition, when a p. precedes the reduplication j 
e. g. e/X7Ti7rXa/xat } but ev€7Ti}i7TXdjxr]V. 

Inf. Pr. 7njJL7rkdwL. Impf. imfJLTrXrjp. Inf. Pr. Mid. 7rlpLTrXa<r%ai. 
Impf. i7rLfX7r\dfi7]v. 

(4) Exactly like TrlixirX-qpLi. Xen. has 7n/x7rpda>. 

(5) erXrjv, rXrj%i, tXcq, rXal^v, rXrjvai, rXds. The word is rare in 
Attic prose. 

(Deponents.) 



Present. 
ayajiai) wonder 



Future. 
dydcrofxai (Ep.). 



bvvapai (1), can dvvrjcropai 



Perf. 



btbvvqpai 



€7TL(TTafJLaL (2),* 

understand 
epapai, love 



emcrTr)(rofxai 
ipaa^-qaofiai 



Aorist. 
rjydaSrjp 
Tjyao-dfxrjv (Ep. 
once Dem.). 

' edvvdoSrjv (Ion, 
and Xen.). 

Tj7TL(TTrj^TJV 

rjpdcr^-qv 



(ipdco is the prose form). 
tcpepapai (see Kp€fjLdvvvp.i, Table X). 

Other forms : 

(1) Moods of Pres. bvv-acro^ -ccpaL, -aiprjv, -acr'Sai, -dpevos* \bvi 
»/iat, accentu relracto.] Imperf. ebwdpyv or rjSvvdprjv. 



* Properly to stand upon (i. e. as having mastered it). 



74.] 



PARADIGMS. 



233 



(2) Moods of Pres. cmor-a (less commonly -ao-o), -co/xat, -alfirjVi 
-acr^ai, -dpevos. Impf. rjmo-Tdpwv, 2 sing, tjttlcttq) (less commonly 
-ao-o). O 3 imorafiat, accentu reiracto. 

To these must be added : 

(1) xPVi oportet, exprjv, or xPl p i oportebat, xpW € h oportebit (R. ^pa- 

or xp€-). 

Imper. Subj, Opt. Infin. ^Partcp. 
Xph (none) xPtf XP^ XP^ val t6 xpeav 

(2) dfroxpr], sufficit. Inf. diroxpfiv [or ~xp^]j Part, diroxp^v. Im- 

perf. drrexPl) Flit. a,7roxpfj<rei, Aor. dTrexprj(T€{v). It also 
takes some personal forms (as from a7roxpda>), dVoxpcoo-iy, 
a.7voxpr]o-ovari(y). In Mid. aTToxprjcr^ai (= to have enough) 
is conjugated like xp^-opai. 

(3) €7rpidp.7]v, to buy (used by the Attics as Aorist to Qov£op.ai). 

Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. 

€7Tpidp.TJV TTpiCO TTpLCOpaL TTpiaLpTjV 7Tpiacr%CLl 77pldpi€VQ$ 

IX. Verbs in vvpt. appended to an impure original root. 



Present. 



Future. 



Perfect, 



Aorist. 



ayvvfML, break 

Passive 
BeiKvvpi, show (Pdm. 60) 
{zvyvvpi, bind feu^co 

Passive 

Middle 

piywpi, mix p'^& 

Passive 
otywjjLi, otya), open oi'£< 

Passive (= am open) 
op.6pyvvpi^ wash off 

Passive 

Middle 
7T77yi>i//z£, fix , fasten 
prjywfju, tear 

Passive 

Middle 
opLvvfiL, swear 



eaya 
[eay/xai] 



ea^a 
(iayrjv) 



e£evyfiai 

(fiejuxa) 
pux^rjo-opaL pepiypai 

6C PX a 
ecpyfiai 
9 



opop^opat 
payrjcropai 



2 



oXXv/jll. destroy 
Middle 



OpLOVpLCLl 

6\co 

oXovpiai 



i(vyrjv (effu^f) 
i&vgdfirjv 

ip.lx%r)v, iplyrjv 

ecdx%r)V> olx%r)vai 
co/Jiop^a 
ojpopx^nv 

G>fJLOp^dflTJV 

TreTTwya (*284) €irr)£a 

eppcoya (*283) epprj^a 
eppdyrju 
ipprj^dfiTjp 

opcofioKa copocra 

opoypocrZai 6po{cr)^rivai 

6\d>\€Ka coXeora 

oXoXa (perii) coXopnv 



234 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



[74 



X. Verbs in vvvpu appended to a pure original root. 



Present. Future. 
dfi(j)i€vvviM,put on (clothes) a/x(£to> 

Middle a/x(£iecro^at 

Koptvvvjii) satisfy (Kopecrco) 

Passive 

o-peviwpi, extinguish o-^icrco 

Passive cr/Secr^co/m 

Intransitive o-firjcropLcu 

(TTopevvvfAt, streio, spread aropco 

(Comp. (TTpOiVVVjJLl) 

KepdvvvpLi, mix Kepdorco (?) 

Passive 

Middle 
KpepidvvvpLL, hang (trans.) 

Passive 
KpejjLafjLai, hang (intrans.) 
TTtTavwixi, spread out ; S 
extend \ 

Passive 
(TK€^dvvvfjLL i scatter 

Passive 
^wvvvfjLi, gird 

Passive 

Middle 
pavvvpi, strengthen 

Passive 
(TTpuvvviJU) strew 

Passive 

Middle 

color 

Passive 



Perfect, 
(none) 

TjpLfpUcTfJLaL 

\_K€Kopr]Ka\ 

KeKOpeO-fJLCLl 

i eo-fteo-fJLai 
ecrfBrjKa 

(none) 
iaTopecrfxai 
KeKpaKa (?) 
S KeKpapai 
I KeKepao-fiai 



KpCfJLCO s 

(iceKpefiafJLai) 

KpejJir}(ro[iai 

nerdo-co, [7re7re*raKa] 
Att. rrercb 

77 ilTTCLpLCLL 

icrKebao-pLai 
fwo-G) [e£a>Ka] 

pwcra) ? 
p(oa^r](Top.ai eppcofxai 

O-TpGHTCD 

ecrrpcofJiaL 
? 



Aorist. 
r}[x(j)L€(Ta 

cKopecra 
€Kope(r%r]V 
ecrftecra 
£(rl3ecr%r)v 
€orj3rjv 
icrTopecra 
[io-TopeoSrjv] 
iKepacra 
S €Kpa^rjv 
\ iKepd(r^7]V 
€K€pa(rdfxr)p 
eKpefJidcra 
€KpefjLdcr?Sr]V 



€7r€Tdo-^r}V 
icrKebava 
i(TK€8d(7'3r]V 
e^cocra 

efaadfirjp 

eppcocr^rjv 

eo'rpcoara 

idTpoa^-qv 

io-rpco(rdjjLTjp 

€)(pa)(ra 



LIST Of NUMERALS. 





CARDINALS. 




ORDINALS. 


I a 


6iS", jLUCZ, ev 


1 


6 TTpCOTOS, rj, OP 


2 




2 


devrepos, a, op 


3 y' 


rpels, rpia 


3 


rplros, T). OV 


4 d' 


red crape recrcrapa 


4 


rerapros, rj, ov 


5 € 


Trevre 


5 


TTeUTTTOSi &C. 


6 r' 


H ' 


6 


eKTOS 


7 r 


iirrd 


7 


efidopios 


8 


6kto> 


8 


oySoos 


9 a' 


ivvea 


9 


evaros (evvaros) 


10 i 


bena 


10 


deKaros 


LI ta 


evDeaa 


11 


evdeKaros 


12 iff 


dcodeKa 


12 


dcoDeKaros 


13 ly 


TpKTKaibeKct 


13 


TpicrKaiDeKaros 


14 id' 


recrcrapaKalDeKa 


14 


TecrcrapaKaLc)eKaTO§ 


15 16 


irevreKaiheKa 


15 


TT€VTeK.air)eK.aTOS 


16 ir 


eKKaideKci 


16 


eKKaideKciTos 


17 i£' 


€7TTClKaLc)€Ka 


17 


enraKaiDeKaros 


18 «/ 


OKTCDKa'ldeKCL 


18 


GKTCDKaideKaros 


19 i3' 


ivveaKaldeKa 


19 


ivveaKaibeKaros 


20 k' 


e%KO(ri(y) 


20 


eiKocrros 


21 Ka 


eiKouiv els, fila, %v 


21 


^IkOCTTOS 7TpOOTOS 


22 k/? 


e'lKocTL t)vo 


22 


eluocrrbs devrepos 


23 icy 


e'lKocri rpels, rpia 


23 


elKOcrrbs rplros 


24 kV 


e'lKocrt recr crapes, pa 


24 


elKocrrbs rerapros 


25 Ke' 


e'Uocri Tievre 


25 


elKocrrbs Trejnrros 


26 *r 


el<ocriv e£ 


26 


eiKocrrbs eKros 


27 icf 


e'tKocriv eirrd 


27 


eiKocrrbs efidofios 


28 ia/ 


e'tKocriv oktgl) 


28 


eiKocrros oydoos 


29 ic3' 


eUocriv ivvea 


29 


eiKocrrbs evvaros 


30 V 


rpiaKovra* 


30 


rpiaKocrros 



* rpi&Kovra • recrcrapdKovra. 



236 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 





CARDINALS. 




ORDINALS. 


31 


Xa 


TpiaKovra els 


31 


TpiaKOCTTOS ITpQdTOS 


32 


X/3' TplCLKOVTa dvo 


32 


TpiaKoo-Tos devTepos 


to 




to 


to 


to 


39 




TpiaKovra ivuia 


39 


TpLCLKOCTOS eVVCLTOS 


40 


/* 


Teo-crapaKovTa 


40 


TecrcrapaKoo-TOS 


50 


V 


7T€VTT]KOVTa 


50 


7T€VTT]KO(Tt6s 


60 




i^TjKOVTa 


60 


itjrjKOCTTOS 


70 


* 




ijBboprjKOPTa 


70 


€^dop7]KOO~TOS 


80 


IT 


oyborjKovTa 


80 


oydorjKocTTos 


90 


G 


ii/evrjKOVTa 


90 


ivevrjKoo-Tos 


100 


p 


eKClTOV 


100 


€KCLTO(Tt6s 


200 


cr 


diaKocTLoi, at, a 


200 


diaKocrioo-Tos 


300 


T 


TpiaKovrioi 


300 


TplCtKOCriOCFTOS 


400 


V 


TerpaKocrioL [reowep.'] 


400 


T€o-(rapaKocrio(TTGS 


500 




7T€l>TaK.6(TlOl 


500 


7T€VTa.KO(TLO(TT6s 


600 


x 


i£aK.6(rioi 


600 


e^aKoo-ioo-Tos 


700 


<¥ 


eTTTCLKOCTLOL 


700 


€7TTCLKOO~ LOCTTOS 


800 


to' 


oKTaKocrioi 


800 


OKTaKOO-LOO-TOS 


900 




ivaKocrioL (ewaK.) 


900 


£vaKocrio<TT6s (ivvaKoo;) 


1000 


/ a 


^t'Xioi, at, a 


1000 


XlklOOTOS 


2000 


fi 


Sio^/Xioi 


2000 


dicrxiXiocrTos 


3000 


jy 


rptcr^tXtot 


3000 


TpLO-X^OO-TOS 


4000 


fi 


TeTpaKiu)(l\ioi 


4000 


T€TpaKLO~X^OO~T6s 


5000 




7T€VTaKlO~X^OL 


5000 


TrevTaKicrxiXioo-Tos 


6000 






6000 


i^aKLcrx^ocrTos 


7000 




hTTaKlO~Xl\lOL 


7000 


ilTTCLKL 0~X iklOCTTQS 


8000 


n 


6ktclkl(txl\lo. 


8000 


OK.TaKlO'X^OO'TOS 


9000 


«V 


ivaKicrx^oi 


9000 


ivaicurxikiooTos (Ivvclkkt* 


10,000 


JL 


pvpLOL 


10,000 


pvpioorTos [x&iovtos) 


20,000 


K 


burpvpiot 


20,000 


durpvpioo-Tos 


to 




to 


to 


to 


190,000 


F 


dfKaKLo-uvpioi 


100,000 


deKaKio-pvpioo-Tos 



DIFFERENCES OE IDIOM, GRAMMATICAL 
HINTS, &C. 



A. PREPOSITIONS. 

1. About. 
To be employed about any thing. 
About = nearly (of numerical 

approximation), dpcpl or nepl 

with acc. ; as (conjunct). 
About (of approximate time). 
About noon. 



crrparlcoras errepyjmv dp<pi tovs 
diaKocTLovs, or cos diaKocrlovs. 



rrepL pecrrjv ttjv rjpepav. 
dpcjA pecrov rjpepas. 



2. Above (ynlp). 

(1) Above = more than, virep, c. acc. ; irkiov rj. 



Above 100. 



Men who are above 50 years old. 



TrXe'iovs [— 7rXe loves] or ttXslco 

(neut.) tcov enarov. 
avhpes irkeiov ri rj irevTrjKOVTa err) 

yeyovores diro yeveas. 
6 K.6pa£ vrrep ra diaKocria err) (fj. 



The raven lives above 200 years. 

(2) Above = beyond (of degree). See Beyond. 
3. After. 
To see any body after a long 
time. 



ibeiv tlvcl 6ta xp 0V0Vt 



4, Against. 

To avail against any thing. 
To assist any body against any 
body. 

5. Amidst, Amongst. 
Amongst the enemy. 

To be (have fallen) amongst rob- 
bers. 
Amongst men. 



^on^elv tivi iiri riva. 



iv pecrois to?s TroXepuHS- 
iv Xno-Tals eivai. 



iv dvSpamois. 



238 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



6. Around, Round 
To sit round any thing. 
To throw a cloak round one 



7T€pi. — dfji(j)L (= on both sides). 

kvkKco TvepLKo^rjd^al n. 
7repi/3aX\eo-3ai or annexe a%a& 

Ifxdriov. 
(kvk\g>) Trepuevai tt)v ttoKlv, 



hlCL 7T6VT€ fjfiepGOV. 

els iv fSkeirew. 

TTpos tl d(f)ievat ra fieXrj. 



To go round the city. 

7. At. 

At intervals of five days (= eve- 
ry five days). 

To look at one object. 

To discharge arrows, &c. at an 
object. 

8. Before. e£ ivavrlas (gen.). — iv (dat.).- 
iiri (gen.). — rrpos (gen.). 

(1) Locally, irpo {gen.). — eixTrpocr^ev or iirlinpocr^ev {gen.). — 
iv&mov (= in the presence of a person). — ivavrlov (= in the pre- 
sence of). — TTpo rr)s TTokecos (%vpas, &c). — €jjL7rpo(r%€V ttjs %vpag 
(7rpbs rfj Supa = close to it). 



pos, ds (&cc.).- 



To stand before any body. 



To stand before a glass. 
To speak before the people. 

= In the presence of.] 

Before many witnesses. 

To come before you (with refer- 
ence to an assembled body 
amongst whom a person 
comes). 
(2) Temporally, rrpo (gen.).- 

Before the war. 

A year before the taking of . 

Before sunrise. 



(np\v with Infln.) 
Before day-break. 



<jTr\vai efiTTpocr^iV twos I irpo- 
<TTT)vai twos, aTrjvai ivcomov 

TWOS, TTpOS TWOS. 

i£ ivavrlas tov KaroiTTpov aTrj- 
vai. 

Xeyew iv tS SrjfjLcp (jrpbs or els 
tov Srjpov). 

ivavrlov 7To\Xcbv fiaprvpcov. 
els vjxas elvikvai. 



-rrporepov (gen.), 
irpo rovhe tov noXefiov. 
iviavrco nporepov TTjS aX(bve<os. 
rrpb (or nporepov) r)Xlov dvtovTos 
or dvLo-xovros. 



7Tp\v rjfiepav y[yv€o-%ai. 



(If i before 5 introduces a sentence.) 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 239 

9. Behind, oma^ev, gen. (only of place). — mTonw, gen. (of 
place or time). — pcTa, acc. — eVi, dat. place or time. — wd (dat.) and 
avri (only of place). 

To stand behind a tree. avri devBpov, or wo Sevdpcp kdrr\- 

tcevai (the former = facing it ; 
the latter under it for protec- 
tion). 

To be behind any thing. oiTicr^ev ylyveo~%ai twos. 

To place oneself behind any e /x tt pocr^ev iroielaftal n (i. e. 
thing. to cause it to be before one). 

10. Below, vtto, gen. and dat. — Kara, gen. (so that the object 
envelopes or covers us). See Under. 

To be below any body. t)ttco (acc. m.) elvai twos. 

To think any thing below (be- aVa^to^ tl. 
neath) one. 

This thing is below them. ava^iov clvtcqv tovt icrTi, 

11. Beneath. See Below, Under. 

12. Beside, rrapd (dat. of person; acc. of thing). 

To shoot beside the mark. 7rapap.apTa.vew tov o-kottov. 

13. Between, peTa^v (gen.), iv pecrcp (gen.), iv (dat.). 

C cos iv rjplv elprjcr'Sai. 
Between ourselves. < cos jrpbs ere (if one person only is 

t addressed). 

14. Beyond, irapd, vnep (both acc), pe1£ov fj. 
Above (beyond) my power. irapa (virep) bvvapw. 

That is above the power of man. to epyov eo-rl pel^ov ?} kot av 

^pcoTTov ( = the Lat. major 
quam pro ). 

15. By (of agent) : = beside, vid. Trpos, dat. = close by. Tjj 
nokei, &c. 

Day by day (daily) ; year by year na?? rjpepav : /car eTos. 

(every year), yearly. 
To judge a person by any thing. p.eTpe1v (metiri) Twa e< twos, 
To stand by any body. 7rapao-Tr)val Twa. 



240 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



(By = near, vid.) 
To implore any body by the gods. wpos tcov SeSz/. 
By the father's side. rrpos irarpos. 

16. Down, Kara, gen. = down into ; under. 
In compos. Kara. To fall down, KaTamTTTtiv. 

Down (the) hill. 

17. For. 

To fight, brave dangers, &c./or 

any thing. 
A remedy for any thing. 



To run down, 

Kara (or Karco) rod opovs. 



fidxecr^ai (Kivbvveveiv, &C.) vtt&O 

twos (— on behalf of). 
A remedy of any thing (objective, 
gen.). 

vojJLOi iiri tovtols Teraypevoi. 



Xapftdvetv n it a pa twos. 
fieTpelv (= metiri) riz>a e/c twos. 



Laws drawn up for this purpose 
(= to secure these objects.) 

18. From* 

To receive any thing from any 
body. 

To take an estimate of a person 
from any thing. 

From (denoting a cause). Thus ; From thinking so and so, rca 
vopLi^eiv. 

(1) dat. 

(2) did with acc, 

(3) itc with gen. 

To remove any body from a ma- 
gistracy. 

19. In. 

To exceed (surpass, excel) any 
body in any thing. 



7rav€LP riva tt]s apxys. 



To delight in any thing. 

To end in any thing. 

I am poor, rich in any thing. 

To inquire, &c. in what way any 

thing may be done. 
To be shut up in a place. 



Siacfrepeiv (= to differ, to be dis- 
tinguished), tlvos tlvi (dat. of 
thing in which one excels — ). 

fj§€0~%a[ TLVI. 

reXevrav eXs rt. 

ivbcrjs dpi (jrXovrco) tlvos. 

7TVV^dv€0-^ai TLVCL TpOTTOV . 

To be shut up into (ds, acc.) a 
place. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 



241 



20. Into, els (ace). 

With verbs'of motion, iv with the dat. is found instead of els with 
the Acc. ; " but only with the Perf. and Pluperf in Attic writers. 
The iv denotes the point to which the motion is directed as reached : 
oi iv to) *Hpalcd KaraTrefavyoTes [but is to 'Hp. KaT€<pvyov\. It is 
only with r&evai and the like, that iv occurs (though also els) with 
all the forms, to denote rest as a result of the motion." Kr. 'Ev 
\€p(r\ Xafieiv. 

21. Near, iyyvs (gen.). 7tXt}o-Iov (gen.). 

To be near any body. iyyvs or 77X77 ow elvai rivog. 

To put any thing near any body. irXr^o-lov iroielv rl twos. 

22. Of. 

To die of disease. voaco TeXevrav. 

23. Off. 
I am off. 

To be three stadia off. 



To take one's clothes off. 

To take any body's clothes off. 

24. Out (of), e* (gen.). 

Dat. — also = cause, motive, 
{mo (gen.). — did, acc. 

Out of kindness. 

25. On, Upon. 

To spend money upon any body. 
To sow upon stones. 



On the wing (of an army). 
To look on the ground. 
All depends on you. 

26. Ovee. inip (gen.). 

11 



oi)(op.ai. 

Tpels crTahlovs diriyeiv (e. g. rrjs 

noXeoos). 
dirobvea^ai (e. g. shoes). — e*Su- 
eo~%ai (a garment from which 
one has to come out). 
iicBveiv Tivd rt. 



i< (less commonly and) c. gen.— 
evvola. — in eiivoias. 

•%pi]lxaTa dva\io~K€iv eis Tiva. 

els X'&ovs cmeipeiu (a proverb ; 
sowing usually consisting of 
putting seed into the earth). 

im Kepcos. 

els yrjv opqv. 

iv cot 7Tav to irpayfxa. 



242 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



27. Through. 

(1) Of direction from one extremity through to the other, did 
with gen. 

To wound any body through his did tov ZoopaKos Tirptoo-Ktiv rivd. 
breastplate. 

Tc flow through the country. ■ pelv bid rrjs yrjs. 

(2) Of extension over ail parts of a surface : did (gen.), dt-s 
(ace). 

Through the whole country. dvd Trdcrav rr t v ^copay. 

(3) Occasion, Cause, &c. See Out of. 
(In composition, bid.) 

28. Till. Until. p-ixPh gen. 

Till sunset. H-*XP L fj^°v SvcrpLcov (or Svvgvtos)* 

Till death. P-*XP l Zavdrov. 

Till morning. els ttjv eco. 

As a temporal conjunction with a sentence : ecos", ecrre, fitxP* 
(ov). — rrplv (prius). 



29. To, Unto. 

To conduct to — mankind. 
Any thing is good for nothing to 

(== compared with) another. 
To look to any thing (i. e. to 

consider it, make it an object). 
To be brought to any body. 
To come or go back again to the 

beginning. 
To go in to any body. 

30. Towards. 

To be harsh towards any body. 

31. Under. 

!mo (c. ace), to denote motion 
towards an object that is above 
us. — {mo (dak), of rest be- 
neath (vrrb IfiaTicp e^etv n). 



ayeiv (riva) els dv%pco7rovs. 
rrpos with acc. 

fSkeweiv rrpos tl. 

eve^irjvai rrapd rwa. 

av%is hrl rrjv dpxrjv Uvai rrdXip* 

elduvai rrapd riva. 



yakerrhv elvai rivi. 
vrrb bhbpov KaracrTTjvm. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 



243 



Kara (c. gen.)> if we sink into it. Kara yrjs Karahvvai. 

KaraoueaZaL Kara rov vdaros. 
Under — in less than, ivros (within : c. gen.). 



Under twenty years. 
Under fifty years old. 



Under = in subjection to. 
Under these circumstances. 



To be under arms. 

32. With. 

To build houses with the saw. 
To be angry with any body. 



evros eiKocTL erccv. 

dvrjp ovttco 7T€vrr]K0VTa %nr] yeyo- 

vcbs cltto yeveds* 
dvrjp Tkacro-ov tl rj Trevr-qKovra trr\ 

yeyovas (= somewhat under). 
eivai vtto tivi or iirl tivi. 
coff ixpvr&v tcov Trpayjidrcov. — 

ovrcos i^ovTccv. — ore rav^ ov~ 

TGS %X €l " * K TOVTCOV TOLOVTCDV 

OVTCOV. 

iv ottXols elvai. 



OlKldS TTOUiV a 770 Trpiovos. 
opy/^ecrSat tivi (eV opyrj e^ei? or 
7roieTo"Sai' tlvq). 



33. Within.] ivros, Gen. (of time. See Under). 

34. Without.] avw (Gen.). x a P ls (Gen.). e|<o (Gen.). 



Without transgressing the laws. 

Without friends. 

Without any right. 

Without any body's knowledge. 



<TVV TOLS VOj-LOLS. 

<f)[\cov eprjiios. 

Trapa Tidvra ra dtKma. 

Kpvcba or AdSpa twos, ayvoovv- 

tqs tivoS) or by circumlocution 

with \avtdve iv Tivd. 



Often by a negativ? with particip. ; or by a negative compound. 
Without laughing. ov (or firj) yeXdcras : dytk&*rL 



244 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



B. MISCELLANEOUS. 

35. Words that modify a substantive (i. e. attributive notions) are 
usually inserted between the article and its substantive, or after 
the substantive, the article being repeated. 

a) Thus : the men in the town, would be. in Greek, i V:e in 
the town men? or 6 the men the in the town.'' 

b) In this way the Greeks often use long attributive notions 
where we should use a relative clause : e. g. 

Eng. Those who are in the enjoyment of all earthly bless- 
ings, &c, 

Greek. The in the e-nj oyment of all earthly bless- 
ings (persons). 

c) The substantive is here usually omitted, when it is ?n en, 
things, &c. ; so that the article often stands alone, in con- 
nection with a substantive governed by a preposition. &c. : 
e. g. oi iv rfj yg (the In the land =) the inhabitants of the 
country, oi iw\ rco ret^*j &e nien on the wall. 

Hence in translating, when an article is followed by some 
word or words with which it does not agree, read on till 
you find a substantive with which the article can agree, con- 
necting the intermediate notions, attributively or otherwise, 
with this substantive. If there is no substantive of the kind, 
understand men or things, Sec. 

36. The girl has beautiful hair. The girl has the hair beautiful. 

37. The article is used when a substantive denotes a class. Thus 
horses, poets, &c. (when a truth is asserted of the class ; of any 
horse, &c.) : are oi Ittttoi, oi rroivraL. 

38. It is not possible to — aux olov re (sc. iariv), with infin, 
I am not able to — ci v olos re (sc. «fu)j with inrln. 

(olos is l such'). Hence dux 
elul olos TToielv tl = I am not 
such a one (as) to do it. The- 
re = que is a remains of the 
old mode of arnxing re as a 
connecting particle to rela- 
tives, &c. 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM. &C. 



245 



39. The dual is not always used for two ; but very often bvo with 
plural. 

40. a) '0 ttolcov = he who does. 

f O TTOLrjcras = he who has done, &c. 

V) The participle may. of course, be resolved, as in Latin. (1) by 
a relative clause (with who, which, thai) ; or (2) by an ad* 
verbial one, whether conditional (if), adversative (though), 
temporal (when, after, &c.) : — and often (3) by the partici- 
pial substantive with in, by, ecc. {kqifpfievai £co<tlv, they live 
by plundering; raptu vivunt], and (4) by a finite verb con- 
nected with the principal verb by and, &c. [* having fallen 
sick, he died' = 'lie fell sick, and died']. 

c) Hence conversely, 'relative clauses, adverbial clauses, the par- 
ticipial substantive (with in, by, &c.) 5 a verb preceding ano- 
ther verb, and connected with it by and, may often be trans- 
lated by a participle. 

41. a) When two opposed notions are connected by an unemphatic 

but (de), the fi rst usually takes piv. Hence prefix pev to the 
first of such opposed notions, although the English has no 
indeed. 

b) Also place the opposed notions at the head of their clauses. 
For instance : arrange 1 I like honey, but not wine} thus : 
' Honey indeed I like, but wine not 5 [in Greek it must be : 
wine but (olvov de), because M follows its word]. 

42. With three others. Himself the fourth, rerapros co- 



existence of the gods. 
rovs Seovs fjyelcrZaL or vofii(eiv, credere deos esse, quos esse 
credi solet. 

b'.Krjv vopl&iv — to observe or practise justice ; to acknowledge 
there is such a thing. 



43. This' (with emphasis). 



tovto ye (ye enclit.) . This ye em- 
phasizes the preceding w r ord : 
it may sometimes be rendered 
at least, quite, &c. 



Diagoras. 
44. teovs rryelaJiai or vop.'i£eiv 



deos esse credere, to believe in the 



Atayopa? ye or drj. 



246 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



45. (To have) any thing a foot 
long (broad, deep) ; or, of a 
foot in length (breadth, depth). 

46. With A not B. 

47. A, B, C, D, and E. 



48. a) He evidently desirest 

b) It is just (fair, &c.) that 
he should bear the blame 
of this. 

49. To come with twenty hop- 
lites. 

To walk with a stick. 

50. i am come to do it, 

I send a man to do it. 

51. A sort of prophets. 

52. Many great men. 

53. I say that it is not — . 
I think it does not — . 
I pretend it is not — . 

54. I should like to (behold). 

55. I naturally desire. 

It is my nature to desire. 
I desire by reason of a natu- 
ral inclination. 



( To have any) thing (the) length, 
breadth, depth of a foot. 

'With A but not (oXV ov) B' 
(but often ko.1 ov or ov only). 

(1) A, and B, and C, and D, 
and E. 

(2) both (Kai) A, and B } and C, 
and D, and E. 

(3) A, B, C, D. 

That fSj in Greek the 6 and' is 
not placed only between the 
two last terms of a series. 

a) He is evident desiring, &c. 
(drjXos Icttlv eTTL^vyLcov). — So 
(pavepos icrriv. 

b) He is just (fair, &c.) to bear 
the blame of this. SiKatos 
icm tovtov T7)v clltlclv (fiepeiv. 
So a£ios icrriv (e. g. rod yeye- 
vrjpiivov aizo\avo~ai ri dya%6v)» 

To come having (e'xccv) twenty 
hoplites. 

To walk bearing (cpepwv) a stick. 
I am come about to do it (noii}* 
o~cov). 

I send [tov] TroirjcrovTa. 

fidvreis rives. 

Many and great men. 

ov (prjfjLL — clvai. 

ovk otofxai — elvai. 

ov 7rpoo~7roiovp*ai — elvai. 

qdicos av ^eacralfxrjv. 

TTctpvKa i7n^vpLe1v = (ita naturd 

comparalus sum, ut — concu- 

piscam). 



DIFFERENCES OF IDIOIiI, &C. 



247 



(j)7](r\ TTOLTjCTCll = 



66. Who, whom, what are often indefinite : = any person who, 
whom ; any thing that. They are then to be translated by bs op 
with Subj. after Pres. or Fut. ; by gs with Optative after the 
historical tenses (cf. 295). 

So. whatever = 6 op, a av, ova civ with Subj. after a principal 
tense 6, a, oo~a with Opt. after an historical tense. 

57. The Aorist is often translated into English by the Perfect. Es- 
pecially, 

a) The Aor. Infin. after rer5tf putandi et declarandi has the 
force of a prEeteritum ; and is often translated by the Perfect : 

he says that he did it. 
he says that he has done it. 

b) In the statement of general truths founded on frequent expe- 
rience (especially with tjot]), the Aor. is often translated by 
the Perfect. 

Men have often been compelled. ydn tto\\o\ rjvayKao-^na-av 

58. The Aorist has often the force of the Pluperfect. 

a) The Aor. is regularly used (the Pluperf. comparatively sel- 
dom) after eVet, eVeiS??, &C 

b) The Aor. Infin. is used after an historical tense of a verbum 
declarandi et putandi : 

he said that he did it. 
he said that he had done it. 



e(pr] 77017) era. = j 



£9. Too wise to — . o-cxfrarepos ?} ©ore c. infin. (In 

Latin, sapientior quam vt— ), 



MEANINGS OF PREPOSITIONS. 



For convenience sake, as well as for clearness, the Prepo 
sit Ions are here collected together: they are divided, according to 
their construction, into 

a) Prepositions with the gen^ avrl, d-6, we, rrpo. 

h) " " dat. 9 €v ; crvv. , 

c) " u CCC, avd. els, gos. 

d) u " gen. and ace. did, /cara, tnrep. 

e) 14 " g-gra., <to., and ace, duc^t, Trept, eV* 

/Liera. irapd, zrpos, and wro. 



c/i^t. about, for, on; around; (of 
time and number) about. 

dvd, up, on, up to, upon. 

cutl. over against, opposite, in- 
stead of. 

diro, from, away from, with, by, 
at ; (as adv.) forth, off. away, 
quite. 

bid. through, after, by ; on ac- 
count of, by reason of. 

els and is, into ; to, at, for ; un- 
til, towards, on. 

ex and €'|. out of, from, according 
to, afier, to, by. 

iv, in, among, at, by, near, during, 
with . 

hri, upon, on, by, in the case 
of. in presence of, during, to- 
wards, after : upon, at, by, 
against ; on, over, towards, for, 
into. 

Kara, from above, down, concern- 
ing, against, opposite, in, ac- 
cording to, by. 



fierd, in midst, with, in conform- 
ity with, among: after, next 
after, since. 

TTcipd. by, close by, by the side of; 
along, near, beyond, besides, 
through, by means of, within. 

7T€p[. all around, round, for, about, 
with reference to : near ; above, 

7:p6, before, for, forwards. 

Trpoj. before, in presence of, to- 
wards, in the opinion of, for- 
advantage of, by, near, besides ; 
with, against, towards, accord- 
ing to, on account of, in con- 
formity with. 

trvv, with, by, together with. 

imep, over (super), for, for the 
good of, beyond, contrary to. 

i77o. under (sub), out from under, 
for. on account of; towards; 
during ; by, with. 

as, to (used only with persona 
and personified objects, to de- 
note direction). 



INDEX I. 

GKEEK AND ENGLISH. 



O* The Roman numerals refer to the Lists of Irregular Verbs, 
pp. 228-234. — Adjectives in os that ; are followed by 2, are of 
two terminations ; i. e. the form in os is also used for the femi- 
nine. 



A. 

A/3Xd/3eia (d. j3Xa/3, short root of 

f$kaiTT€iv, to hurt), innocence. 
S dyaSov (neut. adj.), advantage. 
} dycftos, good, brave. 
ayav (nimis), too much; too. 
dyarrav (= d-ctp), to love ; (with 
dat. or acc.) to be contented 
(or satisfied) with. 
ayyeXos, 6, messenger. 
r aye (Imperat. of ayeiv =), age, 

come now. 
ay €iv, to lead, carry. ayeiv 
fjo-vxtav, to keep quiet. 
ayevvrjs, -is (d. yep, root of verbs 
relating to production, origin, 
&c), ignoble, low-bred. 
ayrjpcos, -cop (d. yrjpas, old age), 
not growing old; immortal, 
imperishable. 
dyKtoP, -o)uos, 6, (bend of the) 
elbow. 

aypvjii, I break (pf. edya). IX. 
dyopd, f), market-place (ayeipeiv, 

to assemble). 
aypaqbos (d. ypdcpeip, to write), 

unwritten, 
dypof, 6, a field. 

dypviTPflp (= €-€t,p), to keep 
awake, to forego sleep (d. v- 
7r^os, sleep). 

uyxivovs 2, shrewd, clever, quick- 
witted (dy^t, near. voOs, mind). 

11* 



dycoyt/xc? (ay civ), that may be 
conveyed or imported amongst : 
—hence current (of foreign 
money), 
dycoz/, dya>i/-os, 6, contest. 
adeiv (deideiv), to sing. 
J ddeXcpr), fj, sister. 
( ddeXcpds, 6, brother. 
r dftiKelp (— i-etv), to commit 
injustice ; to do wrong. — c. 
acc. to wrong (d, not. dUrj, 
justice). 
ddiKrjfjia, to, wrong, unjust act. 
ddiKLd, rj, injustice. 
^adiKos 2, unjust. 
C ddwarelp (=€-€iv), to be un* 

< able. 

( dSvj/ttTos 2, impossible, 
det, always. 

deiKrjs, -is, unseemly, disgrace- 
^ fal. 

deros, 6, eagle. 

drjSap, drjSop-o?, fj, nightingale. 
d^dparos 2, immortal (d. Zdparos, 

death). 

C 'AZrji/d, Athene (Minerva). 

< 'ASrjvac, -cop, ai, Athens. 
( 'ASrjvaios, Athenian. 

S dsXios, miserable. 
( dSXiW, miserably. 
a%Xop, to, prize. 

dZvjieiv (z=€-€ip), to be dispirited 

(d, not. Su/zdy, spirit). 
AIclkos, 6, iEacus. 



250 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



S AlyviTTios, Egyptian. 

I A'iyv7TT09, 77 , Egypt. 

C aldei(r?Sai (=s= €-ea%ai.) to reve- 

< rence. 

( a(§o)ff. 77. shame, reverence. 
AlrjTrjs, zEetes (king of Colchis), 
afegp, -epos, 0, ether, pure air. 
aipa, alpar-os, to, blood. 
ai£, aty-dy, 6, 77, goat. 
aipelu (= e-eiv), to take. TO. 
aXpeiv, to raise. 

f cucrSai^crSai, alo~%r]cropat, &C, 
J to perceive, in. 

] aio-3?7(ns, ecos, 77, sensation, per- 

^ ception. 

' ' a\(rxi(rTo$* superl. of ala'xpos. 
al(rxpoK€pbr}s, pursuing gain by 
base means (alcrxpos, base. 
rJpoo?. gain). 
cuVvpo?, disgraceful, base. 
^cu<rxpG>s, disgracefully. 
alorxvvtLv, to shame. Mm. al- 

(rxyveoSai, to be ashamed. 
aiTeiv (= e-€iv), (rivd ti), to 
ask. 

ciLTiacr'Sa.L (= d-ecrSat.), to accuse, 
charge, blame, &c. ; nwi rt 
(rare), 6Vt ■ — . 

alxpdXcoros, ov, prisoner of war. 

al\j/a, quickjy. 

cLKaSapTos, uncleansed, impure 

(d. Ka^cLLpeiv. purijicare). 
aKfirj, point, oc fjXiKias, the full 

vigor (or flower) of one's age. 
cikot], hearing (aKoveiv) 
aKokao-Tos, intemperate ; prop. 

unchastised, unchastened (d. 

non. Kokdgeip, castigate). 
dKoveLv, to hear, to listen to ; 

Fat. cLKova-opai ;. Pass, with o\ 
clkovctios, involuntary. 
aKpa, 77, summit. 

aKparrjs, -es, intemperate, immo- 
derate (a. Kpdros, strength). 
dKpiftrjs, -es, accurate. 
C aKpoaaZai, (= d-ecrSai), to hear, 

< listen to. 

£ aKpoaTrjs, -ov, 6. auditor. 



aKpo-TToXtSi -ecos, r\, citadel. 

aKpos, highest. 
clkcov, -ovcra, -ov, unwilling. 
dXyetzv (= e-eiv) , to feel pais. 
dXyeivos, painful. 
aXyos, -ovs, to, pain. 
akd(j>€Lv, to anoint, rub. 
akeKTpvcov, -ovos, 6, a cock. 
'AXe^avSpos, 6, Alexander. 
aXfoeia, 77, truth. 
d\r]%€v€iv, to speak the truth. 
aKrjZrjS, -es. true. 
akrficos, truly. 
aXis, enough. 

aklo-K.ecr'Sai, to be taken. V. 
oXkt], 77, strength. 
y A\KLj3idd7]s, -ov, 6, Alcibi&des. 
dXXd, but 
'aWrjXcov, of one another. 
aXXoZev, from another place. 
aXXos, -rj, -0, another, alius. 
<j dWorpios (= alienus), others', 
another's. 
aXXcos, otherwise. aXXcos t€ 

Kal, especially. 
' ' akoyla, unreasonableness, ab- 
surdity (d, non. Xoyos, ratio). 
I aXoyos (a. Xoyos, ratio), irra- 
tional, senseless (2 termina- 
tions). 

aXs, dX6s, salt ; pi. aXes. Note 9. 
a-Xv7rcos, without grief or sor- 
row. 

dXcourj^, o\\cott€K-os, 77, fox. 
dXcos, 77, halo. 

aXcocr-Ls, -ecos, fj (dXo-, simpler 
root of aXLCTK-opai), taking, 

capture. 

apa (simul), at the same time : 
also used as a prep, with dat., 
together with : apa rfj Zcp (at 
the same time w r ith the dawn 
=) at day-break; apa tg> crl- 
tco aKpd^ovTi, &c. 

dpa^ia, rj (d, non. /za3, short 
root of pav^dveiv, discere), ig- 
norance. 

apa^a, 77, wagon. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX 



251 



dpaprdveip (1) errare, to miss 
(with gen.) ; (2) peccare, to 
sin, commit a fault, err. 
dpdprr^ua. dpapTi]fjLaros, to, er- 
ror, fault. 
dpaprla. fj, offence. 
dp-avpovu (= 6-€iv), to darken. 
dpelvcou, better (apeipop as adv.). 
^ dpeXeia. carelessness. 

< dfieXelv (= e-eus), to neglect 
( (gen. — «• M e/ ^ e£ ? curcc est). 

dpoiST], exchange, return (dpel- 

t 3ea%ai). 
ap—€Aos, fj, vine. 

dpvpeip, to ward off; MiV/. to 
ward off from myself ; also, to 
revenge myself on any body 
(acc.) ; for any thing, virip ri- 
ves. 

ajx^L-evvvpi. I put on ; I clothe, x. 
afi<f>a>, both. 

ay, with Subj., — idv, if. This 
av, which has d. and can stand 
as the first word of a clause, 
must not be confounded with 
av with a, the modal particle, 
explained in 279. 

dva-ytyvcd(TK€iv. to read. VI. 

C dvayicd^ip, to compel. 

< dvayKalcs, necessary. 

f dvdyKTj. necessity. 
dvalStLa. r], shamelessness. 
dv-dXlo-Keiv, to spend. v.. 
dva-peveiv, to w T ait. 
dvd-Travons, -€cos, 77, rest (dva- 

TravecrZai) . 

dv-aipeiv (=■ e-eiv), to take up, 
take away, destroy (aor. dv- 
€i\ov). VII. 

dvapx^a (d. dp%f}), anarchy, licen- 
tiousness, ungoverned licence. 

dvda-rdros 2, ruined, laid waste 
(of cities and countries) : dv~ 
dcrrarov woteiv, to destroy ut- 
terly, to lay waste (properly, 
to make the inhabitants rise up 
and quit. — dvd, up. ara-, sim- 
pler root of tarn pi). 



dva-rtiripL, dva-ri%ivai, to put up, 

offer. 

dvci)(aL>pr)(Tis, retreat (dvd. ^ca- 

pzlv, cedere). 
^ dvhpeia, avdpia. 37, bravery. 

< dvdpeios, brave (dvfjp, man). 
i dvd pe [cos, adv., bravely. 
dvdpias, -dvros, 6, image or sta- 
tue (of a man. — dvqp, dv$p-6s)< 

'Avdpoyeas, -co, 6, Androgeus. 
aveaos, 6, wind. 
av€v (gen.), without. 
dvrjp, dvdp-os, 6, a man. Pdm. 19. 
avZos, to. a flower. 
( dv^pmirivos, human ; to which 
j humanity is subject : hence 
(pi faults) venial. 
'%pcD7ros, 6. man. 
dp-lo-TTipL. -icrrdvai, to set up. 
f dporjTos, unintelligent, silly (a 
\ not. vo€lv, to understand), 
j 'dvoia, ?7, want of sense, stupid- 
ly ity, folly. 
dv-oiyvvvai, dv-olyuv, to open. IX. 
C dvopia (d. vouos, law), lawless- 

< ness. 

I avopos 2, lawless. 
avovs (= avoos), ~ovv, senseless, 

imprudent (d. vovs, mind). 
dvri-Xeyeiv, to contradict. 
av&, above, more inland, beyond 

dvayeoov, ro, upper floor, dining- 
room (avco, above, yrj, earth). 
'd^o-Xoyoff, worth mentioning. 
agios, worthy (gen.). 
dgiovv (~ 6-€iv), to think wor- 
thy, claim, expect. 
dglodpa, d^icopar-os, to, consi- 
deration, reputation, dignity, 
rank (agios)- 
aoitirj, song (deideiv). 
d-ir-dyeip, to lead away. 
aTraldevros 2, uneducated (d. 7rcn- 
bzveip, to educate, iraib, root 
Oi TTaiS, boy). 

dTT-aWdrreip, to set free from ; 
Mid* to depart from. 



252 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



aira^ , once. • 
anas, all, whole, altogether. 
cmt&eiv (e-etv), to disobey (dat.). 
dTreL^rjs, disobedient (d. nel- 
( Sftv, to obey). 

CL7T~€lKd£€LV, tO CODV. 

aTT-eifiL, Inf. a7T-eu>aj, to be absent. 
an-eipi, Inf. arr-uvai. to go away 
(Pres. with meaning of Fat.). 
a~€ipos 2 (gen.), unacquainted 
with, inexperienced (d. rrelpa. 
attempt). 
arr-epxecr^aL. to go away. VII. 
aTr-execis, to keep off ; to be 

distant from. vn. 
a.Tr-ex* (T ^ aL (= en -)j t° abstain 

from. vn. 
^aTTiareiz/ (= £-€iv), to disbe- 
lieve, distrust. 
< amcrros 2, unfaithful, faithless. 
— suspected (bv) (d. tticttos, 
faithful). 
arrXoos, ~ovs, simple. 
aTTo-fialvciv, to disembark ; to go 

away. in. 
d7ro/3dXXetv, to cast away ; to 
shed (horns). 

C.7TO-fi\eT7€lV> tO look UpOD. 

a7ro-d€iKWfu, airo-deiKVvvaij to 

show ; to appoint. 
ai.-o-beyjaZciL, to receive, accept. 
diro-Si-Scopi, aTTo-dtdovai, to give 

back, to give, allot 
aTToftav-. See OTroRvfjarK-eiv. 
aTTo-'zvqcrKeiv (-Sawjftatj -rtS^Aca. 

'&avov\ to die. v. 
r i7T0-/ca/i,i/etv, Fut. ~xafs.ovp.ai. -K€- 

KfirjKa, -tKctfiov (c. partcp.). to 

grow weary. In Aor., to be 

wearied. 317. 

d-OKOTTTeiV, tO CUt off. 

diro-KpLvea^ai. to answer. 
cL77o-Kpv7TT€iv. to conceal. 

CLTTO-KTe'lVZlV, tO kill (KT€LVCQ. f. KT€- 

vo). pf. eKTova : later e/cra/ca). 
a7ro-\€L7T€Lv, to leave, to quit. 
i7r-oXXv/xi. aTT-oXXvi^at, to ruin, to 

destroy, ix. 



'A7roXXcov, -covoff, 6, Apollo. 
d7ro-Xveiv, to dissolve ; to acquii 
dnopeiv (=i e-€iv)j to be in 
want. 

anopos 2, difficult (d, not. 7ro« 
pof, passage through). 

fdnoppelv (= e-eti/), to flow 
from. 
dnoppoh. a flowing off, an efflu- 
ence Dr emanation. 
dTro-cnTav (= d-eii>),to draw away. 
aTTO-CTTepelp r = e'-etz/), to deprive 
of. 

a7ro-o-Tp€cj)€Lv, to turn away. 
d7ro-a(f)dTT€iv, to cut (a man's) 

throat ; to slay. 
aTTo-TL^p.L. aTTO-rCZtvai) to put 

away ; iU7d take off; lay 

aside. 

d-iTo-cfialveiv, to show ; to make ; 

to appoint : Mid. declare. 
aTro-yj/vx^Lv, to dry up. 
aTrpdcrfiaTos 2, inaccessible (d. 
7rpJff, to. /3a-, siaipler root of 
ftaivciv, to go). 
aTTTecT%aii to touch (gen.), 
apa ; (interrogative.) 
apa. igitur. therefore. 
dpyaXeos, troublesome. 
[dpyvpeos, (made) of silver; 

silver (adj.). 
< dpyvpiov. to, silver money; mo- 
ney. 

^apyvpos, 6, silver. 
s/ Ap€to£ rrdyos, Mars' hill (the 

hill on which the court of the 

Areopagus sat) ; the hill of the 

Areopagus. 
dp€Tr], h, virtue. 
dpftjjLos. 6, number. 
apicrros, best. 
apKros, 6, r), a bear. 
cippa. dppaT-09 : to, chariot. 
apveiaftai (= e-ecrScu,) Dep. Pass., 

to deny. 

dp7rd£eu>, to seize, plunder, carry 

off. 

apprju, -ev. male. 



S 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



253 



dprl, just now. 

apTios, -a, -ov, even (opp. odd) : 
of an even number. 
f apTOTToikm, breadseller, baker 
(apTos, bread, loaf. irtuXelv, 
1 to sell). 
{apros, 6, bread, 
'apxeiv (gen.), to rule over, to 

be master of ; to begin. 
< apx^a^cu (gen.), to begin. 
dpxrj, r]r beginning, commence- 
ment ; commencing-point. 
'acre {Beta, fj, impiety. 
dcrefielv (=€-eif), to be guilty 
A of impiety (<xe fie iv, venerari). 
acre fin pa, to, an impiety, or 
< impious act. 
' azr^eveia, rj, weakness. 
dcr^eveiv (r= e-eiv), to be weak, 
\ to be ill. 

a<j^evr}s, -e$, weak (a. cr^evos, 
strengtb). 
ddKelv (= e-eiv), to practise. 
do~Trd\a%os, 6, the aspalathus (a 

prickly shrub). 
dajrls, do-7TLd-os, 77, shield. 
do-Tpcmr], 77, lightning. 
ddTpaTTTeiv, to lighten. 
acrrpop (astrum), star. 
acrTv, to, city. 
d-avveTos 2, stupid. 
dcrcpaXr]?, -es, firm (d. crcbdX- 

XccrSat, to stumble). 
aTeXeia (aTeXrjs), exemption (from 
public burdens : immunilas. — 
a. TeXelv, to pay). 
aTipd^eiv, to despise (a. Tiprj, 

honor) . 
aTLpla, rj, dishonor. 
Attlkt], 77, Attica. 
r aTv^elv (= e-eiv), to be un- 
successful or unfortunate 
(a. tvx* short root of Tvyxd- 
I i>etz>, to [a mark, &c.J, to 
obtain, Tvxn, fortune). 
aTvxrjpa, to, misfortune. 
aTvxrjs, -es, unfortunate. 
K aTvxia, r h misfortune. 



av, again ; on the other hand, 
avZis, again. 
avXos, 6, flute. 
avos, dry. 

avTos-i -f), -d, self: but aurou, -ol, 
-dy, ejus, ei, eum. — So in pi. 

avxriv, avxev-os, 6. neck. 

dcp-aipelcrZai (= e-ecr^ai) Tivd ri, 
to deprive of s take away. Cf. 
alpeiv in VII. 

r d<fiavr]s, -es, unseen, unknown. 
(d. cfiav, short root of cpaivetv, 

<{ to show). 
d(pav[£eiv, to cause to disap- 
pear, c/d tt]v yrju, to cover it. 

a(p%ovos (d. <fi%6vos, envy), abun- 
dant (there being so much, that 
none need envy another). 

d<p-LT]pL, d(fi'L€vai, to let go. 

d<fi-LKveicr%ai (= e-eo~%ai), to 
come. in. 

d<p-LCTTrjpi<. d(j)-LcrTdvaL, to put a- 
way, to turn aside from. — A or. 
2, dnocrTrjvai (dejicere) , to revolt 
from, desert from. — Aor. 1 , diro* 
o-TTjo-ai = to make to revolt. 

a~cj)pcov, foolish. 

dxapio-Tos 2, ungrateful (a. 
pL9, gratia). 

a^eo-Sat, to be indignant. 

'A^iXXeus, -ecas. 6, Achilles. 

axprja-ros 2, useless (d. xpd-ecr^ai 
= XPWScii). 

B. 

$ Bd5o?, -ovff, rd, depth. 
) fiaSvs, -eta, ~v, deep. 
fialvetv, to go. III. 
fiaXavelov, bath, public bath (t. e» 

bathing-room). 
fidXXeiv, to throw. 317. 371. 
fid-nT-eiv, to dip. 
fidpfiapos, barbarian. 

fiaortXevecu, to be a king, to 
reign. 

fiacriXevs, -eW, 6, king. 
^acr/Xicrcra, 7;, queen. 



254 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Befiaios 3 and 2, firm. 
S fieXno-Tos, best. 
) PeXrlcov, ov, better. 
8ia, fj, violence. 
C pifiXiov, to, book. 

< fiiiSXLo-TTotXrjs, bookseller (7ra>- 
( Xeiv, to sell). 

i fiios, 6, life. 

< (Blotos, livelihood. 

( fiioiiv (== 6-ew), to live. 
C (BXaftepos, injurious. 
} PXaprj, fj, injury, 
f {BXanreLv, to injure 5 to hurt. 
dXeneiv, to look at. 
i [3or)%€ia, 37, help. 
J fiorfieiv (= e-€ii/), to help (dat). 
f fioTj^rjTiKos, ready or able to hel p. 
Bopfieiv (~ e-eif), to hum, buzz. 
Boppds, -a, 6, Boreas, the north 
wind. 

((Soo-Keiv, to feed. 
(36o-KrjpLa, to (fioo-Keiv), fed or 
fattened beast : jpZ. cattle (as 
fed for the butcher). 
" ^ovXea^aL, to wish. 
(BovXeveiv, to deliberate, ad- 
«{ vise ; Mid. to advise oneself. 
ftovXr], fj, advice, council, se- 
nate. 

8ovs, 6, 17, ox. Pdm. 29. 
fipadvs, -tTa. -v, slow. 
fipovTav (= d-eiv), to thunder. 
fipoTos, mortal. 
ficDfios, 6, altar. 

r. 

TaXa, to, milk. Note 9. 
yaX?j, weasel. 

S yapciv (= e-eiv), to marry. 
^ yd/xos, 6, marriage, 
yap, for (stands after the first 

word of the sentence). 
yaoTw, 17, belly. 183. Pdm. 19. 
yavpow (=d-cty), to make proud ; 

Mid. exult in, be proud of. 



ye (quidem, zerte), at least. — Of- 
ten only adds emphasis to the 
word it follows. 

yeypappevos, written (perf. part 

of ypd<fieiv). 
J yeXau (= d-civ), to laugh. . 
^ yeXcos, -coto?. 6, laughter, 
f yevvalos, of noble birth. 
J yewciLQos, w\th spirit, bravely, 
I nobly ; with fortitude. 
[yevos, yevovs, to, kind, race. 
( yepas. to, honorary privilege, 

< reward. 

( yepcov, -ovtos, 6, Lid man. 
yeveiv, to cause to taste ; Mid. 
to taste (gen.). 

'yecopeTprjs, -ov, 6, geometer 
(yrj, earth, peTpelu, to mea- 
sure). 
yrj, 37, the earth. 
^yrfivos, of earth, of brick. 
C yrj pas, to, old age. 192. 

< yrjpdo-K€Lv, yqpav (= d-etp), 
( to grow old. 

yiyvco^Sai* (fieri), to become, to 

be formed. 
yiyvcoo-Keiv, to know. VI. 
ykvKvs, ~ela, -v, sweet. 
yXcdTTa, t], tongue. 
yvcop-q, rj, opinion, mind. 
S yons, tjtos, juggler. 

{ yOTjT€V'€LV, tO juggle. 

yovevs, 6, parent (yev, root of verbs 
denoting procreation, origin). 
' ypdfjLfia (for ypdcp-fxa), to, let- 
ter ; pi. (Uteres), a letter. 
ypdfifiaTevs, ecos, 6, scribe. 
ypdqbeiv, to write, to draw up 

(a law 7 ). 
^ypacpevs, ecos, 6, painter. 
TpvXXos, 6, Gryllus. 
' yvpLvd^ziv, to exercise (yvp.vo$, 
naked). 

yvpLvao-TiKr] (fern. adj. : under- 
stand t€x?t], ars), gymnas- 
tics. 



* ytyvopai, yevfi<rop.ai. j ^^"^ j > eyev6p.i\v. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



255 



£ yvvaiKiios, belonging to women, 

< yvvr), 77 , woman. R. yvvaiK-. 
I Note 9. 

A. 

&al$i(OV, baipov-os, 6, 77, deity, 

divinity. 
Mkv€ip, to bite. m. 
S daKpveiv, to weep. 
) daKpvov, rd, a tear. 
cclktvXios. 6, ring. 
Be (auiem), but (stands after the 

first word of the sentence). 
del (pportei), it is necessary. 
belbeiv, to fear [Perf. btboiKa and 

Sefoa ; Aor. edeura]. 
5 S«Xuz, cowardice, timidity. 
) SetXos, timid, cowardly. 
£ € 7y (= e-eii/), to want ; to need : 

to bind. Aeco, I bind (not beco, 

I want) mostly contracts eo 

and cod into ot/, co. 
C Seii^o? (8el8~€iv, to fear), fear- 

< fill, terrible, dreadful. 
(_ beivoos, terribly. 

Seio-Stai (= e-eo-Sat); to want, 

need (gen.). 
be kg., ten. 

beXeap. beXeaT-os, to, bait. 

AeX$ot, Delphi. 

bevbpov. to* tree. Note 9. 

deov, ro (id gizod oportet, sc. jfa- 

cere), duty. 
SeoTTOTT/ff, -ou. 6, master.- 
fieC-po, hither. 

oe^eo-^at, Dep. Mid., to receive ; 

also, of receiving. 
cq. with an imperative, empha- 
sizes it, = pray, I beg. It 
also occurs with numerals, 
pronouns, adverbs, &,c. rroXXol 
brj, vvv brj, &C. 
brftev, namely, scilicet. 
( br)Xos, evident. br]X6s elpi ttoi&v 
ti, I manifestly do something, 
j brjXovv (= 6-eiv), to make evi- 
! dent 



f brj pay coy 6s (br)pos, people, a- 
yeiv, to lead), demagogue. 
8r}iM)KpaTia. r), democracy 
pos. KpareiVi to be strong ; 
to rule). 
{ brjfios, 6, people, democratical 
constitution. 
Aripo-o-%€vvs, ~ovs, 6, Demo- 
sthenes. 
brjpoaiq., in one ? s public cha- 
L racter or life. 
brjpiovpyos, 6. See Vocab. 22. 
! ftrjwov (opinor), I imagine, I sup- 
pose, 
j brjTa, certainly . 

! oi-dyeip, to carry through ; live. 
! bidbrjpa, to. diadem (bid. belts, 
j to tie). 
bia-Xey-ecr-aL. to converse (dat.). 
bia-Xveiv, to dissolve. 
bia-ueveiv, to remain. 
! bia-vepeiv, to distribute. 
I cucurXo!;?. 6, a passage (across) 
(bid. TrXeiv, navigare). 
bia-TrpaTTeip. to effect. 
bi-dp^pucris, -ecos, rj. articulation 

(of a joint. — apSipov, joint). 
bia-cr7relpeiv, to scatter. 
bia-TeXelv (= e-etp), to complete, 

to continue. 
bia-Ti^ripi, bia-T&evai, to put ir 
order, to dispose (a person), 
f bia-cpepeiv, to differ (from any 
thing or person, twos) ; ftence 
J to excel, to surpass (gen.) vn. 
] bia-cpopd) r), difference (of co- 
lors, shade) : also, difference 
= dispute, &c. 
bia-cpZelpeiv, to corrupt, to destroy. 
biatpajvelv (= e-eiv), to sound 
apart ; hence, to dissent from, 
disagree (bid. (fitovr), voice). 
( bibaKTos (bibdcrK€iv), capable 
of being taught, that can be 
-{ taught. 

bibdcrKaXos, 6, teacher, 
[ bibdo-Keiv, to teach. 
bibpda-Keiv, to run away. VL 



256 



FIRST GREEK BOOK = 



diboofAL. StSoVat, to give. 

StriyeicrSat (e-eaZai), to go through 
relate, narrate (did, through. 
ip/elcr-ai. to lead). 

$L-i(TTrjnL, bL-MTTavai. to separate. 
f Slkcilos, just. 
diKatoa-vm]. f], justice. 

s SiKaloos. justly. 

dLKao-rrjs. -ov. 6. judge, juror. 
^Slktj, 7, justice, a cause 0?* trial. 

AioyeV^s-, -ow, 6. Diogenes. 

AioVvcro?, o, Bacchus. 

8i-opvTT€Lv (lit. to dig through =) 
to break into (a house). 

SittXoos, -ovs, double ; double- 
minded. 

dls, bis, twice. 

d[(TKo?, m. quoit, discus. 

§i<r-fjLvpioL. twenty thousand. 

dlxci (gen.), apart from. 

Si^-pp (= d-€Lv). to be thirstv. to 
thirst. 346. 

§lcdk€lv, to pursue. 

C boKeiv ( —e-€iv), to seem, think. 

1 doxel, (1) videtur; (2) placet, 

( visum est. 

§0KLfjLa£€iv, to test, to prove. 

doXoiv (= d-eif), to deceive, en- 
trap (doXos, trick, deceit). 

Sd^a, opinion, credit, honor, glory. 
"dovXevetv. to be the slave of, 
be willing. 

< doiXos, 6, slave. 
dovXoiv (== 6-eiv), to enslave ; 
Mid. to subject to myself. 

bpav (= a-en>), to do, act. 

dpdfxos, 6, running, race-course. 
dpopco Se7*> (of a charge of in- 
fantry =) to charge at double 
quick time ; to rush to the 
charge = cur r ere). 
^dvvapiLs. 77, power. 
dvuacrtaL(dvuapLaL) . posse. ttoXv. 
tovovtov. &.C. dvva<j~a.L (= 

^ multum, tantum,&c. posse), 
to have much (so much, &c.) 
power. 

^dvvaTos, possible, powerful. 



bvcrvoos. -OUS-, ill-disposed (to any 
body) ; disaffected (to — , of 
towards — ). (dvs, ill. vovs t 

mind). 

dvo-opyrjros, passionate (bits, ill. 
dpy>7, anger). 
" dvo-rvxelv (= e-eiv), to be un- 
fortunate (dvs, ill. rux, shorr 
< root of rvx^lv, to hit (a 

mark]). 
[ dvo-Tvxta. misfortune. 
dccpov, to, gift. 



E. 

'Eayor-, see ciywfii. 
idv (with Subj.), if. 
iav (= d-civ), to permit. 
eap, eapos, to, spring. 
^ eyylZev, from near, near. 

( iyyvs, near. 
iyeipeiv, to awaken. 
h/Kkrjiia. to, charge, accusation 
(ey-zcaXelz/). 

feyKparfia. self-control. 

I eyKparrjs, -is, continent (eV, in. 

I uparos, strength. Kparciv, to 

[ be strong.) 

iyphyopa, I am awake. Cf. 388. 

*yX €L P i & LV {* Vt X et P> hand), to 
put into the hands ; (ri tlvl) 
to hand over. 

ry^eXi/ffj -vos, rj, eel. 

iyx&pios, national, native (cr, 
^copa, country). 

eyco, I. Pdm. 41. 

iZeXew. to wish, be willing. 

izl£€iv. to accustom. 

eSi/os*, -ol's 1 , to, nation. 

etos. -ovs, to, custom. 

el, if ; (in a question), ichether. 

eldos. t'loovs, to', form, 
(with Opt.), O that 

etVd^t^, to liken. 

e'Utiv, to yield. 

eijei}, rashly, inconsiderately. 

dKGTcos, adv., naturally. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



257 



eiKav, eiKov-os. rj, statue. 

ctXov. See aipelv (= e-eiv). VII. 

elfil, eivai, to be. 

el/jLi, Uvai, to go. Pres. = I will go. 
elpyzLv (gen.), to shut out. 
clfr-pabXetv, (1 ) to throw into ; (2) 

inlrans. to fall into. 317. 371. 
eicr-€7,cu, elor-Uvai. to go into. 
€ltci* then, and then. — next. 
<iVe — €lt€, sive — sive, whether — 

or. 

eta>3a, I am accustomed. — 
ijcds (gen.), far. [fa*. *384. 
exao-Tos. -7]. -ov, each. 
eKarepcdZev, on both sides. 
eV/3aXXeii>, to throw out. See 

ftaXXeiv. 

iK-didco/j-L, -Sidovai, to put forth, 

to publish (a book). 
€K€lvos> -rj. -o. that, he. 
€K.K\r](TLa. r]. assembly (Jk. KaXelv, 

to call : root *Aa, kAt;). 
€k~kottt€lv, to cut out ; cut off. 
eK-TrefiTreLV, to send out. 
€ktos, without (gen.). 
v EKTa>p. -opos, 6, Hector. 
eVa)i>, -ovcra, -op, willing. 
%Xaiov. oil. 
iXdrrcov. less, fewer. 
ikavvciv, to drive, in. 

ckacpos. rj- S'ag. 
eXa^toroff- least, shortest. 
ekiyx^Eiv. to examine, correct. 

f iXtvZepLci, t). freedom, liberty. 

J iXev^epoz, free. 

J iXev^epovp (= d-ei^), to make 

[ free, liberate. 
iXecpas, 6, elephant. 
eXSaz/ (5\3oz/, Aor. of epxopai). 
vn. 

iXKvew and g'X^eti/, to draw [Fat. 
eX|to ; Aor. eiAKtxra, Inf. eXicv- 
oraL : Aor. Pass. €lXkvct%t]p ; 
Perf. Mid. or Pass. el'Xxvcr/xai]. 
'EXXay, -aSo?, 17, Hellas. 
EXX77Z/, -rjvoSi 6, a Greek. 
'EXX^cr-Troyros, 6, the Helles- 
pont. 



^ iXTTL^iv, to hope, expect. 

( cXttls, -loo Si 77. hope. 

ifi-ftaXXeiv, to throw or fling in ; 
(2) (intrans.), to fall in or 
upon == to charge. 317. 371. 

€/jl-(3lovv (6-eiv), to live in or at. 

ejjLppoxifa, to catch in a noose. 

€fi-fjLev€Lv Qit. to remain in) ; to 
abide by (treaties) ; to observe, 
or not to transgress (laws). 

e/xTreSo?, firm, lasting, secure (iv % 
in. 7ridov, solid ground). 

e/z-7rAefi>s, n. cov, full (gen.). 

iymohatv (eV, in. ttovs, 7toSo5, 
foot), in the way of (dat.). 
co et^at rtw, to be in the way of 
(or a hindrance to) any thing. 

i p -770 l€LV. tO CaUSe. 00 TL TLPl, tO 

cause any thing to any bodv. 

or in any body. 
ifi-TTopLov, the mart : (at Athens) 

the custom-house (eV, in. iropos, 

passage. — epuropos, merchant). 
ip,-(ppa.TT€Li>, to block up, to bar 
\ ipL-$v€LV) to implant, [(a pari), 
( epL-cpvreveiv, to implant. 
C ivavTioSi opposite. 

< ivavTiovcrZcii (= o-eo"Sat), to 
f oppose, Dep. Pass. 

evSeift, 17, want (eV. 6Vo), I need)- 
iv-detKWfit, ep-deiKvvvai. to show. 
iv-bv€Lv., to put on. 
ip-edpevetu, to lie in wait for, plol; 

against (acc. — eV. edpa, seat), 
ez/exa, {propter) for the sake of ; 

on account of (gen.). 
C ei/2fa, there. 

< eVSaSe, hither. 
( e^Sef, whence. 

eVSu/zetcrSat (= e-ecrSaOj Dep. 
Pass., to consider, think (ev. 
Svfiosj mind). 
eViavros', 6. year. 
€viol, some. 
ivLore, sometimes. 
ev-Lo-rrjUL, iv-io-ravai) to put intOb 
S evvaros, ninth. 
( iwea, nine. 



258 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



ivravZa, here, hither (also, in eum 
locum) . 

iv-reXXeiv, -ecrSai, to commission, 
command, enjoin. 

€v-Ttir}ixi.ip~Ti%ivai,to put in,instil. 

evTOfiov, insect (eV, in. refi, root 
of refiveLv, to cut). 

ivros, within (gen.). 

iv-rvyxaveiV} to fall in with (dat.) ; 
to meet. iv. 

£ ivv7rvia£-€iv (iv. vttpos), to 

< dream. 

( ivv7rvioV) to. dream. 

iZ-dyeiv, to carry further out, ex- 
tend. 

ig-aXeLfaiv, to wipe off, expunge. 

i^-ajxavpovv (— 6-€iv)> to ob- 
scure utterly. 

i^-arrarav (= d-€iv), to deceive 
utterly (complete! y) . 

e^-eivai, licere, e^-eori, ZiceZ, it is 
lawful, in one's power, one may. 

e£-eifii, i£-Levai, to go out. 

i^-eliTov (Aor.), e|-et7reiz>, to utter. 

i&erd&iv, to examine. 

i£rjs, in order, 

e^-Lo-ovv (= d-e£z>) 5 to make equal 

(toros-, equal). 
eWa, I am like. 384. 
in-dyeiv, to bring on. 
^ irr-aivfiv (== e-etz>)> to praise. 
( eir-aivos, 6, praise. 
'ETra/uz/a^Sasyoi;, 6,Epaminondas. 
eVaz> (irrrjv), ~ eVet m>, C. subj., 

when, after. 
eVet, when, since, after : = else, 

otherwise. 
iireiftdv (— irreidr} aV), C. subj., 

when, after. 
eVetSn, since, because, when. 
gTret*', to be busily engaged in ; 

in prose only in comp. (jrepie- 

7T€ij>, durretv, &c.) ; Aor. Act. 

ecrrrov not used in Att. prose] ; 

Mid. €7ro/xat, to follow [Impf. 

€i7r6p,r]v ; Fut. eyj/ofiat ; Aor. 

ecr7rd/x^y, icfrecnronrjv ; Inf. crTre- 

<r3ai ; Imp. o-7rou, eV/crTroi;]. 



eVftra, then. 

irr-epx€(T?iai, to come to. VH. 
im-(3orj^dv (= e-ai>), to come to 

the assistance of (dat.). 
€7TL-3ov\ev€Lv, to plot against ; 

have a design against (dat.). 
€7TL-ypd(p€LP, to inscribe. 
errL-dzLKvvui. im-beiKvvvai ,to show 
boastfully ; show off for display. 
err i- o ico K€ iv. to pursue. 
im-eiKrjs, -£s> fair, equitable, rea* 
sonable. 

iir&vufiv (== e-etv), to desire 

(eVi. Sfu/idff, mind). 
inttvyLia. 77, desire. 
imXav^dvecr^aL, to forget. IV. 
'eViftlXeta, 77, care (eVt. /xeXa. 

imfieXeaSai, -eccrSat, to care 
for (gen.). 

€7rifjL€\r)Tr]s, superintendent, in- 
spector : Oi TOO ijlTTOpLOV €7TL- 

pLekrjTciL, the custom-house 
officers. 
imvoia, 77, device (eVt. vovs). 
imopKeiv (— e-etz>), to swear 

falsely (eVt. o/5koj, oath). 
eTTLopKos, 6, perjured. 
€7n-7rL7TT€iv, to fall upon. VH, 
Imppvros 2, flowing in or to ; 

well watered. 
im-a-rjfios, distinguished, famous. 
iTVi-VKOTTeiv (= e-eti/), to look 
upon. 

r iTr-lo-TacrZai, to know how; to 

understand. 
< €7ri(TTr)pL7], 77, knowledge. 
eTTLo-Trjficov 2 (gen.), acquainted 
with. 

cTTLo-roXr], 77, epistle (eVi. oreX- 

Xetv, to send). 
€TrL-rdTT€Lv, to entrust to. 
im-TeXelv (= e-«i>), to acconV 

plish. 

im-rtirjiu, eVt-rtSez/ai, to put 

upon. 

ini-TpeTreiV) (1) to entrust to 
(2) to permit, to give up to. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



259 



''imxcipcw ( = €-€iv), c. dat., to 
put the hand to something 

■ (in I. x e ' L Pi hand). 
imx^iprj^cL (iirix^ i P'f]po:T-os),T6, 
attempt. 

€7T0jXai. Comp. 67TCO. 

iir-opvvpi, to swear by. Dr. 
tiros, -ovs, to, word : pi epic poetry. 
€7Ta)d^€Lv (irrl, on. qqgv, egg), to 

sit ; to be sitting. 
ipqv (= d-eiv), to love. 

ipya&cr^ai, to work, perform. 
epyacrrrjpLov, to, workshop. 
ipyaTrjs, laborer, cultivator. 
epyov, to, work, action. 
ipelbetv, to prop ; to lean against. 
epeaSai. I. 

ipl^eiv, to contend with. 
epis, -iftos. 77, contention. 
eppaiov, a windfall, a godsend : 
a lucky discovery (supposed 
to be sent by Hermes). 
ipprjvevs, interpreter. 
'Epfirjs, -ov, 6, Hermes, Mer- 
cury. 
-ippcopivos, strong. 
epvpa, -aTos, to, defence. 
epX€(r%ai, to go, come, vn 
epcas, -cotos, 6, love. 
ipcoTav (= d-eiv), to ask. 
io-qyrjcris, 77, introduction (is. 

fjyelo-Zai, to lead). 
io~%r]£, -rjTos, 77, dress. 
ior^leiv, to eat. 
eVsXo^ noble, good. 
eWAous (= eaTrXaos), o, the en- 
trance to a harbor (is. irkfiv, 
navigare). 
eWe, until. 

eo~xaTos, last, extreme. 

€T€pos, the other ; alter. 

%ti, besides, moreover, still. 

%tos, -ovs, to, year. 

cv, well, ev 7rpaTT€iv, to be doing 
well ; to be prosperous, ev 
iroieiv, to confer benefits on 
(benefacere, prodesse). 

Ev/3om, 77, Euboea. 



ev^yevrjs, of high birth. 
r evdaipovelv (= e-eiv), to be for- 
tunate (eu. Saipcov, deity). 
evbatpLOvla, 77, happiness. 
< eldaifjLovL&iv, to account happy. 
evdaiucvus, fortunately. 
€vda[p.(x>v, -ovos, fortunate, 
^ happy. 
evdGKiue'iv (= e-eiv), to be cele- 
brated, honored, popular (ev. 
doK-, root of SoKelu, videri) . 

{evepyecrla, 77, beneficence. 
evepytTelv (= e-eiv), to benefit, 
confer benefits on (e?3. epyov, 
work). 

evrfirjs, simple, foolish (etf, well. 
7730s, character). 

efavs, adv., immediately. 

evKkeia, rj, fame, good report. 

ev-XcftelaZaL (= i-ecr^aC), Dep. 
Pass., to be cautious, to be- 
ware of; — to reverence (ev, 
well. Xa/3, short root of \ap- 
fidveiv, to take). 

evpevus, in a friendly way ; kindly. 

eiivoos, evvovs 2, well-disposed ; 
kind ; kindly-disposed (to a 
person), (ev, well. vovs). 

€vtt€tcos, adv., easily (ev, well. 

7767-, rOOt Of TTlTTTeiV = 7H- 
7T€T-eLV, to fall). 

Evpi7rldr]s, -ovs, 6, Euripides. 
evpia-Kew, to find. V. 
evpus, -eia, -v, broad. 

evcrefieiv (= e-eiv), to reve- 
rence (e?5. aejSeLv, xenerari). 
evcrejSrjs, -is, pious, 
f evrvx^iv (= i-etv), to be for- 
tunate or prosperous. 
<[ evTvxrjs, -is, fortunate feu, well. 

ri3^77, fortune). ■ 
[evrvxLz, 77, good fortune. 
evx-eo-'Sai, to pray. 
cu^t}, 77, prayer, request. 
emjrvxia, spirit, courage (ev, well. 

\|/uvr7, spirit. 
i<p68iov, to, travelling money. 
I (ctti, for. 680s, roadj. 



260 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



ex €iv > t0 nave 5 c - inf*-? to be able. 
e'xa> has root ix~ ; the rough 
breathing is changed into the 
smooth, whilst the x remains ; 
but returns, when it disappears : 
hence fut. etj-co (with aspirate). 
ovtcos *x €LV ( = ^ a se habere), 
to be so affected or disposed ; 
ev or Kakcbs %x €LV (~ bene se 
habere), to be well ; to be well 
off : for any thing, twos, vii. 

ex^pos, hostile : used substantive- 
ly, = an enemy. 

eooy, as long as ; until. 

ecos, -co, i), dawn, morning. 

Z. 

Zrjv (= d-eiv), to live. 346. 
{tiXovv (= 6-eiv), to emulate ; 

to pursue emulously (f^Xos 1 , 

emulation). 
C CrjfjLia, f) {damnum), hurt, loss, 

< injury, calamity. 

( frfiiovv (== 6-en), to punish. 
fr]Telv (= €-€iv). to seek 
'fo)^ 5 r), life. 
£zoov, to, animal. 
J £cdotokos, viviparous (re.*:, tok, 
short roots of tIktglv, to give 
birth to). 
< £coos, alive. 

H. 

*H (in questions), cf. K. 344. 5. 
tj, or, than : rj — fj, aut — aut. 
rj3rj, rj, youth. 

C 7]yeio~'Sai (== e-ecrSat), to lead, 

< to think. 

( f]y€fioov, ovos, 6, rj, leader. 

frjheo-%ai, to rejoice. 
rjdecos, adv. pleasantly, gladly. 
ffdovrj, fj, pleasure. 
rjdvs, -fia. -v, sweet, pleasant. 
rjdrj, already, at once ; before now. 
y'Sos, -our, to, habit, character, 
disposition. 



rjKLorra., least of all. 

77/ca), I am come ; rjga, will coma 

rjXfiioTrjS: (-rrjTos), r), silliness. 

S rjkiKia, r), age. 
I t]\lkos, as great as. 
rjXios, 6, sun. 
(r) fie pa, r), day. 

J rjfjLepodpofios, 6, courier (Spa/A, 
i root used to supply the tons- 
il es of rpiv w, curro). 

rjfiepoTrjs, rjjit-porrjTos, J7,tameness, 

f)v, c. subj., if. (= idv.) 

rjVLKa, when. 

v Hpa, fj, Hera or Juno. 

c HpaK\^ff,-eouff,6. Hercules (201). 

rjpcosi -coos, 6, hero. 

rjcr^ai, to sit. Pdm. 71. 

rjcrcrop (later Att. t)ttov), less. 

to be quiet, still. 
rjavxla, quietness, &c. rjo-vx^av 
< tx eLV or ay«f > to remain qui- 
et, to keep quiet. 
^rjcrvxos 2, quiet. 
CrjTTa, r), defeat. 

I i]TTacr%aL (= a-ecr^ai), to be 
] defeated ; to be inferior to 
I (gen.). 

e. 

QdXacrcra, ^aXarra, r), sea, 
ZdXKeLv, to bloom. 
Zdvaros, 6, death. 
Sam-civ, to bury. 
r< 3appa\ecos, adv., boldly. 
Sappeiv (= e-eiv), to be of good 
courage ; 3. rtw, to have 
confidence in ; 3. rti>a, not 
to be afraid of a person ; 3. 
tl, to endure (not to fear) 
something. 
JSappovvrcos, confidently. 
^clttqv, more quickly (neut. ol 

com par. adj.). 391. 
^avp-d^iv, to wonder, wonder at, 
admire, be surprised at. Sr. 
rivd or ti — to admire : twos, 
to be surprised or wonder at 
(mostly with blame). 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



261 



Sea, 17, goddess. 

Seao-Sat (= d-ecrZai), Dep. Mid., 

to behold. 
Seti/ (= €-€lv), to run. 
^ ^elov, to, deity. 
( 2ao?, godlike, divine. 
SeXyeiv, to charm, soothe. 
tiixekiov, to, foundation (Se, short 

root of Ttirmi). 
QeuncTTOKXrjs, -eovs, 6, Themisto- 

cles (201). 
Oeos, 6, God. 
W Sepa7rem, 17, care, 

< Zepaneveiv, to honor, pay court 
( to. 

S ^epi&iv, to reap. 
( Sf'pof, -oi;^, to, summer. 
Qeo-aaXos, Thessalian. 
Qrifiat, at, Thebes. 
%r]y-€iv, to whet, to sharpen. 
%rj\vs, -eia, -v, female. , 
r 2??7p, -6s, 6, wild beast. 
Sqpa, chase, hunting. S^pai; 

7rot6icrSat, to hunt. 
Zrjpeveiv, to hunt. 
%-qpiov, (any) wild beast : also, 
to. Zrjpla = game, any beast 
that is hunted. 
%7}pLa>dr)s {^rjpiov. eiboi), brut- 
ish. 

S7/r-oy, 6, paid laborer. 
Srjo-avpos. 6, treasure. 
Qr}a€vs, -eoos, 6, Theseus. 
^vrjr6j } mortal (3j>a, root of 2^- 
o-Keiz>). 

Tpixos, 77, hair. 
%vydrr)p, -Tpos, 77, daughter. 183. 
( Sijfir/, to sacrifice. 

< tvpa (ZvfjLciT-os), to, sacrifice, 
( offering. 

Si/juo?, 6, mind. 
Supa, 77, door. 
Svpaos, 6, a thyrsus. 
Svcna, 77, sacrifice (Zveiv). 



I. 



C 'laaSat (= a-ea^at), Dep. Mid., 

< to heal, cure. 

( LaTpos, 6, physician. 
Idea, 7], appearance. 
( Idia, privately ; in one's private 

< character or life. 
( 1810s, one's own. 
Ifipvtiv, to boild. 
idp&s, -cqtos, 6f sweat 

( Upeia, rj. priestess. 
I iepevs, -ecos, 6, priest. 
I Upov, to, victim, temple. 
[Upos, sacred to (gen.). 
ltjjjll, Uvai, to send forth ; to emit ; 

to utter. Pdm. 67. 
S tmvos, sufficient, able. 
( Uavcos, sufficiently, adequatel y. 
C UtTrjs, -ov, 6, suppliant. 

< iKV€La%ai ( = e-eo-Scu). See 
£ dcpiKveiorZai. 

IktIvos, 6, kite. 

Tkecos, -cov, merciful, propitious. 
\p.6.TiQv, to, garment ; especially 

the outer garment, pallium, 
ha, (1) where ; (2) in order that ; 

that. 

C iiTTrsvs, -ecos, 6, horseman, horse- 

< soldier. 

(_ tWo?, 6, horse ; 77, cavalry. 
lotos, equal. 

Ilo'ttjjjll, io-Tavai, to place. For the 

meaning cf. 396. 
( lo~xv€Lv, to be strong, to avail. 

< Icrxvpls, strong. 

f Icrxvp&s, severely. 

l)fivs, -vos, 6, fish. 

l)(pos, -ovs, to, track, trace. 

K. 

Ka^alpeiv, to purify. 
KaZ-e&o-^aL, to sit down. Fut. 

Ka%€dovp.ai. 
KaZ-evdeiv, to sleep. 
KaS-TjcrSat, to sit down. Pdm. 71. 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



262 

Kt£5-iam)fU, -LcrravaL. to establish. 
Kai, and. even : Kai — /cat, both — 

and (et — et). 
kqivos, new. 

tempos, the right time, season : 
els Ktupov, at the right time ; 
opportunely. 
'KaKia. fj. vice,, flaw. 
KaKtCeiv. to worst (kclkjs, bad). 
KaKLov. worse (as adv.) : neut. 
adj. from kgklqov; comp. of 

KdKOS. 

kokos, bad. wicked, cowardly. 
I KaKorrjs. r), wickedness. 
Kcucovpyeiv (= e-eti>), ace, to do 
evil to ; to harm ; to ravage. 
KOKovpyos, 6. evil-doer. 
KdKoiv (= 6-ew). to treat ill. 
hurt ; to injure or ravage (a 
country). 
< KdKoos. adv.. badly, ill. 
kqXeIv (= e-eiv), to call, name. 
KaXXias, -cv. 6, Callias. 
r kuXXos, -ovs. to. beauty. 

KakoKayaSla. rj, rectitude, hono- 
J rableness (KaXoK.dya'zos = 
KaXcs Kai aydZos)* 
»caX6s,beautiful. honorable, good. 
< koXgqs, adv.. well, honorably. 
KaXiTTT-eLv, to cover, hide. 6c c. 
Kaii7]\os, 6, fj, camel. 
Kapveiv (= laborare). to toil ; to 

be suffering or ill. m. 
kuv. even if = klu idv. 
Kapdla. 7], heart. 
KapTTos, 6, fruit ; wrist. 
Kapra, very. 

KaprepLCL. f], endurance ; patience. 

Kcipx^o&v, -ovos. 7], Carthage. 

Kara-yeXqv (=d-€iv). to laugh at 
(gen.). 

Kara-dv€ii>. to go down. 

Kara-KkaUiv. to bewail. 

Kara-Ki\eL€Lv. to shut. 

mTa-KpvTTTELV. to hide. 

KaTa-XelrreLV. to leave behind. 

KaTa-Xveiv, to loosen, dissolve, de- 
stroy. 



Kara-p&vcrK-eiv. to nake drunS 

Fut. -p.€~V(TCD. 

Kara-Liiveiv. to remain beldnd (in 

a country). 
Kara-vofiv (= e-eiv). to perceive, 

to discover. 
Kara-TTr^av ( = d~€Lv), to leap 

down. 

Kara-TrXrjTTeiV. to astonish. 
Kara-cTKCLTTTeLv. to dig down. 
Kara-cFKevd^Lv. to prepare. 
KaTa-orrpi(})'€cr^aL, to overthrow 

(for oneself) ; to subdue, to 

conquer. 

KQ.TQ.~T € LV€LV, tO Stretch tight. 

KQTG.~Ti~rj p.L. -TL^ivai, to lay down. 

KaTa-Q)\ey€iv, to burn up. 
KaTa-cppovelv (= e-eiv), to despise 

(gen.). 
KciTCL-cpvyr]. fj, refuge. 
KaT-extiv, to restrain. 
\ KaTTjyopelv (— e'-eiv), to ac- 
cuse. 

< KaTip/opos, 6, accu .er (*ara. 

dyepd, assembly- market- 
, P j ace). 
/cdYa), below. 

Ketfiai, KelcrZai, to lie down ; (of 
a law) KdcrZai = tu be enacted. 
Pdm. 71. 
KzXtveiv, to order, bid. 
f KtvoQo^La, vain-glory : vanity 
I (k€vqs, empty. do£a. opinion, 
| glory). 

L#cevos 5 empty, groundless, vain. 
KevTpov, to. prick, sting. 
KepdvvvuLL, Kepavvvvai, to mix. 
Kepas. to, horn. Pdm. 20. 

C Kepoalvtiv, to gain ; [Perf. kc- 

<^ K€phaKa.~\ 

( K€p$os, -ovs, to, gain. 
KecjjaXi], Tj, head. 
Kfjdeo-Zai, to care for (gen.). 
Karros, 6, garden. 
Krjpos, 6, wax. 

( Ktjpvg, -vkos, 6. herald. 

< KTipuTTtLv, to proclaim (by & 
( herald). 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



263 



C KivBvveveiv. to be in danger ; to 
3 incur or brave danger. 
( Kivbvvos, 6, danger. 
kktcto?, kittos, d, ivy. 
kKcll€lv, to weep. 

kXcUlv, to shut (Perf. pass, ke- 

K\eLorfJLaL and Ke^Xct/xat) . 
Kkefapov, bolt, bar. 
k\€7tt€lv, to steal (Fat. /<Xe\^© 
and Kkeyjfofiai \ K£Kkod>a. Aor. 
2. Pass. €KkdirT]v). 
Kkiveiv, to bend. 
koTXos* hollow, 
f kolvos, common : to - koivov. 
J commonwealth, 
j Koivavia, tj, communion, parti- 
ta cipation (rt^os 1 ). 
/cokkos 1 , ov (granum), the seed (of 

a pomegranate, &c). 
kokkv£, KOKKvy-os, d, cuckoo. 
KoXa£eiz/, to chastise, punish. 
KoXaKeveiv, w. ace, to flatter. 
Ko\a£. koKcik-os, 6, flatterer. 
koXttos, 6, bosom. 
KOfil^eLv, to bring. 

KOTTTZIV, tO CUt. 

Kopa^. Kopaic-os. 6. crow or raven. 
ko' ( o?7, damsel. 
Koplv^Los, 6, Corinthian. 
Kocrpfiv (= e-eiv), to adorn, to 
order or arrange (harmonious- 

ly). 

Kovcfios, light. 

Kpd^eiv, to cry out [Fut. KZKpa- 

fo/zat], K€Kpaya. 
Kpduos, -ovs, to, helmet. 

f tcpareiv (= £-€iv),gen., to have 
j power over ; to prevail, con- 

j quer. 

^Kparos 1 , -ous 1 , to, strength. 
Kpzas, to, flesh. 

Kpelcrcrcov or (later) KpslrTcoy. more 
powerful, better. Note 13. 

j Kplv€Lv, to judge. 

f KpiTT}$ , -ov. o, judge. 
KpoTo-os', 6, Croesus. 
KporcKpos, 6, temple. 
kpvtttuvi to conceal, hide. 



Kracr^ai (= a-ecr3ai), to acquire ; 

K€KTTJjJLCLL = fiOSSideO. 

icreiveiv, to kill ; usually g-o- 

KTeiVeiz/. 
KTety, /cre^d?, 6, comb. 
KTTjpLci) -aros, to (KTacrSai), pos- 
session. 
ktI&iv, to found. 

kv^vtt}?, -ou, dicer, gambler 
kv[3qs, 6, a die, cube. 
kvkXos, circle. 
KVTreWov. to, goblet. 
Kvpieveiv, to be master of (gen.) 
Kuptj/os, Quirinus. 
KvpLos. having authority. Kvpios 
elixt TToiziv Ti, I have a right to 
do it. 

KVpLTT€LV, lO blltt. 

K.vpos, 6, Cyrus. 

kvcov, Kvvos, d, 77, dog. Note 9 

KwXvew, to hinder. 

kgo&os, dumb. 

A. 

Aayoo?, -co, d, hare. 
AaKedaifAovios, d, Lacedaemonian 
XaKTi&iv (fut. tor©), to kick (at). 

S XaXelv (= e-eiv), to talk. 

( XaXos 2, talkative. 
\a<j.$dv€iv, to take, receive, iv. 

rXajU7rpds > , brilliant, bright. 

j \aimpvv€iv } to brighten ; Mid., 

1 to brighten (something of my 

I own), 
\av7sdvzw, to be concealed from, 

IV. 

Xdpva.%, XdpvaK-os. fi, chest, coffin. 

Xeaiva, 77, lioness. 

Xeyeiv, (1) to say, tell,— call. (2) 
to collect. — Aor. Pass. iXexprjp 
and iXeyrjv : also to read (what 
is written) out to another. 

XtLfjLoov, Xelucqv-os* d, meadow. 

XeL7T€Lv, to leave ; leave behind 
[Aor. eXnrov : Perf. XeXoina]- 

Xe©z>, Xsovt-os, 6, lion. 

Xc©?, 0, people. A/?. JecZ. 



1 



264 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



XfjZrj, obliviousness, forgetfulness. 
r \rjpeiv (= €-€lv), to talk non- 
sense. 

* Xr>pos. (mere) talk, (mere) non- 
sense ; after which irpos == 
[ to, i. e. in comparison of. 
\rj(TTT]Si -ov, dj robber. 
klav, very. 
Xftos, 6, stone. 
XlfjLrjv. 77, marsh, lake. 
Xl/jLos. 6, hunger. 
Koyos, 6, word, speech, reason. 
\oi8opctv (= €'€iv), to scold, rail 

at (Mid. c. dat). 
Xoipos, 6, plague, pestilence. 
Xonros (Xewr-civ). remaining. 
Xov-€lv, to wash ; Mid., to wash 

(myself or some one belonging 

to me). 
XovTpov, bath. 
Xocfios, 6, crest. 
Xvypos, sad. 

Xv€iv. to loose, dissolve ; repeal 
(a law) ; break (a truce) ; dis- 
miss (an assembly). 

Xvkos, 6, wolf. 

AvKovpyos-. 6, Lycurgus. 

Xvfialvea^ai (acc), to abuse, mal- 
treat. 

S Xvireiv (== e-€iv), to distress. 
( Xv7n], 77, sorrow, grief. 
Xvo-LTeXelv ( = e-eiz/), dat., to be 

useful to (Xv€iv, to solve, re- 

Xoy, end, object). 
Xc67to§vtt]9, ov, cutpurse, footpad 

(properly a filcher of clothes. 

XaiTTos, or -77, robe, mantle, dv- 

€iv. to get into). 
Xcqcdv, better. Note 13. 

M. 

'TsltiSrjpa, to, thing learnt, lesson 
(/xa3-, short root of pav~dv- 
€iv, discere), 
}ia^r)Tr]s, ov, 6, a disciple, pu- 

tatap, -apos, nappy. 



f MaKeSowa, 17, Macedonia. 

1 Ma/cfSoi/t/cds', Macedonian. 

I MaKedav, -dz>o?, d, a Macedo* 

[ nian. 
paKpos, long. 
paXaKos, soft. 

$ paXio-Ta, most, especially. 

{ paXXov, more, rather (jpotius). 
pav^dv^Lv, to learn, rv. 
^<ma. 77, madness, 
fia^rty, -ecos, 6, prophet. 

C paprvpfiv (= €-€Lv), papTvpe- 

< o-Sat, to bear testimony. 
( pdprvs, -rvpos, d, witness. 
' pdxaipa, hunting-knife ; cut- 
lass (short sword). 

pdx€o~%at, to fight. Fut. pa- 
Xoipac (= pci)(€crofJLai). Aor. 
ipayeo-dpriv. Perf. pcpdxrj- 
fiai. 

Ipdxr], 77, battle. 
peyas, -dXr], -a, great. 
/xeyeSo?, -otjs 1 , 7-d, greatness ; 
magnitude. 
^ peytcrros, sup, of peyas, great. 
ptZrj, 77, drunkenness. 
pe^-lrjpi, p^-iivai, to let gc. 
pe^veiv, to be drunk. 
pel£cov, comp. of peyas, great. 

Note 13. 
peipaKiov, to, boy, lad (of about 

fourteen). 
peXas. -aiva, -av, black. 
p.eX€i, it concerns ; euro, est (dat 

of pers., gen. of thing). 
5 psXt. -ltos, to, honey. 
) peXiTTa, f], a bee. 
ptXXaiv, to be about (or, be going) 
to. 

peXos. -ovs, to, limb ; song. 
pip<$eo-~ai, c. acc. to blame ; c. 

dat. to reproach. 
pev — de (indeed), — but. 
piveiv, to remain ; c. acc. to a- 

wait ; wait for. 
C p€p[^€tv, to divide. 

< pepLpva, 77, care. 

( pipos, -ov?) t6 } part. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



265 



/ peorjpfipla. 77, mid-day (ptaos. I 

] middle. rjpepa. day). 

( picros, middle. 
pearus, full (gen.)- 

) Itera-fiaXkeiv, to change. 

I fjLZTa-fioXr], v. change. 
tJL€Ta-dldci>tJLL, -SiSoVcu, to give a 

share of (gen.). 
^eragv, between (gen.). 

ii€Ta-7T€iJ.~€(r~aL, to send for. 
fisra-TL^rifjLL. -rcZtvai) to change ; 
transpose. 

juer-e'xety, to share in. take part 
in (gen.). 

fieroLKos, 6, resident-foreigner. 

( perp€iv (= €-€Lv), to measure. 

■< fxerpLCDs, adv.. moderately. 

( fiirpop. to 5 measure. 

^e'xpi, until ; as prep, up to. 

firji not. On pr), pr) ov, after ex- 
pressions of fear, cf. K. 318. 7. 

firfiajiov, nowhere ; p.. elvai, to be 
of no value. 

p.7]5apcos (nequaquam), by no 
means. 

yj]d€ia. 77, Medea. 

pyBeis, -epla, -eV, no (one), no- 
body. 

prjdeiroT€, never. 

prjv, -vos, 6, mouth. 

pi)- ore. never. 

prj7Tco, not yet. 

p-qpos, thigh. 

pf/T€ — prjre , neither — nor. 
pr'jTrjp, -rpos. ti, mother. 183. 
C prjxavcicr~cu (= d-e<r2at)> Dep. 

< Mid., to contrive, devise. 
( HTjXavT], contrivance. 

C puuveur, to pollute. 

< plapos, unclean, impure, abo- 
( minable (of persons). 
sjiLKpos, small ; piKpco (by) a little : 

piKpov, within a little ; almost. 
C pipL€lcr~ai ( = e-ccrSai), to imi- 
1 tate. 

f niprjTTjSi ov, 6. imitator. 
^llVcof, -co, 6, Minos. 
y.i<jfiv (= e-cw)i to hate. 

12 



C ptcrZos, 6, reward ; pay. 

< piatccTos (mercenarius), hire* 
I ling ; a mercenary. 

pva. a?, 77, mina. 
C pmipelov, monument. 

< \lvt))M£>v, -ovos, of retentive me* 
£ mory. 

poipa, 77, fate ; share. 
/zoXis, with difficulty. 
f \Lovapyia, 7), monarchy (pLovos, 
I only, opx?* government), 
j piovov, onfv. 
i alone. 
; popLov, part, portion, 
j S Movo-a. 77. a Muse, 
j ( povcriKT], 77, music (sc. revj^). 
j pveXos, 6, marrow. 
/iC^Oi, 6, tale, legend. 

i p.VKT7]p. pVKTTjp-OS. 0, DOStril, trUllk 

(of elephant), 
pvpios, innumerable. 
pcopos. foolish, a fool. 

N. 



r ^savpayla. 77, sea-fight (paxy, 
battle). 
pais, rj, ship. 
vavrrjs. ov. sailor. 
vavTiicoS) nautical : vavriKov. a 
fleet ; a navy. 
veavlas. -ov. 6. a youth. 
r vipeiv, to divide, distribute, or 
allot [Fut. vepa and 7^77- 
crco : Aor. eveipa : Perf. vepe' 
p7]Ka '. Aor. Pass, ivepr^T-jv 
and -eSj/v]. 
vtpecrLs, zoos, 77, just - resent- 
ment ; hence, avenging-fate. 
i/eos, young. 

yeorretaz; (or veocrcreveiv), to 
hatch its young ; to breed. 
(We may translate it to build 
{ its nest, since we should ra- 
ther refer to that preparatory 
act.) 

vsottlov. young bird (pi. young 
ones). 



266 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



v€a>s, -o>. 6, temple. 

vv r yes. by — (in swearing). 

vrjtros, 77. island. 

viKav (= d-ay), to conquer. 
1^*77. 77. victory. 
i>[<p€i, it snows. 

votjcls, -€cds. ?). intellectual fa- 
culty, intellect (pof.v, to per- 
ceive). 
S vofil^eLv, to think, 
f vofiicrfia. to, coin, money. 
r voiio-erfiv (= e-etv). to legis- 
late : to make laws. 
J pop.oterrjs, ou, o, lawgiver (i/o- 
/ios 1 . law. Se-, original root 
of T&eptUi vone re). 
v6pos : 6. lav.*. 
poos = raw, d. reason ; intelli- 
gence : mind : iv vco J iyjw (in 
animo habere), to purpose, in- 
tend. 

S vocreiv (= e-ctv), to be sick. 

( vovos. 77. disease. 
vvktcop (adv.). by night. 
vZ v. pwi. now. 
pvtj, pvkt-os. 77, night. 

S. 

a£vos. 6, stranger, guest, host. 
Zevo(pcoi>, -covTos, d, Xenophon. 
$icpos> -ovfj to. sword. 

O. 

*Oj3oXo£ 9 ou. 6, an obolus (a small 

coin). 
06V. 77 5e, ro'oV, this. 
65o*. 77. way, road. 
edovs, 6d6pT-os. 6, tooth. 
o5upeo-Sat, to mourn. 
oZev, whence. 
01. whither. 

olda (= novi). I know. Pdm. 
70. 

nUaZai, to think. 



r oliceip (= €-€Lp) f to dwell. 
oi.<e!os, belonging to ; own ; in. 
timate. 

olKerrj?. -ov. 6, domestic ; serv- 
ant. 

o'iktjctls, -€(os, 7], dwelling. 
<{ oi/a'a, 77, house ; family. 
oLKidiop. small house, house. 
oIkl^lp. to colonize. 
olKodofielp (= e-eiv), to build 
(a house). (dtpeip. to 
build). 
^o:kos, 6, house. 
olKTelpeip, w. acc, to pit7\ . 
oi/jo*, I think. It is used instead 
of the longer form oiouat : prin- 
cipally when inserted parenthe- 
tically ; = opinor, credo. See 
oiW~cu. 
olvos, d, wine. 
ois, b'ios, 6, 77, sheep. 
ol'^ecrSat, to depart : ot^o/iat = 

okiyapxia : oligarchy (ap^ go- 
vernment). 
6\[yos, little. oXtyoi? few. 
oXXvijll, cXXiW, to destroy, ix. 
£Xos\ whole, complete, perfect. 
6\o<fivpEo~~ai. to pity. 
oXcos {omnino). at all : altogether 

"Oprjpos. 6, Homer. 

( d/xeXeiv ( = e-e*r)j 6. dat., to 

2 associate with. 

( opikia, 77, intercourse with, 
o/ii^ueip, to swear. See opwpi, 

IX. 

6}iolccs, in like manner. 
^o^oXoyflv (= €-€iv), to agree 
with, admit (duo's [poet.], 
4 same. Xeyeiv. Xo'yos). 
SfioXoyia, confession, conces- 
sion. 

opopoia (6}±6s. pois), concord, u- 
nity. 

opeioL&ip. Fut. -cro. to reproach 

(tL tlvl). 
QPtido?, -ovs, ro, reproach. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



267 



Outjtcop, OnStor, prop. name. 
opiprjpu, opipdpai, to benefit. 

S ovofAa, -aros, to, name. 

} 6vop.d£eip, to name. 
ovos, 6, 77, ass. 

qptqos, really (opt*, root of &v 3 
being). 

opv£, opvk-os, 6, claw, talon. 

f 6^Vf)p0770S (o^L'S 1 . p£77€lP, V6T- 

gere), quick. 
ogvs, -eta, -v, sharp, sour ; quick, 
hasty. 
0777], whither, where. 
ottlctco, back. 
677X77, hoof. 

C 6-Xitt]?, -ov, 6, heavy-armed 

< soldier, hoplite. 
£ 6V/W, to, weapon. 
oTToi) whither. 

ottoIos, qualis, of what sort. 
r 07700-ovovv, how great soever, 
how long soever. [Since it 
means of what magnitude 
soever, it may sometimes 
mean however short.] 
^67760-os, quantus, as great as. 
oirorav, c. subj., when. 
677ot€, when, since. 
onov, where. 
O77C0S, how, that. 
opav (== d-eip), to see. look. 
C opyrj, 77. anger. 

< 6pyl£€cr~aL, Dep. Pass., to be 
( angry (dat.). 

ope £19, -ecos 1 , 77, a longing after ; a 
yearning for (ppeyeaSat, to seek 
for ; to desire). 

'Opecrrrjs, ov, 6, Orestes. 

C 6p%6s, straight, right. 

< 6p%ovp ( = 6-eip), to make 
( straight. 

opi&iv, to fix, limit, define. 

opKos, 6, oath. 

opfxav (= a-eiv), to rush. 

C opPL^o-^rjpas, -a. 6, bird-catcher 

< {^rjpav, to chase). 
£ oppis, -ISo?, 6, 77, bird. 
Spoil -ov?, to, mountain. 



opvy-fJLa. to, pit (fovea). 
6pvTT6LP, to dig [Fut. 6pv£(t) : 
Perf. 6pcopvx_a. (with Att. re- 
dupl.) : Perf. Mid. or Pass. 
dpa>pvypai\. 
I 00-109, holy. 

I co-o?, as great as, as much as ; 

after demonstratives, as. 
I ocrreop. -oiv. to, bone. [who. 
j octis, fjris, 6 tl, or o.tl, whoever. 

oo-^prjo-Ls, -ecof, 77, (sense of) smell 
(oo-cppe, shorter root of dcrobpaL- 
vea^ai, to smell). 

otclp, c. subj.. when (= ore apj. 

ore, when. 

on, that, because. 

ov, not. 

ov, where. 

ovdaprj, nowhere. 
I ovdi, not even (ne — quidern). 
j ovo€L?, -epla, -ep, no (one). 

ovde770T€, never. 

ovk, not. 

ovk£tl, no longer. 
o£z/, therefore, then. 

OV770TC, Ovd€77GT€, neVei*. 

OV77CO, never yet. 

oipd, ?/. tail. 

ovpapos, heaven. 

ovs, coro'?, to, ear. 

ova- la, possession (otjct-, root of 
fem. participle of thai), 

ovre — ovt€, neither — nor. 

ovtco(s), thus, so. 

oi>x, not. 

6(j)€iXetp, to'owe, 

dqbZakfjLos, 6, eye. 

6(p\LcrKdp€LP, to owe. 6(j)\lCrKdP€lV 
(icDpLav = to incur the imputa- 
tion of folly. ocjArjo-co. co(p\7]Ka. 
— Q)(b\op. 

SxKos, 6, a crowd, mob ; the com- 
mon people (plebs). 

o^vpovp (= 6-eip), to make-fast, 
bar, &c. 

6\j/€, late. 

oyiffj -eas, 77, (power of) Bight 
visage. 



288 



FIUST GREEK BOOK. 



n. 

UdyKctKos, thoroughly bad (iras. 

kcikos). 
Trdyos, 6, hill. 

S TTCLiav. -avos, 6, war-song. 
< ( iraiavl^-eiv, to sing the Pegan. 
r 7raid€veiv. to educate, train, in- 
struct (paid, TOOL Of 77CUS, 

boy). 

< Traiblov, to, little child. 
naidovopos, ov, 6, the inspector 
of the boys (a magistrate at 
Sparta. — vopios, law). 
Trait iv, to strike. 
7ra to play. 
7raiV, -So's\ 6, 77, child, boy. 
7raXat, formerly, long ago. ot 

7raXat, the ancients. 
TraXaios, ancient, ol 7r., the 
men of old. 
irdXiv, again. 
TLaXXd&ov, Palladium. 
TrdjxiTokv, very much indeed (jras. 

ttoXvs). 
7TavTdTTacn(v), wholly, quite. 
iravraxov, Travrax^ every where, 

in all respects. 
jravreXcbs, perfectly (iras, omnis. 

TeXos, finis), 
iravTobaTTos, of every kind. 
7rdvToos, wholly. 
irdw, altogether, quite, very 
7rapa-j3a[v€Lv, to transgress. 
Trap-ayyeXXeiv, to order. 
Trap-aiveiv (= i-eiv), dat., to ad- 
vise, to exhort. 
Trapa-KaXelv (= e-eiv), to call to ; 

to exhort. 
Trapd-vopos 2, contrary to law. 
7Tapa-7rXri<rios, like. 
Trapa-o-Kevd&iv, to prepare ; Mid. 
provide any thing (for my- 
self). 

trapa-Tfarjpi, -r&ivai, to place be- 
side, provide ; to place on the 
table (apponere). 



TrdpSaXis, -ecoy, 77, pard, panther. 

irdp-eipi, Inf. rrap-elvai, to be pre- 
sent : 7rdpe<jTi(v), it is lawful J 
in one's power. 

irdp-eipi, Inf. Trap-uvai, to go by 
near. 

7rap-€px€(r%ai. to go by. VII. 
irap-ex^iv, to offer, grant. 
TTap-irjfjLL, -uvai, to let pass, ne- 
glect. 

7rap-io-Tr]jjLi, 'lardvai, to place be- 
side. 

irap-o^vveiv, to encourage, incite 
(o^vs, acer). 

' 'irapprja-la, 77, frankness ; bold- 
ness of speech (napa. pe, 
root of the obsol. present pea>, 

< dico ; whence ci-prj-Ka. prj~ 
%€LS, &c). 

Trapprjcrid^-ecT^ai, to use frank- 
ness or boldness of speech. 

Tvapcov = preesens. Partcp. of 
TTapzivai. 

TTus, TTaora, nay, in sing. (1) with- 
out article : every ; all manner 
of : hence sometimes all imagi- 
nable ; extreme. (2) with arti- 
cle : iras 6 — = the whole : 
sometimes 6 7ras — . In plur. 
Trdvres (ol) — , all. ol Trdi>T€$ f 
in all. 

Trdcrxeiv, to suffer. TO. 

C TTCLTiip, -rpos> 6, father. 183. 

< Trarpis, -idos, 77, (native) coun- 

t tr y* 

traveiv, to cause to cease, stop, 
put an end to ; Mid. to cease 
[Aor. Pass. inavo-Zrjv ; Perf. 
Mid. or Pass. iriizav^iai, to 
cease ; Third Fut. TreTravaopa*, 
will cease].. 

Trzdlov, to, a plain. 

7re£6s (pedes), foot-soldier. 
r 7T€L%€iv, to persuade ; 7refoo/iai, 
I am persuaded, I Gbey (dat.) 

< [Aor. €7r€L(T^rjv, I obeyed]. 
7rei3o>, -ovs, 77, persuasiveness^ 

persuasion, obedience. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



269 



ncivrjv (= d-eiv). to hunger, be 
hungry. On the contraction 
into 77, cf. 346. 

mipacrZai (= a-6(r3at), Dep. Pass, 
to try, endeavor. 

neXtKvs, -etoy, 6, hatchet, axe. bat- 
tle-axe. 

flLeXoffovvrio-iaKos, Peloponne- 
! si an. 

1 liekoTrovvrjcroSi 77, Peloponne- 
sus. 

TreXTao-rrjs, 6. targeteer. 
7re/x7reti/, to send. 
J TrevecrZai, to be poor. 

I 77€Vr]S, -T]TOS; 6. T}. pOOV. 

ireifttiv (= e-euO, to grieve. 

irevla. 77. poverty. 

areVre (indecl.), five, 

T76poi%, 7T€pbiK-os, d. 77, partridge. 

Trepi-fidXkeLv, to throw round. 

Mid. to throw round oneself; 

to surround oneself with ; 00 rd- 

cbpop. to entrench themselves 

(or their position). 
Trepifiorjros (jr€pi, about, fioav, 

clamare), talked-about : go el- 

vai, to be the common talk. 
7repijSo\os, 6, circuit (of walls, 

&c). (ircp/, round. fSdXKco, 

throw). 
nepiKXrjs, -etsvsi 6, Pericles. 
Trepi-opqv (= d-eiz>), to overlook. 

permit, allow. 
TrepinXoos, -ovs^ 6, Voyage round 

(jrepL 7r\eiv, to sail). 
Trepippeiv (= e-ew), to now round 

(pelf, to flow). 

7T€ p L~T L^ilJ fJLl t -riHSeVM, to pilt 07* Set 

round. 

rrepiTTos, beyond the usual num- 
ber, more than sufficient. 

jrerpa, 77, rock. 

7r?} ; where ? whither ? 

7rr)yvvp,i, to fix, make firm (7767777- 
ya, I am fixed) . 

nr\x vs * " 6a)y > °> elbow, fore-arm, 
cubit. 



77 IQ.LV6LV) to fatten. 
niveiv, to drink, vn. 

77L77pCl(TK€lV ) tO Sell. 
77177T€LV. tO fall. VH, 

irlaa-d, Att. n-trra, pitch. 
S nKTTeveiv, to trust, believe. 
( irtcmfc, trustworthy, faithful. 
77X00- creii>. to form. 

77. Platsa : better nXa- 
raial. Plata3E3. 
77X^7-0?; -ous, rd, breadth. 
7rXeV/xa. rd, thing woven : hence 
- snare, gin (ttX^k-slv) . 
Trkeip (= e-eiv), to sail. 7rXeucro- 
pai. 7T€7r\evKa. — errXeuca. 

s irXcumif, most ? Notel3 , 

f TTAetcov, more. $ 
ttA€K€lv. to knit, weave, 
f ttX€ov€K77]s, -ov. avaricious (7rXe- 
1 01/, neut., more, eyjiv, to 

1 have). 

{^TrXeove^ia. fj. avarice. 
TrXevcras, partcp. Aor. 1. from 
rrXelv. 

77X777/77, 77. a blow, stroke, wound. 
TrXrfios, -ovs, to, multitude, con- 
stitution (in a democracy). 
77X771/ (gen.), except. 
C Trkrjprj?, -es, full, satisfied with 

t TTArjpovv (= d-eii/), to fill. 
77X77 o-id&iv, to approach, draw 
near. 

77AT]TT€IV, to Strike *, <£Pf. 776- 

TTArjya, I have struck ; Aor. 
Pass. €77X777771/ : but in compo* 
si Lion i77Aayr]v i e. g. i^cnXa* 

ttXoos ~ 77X0C?, 6, voyage (7rXeiz>> 

to sail). 
( 77Xo7jo-ios , 5 rich. 
< kKovtl&iv, to enrich, 
f ttXovtqs, 6, riches. 
77v fiv (=z e-etv), to breathe, blow. 

77V€v(Top.a.i> &c. like 7rXftv. 
770a, herbage, grass. 
7t6%€v ; whence ? 



27C 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Voidi> (= e-eti>), to make, do, 
render : ev ttouIv tivol, to 
confer a ^enefit on any bo- 

TTOula^ai TL 7T€p\ €\&TTOVO£ Tj, 

to think any thing of less 
importance than : nepl ttoX- 
XoO 7rotetcrSat, to attach great 
importance to, &c. See Vo- 
cab. 29. 

Troirjfia, to (= thing made), po- 
em. 

7roL7]cris, -ecos, (77), the making 
or composition. See eVoy 
(jvoulv) . 

^TTOLTjTTJS, -OV, 6, poet. 

( 7tolkl\\€lv, to variegate, deco- 
} rate. 

£ ttoiklXos, variegated. 
TroLfirjv, -ivos, 6, shepherd. 
iToios ; of what kind ? 
r Tro\ep.eiv (— e-etf), to carry on 

(wage) war (dat.). 
] TroXefjLLKoS) warlike, 
j ^oXe/xto?, hostile ; as subst., an 

enemy. 
^7roXf/iOff. 6, war. 

' TToklOpKeiV (= €-€Lv), to be- 

siege. 
7t6\ls, -ecos, 77, city. 
7roXtre/a, 77, constitution ; a com- 
monwealth. 
ttoKlt€v€lv, to govern the state ; 

Mid., to live as a citizen, to 

govern the state. 
^TrokiTiqS) -ov, o, citizen. 
TToXkaKis, often. 
'tto\vs, much ; ttoXXoi, many. 
7roX v o~xt>$r] $•, -eV, much divided, 

branching. 
TroXureX^r, -ey, costly (reXoy, 

end, price). 
7ro\vcj)ik'ia, 77, multitude of 

friends (qbtXos, friend). 
Tro'Kvx^ipla, 77, multitude of 

hands, of workmen (x^p 5 

hand). 

TTOfiTTT) (nefiTreLv), procession. 



irovelv {— e-etv), to toil. 

rrovrjpos, wicked. 

7T0V0S, 6, toil. 

7Top€v-€ar^ai, to set out (prqficis< 
ci) ; to march (of an army). 

I±oo~€Ldodv, -covoq* 6, Poseidon, 
Neptune. 

Troais, -ecos, 77, drinking (770, root 
used to supply the tenses of 
iriveiv) . 

ttoo-os ; how great ? 

TTorafios, 6, river. 

7rore, at any time, ever : in ques- 
tions (= tandem), in the world ; 
ever. 

7roT€po£, which of two. 
7roTov, to, drink (770, root used to 
supply the tenses of niveiv). 

7TOVS, TTodoS, 6, foot. 

C TTpayixa, -aros, to, an action, 

< alfair {ttpclttclv, to do). 
£ npa^Ls, -cojs, 77, an action. 
C npaos, mild. 

< TTpaoTTjs (tt paoTT]T-os) .mildness . 
£ gentleness. 

7rpaTT€Lv, to do, perform : ev 7rpaT- 

Teiv, to be doing well. (irpaTTe- 

a%ai, to exact [money, &c, with 

two accusatives]). 
TrperreL, it is becoming (dat). 7rpe- 

Tretz/, to be becomiing (deceive). 
'TTpeo-fieia, 77, embassy. 

Trpeo-fieis, ol, ambassadors. 

7rp€o-(3evTTjs, -ov, 6, ambassa- 
-{ dor. 

Trpeo-fivs, -eta, -v, old. 

7Tpe(rl3vT€pos, elder, aged per- 
son. 

npiaa^at, to buy. 
7rpiV, before ; c. indie, or inf. : 
Trptz/ a//, c. subj. 

7TpLCDV, TTp'lOV-OS, 6, SQ.W (t). 

TTpo-dyew, to move (or march) 

forward ; to advance. 
npopaTov, to, sheep (7rpo, forward. 

fta, short root of /SaiVetv, to go ; 

from the animal's going stead' 

My forward to graze). 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



271 



Trpo^ldcofMi, -SiooVcu, to betray. 
7rpo~doTr]s, -ov, 6, betrayer. 
wpo-€L7rov (Aor.), 1 said before, 

ordered, proclaimed, vn. 
7Tf)o-epxeo-%ai, to go before. VII. 
r TTpoZvu'ia, 37, willingness, eager- 
ness. 

< irpo^vfios 2, willing (%vp.6s f 

mind, animus), 
^irpo^vficos, adv., willingly. 

irpovoia, 77, foresight (jrpo. vovs* 
mind). 

7rpoo--/3Xe7raz>, to look at. 

Trpoo-SoKav (= a-eii>), to expect. 

7rp6cr-€i}JLL, Inf. irpocr-elvaL, to be 
present. Pdm. 68. 

Trpocr-eLfjit, Inf. irpov-uvai, to go 
to. Pdm. 68. 

7rpo(r-€pxz(j%ciL, to come to. VII. 

Trpocr-e^eii/ rbv vovv (animirm ap- 
flicare ad — ), to pay attention 
to ; attend to. 

TrpGcrjKccv, belonging to ; becom- 
ing (wpos, to. rjiteiv, to have 
come) . 

7rp6(r%€v f before (gen.). 

irpoo-fiio-yeiv, to put in at, land at. 

77po(T~TaTT~€iv (Fut. -fa>), to com- 
mand, enjoin. 

7rpoo--Tfar]fjLi, -rCSkvai, to add. 

7rpo-TL^r]iJLL. -r&evai, to put before, 
set out for show or sale. 

Trpocprjreveiv, to prophesy (jrpo, 
forth, before. ^77, root of (^pO- 

TTpcoros, first. 

tttcoxos very poor. 

7TVKrr]s, ov, 6, boxer, pugilist (77^, 
with the fist). 

nvXr], 77, gate. 

77vv%di>€a%ai, to ask, to inquire. 
Aor., to learn by inquiry ; to be 
informed ; to have heard, or to 
hear. iv. 

7TVp, TTVpOS, TO, fire. 

7ra) (enclitic), yet. 
7rco^e7v (= €-eiv), to sell. 
7ro)7rore, ever. 
k&s ; how ? 



P. 

ri Padios, easy. 
oqbiovpyeLv (=. e-€iv) [to take 
it easily, pa.dt.os, easy, ep- 
yoi>, work], to be idle ; to 
< shirk work. 
pqbicos, adv., easily. 
paSvpitiv (= €-€lv), to be indo- 
lent, apathetic, lazy (pacov, 
more easy. SSpos, mind). 
pzlv (— e-e«>), to flow. 
prjyvvjjLL, -vvvai, to tear, break, ix. 
prjTcop, -opos, 6, orator (peco, obsol. 

in Pres.). 
pi£a (not pl£a), 77. root. 
plnreLv, to throw, 
p^, ^770?, bundle of reeds, rush- 
es, &c. 
po[a, 77, pomegranate, 
(p 60s =) povs, 6, stream (petV, to 

flow). 
'Fcofialos, Roman. 
P<avw\li, pcowvvai, to strengthen. 

2. 

2aXTny^, -tyyos, 77, trumpet. 
o-akni(€iv, to blow a trumpet. 
Saptor, 6, Samian. 
2ap §0^0770X0?, 6, Sardanapalus. 
^dpdeis, -ecov, at, Sardis. 
<rap£, crapK-os, 77, flesh. 
^ crcKprjs, -es, clear, 
f o-acpGos, clearly. 
o-fievvvpi, afievvvvai, to quench. X. 
o-e/Seo-Sat. to honor. 
o-eXrjVTj, 77, the moon. 

o~r)ikaivuv, to give a sign. 
crr)\Lziov, to, sign. 
0**79" (= a-«")» to be silent. 

Fut. criyr}arop.aL. 
<rtyr), 77, silence. 

{o"idr]p€os, -ovs, of iron, iron 9 
(adj.) ; iron-hear led. 
cridripevs, 6, smith, blacksmith, 
o-idrjpos, 6, iron. 



272 



FIRST GREEK BOOK, 



ottos, o, com. 

(TionTTav (= d-eiv), to be silent, to 
hold one's tongue. Fut. o-ioo- 
7rf)(ToiiaL. 

aKtddwvui, crKeBavvvvGi, to scat- 
ter, x. 

(TKTjvfj. ??, tent. 

CTK^TTTpOV, TO, SCGptr©. 

crK\r]ji6s, dry. 

aKonelu, -elcrScu, to behold, consi- 
der. 

G-Kvfivo?, 6, young animal, cub, 
whelp, oi o~KvjJLvoi, the young 
(ones). 

GKCOTTTCIV, to SCOfF, jeei* (jLVCL or 

ets, Trpos riva). 
(ro<pLa. rj, wisdom. 
cto^hot-//?. ~ov, 6. sophist. 
o~o<p6s,' wise. 
'SotfioxXrjs, -eovs, 6, Sophocles. 
ZndprT], 77, Sparta. 
^TrapriaTrjs, -ov, 6, Spartan. 
anelpeiv, to sow [Pf. eWopa : 

Aor. Pass, ia-itapnv]. 
G-TrevSew, to hasten ; to exert one- 
self. 

c-TTovbai (prop, libations, cnrev- 
Seii/), a truce, a treaty. 

o-7ropa&7]v (tnrcipeiv), dispersedly ; 
in a scattered way, not in col- 
lected masses. 

' GrTrovbd&iv. to hasten, to be 

zealous, in a hurry. 
o-TTovbaios, earnest, serious : in 
character = sterling, good. 
o-TTovftaicdS) adv., zealously. 
(TTrovSr), rj, zeal, earnestness 
(o-irevSeiv, to exert oneself). 
vrdhiov, to Qph also oi aTadioi), 
stadium. 

oTaaid&iv, to revolt, to be divi- 
ded by factions, at variance. 
cTTdcris, -60)9, rj, faction (era, 
l v root of io~T7]p,i). 
(TTeWeiv, to send. 
q-Tepyetv, with ace, to love ; with 
dat. (and also ace), to be con- 
tented with. 



crTepelu (= c-cw) Tivd rtyoy, tQ 

deprive one of something (in 
Pass, also c. acc. ret), 
crrepeosy solid. 

o-T€p€o-Zai, to be without (tivqs). 
o-T€<bavos. 6. crown, garland. 
o-toXt], rj, robe, dress (creWet^ 

to equip), 
crro/xa, -aros, to, mouth. 
crro^afeo-Sat (gen.), to aim at. 
r aTpaTeveLv, to serve ; to bear 
arms ; to make an expedi- 
tion. 

o-TpaT€V€a%ai. to serve, to march 
(of soldiers). 

aTpdrevpa, -aTos, to, army. 
«{ o-TpaTrjyos, 6, a general (ayeiv). 

o~Tpa.TLci. 17, army. 

o~t pciTL(DTTjs, -ov, 6, soldier. 

o-TpaTOTTedeveoSai, to encamp. 

crrparoVeSoz/, rd, encampment, 
encamped army. 

orTpaTos, 6, army. 
o-TpecpsLu, to turn, twist [Aor. 

Pass. io-Tpd(p7jv, io-Tp€<p^rjv]. 
avy-yLyv&o-Keiv (vi),to think with, 

agree with ; cr. ifiavrco, to be 

conscious ; a*, rn*, to pardon. 
avy-Ko7TT€Lv, to knock to pieces, 

batter. 

crvy-KVKuv (= «-«*>)> to confound. 
r evKTj, 77, fig-tree. 
o-vKo<j)dvTf]s> ov, propr. common 
or vexatious informer. Syco- 
phant ; but not in our sense 
(said to be from crvKQv,fig. 
ifratveiv, to denounce, to in- 
j form against : = one who 
accused a man of exporting 
figs against the Attic law). 
crvKocpavTLa, sycophancy, vexa- 
tious information (see ctvko- 
(fidvrrjs). 
vvkav (= d-€iv) rivd tl, to rob 4 
pillage, rob one of something. 
avX-XapftdpeLv, to take with, seize : 

— to help. iv. 
0"vX-\e'yai>, to collect. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



273 



{(rvp-fiovXev-eaZai tlvi (Mid.), 
to consult with him. 
(rvii-povXeveLv, to advise (dat.). 
avpfiovXas, 6, adviser. 
^ crvfjifiaxLa. 77, alliance, aid. 
avppaxor, d, ally (ow, with. 
fidxr], battle). 
cvp-iras, all together, whole. 
<rv}j.'i7ov€iv ( = e-eiz/), to work 
with. 

r o-vfi-(j)€p€i, it is expedient, t6 
o-vfMpepov = the expedient. 
avfi-(p€p€iv (lit. to bring with ; 
hence, to contribute =) to 
be profitable, useful, or expe- 
dient (c. dat.). 
^(Tvpcpopd. 77, an event, calamity. 
avv-€ip.L. Inf. (Tvv-fivai) to be with. 

Pdm. 68. 
(rvv-eipi, Inf. (ivv-ievai) to come or 

assemble with. Pdm. 68. 
uvv-^'opoiovv (= 6-eiv), to make 
equal or like (6}io7os, like). 
r o-vvecns, -eoos, 77, understanding, 
intelligence (&vv, with, toge- 
J ther. i, short root of Uvai, to 
j send, to put. crvvuvai [to put 
together =] to understand), 
^crvvtTuSi sensible. 
(rvvex&s (crvv. e^o)), continually. 
avv^rjKT), 77, treaty (vvv. riSeVat, 

Aor. e-3»7K-a, to place). 
(rvv'LcrTrjjjLLj -lardi/ai, to put toge- 
ther. 

crvv-oibd) crvv-eiSevai, to know 
with ; a-. €fiavrco, to be con- 
scious. Pdm. 70. 
2?jpoff, 6, a Syrian. 
o-Cs, o-vo?, 6, 77, boar, sow. 
crcfraipa, 17, ball. 

a<p68pa, very, excessively. 
a(j)odp6s, violent. 
cr^eSoV Tt, almost, 
orobfeii/, to save [Perf. Mid. or 
Pass. criaoacrpaL : Aor. Pass. 

'ScoKpdTTjs, -otjs, 6, Socrates. 
(rooT7;pta, 7;, safety, preservation. 

12* 



r (TGxfipove'ii' (= e-eii/), to be 0/ 

sound mind. 
(TGxfipocrvvr}, 77, modesty ; t?.m« 
perance ; sobriety of mind ; 
self-restraint. 
crd>(j?p(Dv, wise, temperate;, p/ 
G-oxppcov, intemperatv; (aws, 
c safe, (jyprjv, mind). 



TdXairrov. to, talent (a weight) 
TaXa?, -aiva, -av t wretched. 
Tagiapxosi c, a Taxiarch. 
TaTreivQs, low, base. 
rcafeivovv ( — o-eij-), to l/iing 
low, to humble. 
Tapas. -awoffj 6, Tarentum. 
TapaTret^, to throw into confu- 
sion. 

rdcro-ziv or rdrreiv, to arrange, 

appoint ; to order. 
ravpGs, 6. bull. 

tclvtt] (dat. fern, of gvtos, used 

adverbially), here. 
rdebos, burial ; tomb. 
rd(f)po£, 77, trench. 

Ta^a, quickly, probably, per- 
haps. 
Tcr^eW, quickly. 
I^Ta^u, quickly, at once. 
Tacoy, Taa>, 6, peacock. 
re — teal, both — and. 
TeiVetz/, to stretch [Pf. rerdna]. 
T€ixlC €lv ( T€ W 0S i wall), to sur- 
round with a wall, to fortify. 
Tel^off, -07JS-, to, wall. 
t€kvov, to. child, young one (t^k, 

rOOt Of TLKT6LV [AOY. €-T€K~Ou], 

par ere). 

^reXslv (= e-€«>), to accomplish. 
TeXevTalos-, last. 

J reXevTav (= a-eti/), to end, to 

j die. 
reXevrr], 77, end, death. 

^reXos, -ovs. to, end. 
repas, -aros, to', wonder, porten- 
tous monster. 



1 



274 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



repTTtiV) to delight. 
rerpdirovSi n. -ttovv, gen. -ttoSos. \ 
four-footed (rea-crapes. rerrapes, 
four. Trouff, foot). 
^x^h art - ^ 
Vrj\€fiax os i ^? Telemachiis. 
rrjXiKovros, so large. 
Tiyprjs, Tiy p-qr-os, 6, the Tigris. 
Tfarjpu, rtSeVai. to place : vop.ovs i 
Selz/at (of the legislator), Se- | 
o-Sat (of the people : seld. of 
the legislator), to enact, pass, 
make laws. 
. lkt€lv, to beget, bear [Fut. t<f£o- 
\xai \ Aoi\€T€Kov: Perf. reroKa] . 
f Ti/xai^ (= d-etz>), to honor. 
TLjxacr^aL (== Tip.d-ecr%ai) 77/36 
vroWcov xprjfxdrcov, lit. to value 
above much money ; to give a 
great deal (if a thing were so). 
L Tifu} s 77, honor. 
TLficopelv (= e-ew/), to help. 
TLfxcopeicr^Sai ( = e-€<r3at)j to 
punish, revenge oneself on. 
rificopla, 77, punishment. 
riveiv, to expiate, pay. 

TLTpC0OrK€LV, tO WOUnd. VI. 

rot, assuredly, indeed. 
Toiwv, hence, therefore. 
roTo?, of such a nature. 
roioCroff, such. 

roT^o?, 6 (= paries), wall of a 
house (or room, or court). 

Tokpqp (= d-eiv), to dare. 

70770?, 6, place. 

roa-oCros, so great. 

roVe, then. 

5 t pay OS) 6, goat. 

( Tpay-cobla^ 77, tragedy. 

rpavpa, Tpavp.ar~os, to, wound. 

rpafflkos, 6, neck, throat. 

Tpejreiv. to turn ; Mid., to turn 
myself ; (2) for myself, i. e. to 
put to flight [Aor. erpe\^a : 
Mid. -djjLTjv : Pass, irpeffirjv : 
€Tpa770V) -olltju, lrpdTrr\v '. Perf. 
Act. T€Tpocf)a : Perf. Mid. or 
Pass. T€Tpafip.ai]. 



rpe(p€iv, to nourish [Fut. Spei^o? 
Aor. eZpeyjra : Perf. rerpocfra ; 
Perf. Mid. or Pass, TeSpaLLfxai : 
Aor. Pass, irpa^rjv (seldom 

\ Tplfieiv. to rub, pound. 

{ TpLfBoov, -tovos: o> a worn cloak. 
rpirjprjs, -jipovs, 77, trireme. 
rpoTTuioV) to. trophy. 
TpoiTos, 6; way, manner, character. 

C rpocftr}, nourishment, food (rpi- 

< <p€iv). 

I rpo^oSi f], nurse. 
rpvycov. rpvyov-osy the turtle-dove. 
Tpco'iKos, Trojan. 

rvyxdv-eiv (rev^oiiai. rervx^xa. 
etvx°v)i to mt ( a mark), obtain, 
attain to ; to chance c. partcp. 
ervxov Traptov = I chanced to 
be present : but often not to be 
translated rvyxdvco cov (I chance 
to be), having little more force 
than I am. 
rvfifios, 6, tomb. 
tvitt€lv. to strike. 
rvpawos. 6, tyrant, despot. 
TvcpXovp (= 6~€iv)> to make 

blind, to blind. 
rv<p\6s, blind. 
Tvxrjy 77 5 fortune. 

Y. 

"Yfipl&iv, to be haughty towards 
one, to maltreat, insult, ets 
nva. Trpos riva : also Tivd Tl. 
\ vjSpis, -€cos, 77, insolence, as- 
sault, vfipe&s vopiQS = the 
law of assaults, 
udcop, to', G. vdaros, water. 
vei, it rains. 

vidovs. grandson. 
vlos, 0. son. 
V7r~dpx€ip s to be at hand, to be ; 

to belong to. 
virep-fidWav, to throw beyond, 

exceed. 
i)77€p~r)(ftavos 2, haughty. 



GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 



275 



xmep-opdu (= a-eii>), to look over, 
to despise. 

VTTT]V€fJLLOS- VTiT]vk\LLOV Q)6l>, 0. 

wind-egg (vtto = sub. civepios. 
wind). 

{nrripeTfiv (= €-eiv), to aid, serve 

i'7Ticrx^^cr^aL (= e-eaSai), to pro- 
mise. V7T0(J)(ri(T0}Xai. V7T€(TX^- 

fiai. — Aor. im€crx6fir]v. 
VTTvos, o, sleep. 
v7ro-d€x~ €(T ^ aL i *° receive. 
vno-brjpa, -aros, to, sandal, shoe 

(delz>, to bind). 
vTTo-pheiv, to await, endure 

(ace). 

v7ro-(p€peiv, to endure, vn. 
vs, vos (6, 77), sus : co aypios, wild 
boar. 

vo-Tepalos, following. 
i\jsr]\6-cf)pcov t high-minded. 

<$ay«i/, see €(T^Uiv. 
' (palveiv, to show. 
ipalvca^ai (apparere), to be 
seen ; to be (c. partcp.) ; to 
appear. 
^(pavepos. evident. 
(pdpfiaKov, to, drug, poison, reme- 
dy. 

<pav\os f bad, evil, worthless. 
<jf>ei(W3ai, Dep. Mid., to spare 

/gen.). 
(fiepeiv, to bear. vn. 
^epeKTubrjs, -ovs, 6, Pherecydes. 
favyeiv, to flee ; also = to be an 

exile. 

4>rjfxl, (fidveu, to say. Pdm. 69. 
(^Seyy-ccrSat. to sound. 
iffteipuv, to destroy. 

(fftoviiv ( = e-etz/), to envy 

(dat). 
<£3oW, 6, envy. 
cf)id\r], shallow cup ; bowl (= 
patera). 



r <pikeiv (= e-€Lv),~to love. 
cpikia, 77, friendship. 
^iXo-Kepdrjs, -cff, fond of gain, 
(adj.). friendly, dear. 
J <f>i\os, o, friend. 
cj)L\o-cro(p€LU (= e-etz/), to phi- 
losophize. 
(fiiXo-crocjiLa, 77, philosophy. 
(piXo-rlpos ((^/Xoy. rcfir],) am- 
bitious. 
(fiXfy, 0Xej8os 3 7;, vein. 
( <fiop€V€ii/, to murder, slay. 
< (fiovevs, -co)?, 6, murderer. 
( (pouos, o, murder. 
<ppd£eiv, to say, tell. 

cpOtSelv (= e-eiz/), to frighten ; 

Mid. to fear. 
(^d/Sof. 6, fear. 

</>p?7i>, (ppevos, f) (eppeves), 

mind. 

(ppoveiu (= e-eii>), to think ; to 

be sensible, prudent, wise. 
(ppovrl&iv, to care for (gen.). 
(fipovTis, -Idos, 77, concern. 
<^)7jeti/, to bring forth, put forth, 
f <pv\aKrj, 77, guard, watch. 

cbvXdrreiy, to guard ; Mid. c. 
<j ace, to guard against some- 
thing, co 77otety rt, to anx- 
iously avoid doing it. 
cpvcnKos (pliysicus), a natural 

philosopher. 
(pvcris, -ecos, 77, nature. 
cpvT€v€Lu } to plant. 
epeovr], 77, voice. 



X. 

Xalpe, hail. 
Xaipeiv, to rejoice. 
XaAe7ro'f , troublesome. 
xaXf7rajff. adv., with difficulty. 
^aXli/dr, o, bridle. 
^aX/cfos"; -otjs", brazen. 
XoKkqs, 6, brass. 
Xa\i<o-TV7ros, brazier, copper* 
smith (tvtttziv, to beat). 



276 



FIRST GREEK BOOK.. 



r XapleK, graceful. 
XnpieWo)?, gracefully. 
Xapl&o-Zai, to gratify (dat). 
<j X"P LS ^ 77, favor. x^P^ 

u-oSiSdyat, graliam reddere ; 
to repay or return a favor. 
^X^P iV *X €LV '- g ra ^ am habere. 
X^Lficou. -cbvos. d, winter ; stormy 

weather. 
X^lv (= €-eiv), to pour, 
^eip, xeipos, r) (d. pi. x^pa-'C). hand. 
X€ipoi'<j~cu (= d-e(rSat)j to sub- 
due. 

XfXiScoy. -oVos, 17, swallow, 

jfies, yesterday. 

X-coi^, ^Srpvos, ?;, the earth. 

Xt'Xioi, a thousand. 

^icoy. x l ovos. t]i snow. 

Xo'aos\ 6, anger. 

Xopro£, 6. fodder. 

XprjcrZai (= d-ecrSai); to use. 

oportel ; one (we) ought to ; 
it is necessary. 
XPiiC^lv. to be in want (gen.). 
Xprj^ci, xPVP aT0S - r ^5 a thing, pro- 
perty. PL money. 
Xprjp.ciTl£-€cr^ai. to enrich oneself 
by trade ; to trade for profit 
(XprjUCiTa). 
Xpovos* 6. time. 
Xpvcros. o. gold. 
Xpvaeos (pvs), -ed (77), -coy 
(ovv). golden, of gold. 
Xp&fjLa. xP ( ^P Laros - T °> color (of 
the skin), plumage. &e. 



Xyp6$i juice, taste [^el/v (= 
»)]• 

^copa. 77. country, region. 
^wptV (gen.), separately, apart 
from, without* 



ifriyetp, to blame. 

f ^evoVif, to deceive ; Mid. -c* 

J (r3ai, to be disappointed of it, 

] yj/evbfjs* -*s, false. 

L^revoriyffj -ou. 6. liar. 
yp-rj<f>Lcrp.a. -aros. to, decree, 
y^?). 77, the soul ; the mind. 

£2. 

'Slveio-Zai (= e-eo-5at)> to buy, 

co6i> (wFov = ovum), egg. 

obs", as, when, how, because : <us 

ra^tora, as soon as possible ; 

with indefinite numbers = 

about ; — as final particle = 

that ; in order that. 
copa (hora). time. 
coo-n-ep, as, just as. 
wcrre, so that. 

f d)6=Xeta, 7}, advantage, profit, 

benefit. 

< ax^eXeli/ (= e-cw), to benefil 

(ace). 
^axpiXip-os 2 S useful. 



INDEX II. 

ENGLISH AND GREEK. 



A. 

Abide by, Trapapiveiv, ifijiiveLv 
(dat). 

able, to be, dvvaa^ai (bvwjjiai) : 

oios re el fit : e^a). 
abode, oi'/ajcri?, ecoy, 77. 
about, 7T€pi, dfj.<pL. 
absence of government, anarchy, 

duap\la, 7). 
absent, dncov. partcp. of cnrtlvai. 
abundant, acpftovos, ov. 
abusive, (fiikoXoiSopos. 
accept, a7rode)(€a^at. 
accompany, eneo-Zai (dat). 
accomplish, i^pyd^a^ai : reXdz/ 

(= e-eiv). 
according to, in accordance with, 

Kara (ace), 
account of, on, did (ace), IW/ca 

(gen.)- 

account, on this, diet tovto. 

accurate, aKplfirjs, ~es. 

accuse (of), Karriyopiiv (= t-eiv) 

(gen. of charge), 
accustom, isi&iv. 
Achilles, 'AxiXXet/s', -ea>s, 6. 
acquainted with, to be, oi$a. elbi- 

vai. Pdm. 70. eViWacrSat. 
acquit, dnoXveiv. 
Acropolis, 'AKpoT-oXis, -ecay, 77. 
act, an, Trpdt-is, -eoos, 17. 7Tpdyp.a. 

to : = work, %pyov, to. 
action, see Act. 

act-unjustly, ddiKuu (= e-eiv). 

accuse (any body), iyKaXelv nvi : 
alrida^at (= a-ecrSat), = to 
lay the blame on, c. acc. 



adhere to (a confession, &c), if&* 
fjieveiv (dat.). 

admire, ^avpd^iv. 

admirer, inaLverrjs, ov (= lauda- 
tor : tTTaivelv). 

adorn, Koo-pelv (= e-eiv). 

advantage, wcpeXeia., 77. 

advantage, an, dya%6v. to. 

advantageous, XPWW * 2 or 3, 
eo^eXi/xo? 2. 

advise, ftovXevav : avfiSovXeveiv 

TIVL. 

iEschines, AiVx^j, -ov, 6. 

iEtolia, AlrcoKia. 77. 

affair, Trpdyfia, to. 

affirm, (£77^1, cpdvai. Pdm. 69. 

afford, Trap-ex€LV,7rap-€x €0 '^ a1, vrr * 

afraid, to be, </>o/3eto-Sat (= e-e- 

after, /xera (acc). 
again, ovSt?, 7vd\iv. 
age, fjXncia, ?}. 
age, old, yrjpas, -coy, to. - 
aged person, 7rp€a^vT€pos (= se- 
nior). 

agreeable, ^Su?, -eta, v. 

aid, (Boij^elv (= i-eiv), dat., {17777- 

pereiz> (dat.). 
alas ! o'lfjLOL. tpev. 
Alcibiades, 'AX/a^aS^s, -ov, 6. 
alike, ofiolcos. 
all. Tray, CTTas 1 . 
alliance, avppaxta, 77. 
allot, vepeiv. 

allow, cai> (== a-eii>). I am al- 
lowed to do anything, Hgeori 
(= Zfce/) fioi TToielv tl. I was 
allowed to — , eijrjv /xoi — . 

allowable, to be, ei-ecrri (dat.). 



278 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



almost. cr^eSoV (tl). 
alone, fiovos : adv. fiovov. 
already. 17 $77. 
also, /cat. 
altar, r 3a>/xos\ 0. 

although. Kav or kzu idv (subj.). 
always, del. 

am (to be , eiVat {(lp.l) ) irrdpx^^'. 

E^eu* (with adverbs). 
ambassador. TTpec-Sevrrz. -oi\ 6. 
ambassadors. 77peo-,3eis\ ot 
amid, iv (cat.), 
among. iv. 77a pd. 
ancient. rraXaios. 
and. /<ai. re (enclit.). 
Androgeus, \\vdpoy€u)$. 6. 
anger. o/>yr;, 7). 

angry, to be, opyi'£eo-~at. or ^aXe- 
rratVav (c. dat.), iv op^/rj %x* lv 
or TTOieTo-^at [ace). a\^€d^ai 
(dat). 

animal, £a>ov. ro. 

announce, dyyeWai/. 

anoint, dXeicpew. xpiew. 

another. aXXos. 

any one, r\s (enclit.). 

any thing, ri (enclit.). 

any where, wov (enclit.) : in a 
sentence with a negative, oi- 
dauov. 

appear. cpaiveo-^aL. 

appetite, optics, -ecos, 7). 

appoint, tclq-o-'Uv : fut. £co = 
determine. 6zc. ; d-o-oeiKwiJLi, 
d-obziKvLvai = declare a man, 
e. g. genera]. &c. 

archer, to^ottjs. -ov. 6. 

argument, Xoyos. 6. 

Aristodemus, \\pi<j-6dr)fios. 

Aristotle, 'Apio-ToreX^, -ovs : 6. 

arms (weapons), orrXa. rd. 

army, crrpaTid, v. err par 6s . 6. 

arrow (missile), $kXos. to. 

art, T€)(in]s v r 

artfully, more, Tex VLK< *> T€ P 0V - 
Artemis, "Ap-tuis. -*ooj. 7). 
articulation of a joint. didpZuo-is., 7]. 
as. obf, &o-~ep. 



as long as, eo>s". 
as much. too-o£tos. 
as soon as, co? ra^tora. 
as well — as. Kai — waL 
ashamed to be, albeio-^ai (= e-r- 

or3at). al<jxvv€utai. 
Asia, \\o~la. 7). 

ask. ipcorav (= d-etz>), [ a ques- 
tion, epecr^ar. alrelv (= e-eti>)> 
ask-for. I asked, rjpojinv. 

asleep, to be, KoZevbeiv. 

ass, oVoff. 

assault, v.3piff. -co? (prop. inso- 

Ze7ice). 

assert, o-u/, oaww. Pdm. 69. 
assist, rrapaa-Trivaf. (dat.). 
assistant, i-rjperrj?. ov (= minis- 
ter). 

Assyrian, 'Acro-ipto?. 6. 

Athene (= Minerva)? \\Zrjva. 7). 
\ Athenian. \\~vvaios. 6. 

Athens, \\~?ivai, al. 

attack, to, eW/Seo^at (dat.). 
! lin-to, rvxelv (gen.) 5 2nd Aor. 
of r\r/xdv€LV. 

attempt, to, TreipdcrZai ( = d- 
eo~~ai) : imx^Lpelv ( = i-eiv], 
to take in hand (dat. enx. 

attend (= fohow upon), err-ecr^ai 
(dat.). 

attend to, (^povri^tiv. rov voiv 

77pOCT€X €iV ' 

I attendant, irr^pervs. ov (= minis- 
ter). 

attention. To pay co to, rbv vovv 
77 poo-exeiv (animum applicare), 
dat. of thing. 

Attica, 'Att/x^; 77. 

attire, cttoXtj. 

avail, Icrxvew. 

avoid. (pevytLv. 

awake, to be, iypnyopivai. Perf. 

2. of eyelpeur. 
awaken, iyelpeiv. dvlcrrrjp.L. -tord- 

vai. 

away, to lead, d-dyuv. 
I axe. 77e\eKvj, -ecoj, 6. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



279 



B. 

Back, oTTLcrca. 

bad. KaKos- 7rovr]p6s. (fiavXos. 

bad, the (abstract), kclkou. to. 

badness, qxxvk&njs, -ottjtos, 77. 

ball] (TCpaipa. 77. 

bar, v., eiKppcLTTeLv, -£gj. 

bar, s., Kkii-pov. 

barbarian, a, $dp$apos. 6. 

base, rairtivos. 77, 6v. 

battle. pdyr\. V- 

be, to, eivaL (el pi). 

be seen, c^aiv-€<j~ai. 

be with, (ruveivai (crvveipi), dat. 

bear (carry), cfaepetv. vn. To 

bear false witness, paprvpelv 

ra yj/evbrj (== testify the things 

that are false), 
beast (wild), Zrjplov, to. 
beautiful, <aX6s. 
beautiful, the, kciXov. to. 
beautifully, ko\&s. 
because, Stl. 
because of, did (ace), 
become, ylypeOmScu (yevr]o~opa.i.ye- 

yivrjjiai and yeyova. — eyevoprjv) . 
becomes, it, 7rpoo-f]KeL, irpeirci. 
becoming-, Trpoo-qKcov. 
becoming, it is, rrpoo-rjKei. 
before, rrpo (gen.), 
begin, apxeo^ku. 
beginning, dpxn^ fj- 
beguile, yjrevdeiv. 
behalf of, in, vwip (gen.), 
behave insolently, £f$pi£-eiv. 
behold. ZeacrZai (== d-ecr^at). 
believe = trust, Tre&eo-Zai : = 

think, rjyeia^ai ( = e-eaZai), 

V0pl(eiV. 

believed, to be, mo-rev ea^ai. 
belly, yacrr^p, yacrTpos, 77. 
beloved, to be, see To love, 
benefactor, evepyeTrj?, -ov, 6. 
benefit, to, ufaXelv (ace), 
benefit, evepytrrjpa, to. evepyeo-la. 

fj. To confer a — , evepyerelv 

(= e-eiv), acc. 



besides, en. 

besiege, iroXiopKelv (= e-eiv). 
best, apioTos. 

betray, rrpodidovaL (Trpobidcopi). 

better. See dyatos in Note 9.— 
Adv. fieXrlov. 

between, peratjv (gen.). 

beware of, (pyXdrrecrZaL (acc.) r 
evkafieicftai (= e-ecr2ai) ti. 
j beyond, prep., vnep. 

bid. KeXeveip (c. acc. and inf.). 
| bind, 8elv (= i-eiv). 
I bird, opvis. -73or, 6. 77. 
I bite, bd<v€Lv (List ni.) 

bitter, rriKpos. 

black, peXas ' as subst., to piXav. 
blame, to, alTido-~ai (= a-f crSat, 

I GCC.). 

j blessing, a, dyoSov, ro. 
; blood, cu/na, ro. 
': blow, rrXrjyr]. rj. 
. Boeotia, BoLcorla, 77. 

boldly, Zappuv. See Vocab. 23. 
j bonassus, $6vacro-os. 
j bookseller, $i3XioT7d>Xr]s. 

born, to be, (pvvai (ire^vKa = I 
am by nature, &c). 
I both, apepco. 

j both — and. Kai — Kat, re — Kai 
i bow, Totjov, TO. 

bowl, (pidXrj. 

boy, 77a!?, 6. Traifjiov, to. 

branching (of horns), TroAvo-x^ff. 

brass, ^aAjeoff, 6. 

brass (as adj.) : brazen, ^aX/ceos, 
-our. 

brave, dvbpeios^ yewcuos. 

brave-dangers, Kivbvveveiv. 

bravely, dpdpeloos. yevvalvs. 

bravery, dvhpla. 77. dperrj, rj. 

bread, apros, 6. 

breadth, TrXdror, ro. 

break (a peace, &c), Xveiv : (a 

limb), Kardyuvpi, -ayvvvai. List 

IX. 

brighten, Xaprrpvveiv. 
brilliant, Xap-rrpos. 
bring, ayew. 



280 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



bring up (= educate), Traihevtiv. 
brother, aoVX^o'?, 6. 
build, idpveiv, ktl^iv, oIko§o[j.€ its. 
bull, Tavpos? o. 

burn. kciUiv (navcrcD, &a). Att. 

Impf. Zkclov. Aor. eKija. 
burn down, kcltclkclUlv (see the 

preceding word), 
bury, 3a7rrav. 

business, epyoz>, to. Trpaypa, to. 
but, 6V'. dXXd. 
but also, aXKa /cat. 

butt, tO, KVpLTTcLU. 

buying a horse, tWcom'a, 77. 

by, wo, 7ra/)a, irpos (gen.) : in 

swearings prj (= yes, by), (ov) 

pa (= no, by), acc. 

C. 

Call, to, KaXelv (= e-eii/), cz7rayo- 
pevew, Xeytiv. = name, ovopd- 

camel, Kapi]Xos, 6, 77. 

camp, cTparoTredop. 

can (be able), dvvaaZai. 

care, to, care for, take care for, 

eVt/xeXeo-Sat, (ppovri&LV (gen.), 
carry, <p€pa,v. vn. 
carry on war, noXepeiv (= e-ei?), 

dat. 

carry out (to sea), dncxfiepeiv (es 
to 7T6Xayo?) : [to be carried out 
to sea, cf. /Sea]. On cpepeiv. 
see List vn. 

cart, apa£a. 

Carthage, Kap^Scoi/, -oVos, 77. 

Cast, tO, pUTTtlV. 

cast away, drtoftdXXziv. 

castle, a/cpa, 17. 

catch, %T]p€V€tv, dypev€LP. 

cavalry, 01 iWels (pi. cf iTnrevs) 
= equiles. tWos, fj (collec- 
tively). 

cease, Travea^ai. biaXdireLV. See 

Vocab. 23. 
censure any thing, pepfeo-'SaL tl. 
Ceres, ArjprjTTjp, 77. 



chance, tv^y). 17. 

change, ptra-crrpecpeiv (= turt 
backwards) : ptTa-fidXXttv. 

character, fj%o$, -our, to. 

charge, ipfidXXeiv els (lit. to cast 
into). 

chariot, appa. ro. 

chastise, KoXd£-€iv (Fut. -aopai 
or -o-co). 

cheat, yjseuSeiv. 

chest. Xdpva^ -a/co?, 77. 

child, 7Tat?, O, T€KV0V f TO. 

choice, alpecris, -eons. 77. 

choose, aipeloSai (= e-eo-^at) : 

= will, /3o7jXeveo"Sat, eSfXetv. 
chorus, x°P°?i o. 
circle, /cu/cXo?, 6. 
citizen. ttoXIttjs. 6. 

City, TToXtS-. 17. O.CTTV, TO. 

cleave, to, e^eo-Sat (gen.), 
clerk, ypapparcvs, -ens, 6. 
clever. ay^W^- See 136. 
cleverness. cro<p[a. 
cloud, ve(piXrj. 

collect (in a heap), dSpol&iv (e. g. 

manure), 
colonize, oIkl^lv. 
color, ypoopa, -aTos*, to. 
combat, /xa^, 77. 

come, epxeo-^at. to. I am come, 

= am present, 77*0). 
command (military), (rrpar^yla. 
command, to, KeXeveiv. i7TLTdrT€iv f 

7rpoardTT€iv : ( of generals) 

Trapayyc'XXeti/. 
commander, o-Tparrjyos. 
commend, Znaiveiv (= k-eiv). 
commit injustice, abiKtiv (== e- 

etz>). 
common, koivos. 
companion, eYaTpos, 6. 
compel, aVay/cajjViz/. 
complete, StaTeXelv. 
compulsion, di^ay,^, 77. 
conceal, dnoKpvTrTeiv, KaraKpv* 

77T€IV, K6V%€IV, KaXv7TTCLV. 

concerns, it, peXei (c. dat. pers, 
gen. rei : sts nom. rei). 



ENGLISH AND 



GREEK INDEX. 



281 



condemn, Kpiveiv : co to death, 
liavarov. 

conduct, aysiv. 

confer benefits, ev iroifiv (— 

riva, evepycrelv (=. e-eiv) tivcl. 
confession, 6pLo\oy'ia. t]. 
conquer, viicav (= d-eif), KpaTelv 

(== €-66i/), gen. 
consider, (jkqtt<Tiv (= e-eiv), (= 

reckon), vofilfciv. 
consult with, crvpfiovXzvecrZai tivi. 
consume, dvaXlcricsLu. v. 
contemplate, 3ea>peli> (= e-eiv), 

contest, pd-xi^ 1- 
continually, avvex&s. 
continue, diareXclu (= e-eiv), did- 
yeiv. 

contradict, dvTikiyeiv (tivi). 

converse with, biakiy cereal tivi. 

convert - into - blood, i^-atparovv 
(= 6-eiv). 

copper, ^aX/cds, 6. 

copy, dneiKa&iv. 

Corey rseans, KepKvpaioi. 

corpse, v€Kp6s, 6. 

correct, iiravop^ovi/ (— d-etf), lit. 
to make straight again. 

count, upftpelv (= e-ew). 

country, ^copa, 71- 9 : ori o' s coun- 
try, 7rarpt'?, -Ldos, rj- 

Courage, dperrj, f}. dvdpia, i). %v- 
fJLOS, 6. 

courageously, dvbpetcos. 
court, %€pa.7T€v€iv (= pay court 
to), acc. 

cover, Ka\vnT€Lv : (of snow, &c), 
dfpavi&iv (i. e. cause to disap- 
pear).^ 

cow, (3ovs, f). 

cowardice, dvavdpla, fj. 

credit to, 7ret3eo-3cti (dat.). 

Cretan, Kprjs, -nros. 

Crete, Kp^rrj, fj. 

crown, a, o-Te<pavos, 6. 

cuckoo, kqkkv£, -vyos, 6. 

cultivate (= practise a habit), 
aa-nelv (= e-eiv) [exerceo]. 



cup, KvireWov, to. 

custom, e^os- : it is an established 

custom, vopos io~TL. 
cutla*s, pi^mpa. r). 

CUt-O x IF, dlTOKOTVr-k^V : iK'KOTTTZlV 

(— cut-out, e. g. a vice, bad 
custom, &c). 
Cyrus, KCpoff, 6. 

D. 

Danger, kIv§vvos> 6 : to incur — 

Kivovveveiv. 
dare, ruXfiav (= d-eiv). 
Darius, Aapeto?, 6. 
daughter, ^vydrnp, Svyarpos, rj. 
dawn, eojy, 77 (acc. eco). 
day, T^epa, fj. 

daybreak, at, a/xa £<y, dpa rjpepa. 
dead, the, ot veKpoL : to be dead, 

T€%vrjKevai. 
dear, <pl\os. 
death, Sdi/aT-os 1 , 6. 
deathless, dyrjpcos. 
deceive, yjsevd-eiv, i^anarav (= 

d-et^). 

declare, aTvo^alvecr^ai (e. g. one's 

opinion, yv&pnv). 
decree, a, Ap-^icrpa, to. 
deed , epyov, TO. 

deem, voplfciv : to be deemed 
worthy, d^iova^ai (== d-e<rSai). 

deep, (3a%vs. 

defend, cj>v\dTT€iv. 

define, opl^iv (opos, boundary, 
limit) ; hence the horizon = 
boundary line of earth and air. 

deliberate, (3ov\eveo-%ai : co with 
another, crvpi3ov\€V€o-%ai (dat.). 

delight in, ^cupe^ (dat), fjdeo-Sai, 
Tep7T€a^at. dyd\\€0~%aL. 

delightful, rjSvs (sweet). 

deliverance (= safety), arcorrjpia, 
V- 

Delphi, AeX</>oi, -gov. 
demagogue, dnpayooyoS: -ov. 
demand, to, (= ask), alrelv (=2 



282 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Demeter (Ceres), ArjfjirjTrjp. -rpos, 

Demosthenes, A^fto&^ievrfs, -ovs, 6. 
deny, dpvelo-^ai (== e-ea^iai). 
depart, dmivai (aVei^t); aTTaXkdr- 

rsor^ai, a7T€p^€(T^aL. VII. 
deplore, k\cil€Iv, KXavo-o/jiai. Pf. 

Pass. K€K\av/jLaL : seld. -cr/xat. 
deprive, crrepeip (= i-eiv), d<pm- 

pela^aL (== e-ecrSat). 
deserve, a^ioz/ aVat. 
deserving, agios- 
desire, a, eViSuiua, fj. 
desire, to, im^vfielv (= e-eiv). 

gen. 

desirous, to be (= wish), e'Se'Xetz/. 
despise, KaTa(j)povelv (=. e-civ), 
gen. 

destitute, iprjjios, -77, -ox>. 
destroy, (pfteipeiv, OLafp^eipsiv, na- 

TaXveiv, aTToXXvvai. IX. 
destroy (a form of government), 

Xu'-ay (= dissolvere). 
determined, it is, doKel (c. aat. 

pers.). f 
device, irrivoLa. 77. 
devise, fjLrjxavda^aL (= d-toSai) 

= macliinari. 
die, 5., Kvffos, 6. 

die, to, %Vrj(Ti<€lV, d7TO%l>r]CrK€LV, V. 

reXevrqv (a-eip). 
differ (from), biafyepeiv (gen.), 
dig down, kcltclo-kcitttzlv. 
diligently, o-Trovdalcos. 
din, ktvttos, 6. 
dine, hznrvfiv (= e-eiv). 
dinner, Sewi/ov, to (= carta). 
Diodorus, Awbccpos, 6. 
Diogenes, Aioyemjs, -ovs, 6. 
dip, (3a.7TT-eiv. 
disaffected, dvo~voos, -ovs. 
disagree, <5t,a(jjcDvelv. 
disappear, dtpavl^o-^ai, c. Aor. 

Pass. 

disappoint, yjsevdeiv (rivd tivos). 

To be disappointed of — , yjsev- 

decrSai (c. gen.), 
disciple, fj.a^7]Ti)S, ~ov. 



discreet, (fipovifios. 
discus, Slctkos, 6. 
disease, vocros, 77. 
disembark, a7ro-/3aiVeti>. in. 
disgraceful, alcrxpds. 
disgracefully, alcrxpds. 
disobey, czTreiSeiV (= e-«v), dat. 
dispirited, to be, dZviielv (= e-eiv), 
display (= show off), imdeiKvi* 
cr^ai. 

disposed, kindly, evvovs 2. 
dissatisfied, /xe/r^t/zotpoy. 
dissolve, Xveiv. 

distinguish oneself ; be distin- 
guished for, oia(f)ep€LV. 

disturb, kiv&v (= e-eiv)> movere. 
TapdvTeiv, crvyKeiv (= e-eiz>). 

divine, SeTos. 

do, TTpaTTeiv. TTOiiiv (= e-eii/), 

hpav (= d-etv). 
do good to, €v iroifiv (= e-ew), 

acc. ; evepyereiv ( = e-cw), 

acc. 

dog, Ktcoy, kvvos, o, 77. 
door, S/jpa, 77. 

draw, dTTfi^afeii/ (= take a like< 

ness of), 
drain away, dnocrirav. 
draw up (of an army), rdrreiv. 
dream, evvTrvid^eiv. 
drink, to, tt'ivslv. vn. 
drug, (fidpfiaKov, to. 
dwell, olKeiv (= i-eiv). 

E. 

Each other, aXX^Xco^, -01?, -ovs* 
eagerness, cnrovdr) (o-7revd€iv). 
eagle, aero?, 6. 
ear, ovs, cotos, to. Note 9. 
earnest, o~7rov8alos, a, ov. 
earth, the, 777, 77*. 
easily, pablcas. 
eat, iv^Uiv. vn. 
educate, TraLbeveiv. 
educated, 7re7rcu§eu/ieVos. 
education, 7rai§e/a, 77. 
egg, a>oV (coPoV = ovum) 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



283 



Egypt, A'lyvTTTos, 7. 
Egyptian, AlyvrrTtos, 6. 
either — or. fj — rj. 
elbow, ayKcov. 6. 
elephant, iXecbas, -avros, 6. 
employ, xPW^ aL ( = d-eo-~ai), 
dat. 

empowered, I am, Kvpios dpi (ttoc- 

€12/ Tl) . 

emulate, foXotv (= 6-eiv). 

emulation, £7X0?. 

enact laws, T&evai (Aor. Seivai) 

VOfJLOVS. 

encampment, o-rparoTredou, tj. 

end, tzXos, -ovy, to. 

endeavor, to, T7€ipdo-7$ai (= a- 

ecrSai), Dep. Pass, 
endure, vTropiveiv. 
enemy, TroXepios, 6 Qioslis). ix' 

SpOff, o. 

enjoin upon, ivreWeiv. 

enslave, SovXovv (= o-eiz/), Kara- 

£oi;Xoi)i> (= o-eii/). Mid. ; ybr 

oneself or /o oneself.' 
enter, elariivai (ef/it, ioo). 
entrance (of a port), etWXous or 

ecr7rXoi;5. o. 
entreat, Ik€T€V€iv. 
entrust to, iirvrpiir&v. 
envious, cfj^ovepos. 
envy, qbftovos. 6 

envy, to, qbftovelv (— e-eiv), dat. 

Eretria, 'EpeVpta, 17. 

err, apapTaveiv. ill. 

especially, paXia-ra. 

esteem = value much, 7roie?o-5at 
(= e-eo-~at) 7repi 7roXXoO : = 
consider, think, vopl&Lv. 

ether, aiS^p, al^epos, 6. 

Eucles, "EvkXtjs (-ovs). 

Europe, EvpcdTrrj, 

even, of an even number, aprios, 
a, 01/. 

even, after or before no* s ouSe (= 
ne — quidem), the not to be 
untranslated. 

even if, even though (km idv =) 
tcav (subj.). 



ever (— always), del : not ever, 
ovTTore, p-qrrore, or ov — rrore, 
pr) — 7tot€ (irore, enclit). 
every, nds : = quisque. ettao-ros. 
every thing, tfSw. 
; every where, Traz/ra^oi). 
I evident, drjXos. 

i evidently. To be translated by 

S7X0S e'(TTi (rjv, &c.) with 
! partcp. He evidently loves — , 

dr]Xus idTL (fiiXcov . . . 
I evil, kcikos. To speak evil of, 

kcikcqs Xeyeiv (acc. persona). 
I evil, an, kcikop. to. kclkici, 7. 
i evil-doer, KaKovpyos, 6. 
I examine, igerdgetv. 

examine-by-torture. fiaaavifciv. 
! example (= instance), Tvapdbzi- 

ypa. to. 
I excellence, dpeT-fj. 7 (xirius). 
\ excellent, dyaZos, KaXXicrTos. 
excellently, apio-Ta (neut. adj. 

used adverbially), 
exclude, eipyetp. 

exercise, to, do-Kelv (= e-eiv) : = 
make trial of, TveLpdcrtat (= a- 
eaZai). 

expect (= hope), eXTri^etv : = 
claim, d^Lovv (= 6-eiv) : = 
look for, v7T07tt€V€lv. TrpocrdoKav 

(z=Or€lv). 

1 expedition, to make an, crTpaTev- 
eiv. 

expensive, iroXvTeX^. 

experience, ipneLpla, 7. 

expunge, to, igaXtlcpeiv (blot-c nt), 

extend, igdyeiv. 

external, 6 (7, to) e£co (adv.). 

extreme, ecr^a™?, 7, ov. 

eye, d(p%aXp6s, 6. oppa. to. 

F. 

Face, TTpOQ-COTTOV. 

fair (= beautiful), KaXos. 
faithful, ttio-tos. 
faithlessness, dmo-TLa. 
I false, \l/ev$T]s. 



284 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



falsely, to swear. imopKelv (= e- 

€iv). 
fate, fiolpa. 

father, narrip, Trarpo?. 6. 
fear, cpofios, 6. 

fear, to, cfrofietarSai (= e-co-Sot). 

deboi<ivai (didoina) or SeSiepai. 

Pdm. 66. 
fearful, Sato's- : to be — , <£o3et- 

o-Sat (= e-€o-3ac)- 
feel pain. dXydj*. 
female, Sr/Xt;?, -tta, v. 
few, oklyoi. -at, -a. 
fight, to, /.ta^ecrSa:. L 
fig-tree, crux/?. 17. 

tind. €Vp[(TK€LV. v. 

fine (= beautiful), KaXd?. 

fire. Trup. Trvpds. to. 

first, 77 poor os : adv. 7rpa>Tov. row- 

ra, ra. 
fit, tKai/d?. 

Sx (= to make nrniy, irqyvuvat 

(List ix). 
flatter, Kokancveiv (ace), 
flatterer. KoXa£. koXclkos* 6. 
flee, cpevyetv. 

flee away from, drrocpevyeLv (ace). 

fling, pt7TT€Lu. ce into. ep>>uXXeti>. 

flute, aiXd?. 

fly (= flee), tbevyetp. 

fodder, xoproSi 6. 

follow, eVeo-^at (dat). 

fond of gain. piXoKfpSqs. es. 

food, rpotpr], r). 

foot,77ou? (or better 770^); 770SJ?. d. 

foot-soldier, 7re£d?, 6. 

force, military, dvvaais, -e&s, //. 

force (violence), jS/a, 77. 

foreign, aXXoVpio?. 

form (= species), eldos, to. 

fortune, tt;^, 7. 

fortune, good, evn>xia. 77. 

fortunate, evbaip.<Av. -ovos- evrv- 



fortunate, to be, evrvx^v (=s £ 

e«0j €V$aifJLOV€l¥ (= €-€lV). 

found, to, KTi^tiv, idpveiv. 
foundation. Se.afXto^, to. 
fountain, Trriyq. ?/. Kpi]inrj, 77. 
fox, gXc<)77?7£. -eKOS". ry. 
free, i\€v~epos- 

free. to,X^ea',eXeu3epouj/(=d-eix>)« 

freedom. iXevScpla, 77. 
friend. dnXo?. 6. 
friendship, cpiXla, 7). 
from, a-d. e#c, Trapd (gen.). 

fruit, KdpTTQS* 6. 

full, fteoTos, TrkqpnSi -es (gen.), 
future, to jieWov. 

G. 

Gain. K€pooc. -ouj. to. axpeXeta. 

gain, to, KepdalvcLv. 

game, Ta Sqp/a (= small wild 

animals), 
garden, k^tto?. d. 
garland, arecpavos, 6. 
garment, ic-~7]s. ia^rjr-os, r). 
gate, 7Tv\rj, r). 
Geloui (the), IVXcoyot. 
general, a, orrparriyos. 6 
geometer, y€oop.eTpr]s. ov. 6. 
ge m ? t ry, y eco u erpta . 
giant, ylyas. ylyavr-os* 
gift, bupov. to : = act of giving. 

ftoVt?. eco?, 77. 
give, dibopaL (S/oo/u). 
give back, cwrofitSdi'ttfc. 
give one a share of any thing, 

pLerabtbovai ( perabidcopi) rivl 

tlvos- 

give over, Xryyav (c. partic). 
gladly. ao-(j.€vos (adj.). 
glory, doga. rj. 

go. epxpfitu* palveiv (ill.), sropev- 



* el/u ( — / zf.VZ gv?) is more common than the fut. of tpxop.cu ; the 
moods of elui, than the moods of the pres. of epxopai : and imperf. 
j/fiv than iipx°l JLr I 1 '- — BcuVa is used of going on foot (zradwr). 



ENGLISH AND CHEEK INDEX. 



2S5 



goal, ai£. aly-6s. 77. 

go away. avtevM (aireifii] . cirri p- 

X€CT~gl (vn.), u77a\\dT7€crJ:ai 

(= get off. come off), 
go - on - an - expedition. (rTparev- 

goblet. Kh-eWov. to. 
God. a god. Seos\. 6. 
goddess. Sea, 77. 
gold, xpvcros. 6. xpvalov, to. 
golden, gold (as adj.). y^pvcreos, 
~ovs. 

good, dyaZoS: eVSXos-. koXos 01 
dyatol. the good : to aya~6v. 
the good (abstract; : = a good 
thing, ayatov. Very good, 
aptaros. (HekTtcrros, KparUfTos 
(Note 13;. 

good for nothing, ovdevbs agios. 

gocd will, euvoia. 9. 

govern, KpciTelv (= e^ctv), gen.-; 
ap X eiv (gen.). 

government, TroXiTeia, rj. 

governor, ap^av. apxovT-cs (pro- 
perly a partcp. riding). 

gracious, tXecoy. 

grant, to, 6\§oVcu (dtdfi>/u). 

grass. 770a, 77. 

gratitude. x"P LS - 7 /- 

grave, 2 77*77 {rfarflu). 

great, jjizyas. Very go, ueyiaros. 

Grecian. 'EXXijvlk^. 

Greece. 'EXXa?, 'EXXaSor, 7. 

Greek, a. "EXX^, ^EXkvvos. 6. 

grief, Xvth?, 77. 

grieve. Xwreio^Sm (= e-e<r3at). 
grow old, to. yqpdo-K€iy. 
Gryllus, FpvAAos. 
guard, to, cpv\dTT€iv, dtacfivXdT- 

T€IV. 

guard : to be on one's guard 

against, tpyTkarreo^ku (ace). 
Gy lip pus, VvXiinros. 



H. 

: Halo, ak&s. tf* 
hand. x^'p. x. €L P^- h X € P cr ^) t 
hand-over, iyxeipi&iv (rt nw). 

! happiness, cidacfiopia. 77. 

! happv, eudcuptov. 

>, hard (difficult). ^aXe-oj. 

( hardship, ttoVoj. 6. 

I hare, Xaycos. -co, 6. 

j harsh, x a X€7TO£. 

j hatch (its) young ; breed, veoTT^v* 
€lv (wh. see). 

hate. f o. uicrelv (= £-*iv). 

have, e^cor. Air. 
{ head, Kecfiakr). 77. 
; heal. iacr3ai (= a-ecr^at;. 
i oealtny, vyt^s^ -ey. 
j hear, a,<oieiy. 

heaven, ovpavos, 6. 
: Hellas, 'EXXds, -acW 7. 
' Hellenes, *EXXjpes, ot. 
; Hera (Juno). "Hpa, 7/. 
■ herald, kt-ov^. -vkos. 6. 
; Hercules, 'HpaxXiJff, -e'ovs. 6. 
j Hermes (Mercury), 'EpfjLrjs, -ov, 6. 

hide, ^pLTrr^i^. CLTTOKpirrTeiv. 

highly, to esteem more, 7rep\ pci- 
£ovos 7TOi€lo-~aL (= e-ecr~at). Tc 

reverence or prize highly, TrepX 

jtoWov 7TOL€Lcr~aL (— e-ecr^at). 
hinder. KuAvew. 
him. atroV. 
hireling, /uicr~a)Tos'. 6. 
his,* carcO ([ejus). 
his own * eaurou or avroi' (ipsins, 

suus). 

hit, ruy^aveii/ (Aor. ri^eii/), gen. 

hither, fevpo. 

hold-in-estimation, r^ay (a-£i^). 
hold-office, apxav. 
hollow, koTKos. 
holy, Up6$. ocrios- 
home, oikosi 6. 



* His father (aec.\ thv ~aTepa civtqv or avTov rb» TraTepa. His own 
father, Thv kav-Tov Trxrepa Or rlv Trcr/pa rhv eavTov. 



286 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



honey, /xeXt, -itos, to. 

honorary-privilege, yepa?, to. 

honor, Tiprj, 77. 

honor, to, Tipqv (== d-eiv). 

hoof, SttXt], 77. 

hope, iXnis, iXjrtd-GS, rj. 

hope, to, eXiTL^Lv. 

llOpHte, OTTklTTjS. 

horn, Kepas, to. 

horse, 177770$", 6 : = cavalry. 1tt7tos. rj. 

horseman, Lmreus, 6. 

host, l-evos, 6. 

hostile, 7ToXf/itor, e^Spos. 

house, olkos, 6. oiKta, 77. Small 
house, oIkl&iov. 

how ? Tree? ; (in an indirect ques- 
tion), ottos (or nebs) ; how 
much, 6'0-os. 

human, av'Spcomvos. 

hunger, \1p6s, 6. 

hungry, to be, Treivfjv (== d-civ). 

hunt, to, %7]p€V€iv. 

hurl, pL7TT€LV. 

hurtful, /SXaPepos. 
husbandman, yecopyos 1 (yr). epyoi>, 
work). 

I. 

I, eyo>. Pdm. 41. 

idleness, pa%vpia. 77 (= sluggish 

indifference, laziness), 
idle-talk, Xrjpos, 6. 
if, ei. — eay, t)V, aV (subj.). 
ignoble, dy€vvr)s, -is. 
ignorant, dpa%r]s, -eg. 
ill, to be, vocrelv (=. i~€iv\ acrSe- 

j/eTz/ (= €'€Lv). 

ill-affected, StWou? (o-os). 
illness, vocros, 77. 
imitate, pipfio-^ai (= i-ea'Sai). 
immediately, ev3vs, napaxprj^a. 
immoveable, aKivrjTos. 
implant, ip<fivT€V€ii/. 
impossible, dbvvaTos 2. 
in, iv. 

in order to, by Fut. Partcp., or a 
final conjunction, as Iva. cb?. 



in the way of, epnoSav (dat.;. 
indeed, pip: indeed — but, piv—bi, 
indisposed, to be, kqkcos 6\are2?}- 
vai, &c. 

injure, fiXdnTtiv (ace), ddiKt'iv 

(== €-€iv), acc. 
injurious, ftXafapos. 
injury, fiXd^, 77. (rjpla, 77. 
innocence, a/3Aa/3aa. 
insatiably-desirous, aTrXrjcrTQs (lit*. 

?20t' to befitted), c. gen. 
insect, evTopov. 
insolence, vfipis, -ecos, 77. 
insolently, see To behave, 
inspector of boys (at Sparta), ?rae- 

dovopos, 6. 
instil, ivT&ivai (ivTfa-qpi). 
instruct, iraiftevziV) diddo~K€iv. 
instruction, naife'ia, 77. StSa;^. 
insult, vfipi&iv (yfipis). 
intellect, vorjo-is, i). 
intelligence, avveens, -cons, 17. 
intemperate, aKpaTrjs, aKoXao-TOS. 
intend to, p.e\\eiv : also by Fut. 

Partcp. 

interest (== gain to oneself) &>$e- 
Aeta. 

interpreter, ipprjvevs. 6. 
intimate (of friends), oleics, 
into, eh. 

intoxication, p&rj, 77. 

invasion of a country, io-{3o\r) (etj 

yrjv TLva). 
investigate, £ rjTeiv (= e'-etz>), </w<£- 

rere. 

invite, Kakeiv (= e-eiz>), vocare 

(followed by eVt c. acc). 
iron (of), o-iftypeos, -ovs. 

J. 

Judge, a, kpTttjs, -ou, o. ^t/caor^f, 

-ot}, 6. 
judge, to, Kplveiv. 
juggle, to, yor)T€v-€w (ydrjs, jug- 

gler). 
juice, xvpfcf o. 
Juno, 'Kpa, >}. 



ENGLISH AND 

Jupiter, Zeds. Note 9. 
just. SUaios. 

justice, diKaioavpr), fj (as habit). 
dUr], rj : court of — , di.KacrTr)- 

ptOV, TO. 

justly, dtfcai'coff. 

K. 

Keep, e^^iv (vn.) : Tpecfreiv (nu- 
trire, of keeping animals). 

keep an oath, i/ipeveiv tco opKco. 

keep silence, KaTacnconau (= a- 
etz>)- 

kick, XaKTL^ELV. 

kill, a770KT€LV€Lv : = murder, (£o- 

kind, 5., yevos, to. 

kind of — , rls (enclit.), in agree- 
ment. A kind of disease, z/q- 
cros tls, &c. This kind of — . 
6 rotoOYoy — . This kind of 

thing, TO TOLOVTOV. 

kindly-disposed, evvovs, -ovv. 
kindness, tvepyeo-ia. rj : =s favor, 

^apt?, -iros 1 , 17. 
king, fiao-ikevs, -eW, 6. 
kite, IktIvos. 6. 

know, yiyvcoo-Keiv (vi.), eVta-ra- 

crSai, elbevai (olda). 
know how, eVtorao-Sa*. 
known, to make, drjXovv (= 6- 

eiv). 

L. 

Labor, 7roi>os, 6. 

labor, to (= work), ipydfccrSai : 
with toil, rrovfiv (= e-eiv). 

laborer, ipydrrjs, -ov. (Paid) la- 
borer, SjJt-os, 6. 

Lacedaemonian, AaKedaipovios, 6. 

land (opp. sea), y?}. 

land (region), yij (77), x^P^: 7- 

language, SmXeKros-, 77. 

law, vofios, 6 : by law, Kara vopLov. 

lawgiver, vo/zo^eV^s, -ov, 6. 

lay eggs, to, a>a tlkt-€iv. 



GREEK INDEX. 287 

laziness, pq%vp.La, rj. To be lazy, 

paSiovpyeiv. 
lead, to, aytiv. 
lead away, drrdyeiv. 
leader, fjyeiAav, 7]yep.ovos. 
leap-down, KaTanrjdau (= d-ew). 
learn, fiav^dveiv. IV. 
least, 7]KLo-Ta. 
leave, Xelneiv. 
leave behind, KaraXelneiv. 
leave off, nravWSai. 
legend, /xvSos, 6. 

leisure, to be at, to have, o-xoXa* 

less (adv.), tjttov. 

lest, after a word denoting fear, 

fxr) : = that not, by tVa (ottcq?, 

or ©s) fi^. 
let (permit), lav (= d-eip). 
letters, ypdp.paTa. Ta. 
liar, yevcrr^y, -ou, 6. 
liberty, iXev^epla, rj. 
lie, a, yj/evdos. 

lie in wait for, ivebpeveiv (ace), 
life, /Stos 1 , 6. £ cor}, rj. 
like, ofioio?. to-os", TTapairXricnos. 
like, I am, eWa (perf.), ^a/. 
like. I should like to — , rjdeoas 

a?», with Optative (= I would 

w5th-pleasure do it), 
limb, ueXos, to. 
lion, \4&v, Xeovr-os* 6. 
little, £klyos : adv. puKpov : less, 

live, fiu*sv (= d-eti>), £71/ (= a- 
) . 

live-in, to, *pfiiovv (== d-eii/). 
long, jLuzxoor : = much, ttoXvs. 

look (at), fi\fw€lV, 7TpOOrftXe7TeiV. 

lose, to, an oXXvvm (aTroXXvui). IX 

love, eposs, -ewee, <5. 

love, to, (ptXuLP ( — 6-eiv) . dyairay 
( = d-eii^ ), c^t 'oyeiv : = ar- 
dently, e£az> (~ 

lover, epacrTrjS', 'ou, 6. 

low-estate, ra7/e i vottjs-. ^^tslvottit* 
os, 77. 

Lycurgus, AvKovp-yoz, 



238 



FIRST GPwEEK BOOK. 



M. 

Mad, to be, palve a%ai. Like a 
dog, XvTrav (= d-eiv). 

magistracy, dpx 7 ]- 
maiden, Koprj, 77. 

maintain (affirm), (pdvai. <prjp.l. 
Pdm. 69. 

make. iroifiv (== e-eiv) : make one 
something, amtSeiicvvvai (= ap- 
point) : place, rftevai. 

make-fast, oxvpovv 6-eiv). 

make an expedition. o-Tpartveiv. 

make use of, xpw~ai (= d-ecrSat) 

TLVL. 

man, av^pcoTros. 6. dvrjp, dvhpos, 6. 
mane, x air7 l' 

manifest, (fiavepus. 8t)Xos. 

mankind, dv^pcdiroi (ol). 

manure (dung). Koirpos, 6. 

many, ttoXXol, -at, -d. 

march, to, against (dirt), arparev- 
ccr^at, 7T0p€V€(r%ai. 

mark, ctkottos. 

marrow, pvzXos. 6. 

marry, yapelv (=z e-eiv). 

mart, tfxiropLov. to. 

master, S^crTrorrjs, -ov. 6 :■ —teach- 
er, tiSdcTKaXos. 

master of, to be. apx* LV (gen.). 

measure, pt-peiv (— i-eiv). 

meat (i. e. flesh-meat), pi. of Kpe- 

GS. TO. 

meet, to, drravTav (=. d-eiv) '. — 
fail in with. ivTvyxdveiv (dat). 
merciful, lXzcds. 

mere-nonsense, Xrjpos. 6 (= idle- 
talk). 

messenger, ayyeXos. 6, 77. 
Midas, Midas, gen. ov. 
middle, middle of. peo-os. 
mina. fiva. 77. 

mind, vols. 6. (fipr}i>, -evos. 
Minerva, 'A~rjvd. 

Minos, Mlvos (Gen. Mlucoos and 

Mlvay), 6. 
misfortune, a, crvp(popd. : ??. & 



mode of examination (i. e. by tor- 
ture, &c), eXeyxos, 6. 

monarchy, jiovapxca (povos, omy. 
dpxr}, government). 

money, xP^paTa. rd. to dpyvpiav 
popio-pa, -aTos. to. 

month, firjv, p.7]v6s, 6. 

monument, pivrjpeiov, to. 

moon, o-eXrjvr]. 77. 

morals, 77S77, rd. 

more, TrXelov, -Xeov. plus ; pdX- 

Xgv, magis (conip. much), 
mortal, Zvtjtos. 
most, ttXcIo-tos. 

most [of all] (especially), /xdXt- 
c~Ta. 

mother, p.rjTrjp, p?]Tp-6s, 77. 
motion, to be in, Kiveiatai (z=r « 

eo-Scu) w. Pass. Aor. 
move, Kivelv {■=. e-eiv). 
moved, to be, KivelcrZai (= e- 

eaZai). 
much, 770AVS. 

multitude of hands, TroXvx^tpLa. 
Munychia, Movvvx^a- 
music, pov&iKr], 77. 
must, one, Sei, ^77 (oporlel). 

N. 

Name, ovopa. to. 
native land or country, Trarpts, 
-;§os, 77. 

natural disposition, (fivcris, €<cs, tj. 
natural philosopher. <fivo~iK.6s, 6. 
nature, (pvcris. ecos, 77. 
nearly, o-^eSoV tl. 
necessary, dvayKalos. 
necessary, to be, del, ypxi (w. acc 

and inf.). 
necessity, avdyK-q. i). 
neck, avyj]v, -evos, 6. $€pr h fj. 
need, to, StioSai (= e-ecrSaty, 

; neglect, to. dpikelv (= e-€iv), gen. 
I neighbor, 6 neXas (= the near 

person. TreXaff, adv.). 
I Neptune, Uoo-ei&av, -oiposx d. 



ENGLISH AND 



GREEK INDEX. 



289 



never, ovnoTe, ovbeir&re, pr}uoT€, 
fiT]d€7Tore (mostly of fut.) — OV' 

d€TTO)7rOT€, fJL7]d€7TO^TOT€ (only of 

past). 
nevertheless, Specs. 
night, vvf-, vvktos, fj. 
nightingale, drjdcov, -ovos, 77. 
Nile, NetW, 6. 

no, no one, none, ovdeis, prjdels '. 
by no means, ovdapcos, ^KLcrra : 
no longer, ovk£ti (prjKtTi) . 

nobly, yevvaicos. 

nobody, ovdets, prjdels. 

north-wind, poppas, -a, 6. 

not, ov (oxjk, ovx) > with the Imp., 
p.r) : not only, ov povov : not 
the less, ovhlv rjrrov : not even, 
ovde (prjde). 

not one, ovdeis. 

not yet, never yet, ovneo, ovo€7t<d- 
7rore. 

nothing, ovhiv (prjdtv). 
nourish, rpeqbeiv. 
now, vvv. 
nurse, rpo(j)os, r). 

O. 

O that, e?3e w. opt. 
oath, opKos, 6. 

obedient, €i>7r€i^rjs, Ka.TrjK.oos 2. 
(gen.). 

obey, 7ret26(r3at (dat.), viraKovziv, 
7T€L^apx^v (— e-eiy), dat. 

obliged, to be (necessary), 6VI w T . 
acc. and inf., dvayKatos elixl. 

obscurity, dbo^la. 

observe (a law), see Vocab. 19. 

obtain, KracrSat (= d-ecr^ai), Xa/x- 
fidv€Li> (IV.) , ri;y;(amv (iv. ) , gen. 

(Enoe, 77. 

offer (as a gift to a divinity), dva- 
r&ivai : (= propose to give), 
pres. and imperf. of dldcopi. 

offering, %vpa. to. 

office (in the state), apxh> h- 

often, TToXkaKis. 

oil, tkaiov, to. 

13 



old. never growing, ayrjpus. 

old age, yrjpas, to. 

old man, yepcav, y€povT~os> 

oligarchy, oXiyapxia, r). 

once, anag : at once (= at the 

same time), dpa. 
one, etj, pla, Zv. 
one another (of), dWriXan. 
only, p.6vov : (adj.) povos. 
opinion, an, yvco prj, r). 
opponents, oi ivavrioi. 
opposite, IvavTios. 
orator, priTcop. prjTop-os, 6. 
oratory, prjTopLKr), h. See Vocab. 

22. 

Orestes, 'Opecrr^y. ov, 6. 

other, the (== alter), erepos : = 

alius, aXXos. 
otherwise, aWas. 
ought, Set, xph (oportet), 7rpoo~r]Kci 

= decet. 

P. 

Pain, akyos, -ovs, to : = grief, 

XvTrrj, r) : severe go, odvvrj, r). 
painter, ypafavs, -ecos, 6. 
Palladium, UaWddioy, to. 
panegyric, enaivos, ov, 6 (praise), 
pardon, to, o-vyyLyvcco~K£iv (dat.). 

VI. 

parent, yovevs, -ecos, 6. 

part, a, pepos. -ovs, to : take part 

in, p€Tex€Lv (gen.), 
participation, participating, kqwg' 

via. 

passion, ircftos, to : = angry pas- 
sions, dpyai (pi.) : -= evil de- 
sire, iir&vpia, 77. 

path, 686s, fj. 

patience, KapTepia, r). 

pay, pianos, 6. 

pay attention (to), top vqvv 7rpoo-- 
ex* LV ( = animum applicare) ; 
or TTpoo-ix* LV on tyj T0V p °v p 
ingf understood. 

peace, eiprjvrj. 

peacock, raw?, -a> } 6. 



290 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



Peloponnesus, UeXoTrowrja-os, r). 

people, drjfxos, 6. 

perceive, Karavo^lv. 

perform, Trpdrreiv, ipyd&a'Sai. 

pernaps, to-coy. 

Pericles, HepLKXrjs, -iovs. 

peril, KLudvvos. 

perish, aTroXXvcr'Sca. diroXcoXa = 

perii. 

permit, iqv (== d-eiv) : it is per- 
mitted, egeo-TL. 
Persian, Hepcrys, -ov, 6. 
persuade, 7retieiv (ace/), 
persuasion, 7ret3o>, -o£r, r). 
phalanx, <pdXay£, -yyos, rj. 
Philip, <f?i\i7T7Tos, 6. 
philosopher, cfiiXocrocfios, 6. 
philosophy, cfiiXocrocpLci, r). 
Phoenicians, QoiviKes, cl. 
physician, larpos, 6. 
piety, Gvo-ejBela, r). 
pillage, crvXav (= d-cw). 
pious, evo-efirjs, -es 1 . 
Piraeus, Ueipaievs, -ecos, cos. 

pitch, TTLTTa, T). 

nlace, tottos, 6. 

piace, to. r&evai (r/S^tu). co be- 
fore, TTporCSivai. 

plant, to, epLcfivreveiv. 

Platsea, UXdraia, fj : or pi. IlXa- 
ratal. 

Plato, UXdrcov, -covos, 6. 
pleasant, r)dvs, -eia, -v. 
pleasantly, rjdicos. 
piease, dpeaK€LP (dat.) : = choose, 

pleasure, fjdovr), fj. 
plot against, ivedpeveiv (insidiari, 
ace). 

poet, 7TQir}Tr)9, -ou, 6. 
poetry, epic, ttoitjctls cow, ra €tttj. 
poison, (fidpfjLCLKov (drug), 
pollute, /naive iv. 

DOOr, irevqS) -T]TO$. evberjs, tttco)(6s. 
Boor, to be, irevecr^ai. 
soorly (badly), kcikcos. 
portentous monster, repas, -aror, 
t6. 



Poseidon (Neptune), UoctgiBmP; 
-covos, 6. 

possess, €%€iv (vn.) Also Perf. 

K€KTY}f.uit (= I have acquired), 
possession, KTrjfxa, to. 
possible, dvvaros. 
pound, TplfieLv (rub), 
power, bvvapus : to be in the «— 

of, yiyvecr^cu im tlvl. 
power, it is in one's (possible), 

e^ecTTL. 

power, to have much, iroXka dvva- 
cr^ai (cf. multum valere or posse). 

practise, to, ^eAe-rav (= a-etv), 
dcrKelv (— £-€iv). 

praise, €7raivos, 6. 

praise, to, irraivelv (=. e-6>.v). 

pray, evxeoSai : = entreat, f/ce- 

T€U€LV. 

prayer, efyq, i). 

prefer, alpeicr^ai (= e-eorSat)- VII. 
prepare, irapacrKevd^-eiv. 
prepare oneself, 7rapacrK€vd£ecr%Gi I 

for something, els tl. 
present, napdov. 

present, docris, -ecos (== act of giv- 
ing). 

present, to be, Trapeivai (napeim), 

Pdm. 68. 
preservation, crcoT-qpla. 
priest, lepevs, -ecop, 6. 
priestess, lepela, i). 
prisoner (of war), alxf-^dXcoTos, r). 
privilege, yepas, to. 
profess, iTrayyeWecr^ai. SfioXo- 

yeiv (= e-eif, to allow), 
profit, cocfieXeia. 

profit, to, co<pikeiv (= e-eiv), acc. 
prone (to), o^vppoTros, -ov. 
properly, 6p%cos (rede). 
property, xphl xaTa : rc *- 
prophet, pAvTLSi 6. 
propitious, '[Xecos. 
proportion, Xoyos, 6. 
propose, TTpoT&ivai (TrpoTtirjixt). 
prosperity, euruxta, r). 
prosperous, to be, curi^aj/, eS 
TTpdrruv. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



291 



prove, diFodeiKVVvai {arvobeUwixC). 

prove (= test). §0KLp.dfcv. 

provided that, el, idv. 

prudence, craxppocrvvr], fj. 

prudent, (fipovLfios. 

public, drjfioaios : in a public ca- 
pacity, drj/jLocTLa. 

punish, KoXd^etv, TLficDpeloSciL (= 
e-ecr3at) (= revenge oneself or 
requite), acc. : dTTOTiveo-Zai : to 
punish (by a fine), {ftpiovv (= 

6-€ LV) . 

punishment, Ttpapla, 77 : (as a 
fine), £?/zia, 37. ^ 

pupil, fia%7]T7]S, -ov, 6. 

pursue, SicoKziv. 

pursuing gain by base means, al- 

crxpoKepbrjs, -is. 
put into the hands, iyxeiplgeiv. 
put on, djicpLevvvvaL (apLCpiivvvpiC). 

X. 

put to death, dnoKTelveLv. 
put to flight, rpeVeo-Sai. 

a 

Queen, ftao-lXicrcra, 37. 

quick, dgvs (= sharp in intellect). 

quietness, 770-1^10, 77. 

Quirinus, Kvplvos. 

quoit, filer kos, 6. 

R. 

Race, yevos, -ouy. to : human — , 

av^pooiTCdv yevos. 
rail-at, Xoidopeio'^aL (= e-ecrSat)? 

dat. 

raised-in-price, to be, imTLfxacr^ai 

(= a-ecrSat). 
rather, pdWov. 
raven, Kopa£, -aicos, 6. 
read, dvayiyvocxTKeLv. YL 
ready, to be (willing), eSeXeiv. 
readiness, 77po£u/oua, 77. 
reality, in, qXt^cos. 
reap, %epi(eLv. 

reason, Xo'yoy, 6 : with — , dimlcos. 



reasonable, imeiKrjs, -is. 
receive, Xa^dveLv (ni.), bix^au 
reed, a, pl^r, 6. 

reign over, (BacnXeieLv (gen.), 
rejoice, x ai P €lv (dat.), rjDeaJiai 

(dat.). 
relate, ^yeto-Sat. 
relation, o-vyyevh t s, -is (crvv, with. 

yeVos, race, family) ; prop, an 

adj. 

rely upon (trust), mvTeveLv. 

remain, [xiveLv, hiap.iveiv. 

remedy, cfidpuciKov. 

remember, fiepLvrjo-^aL (perf. /xe- 
fivrjjiaL). gen. 

remove any body (from a com- 
mand, magistracy, &c), TraveLv 
tlvcl (orrparrjy[as, dpxrjs, &C.). 

render (= make), iroieiv. 

repay, dnobLDovaL (d7roSt§a)/xt). 

repent, fieTapLeXecr^aL : or impers. 
fieraueXeL tlvl tlvos. 

report, a, Xo'yos, 6. 

reproach, ovecdi&iv (6W8os), acc. 
rei ; dat. per s once (cf. ex pro- 
brare alicui ignaviani). 

request, to, alrelv (= i-eiv), Set- 
crSat (= e-ecrSat)- 

requite a favor, aTroSibovai x^P LV ' 

resident-foreigner, {jl6tolkos } 6. 

resolve, yLyvcocrneLv (VT.) , dozel tlvl. 

respect, aldcos : with — to, irepL 

rest, the, aXXos : = reliquus, Xot- 

770?. 

restore, aTroftibovai (dTrodldcojiL). 
retail-trader, to be, KcmrjXeveLv. 
retentive memory, of a, fivrjfioov, 
-ovos. 

retreat, dvax&prjcn>s, 77. 

return, dvax^pelv (= i-eiv). 

revenge oneself on or upon, Tifxco- 
pela^aL (= i-ecr^aC), acc, a/u/- 
i>eo-£ai (r^a 7j7rep tlvos). 

reverence, aldus, -ovs, 77. 

revile, XoLdopelv (= e-«i>)j acc. 

revolt, to cause to, d<$Lo-Tavai (Aor. 
inf. dirocTTridaL). Mid., to re- 
volt. So Aor. 2. act. d7rivn$v< 



292 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



reward, aSXoi', to, 

rich, 7t\ovctios : be or become 

rich, TrXovrelv (= e-€iv). 
riches, ttXovtos. 
right (just), SiKcuos. 
rightly, opSco?. 
rise up, dvlo-Tao-^ai. 
river, rroTapos., 6. 
road, 6$6s. 

rob, dp7ra(W : = deprive of, d- 
<pcup€icr?SaL (= e-eo-Sat) rtya rt : 
crvXav (= a-ewr). 

robber, XgoTrjs, -oi\ 6. 

rock, 7reVpa, 17. 

root, pi^a. 77. 

Roman, 'Fwpciios. 

rose, podov, to. 

royal, fiao~ik€ios. 

rub, Tplfieiv. 

rudder, TrridaXiov. 

ruin, to, d7To\\vvai. IX. 

ruined, dyaoTaTos 1 , -oy. 

rule, rule over, to. apx^v (gen.). 
pacriXeveip (gen.). 

ruler, apxcov. -ovros, 6. 

run, Tpkx* lv ( YIL ) : run l°s 7J"pocr- 

run away, dirohihpdvxtiv (ace). 

VI. 

rush j to, oppav (== d-€Lv). 
S. 

Sacrifice, St/cr/a, 3uua, ro. 

sacrifice, to, tveiv. 

sadness, Xvttt], fj. 

safe, acr^aXr/?, -es. 

safely, dcr<fia\cos. 

safety, crcDTrjpia, fj. 

sail. TrXeTv (= e-eiv). — Trkevo-ojjiai. 

7T€7r\€VKCl. AOV. ctXcVOU. 

sail, lorlov. 

sail away, oVcnrXeti' (= e-eiv). 
sake of, for the. eVe/ccc, 7repi (gen.), 
same, the. 6 avro?. 
(barman, Sa/xtoy, 6. 
satisfied, to be, aymrqv (= a-eti>) 
te> love] with acc. or dat. 



saw, a. Trpicov. 6. 

say, Xeyeiv. (pdvai (Pdm. 69), ifa 

Treiv (— e-eiv). vii. 
sceptre, tnajnTpov 3 to. 

SCOfT at, O~K00TTT€LV . 

scribe, ypauuarevs. 6. 

Scythian, Ikv-vs. 

sea, ^aXacrcra. SaActTTa, 77 : by sea. 
Kara ddXarrav : to be carried 
out to sea, drrocptpecrZai is to 
TreXayos 1 (-ovs). 

season, tempos', 6. See Vocac. 24. 

secretly. Kpi<pa. 

secure, dcr&aXrjs. -4s : firm, |8c- 

paios. 
securely. ao-(^)aX<^)s , . 
see, d^av (= d-€Lv). vii. 
seek, seek for, ^rciv (= e-ew). 
seem, doKelv (— £-eiv\ (fiaivea^ai. 
seize, dprrdg-ctir. 
selL avrds. 

self-government, avTovopla (av- 

roffj ipse, vopos. lex). 
sell, TrcoXel^ (= c-€iv), aTTobido- 

tr?Stu. 

send, 776u-€Lv. d-oo-TeWtLv. 
send back, tmoTrepnrzw. 
senselessness, oWo. 
sensible, (m/fro's". 
sensual pleasures, at jrcpi ro cr&^a 
tfiovai. 

separate, to, ftucrrowu (jdtianjfu). 
sepulchre, Ta(pos, 6. 
serve (= be a slave), Sovkevcw. 
set-down, Tfiivai (= hold it to 
be). 

set off (on a journey), set out, 

770p€V€0~^aL. 

set upon (place), emr&evat : = 

attack, Eircr&etffcu. 
shame, dodos, -ovs. 77. 
shameful, alcrxpos. 
shameless, uvatdys. 
sharpen. ^jfy-etv. 
sheep, TTpo^arov. to. 
shepherd, Troip^v. Troipevos, d» 
shield, do-7TLs, aarrldos, 

Ship, VCLVS, V€Q)S, lj. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 



293 



shoot, dcpievat.. a^lr]iu (= let fly). 

Pdm. 67. 
short, fipa^w, -fla. v. 
show, to, deirirjvai (oVikz/v/u)) $7- 

Xoeiv. 

show-off, fvifieuarvvai. 

shut. icXeUiv (perf. pass, -cr/xat or 
-fiai y : : ao in or up. KciTaKXeiziv. 

Sicily, ScfceXta, 7. 

sick, da-Sew/?, -e's\ 

sick, to be. voaelv ( = e-eiv), d- 
o-Sevel^ (= e-eiv).^ 

sight. oS/fts. 7. 

sign, arjjjielov, to. 

silliness, t]Xl^l6t7]s (-t]tos). 

silver, Spyvpos, 6. 

silver (adj.). dpyvpeos, -ovs. 

sin. afidpTiffia, -euros, to. 

sin, to, ajiapTaveLv. in. 

since (because), ore, i-ei. 

sing, to, afteiv. 

sister, ddeX<fir), 7. 

sit, to (of a bird), iwad&iv. 

slaughter, (fiovev-€Lv. 

slaughter, cfrovos. 

slave, SouXos, 6. oIk€ttjs (= famu- 
lus) : to be the slave of, 5W- 
Xeueiz/ (c. dat). 

slavery, dovXeia. 7. 

slay, (fioveveiv. 

sleep, wrvoff, d. • 

sleep, to, evdew, fcaSta/decp. 

slow, fipadvs (also of intellect). 

small, (AiKpos, oXiyos. 

smelling, oo-obpTjais, 7. 

snatch at, apird^-eiv, 

snow, ^icoy. -)(_l6vos. 7. 

so, o{;ra)? : = this, 7o0ro. 

so great, rocrouros\ 

so long (adj.), rocroOro?. 

SO that, C00TT6. 

sober-minded, caxfipcov. -ovo$. 
sobriety of mind, o-axfipoo-vvrj. 
Socrates, 2coKpaTr}s. -ovs, 6. 
soldier, a, oTparubTqs, -ov s 6. 
sohd, cTTepeos. 

some, €uiol (often indef.), rarer, 
some — others, oi /ue> . . . ot Sc. 



j son, vtos-, 6. 
j soon, rd^a. 

i Sophocles, ^ocpoKXrjs. -eovz, 6. 

j soul, yjfvxv- 1- 

j sound, (frc&vr) (cox). 

, sow, to, G-rrelpeLP. 

I spare, to, (peideotaL (gen.). 

; Sparta, ^jrapTrj, 7. 

; Spartan, a, ^TrapTiarqs, -ov, 6. 

! speak, Xeyeiv. 

! speak ill of — , kcikus Xeytiv (c 

acc. persona). 
I spear, Soptf, rd. Note 9. 
I spend (one's life), Sidyety (ros* 
filov). 
sphere, o-qbaipa. 
i spirit, yoi?; toOj 6. 
! spirit (= courage), high-minded- 
ness, courage, eu^vgeb (ey, 
ifrvffli)* (ppoprjiJLa, to. 
spring, eap, eap-os r to. 
. stadium, o-Tadiov. to. 
' stag, eXac^os 1 ; 6, 7. 

star. clcFTpov, to. 
■ state, a, 7rdX(<r, -ecos, 7. 
statue, d^§ptas > . -a^ros 1 , 6. 
stay. jjLtveiv. 

steal, KkiiTTEiv : steal away, dp-d- 

stiH (yet), er*. ' 

stillness, Tjcrvxia. tj. 

stir (move), to, Kivtiv (= i-eiv), 

stone, Xltos. 6. 

straight, 6p~6s. 7, 

stranger, £cVo?, d. 

strength, layvs, -10?. 7. 

strike, tvttt^lv : irateiv. 

strive (= endeavor), 77€ipdo~Zcu 
(= d-ecrSat)- 

strong, io-v^po?. 

study, a, pat-qua. to. 

subjugate, xeipouo-Sai ( = 
crSat) 5 SovXovv (= 6-eiv). 

such, rotoCros or 6 rotouro?, the 
article when the particular class 
or kind is tc be made promi- 
nent. 

such as, ohs. 



294 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



sudden, attfnddios. 
suffering, to be, Kafureiw. 
sufficient. I<av6s. 
sufficiently. Uavccs. 
summer. %€pos } -ovs, to. 
sun, rj\ios. 6. 

superintendent, e-^ueXryr?;?, 6. 
supply, bestow, Trape^eo-Zcu. 
suppose, ^yeTo-Sat (= e-eatai). 

supreme (of laws). Kvpios. 

surpass, viKav (== a-eiv). rivd. 
dicxpepeiv (gen.) = to be dis- 
tinguished from him. 

swallow, ^eXt§a)y. -oVoj, fj. 

swear, opvvvai (op.vvp.C). ix. 

sweat, idpcos. -cqtos, 6. 

sweet, ijdvs. 

sweetmeats, TpayijuciTa. 

swift, raxys. 

sword. £i(pos. to. 

sycophant, orvKodpdvTrjs* -ov, 

Syracuse, 2ipdKovo-ai, at. 

T. 

Tail. oipd. rj. 

take =z capture, alpfiv {— e-eiv). 

List vn. 
take care. i-iueXecr-aL (gen.), 
take hold of, a-reo-tai (gen.), 
take place (be done), ylyveo-tai. 
taken, to be, aXio-xecr-aL. vn. 
tale, Xoyo?. ov. pi^os. 6. 
talk, to, XaXeTi/ (= e-€iv). 
talked-about. rre jl36titos. ov. 
talk nonsense, Xrjpelv. 
talon, ow^. -t'x ?: o. 
taste, to, y€v€o~~ai (c. gen.), 
teach, &ib s d(TK€Lv Tivd tl. irotoevetp 

(= educate), 
eacher, SiddcrKaXos. 
tear, a, SaKptov. to. 
tell. \eyeiv. (fipdfcw. 
temperate, iyxpvrtjs, -e?. 
tempest-tossed, to be, ^a/idfe- 

cr^at. 

temple, yecos", -eco, 6. 



tell, Xeyeiv. 
terrible, deivos. 

Thales, QaKrjs, 6 (G. edXeo>. D. 
A. f;v) : Thales and his school, 
ot dp(pl QoXtju. 

than, : Gen. after a compara- 
tive. 

that, in order, hu, &?, ottcos. 
Theban, Bqfhuos, 6. 
Thebes. Qrj3ai. al 
them, ai-ovs. 

Themistocles, Qep.icrT0K\rj$, -eovs, 
6. 

themselves. See Pdm. 45. 
then, rare. 

there, ejcci. I was there, Traprjp 

(= I was present), 
therefore, ovv. 

Thermopylae, QepporrvXat. at 

Thessalian, QerTaXos. 6. 

thief, KXe-Trjs. -ov. 6. 

thigh, firjp6s : 6. 

thing, Trpdypa. to. 

think, fjyciaSai (= e-eo-~ai), woyar 

£ziv. olW~at. 
thirst, blyjrosi -ovs. to. 
thirst, to, or be thirsty, St^v (= 

d-€Lv). 

this, oiro?. See Pdm. 47. 

this (emphatic, the- accent being 
used to mark the emphasis), 
oiros ye [tovtq ye, Sec). 

thou, cru. Pdm. 42. 

though, kop (= kcu eay). 

through, did. 

throughout, acfo., SidXov. 

throw, p'i7TT€ iv . 

throw away, to, d-o-3dXX-ei^. 

thus, ovt<j*(s). 

time, xpovos, 6 : right — , KciLpos. 6. 
Tissaphernes, TLo-crafapvrfi, •ovs l 
6. 

together with, apa (w. dat.) 
toil, to, Kapveiv. 
tongue. yXcoacra (yXwrra), fj. 
tooth, odovs. -ovtos, 6. 
torture, $acravi(ziv. 
touch, to, a-TecrZai (gen.). 



ENGLISH AND 



GREEK INDEX. 



295 



train, to, Tratfteveiv : (to — any 

thing, Trpos Tt). 
travel, to, 7ropei'eo-3at. 
travelling-money, i<j)6diov, to. 
treason, 77pobo<ria> f). 
treaty, avv^rjKrj. 77. tnrovbai^ at. 
tree, btvbpov. to. 

trial : to make — of, 7retpao-2at 
(== d-eoSat), gen. 

Trojan, Tpa'Uos. 

trophy, TpoTTciLov, to. 

trouble, ttovos* 6. 

truce, aTrovdaL (pi.), -cop (lit. liba- 
tions) . 

true, akrfifa -is. 

truly (really), dXnZcos. 

trunk (of an elephant), pvKTrjp. 
•rjpos, 6. 

trust, to, 7ra3ecr£at, mcrTevzLv 

(dat.). 
truth, aX^Seta, 77. 
truth, to speak the, Xiyeiv TaXn^rj 

(= to. aXrjZrj). 
tunic (a small), ^trco^ov, to. 
turn, to, o-Tp€(f)€Lu (trans.) ; = 

devote oneself to. ToeVeo-Sai. 
twice, dis. 

tyrant, Tvpavvos. See Vocab- 28. 
U. 

Ulysses, 'Odvo-o-evs, -ecos J. 
unbearable, dcfioprjTos. 
under, vno. 

understand, imarau^im, eldevai 
(olda). 

understanding, vovs. 6. cfipipes. at. 
undertaking, epyov, to. 
undying, dyrjpcos. 
unexpected, aTrpocrSoKrjTos [ a. 

TTpocrboKav (== d-eti>)]. 
unfortunate, to be. tvarvx^iv (= 

€-€lv). KdKCOS ITpCLTTGlV (= £0 

doing ill). 
ungrateful, dxdpicrTos 2. 
unjust, oSSkos 2. 
unseen, dopdros', oz>. 



unsparingly, d<£eto*e5s : most o*, 

d^eioVaraTa. 
unsworn, di^co poTos, 6, 77. 
unwritten, typacfros, oy. 
up, aVa : lay up, KaTCLTftevai. 
us, fipds. 

use, to, xpdVSat (= a-ecrSai). 
use, to be of, crvpcfiepeiv (dat.). 
useful, xprjaipos 2, dx^eXt/xos 2. 
useful, to be, wcfieXclv (= e-eiv). 
utter, to, Xeyeiv : (= emit as a 

sound), dcpievai (dcplrjpi). Pdm. 

67. 

utterly-deceive, i^airaTav (= d- 

Ctj/). 

V. 

Variegate, ttolklXXgiv. 

vegetables, Xa^ara, Ta. 

very, X/a*>, acpodpa. Trdvv : also by 

the Sup. of the adjective, 
vexatious -information, crvKocpav 

Tia, 7]. 
victory, 77. 
vine, apTrekos, 77. 
violence, /3/a, 17. 
violently, acpodpa, Xlav 
virtue, dperr^, 77. 

viviparous, fcooToW. Se« Vo- 
cab. 24. 
voice, (ficovT). 
void, epnpos (gen.), 
vulture, yinr-off, 6. 

\V. 

Wagon, apa£a. 
wait, peveiv. 

waking (of a waking person, &«.), 

eypriyoptAcos'. 
wall, Tet^oy (-ovy). 
want, to, 6>Ti> (= e-eur). 
war, 7roXejLtos, 6. 

war, to carry on, 7roXe/ietz> (= c- 

€Lv). 

ward off, d/xwei*'. See Vocab. 
29. 



296 



FIRST GREEK BOOK. 



warrior, o-TpaTLcoTrjs, -ov, 6. 
war-song, iraidv, Traidv-os, 6, 
wash, \oveiv. 

water, vdap, vdaTos, to. Note 9. 
wax, Krjp6s f 6. 

way (road, journey), 686s, fj : (= 

manner), Tponos, 6. 
we, 77/xeis. 
weak, da^evrjs, -es. 
weakness, dcrSeveia, rj. 
wealth, ttXovtos, 6. xPW ara "> rc *. 
weary, to be, Kapveiv. 
weave (a garland), TrXU-eiv. 
weep, to, kKclUiv. 
well, Kctkcos, ev : do well to, ev 

TTOielv (= €~€iv), €vepy€T€7p 

(= e-eti>), acc. : to be well, ev 
ex^iv ' to be doing well, cv 
TTpdrreiv. 
m well - appointed, KeKoo-fxrjixevos 
(partcp. perf. pass, from kogt- 
p.fiv [= £-€ip~\, to adorn, ar- 
range beautifully), 
well-disciplined, evTreftrjs (= obe- 
dient). 

well-disposed, evvoos, -ovs. 
well-ordered, reray^vos ( perf. 

pass, partcp. from Taaro-uv). 
what? ris; tl ; 

what kind of, ttoIos. See Vocab. 
25. 

whatever, oottis, oaTrep. 
when, ore , eVet. 
whence, it- ov. 
whenever, orav (subj.). 
where, ov, ottov : where ? irr\ ; 
wherever, ottov av (subj.). — ov, 

ottov (w. opt.), 
whet, %7]y-eiv. 
whether, rroTepov. 
which ? (of two), 7TOT€pos. 
white, \*vk6s : as subst, to Xey- 

KQV. 

whither ? Trrj ; 

who, which, os : interrog. tls ; 
whoever, oo-tls, oo-Trep. 
whole, ttols, anas, avfiTras, oXos* 
wicked, KaKos, Trovqpos. 



wife, yvvrj, yvvaut-os, rj. 
wild beast, %rjp[ov, to. 
willing, €K<*>v, -ovo~a, -ov. 
willing, to be, fiovXeo^ai, eSeXei, 
willingly, rjdecos. Most — , e*o>*, 

see Willing, 
wind, avejjios, 6. 
wine, oivos, 6. 

Wing, TTT€pOV, TO. 7TT€pvg, -JOS, fj. 

wing (of an army), Ktpas, to. 
winter, ^et/xcoi/. 
wisdom, o-o<fiia. 

wise, cro<fi6s .' to be — , (ppovetv 

(= i-ELv), prudentem esse. 
wish, to, fiovXecr^ai, e'SeXeiP. 
with, o-vv (dat.), /xera (gen.), 
within, ii/Tos (gen.), 
without, auev (gen.), 
woman, yvvrj, yvvaut-oS) rj. 
woman, old, ypavs, ypaos, rj. 
wonder, to, to wonder at, Sau/xa- 

wonderful, ^avjiaa-Tos. 
wont, to be, i%i£eiv. 
word, Xoyos, 6. 
work, €pyov, to. 
write, ypdfaiv. 

worst, to, TjTTao-^aL (= d-eoSai), 

KaKL^CLV. 

would that — , efoe. 

wound, Tpavpa, -aTos, to. 

wrist, Kapiros, 6. 

wrong, to do, doiKfiv (= e-eip). 

wrought, elpyao-fievos ( ipydfa 

X. 

Xenophon, £?ez/o0a>z/, -gvtos, 6. 
Xerxes, Sep&s, -ov, 6. 

Y. 

Year, eros, -ovs, to. iviavros, 6* 
yesterday, x^ s - 
yet, en, 7ra>. 
yield, eiKeii>. 
you, vjids. 



ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 297 

youug, veos. young man. veavXas, -ou. 

young animal, trKVfivos, 6. yourself, avros, in nom. ; creav 

young bird, veorros (Atiice for rov (cravrov) in oblique cases 

Piocrcros). PI. yourselves, vfieis avrol. 



THE E5D. 



Greek Classical Works. 
Arnold's Greek Course. 

kiYISED, COEEECTED AN© IMPROVED. 
By the KEY. J. A. SPENCER, D. D. 

LATE PROFESSOR OF LATIN AND ORIENTAL LANGUAGES IN BURLINGTON COLLBGE, H, £ 

FIRST GREEK BOOK, on the Plan of the First Latin Book. 12mo. 2&S 
pages. Price 75 cents. 

PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO GREEK PPvOSE COMPOSITION. 12mo 
237 pages. Price 75 cents. 

SECOND PART TO THE ABOVE. 12mo. 248 pages. Price 75 cents. 

GREEK READING BOOK. Containing the substance of the Practical In- 
troduction to Greek Construing, and a Treatise on the Greek Par- 
ticles; ALSO, COPIOUS SELECTIONS FROM GREEK AUTHORS, "WTTH CRITICAL 

and Explanatory English Notes, and a Lexicon. 12mo. 618 pages 
Price $1 25. 

A complete, thorough, practical, and easy Greek course is here presented. The 
beginner commences with the " First Book," in which the elementary principles of 
the language are unfolded, not in abstract language, difficult both to comprehend and 
to remember, but as practically applied in sentences. Throughout the whole, the 
pupil sees just where he stands, and is taught to use and apply what he learns. His 
progress is, therefore, as rapid as it is intelligent and pleasant. There is no unneces- 
sary verbiage, nor is the pupil's attention diverted from what is really important by 
a mass of minor details. It is the experience of teachers who use this book, that with 
it a given amount of Greek Grammar can be imparted to a pupil in a shorter time 
and with far less trouble than with any other text-book. 

The "First Book" may with advantage be followed by the "Introduction to 
Greek Prose Composition." The object of this work is to enable the student, as sooa 
as he can decline and conjugate with tolerable facility, to translate simple sentences 
after given examples and with given words ; the principles employed being those of 
imitation and very frequent repetition. It is at once a Syntax, a Yocabulary, and an 
Exercise book. The "Second Part" carries the subject further, unfolding the most 
complicated constructions, and the nicest points of Latin Syntax. A Key is provided 
for the teacher's use. 

The " Reader," besides extracts judiciously selected from the Greek classics, con 
tains valuable instructions to guide the learner in translating and construing, and a 
complete exposition of the particles, their signification and government It is a fit- 
ting sequel to the earlier parts of the course, everywhere showing the hand of an 
acute critic, an accomplished scholar, and an experienced teacher. 

From the Eev. Dr. Coleman, Professor of Greek and Latin, Princeton, X. J, 

" I can, from the most satisfactory experience, bear testimony to the excellence 
i your series of Text-Books for Schools. I am in the daily use of Arnold's LatLa 
fena Greek Exercises, and consider them decidedly superior to any other Elementary 
"Sfcrks in those Languages."* 7 



3,97 t 



Greek Classical Works. 



Selections from Herodotus; 

OOS! PRISING MAINLY SUCH PORTIONS AS GIVE A CONNECTED HISTORY OF TV- ZlAST 

to the Fall cr Babylon ^nd the Death op Cyrus thb Great. 
BY HERMAN M. JOHNSON, D. D., 

FBCFESSOR OP PHILOSOPHY AND ENGLISH LITERATURE IN DICKINSON COLLEGE. 

12mo. 185 pages. Price 75 Cents. 

The present selection embraces such parts of Herodotus as give a connected Ms 
feory of Asiatic nations. These portions are not only particularly interesting In 
themselves, but open to the student a new field, inasmuch as the other Greek and 
Soman authors commonly put into his hands leave this period of history untouched. 

Herodotus is peculiarly adapted to academical reading. It has charms for the 
student which no other text-book possesses, on account of the simple elegance of the 
style and the liveliness of the narrative. In preparing his notes, the editor has borne 
!n mind that they are intended for learners in the earlier part of their classical 
course ; he has therefore made the explanations in the former part of the work quite 
full, with frequent references to such grammars as are in the hands of most students. 

The notes proper are purely explanatory and grammatical. Other remarks, in 
the way of criticism or investigation, are appended to the several chapters, for the 
sake of awakening reflection and inciting to further inquiry. 

A condensed treatise on the Ionic Dialect and the peculiar forms of declension 
and conjugation used by Herodotus, removes one of the most serious difficulties that 
has heretofore embarrassed the student in reading this author. If this chapter is 
learned in advance, the dialectic forms, otherwise so troublesome, will be recognized 
without the slightest difficulty. 

The text is printed in large, bold type, and accompanied with a Map of the regions 
described. 



SOPHOCLES' 

(Edipus Tyr annus. 

WITH ENGLISH NOTES, FOE THE USE OF STUDENTS IN SCHOOLS 
AND COLLEGES. 
BY HOWARD CROSBY, A. M., 

PROPESSOR OP THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN THE 
NEW YORK UNIVERSITY. 

12nio. 138 pages. Price 75 Cents. 

The object had in view in this publication is to furnish to college-student* th* 
masterpiece of the greatest of Greek tragic poets in a convenient form. No learned 
criticism on the text was needed or has been attempted. The Tauchnitz edition has 
fceen chiefly followed, and such aid is rendered, in the way of notes, as may assist, 
not render needless, the efforts of the student. Too much help begets indolence, 
(oo little, despair: the author has striven to present the happy mean. 

The inviting appearance of the text and the merit of the commentary have road* 
this volume a favorite wherever it has been used- 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



003 037 581 6 



